AWD RA PO eM eB lh me AL eR A ee me ain ate I we Ah I Ang Ay I RE Merete Teter, * pointe eee ee
Oe Te el ee ee ° Se od new
ee er en ae Un eee eee RIND AMARA eth Be
re z te ee etm aM ath Me Reet oaths ABA ART He att nT ate BY ath Ret htt at ten MA BM AHR a The sinh yh Re ae ee
dda ail ie teed el ed lied nd Ga ME aatier alll Maintain ites atc ond ated hedied oeted taadtA oie he aa deh eda ttain th dha ined erie deel eaten ak des hie Can nt ce et a nee he a Mg Ms Nein He! Sate A ete’
de, Sinem ed ef DA are Sead Raa Mh ek adits eet tt Wee A oe oe hate a den ein a ea nee or el an en el canta ea enn Wanted bt dh Sees ees hs ed Woh hh eee een eee tack a el Peetnn ce Aree neha Me ~~ Ae atin aha tn
AM te ION AIL Nea im Re 05 PE Ain aN Be 5A 15 BTN NS et TN BOL eedinla tte MID Ang tn pid oh Wem ch a eat mae Mal NA i acy Nea wilh Na ethno ath a ee ee Nn ete et
I Rerthiet I ee (PAF h oe pen LODE IN ID A Nett CIR 0 AN I EMD Be heed ees ela ee ee eee ee a RE ee eR Ay ata ne eee eee Me 4 wie withe Be
7 rt PONTE IR AS Tre 4g Retna SAM Ay, AA PE Me NaN Wel Peo Lipa PLB LAN PET gt pa wh tN NG tenn A Awe cm atin. * et ee Ste Be he ee, ct whew Re thar tiga Me Me >a “
ONDE MM Be Bip BPO wl nbn trav heady be APPR trie O16 Noel a O P ABO k, heel ROP A Gn OR TT AMEE FR MRA SB PDE KA ale - Cb bbe PSs nthe For Ge BAM RNs ah Bette ye Rab A ined Abe PERO Pera P AA sty Me DOAN: AAR AEN Le INA I yA I ce AGI DN A. Reread cet Bae he ade ta R oe, 2a es im. Bemeanen Non chemammenemomonete
Pet At Pon code fats nme Sree ata em Seana arnt eee Te eM ct SP ADD Cente Bertie of 88 fir PATE OM ete RAB Atel Pa Rie SR AD AOE. Face te, trate GRAM te 1D 9 Me On oP /y BAN LA Be an ta Si Blea, bs he apn PR Wo Ne Bre Ti ng Ae WA Ph BAIN tL 2 AAT AE iA EY I age nw he AW Nate A wine Le Rnie ath tei PNA Ge Mee Io WAL in ania A wrt ME Teng e~ Ts he “a tale
AERA APE 00) irrarhpit ew nto 2mece 8 at cing Ei Bish nee wa ads apeseiaedl ap duehiruernoniet bn tk Rodis et AP tree PP eM ie Me BLE SEM AP. Cad bathe Aid tre o ST RM. AAAS aay teat INA BNA te pally at Oe Bees PNA PRAY ont Sy 08 A aA NOL AO EDV AN AG AD AD OEY AN hot ne it heist ral AeA I. lnm tr May pn eh Me Om Ng ign al PO Geet othe he
428 Sw iad PATON APPR iho pron em eprom yi ace Near ay pAb 3 ae Mo hated in mto tate he) oR ole ne ttn Ra Baers Memttets fy PAA NW NAL + BATE AY BR AO Poe Ss Con hm Cin h Dring tot aterm Tiler Be O58 Lat She Gandia OMA BAH, Te ROCA resi Mh at 2 NS PR ito er Rete SIR els a Oy ete Be ag are he Mn nwa eRe nwa Maree Aart Metta Ae. li dbteedendiadin
tanya 3 -Btdeteimedenome rim bed oe A OMe EP hie CEP ASB Dob FEM ABP Peg heel LE OOD na Ae AE Rie tine Boe Mi BIA no Pe Oran ANP Beret! Hine WAY RS, Sed ee ehh el Gee ee en ee Se eee ee eee hese ch bch eet tthe bahamas aint aeele ant does oe eke oa ci
Lt SOO ah ncn eg Brel hdl Ibe oth ah elo. whan, Nandan ng Geta My Lapednd- sen 6 OA AM CeO DP Ate tee tier tiatin Tatinde hig BENG P AAA Fie Bi okie Wanstead ie FRE TR ANA DIT FAR BLS TIN Me BBB MERI I ey TONG PRAT. No atti hom Ry nR teat NARI hacen. A Rhee MBAS ed ABs Nh I eee Os we Gal 0 Rl ne Mi eth tan Bh ee art an ta Ms hah ay Manthen Peteah w
Grr Rds Bod atatt hes rene - Peerage ue fog. smd Oe lie Natichate Renata he Dag BA AB oA Bind Bs «As Sn Poe POET Eve ye toni CMD Ae Bac Rn ttt be A UR Ba tres cnt ASANO AE EO DN od rk roo nf AAO aM EY af eA ANION gs Rp NMA LN ARN re yay SANT oh Vin at waht tin SCA Raa tn A Rene he, Mee Nt Rhea Me he eth ieee Sela BO ata ite
I gin itm tate tetinitis ae, Lege etpserde ~e my ee Mrpew yaad ths wert Pt VB Hl PM AIRGAS AVA AMY: BOT: AND Pe DID rein pe ANB Fe Be 8 it Minette Fign AW aoe Ee ERLE Kir Moan in die SPN Me LC pv 9 Prof Py AAAI AEN mM AM A ADA BAN Mh sy SA RRA A ye Bete mee wa ha bee Ar Ra a iw ti moles ren Et oD Sie Naeem sera
ey NT ate Aa aNDR real ANN toplist a ech pa cts pre bareb ed ser tht male arenh ME 8 aaa BoM MiosNs Ned ch ihn 6 At Dae. 9 he yaitnehs IiS Rbllec A (ke HMB - . tpce IAAI stn To Bi tte Beane Aaah Pha Waban tase IR focsre MEM) ah eine ont eB PALA A LR BN Me A alp Sond P Bs) on, aL) cre NRE me hath SR ett Tit tee ® wm wh LtMGE, ati: Hinges nike mM Rasenenche? hay oe ewreacinalna
PT a etc lndia® AI alton atys bnciaet liye acecare sordpal Cee an eee M Bt eR Rel\ Marte RBA Si Sarit A 8 Metin. 1m fA le ne Bio Gael EAB ett tn BBY Bi BNI, di foe hy io LMA Ret AAS lo I NOS Fe IS he at pO AN NN eM AA MBB ADM att mY Ae 0 ABM AIR ong, aay LWA ice a A Meet atin trelnent, ReMi my an ee ee ee ee ee
- ot) oon near Rea: taeas BALE NAB II OLE of oP rte tlat vtiehintindint aierrtrbat Ralich Pehtel A PON tt a ole hat B NAB Beth rE eit DCP tale a Es Bicnce A ed RAR Ae, Bie Spec dh tM Ph I inten Meant nen Nhe hn My th PE S, BNA tA a Tar Be A A ns 8 mathe AM shan Men, ine REAR A Mh in he ps cane Mean ag the oe ae Nl et
Men Sete hE HS mete im fomaiirtioe ‘, BER ried am * aitliindatchteendedani-id pile dngancniateien oko AGN ANN te Tem P Ah VLE AOR, in A te AS ES IE EV LN BA OAR AI ALT wD pn RAN A Hci iy IN aR AS LE RTT Te arta Aly Mt ER Pho Athen Baal et ata peers Aaah Me Mash Aha frac Die tle sree Has
ioiat dita eatin er Prypad : beige oo “ Partin he atl etd him tt OMe BoB. aint et anbrodn ha Ol whe nit LPS POR Mot, het MB Mee At A Mad SA Bh be Pre ahea in aD FR IE othe INNA I LN RE ly Fe hc fly in Aan OIN Pte TS Ml ge. Angee ele, - ~
ae a Sete otteblenbettnelly D.. he tor ss
PETA San a eemanet: oO AO Sebati AA Reel A EI TPAD Nt hod Boh DOLL Fate Rd DPA pat Phe eee Dae eo ook mn he Ra Ahh RSI A oh LL a AM A a IR coh he TOR Dm nate ning "bal Matin Seertat amen len ohne ceakemneknt teacher tammy
rae RG AEA Oe eae pe act Pes Pah BrP ee YT ar-—-ywaltrapeddnaicupnaiey peta sda diet RehitelA: EL Yet tha EAMES the Go Wake ste mah. oh nfs - 02 A-SI ow bes srnan sve ae ty rere arte a Re eee co A RR RIS te Ae Daina AL PRD RL RM 2mm eng RR inf a oar Paes el ty Renate Righatte Tete netherbar oi. An Tg na. Cangas he hp Fe eaten PE a ly 1-41 PEA AD ab Cette 2 Pane P eG - oh J A me ee NR eet oe PT LE LAI TELE ARS EN A AO te HAAN AD ne eae ne eat i
et a ae otto. bm we - Atel mtn ® 6 2 Opps jf -Hiet nD « be hed ew 0 peta Se a ee ae ee Ondig btm. Mia Pee ug * oe ee eee ee eo eet ee a ee ee eer _ ee ey ee ae | he Nh ochre ree Ae deem 2 oe men De actin Bet Oey SE eer ote ke tee oe
atte Ipc AALET* ni Rar gen er EH Pape SR nett AM nite trite En 9's Ape a BEDE. Is god wh ell D 00 cl Bb aR HE oan ntl PS Molly PNR Pee IP Pein IN uA pte va. Sah, Me MD AP aoa ok eet Th eT Rigas POSER TNA in 1 edi Ate TF TRAIN Na ok A Ade Tn ce sara tenth aw Beak heey hee yok ne ee
nah, aOR go Palhea, AcE le, 8 ~o a. marry am ae NP =n tha dp et Aha eM atl int ah ALUM I CLO Kr An tine CP ee ee ee a ee ae a ey I A IIE Ne POR oe Moen bine Me htt ke Me ey Mtoe teh a aie 5 ann 0 te rw me tual im Pas So tet wegen gw i the aS. Satin Dethatn heey hn cl ethate \aaele La ote ae hee ee ed
halen Naa 5 POM ali aan ods. Ade mre tio P rehit vie as OA ADL BRL CLAN MBM RALLY ip saeat, \ bonk 8 one POL Siete trtian Be BS ine EDT Bese 8B IP GEO AMO og rice enter eee eee i ae er ee te en aeee Wee me te ty oe eee ee ee ee ae aint tA Tit y latin Mie Mn ee ti ohne ate ogee
ne ee eee eee ae Goat ieee na ae OA eB a tte Ae Sipe ell LE APN OT LGA ONL he WN stn oP ebde p & m en et a ee er eee ee ae ee mes + An einai Ren git eae «Bom S a tt atte hme Ba ots Ret LE ake A a Ow terete itaetedivtitirdateprtedirdinne-traraciet
PeRDe 6 Pee tte a at Pre aewebon sak wre en en Ol Al he A A lt allah ond ty mt dt wpe wet +e 2M Fabled oir ntiai lin nies te ee ee ee ee ee en 2s INP MBAR NES ABR BY Rint ni Nea mie won ah tna thy he ohare hee Bt. Seilg the
pt tae Pag t-te ara Wh-anstet Aden wee ee Nn BR oF ohne tihng Ota det ahve thin ah Ervete ls ips 5 tala > Bh tp iiaBerebeg dat ei : Y et. pe hh Pe taenne PEt Ne Ra DP Phe ahebiP atpstn ds Bac entetp Rk -thcafy mas Ait tn mee Nat ad Py Preeti tings AL hss Si 2 Prins Bee ON 0 A aya A gee Ra Ss Phan Sn Ah die Ae anti Se he wn 8 Re
a oceek Siacatuntica Seton iotiall, : Progra eltietiteeadibaipnlrkdan nncianledie akaietead ot Oe ee ee eee Ce ne eee ee ee ee - Py i A nts IR. Mee ye ALM. els Fang ® eh iene ar dip ~20 heels mee ane
re Ralit eRe ie natasha A) an Aha pte ies he rors - OO ahs we ten el tole. Mela Be 9% Ont hs * Grated it PRU rk er re PO era a Pinna Rise, ae ALS, basvia ee Se, Ce ee ee a te ah . I tacts i ok let ee etth lte e, e t Bat aaa te hae Sete iMaR— earn Vet eet Aa in ear whe Sen,
Se ne a Mpa) Nn BF sd Mande ged, fire ate Jae adr pen tains pk tt AOA DLE oO atin OM LOBED ad 04.8 ts oth PM nee DP Lad EN ds Ree A Pa he I) nan ah re he Pied ee BA Dohegtna ube Pete cog be te ile ds Pash Bo Ash ON a a Ny Eth ADR A AO 3S wn Pe Mea Beatin tha ton - ao Ae 1% <1 RnB Rte ell aR Se bat Ra aioe g
OL Ah ee hn Aelia att am BN 4 will ohn ogha pled Aden ds eet petictinieadaatehe dented oi Fe ee to Oe eee eee ae Soh teh ay es Fe het oS Be Tl 5 A Rll lig thy AEE Add IRM, ADh re Fyn : a nt ee enh Ree ein athe ett ne NER OTL yaaa ait ite pepindietieniotinmnmindededeieiete eee ee ns
Poe ee ed eee ee ee ae LAO OD A fr AO ti LAB All I lies ae (i BoP Cy AP hi Pil HAM Pi BD 6A, DP ie Tap nde, ig tt fred Movie OO Pale vbonee Mp1 FAM Id Dtocm gyamuh-1 ct po ar eer eee ne es PR ee ry ARIE al me Aha ln BA on Ay Mag 5 ae TSS Nt oo tee se Be tre Te Maen eae
. age PP or tele ries BD Rel he ele eB mee nt Pe Metre t BF +n BoM otertn Pala hm pete ne wnnd “ . e ad 6 ri ’ _ + Mon ent ate wth ot Ae Pith Lo. =e ae gly wee aa Agta a nM tenia Maen Nga wm hee tls — | he aati tee inh Oem
Ro tetaened as. : a = iy > Fit * ohh Pett tat rel pm i ha AMR. Cale tae Bi ads ee Polson tree A dn thin ot * na OO Nh re Pra pen dle a, BON Rel LT lle Mee AM An es 8 tn Ae tec eS 0 tae Fee "tte Dames Carte Peyote aang
y ONT mate a Pak tethen Mant pik 8 mfrat waa foe Retin: ho ats hehe Pith 0p Baw eaMnt Sn, od Gok Bed hi 8 ree mn A eA Panel a ia 0=6 ft Ra ERIM ae ame OE ON ele a neato Mn tee een wanggtbnrtn falhaPne tA ee
Fat eee ne At Hot wTole tonic Kal ol ttn mrt tm Unda RD Lehn gest oll AD Boat AA riot etek he - eee, prese * RII ie Be eat th PRIN Aah mth lh Ah Reg TN A EY AR Me ech e Mle a mh ay Ph at AN a LEN EN A lk ea lw le leet oad i ae none ao cena ee Me ie cant
AO ed a at Rar OG ot ty MPR Td 0 Rap ete PB AP tnd Bt Be Pate ay tt Hn i nh-Me Mach aes tot tetra en e rer 7 : oa AE Bardia a cat PER alt natn ae tame a itn Master eA eye G0 Anh = te oe tae rss
- = 8 let nets Bens a ene dm BA He AEE ht obs a RATED ot Ty Pt 4 "bs dee ts ih -te Pt a em kn ee aaa nip een A Ta Re ey f 2 eS -5 ee et Reman ont ae 0. a ee ae
ab a be eM tenn MP ee «Me Vrebiednd To sqtindty finrbirekbads os? se toed * - « Pe aa NR RnR ie tte LRN Rates ate teat te Se MA tet a thn Le GR ete aH inn Wa en mite Saget haa
Ce ae Lhe tt ae en tert ahs con. Satna ds whom, eM ee ei ce tute, Ren. 86
mee ee TT = Pear ee Hw Ne Fei, Rete Memes. Yorhe Te
Saree - EE are pee ernie A Fe aah. nts Ach fem Wine ht Pe = _ “
eee tenn tee Mah oe a i Ta re Te ws gia OR ee Natl nee a gt tn ee ae he all A a Ae gn A tart ae Ra Carte yet
te Ae tr en oe SSE ate Ke VER ete ete em 4 ote i -
bales Pa AA ee a et ngs Pee EN th ot EE a tt Naeem amet nme ea Rat Rath ig tm Sant Mn Theta
a " Aa et Pikmin athe nO ren ge Ne ee
* Dna Pend am 4. Rledinatas re ee eee ee ee
“ PAF RM IND oy Sete eet PR ote Raley the emt alnerpa 2 ~
e. Pe Nera. Ne Reeth: S000 Dali ates ange eae Rane Anna notnn Mate &
ae ee PD LD Neh aa NM Rohe. oo Nee 2, ah ee ae. 1h he Meet ey
Hate note. aime AW? es Me ar ofan eh n Mn a ee ee eee oe -. Ree ">
: tng et ee x ae Se aera
PaO A022 Retreat aan mitt led 1. Magee Rte Me mn ALK ma a te! a aw a
Peat mak nesatebedretns oh aaeb be nt ceenee wap EN Sais aan areas Cee SET
et im ya Pon eM ab é > iy ta are ae a eae ge Be Me hs ee ee ee 5 ent
> » i? eh od ta wk em ae ee a ee
" ee te Ra ere RE: Men eater ht Be ~y SRA a,
ee re nae tha a OR aT ek lee aeons
~ oan tel gre The Be Reet ok pate ngs. ag et unt oa owe
~d - 7 a eT mee as A a. et ane he
SA Sap 0 a ss ~
Ser 8 oc tn cae : Mathes Te eee Malem hte .
Ae cadhecic in sito OD OR NS he Be ed woe a A, mah the ST eee eee
ge i - sien ae wf ah. mye oes et ee eee ee el eo
4 mit hem ae ~ Note =i te eRe on - * -.*
— oom ane Se ee ee
e 7 ie eR ake at ret e a.40-ene
Me ae ot, them hh el OF et weds Ot DM We Beet ee ee ee -—
o o ne os = a*
ws Scania 1g hats pad cnc nena os “t. of ~ oer me ae ee em
Spchoinsatay patetcdet are et 2 - or ee A ea hen: — < iw tte =e
etrabenrrmneriiicry : - * o om " dn wm 7 a — 2 neh ae ~—*.
tan. “ Shins oi ee ee ee ee nee eens ee a
- _ ay — ae AAA ote tree Pee 8
. ~ ws -_ @
w : be ans — eS _ Pee one
auf ai + 44 Pear an, im >. ~ - =. 8 ~ oA - Ne ae er te
/ Pa rena’ ; : rig ag a waa erea a.
ps 7 » _— ” “ - om . am a . ww - ae. Nah gt
ee 4 " a Pa F me’ - “—* a “ ” Am im ae Pe el ~ a ~~ -* “a
a - - ~ - - ome - + . facia a a - — - =
“ae - ’ ma -* ae * Nee re ee a _ o - te ro ahie haus! arses
. OR wae we wis os "es 7 a reap La tery Pe fe - 7 . oe ow - » ~ ~ 4 ~~ PO near Ah meee > — a ie ap
= sted ae - ot - a - ra = Oe ete
- . v¢ 7 7 mo vee - - el ed a ~~ - #
- z ey a % - “ ” - 7 rae ~ ~ “ eR a eee
d ad te att oe * - 7 ea 2 an « - me - ~ e *-
- ~ ate = ¢ in at awe — a an os
ae - ey » * - —— n me rs te he
sin - he — = a - ~~ 7 - aan te os oie ae Me “
‘ "7 bad bs = < » —_ = = ao -
2 a . ak 7 7 z = - oie open ees ee : .
ie ey z 7 rm a. 4.\ ai iain ss —— an - ee re < aan! 2
: & > on oe _ -
e ‘ & s. o ~~ me — ~ = —_
7 sd te . tothe. . a
- : 7 < — _/~ = ~.
ne. - ae -
= _ > a ‘~ ~ ~ - on ~ ~~ me ~ ~ ~ .
= - re bas = * ial ee — ~ - wo’
Ay s “Se Ss er SO Ne ee ee
; WY) Pd 9) RP y ee RN
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHIINS S31uvye
o 2 A a > aN ”
i : Nir = oP Lu
rl Ag ye S a ~ =
x vf ip cs. = ar &
Ug NAS c& a \e 5 : 5 GY:
= \ MRR EE 2 - YW 7 fi >
SY \S — 0) Fale ys y By i R 2 o|
en Wy i) = Cae 7 Zi ae
m SAS 2 = ie =
92) a op) == 1S]
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTEMLEJON NOMSMGILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAIuNVUE
op) Wy
=r a SSS SS ,
Se AAAS AS MASA: AE TAA AS AAAS :
KS = os f ad
aS > Ea
SS z =
ILALILSNI INSTITUT
Zz Z
ep) i
z :
i. 4
& =
a 5
Or; O
Z| >
SRARIES {if Sa1uvue
a! / vas
oF O
|| Pa ~~. =
S| Division of Mollusks >
| Sectional Library =
Z - é Z
ILALILSNI ff ek
a ; < \
. Am || PEN z \
Zz 9 yp C ee rr -. saa iS)
ce 7 —— - : eones : : =
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI “NVINOSHLINS SAILYUWUE
ya Le bg & oe fa oh WS re:
iif fp 3 < 2 SQN =
‘Gif Gy _ or a ®& \ oc
a “yy = a = NN co
ee z g oe
at S
I LALILSNI” NYINOSHLIWS SAI1Y¥VvVYydI LIBRARIES Sit |
feo iz aa
= > O pa oO 2 —
16.8) \ NN ae 09) bes Yihy, 198)
2 We 5 Be ES Gy, 7
> Wek > sae yy ty Yd. D>
>) Ny “SAN a oe) nee VL L, Ze 39
hie SA Q BS kK sit - Ve VE 7 ay
SQyr ny * aa
m™ SG Zz Mm >
ep) Ae aa op) = ep)
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Sdluvag
WY op) a 22)
; = =e = rs ieee =
=) BONN = U4 yy, = = |
D 5 NY i YS - |
o YM WS 2 W4 yo @ O |
& = TER AS 2S Va SEO. es Zz
a ES N NS = L V Ze ay si
> = PO es = >
Wy = “Sey 2 7G = Ye 2 \eapye YN
# . w. * Ww) &
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI ae S3SIYVUE
ySON, lJ tu ‘ eR lu
E> = “3 x 4 XY z
: > WSN
ce a < eA MW NS ae
q & 4 za a * iN pa
qvacy 2 °% S = o =
| i es Pea 4 Fea Pee tad
WOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVuYaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT
Ee z & z -
ig sha e) ra oO iW oa
4 a 2 a
a =) von > a
> i > ra >
pS) = a a i> 0
oi Fi ot ae z
D = HA = a)
IMS TAR OTION. (NOVO TILSNI. NVINOSHLINS SSI1YVade
” Za . ep) = wn x
= ne = = =
= Zz = Zz = Y
5 3 ‘ g 5b bp
te) ae ve) ee O t,
= Ea 2, a = |
ee Ce > |i DS >
2 7, Clee 2 ” Bad
NVINOSHLINS S3S!IYVYGIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTI
Ze ” > 79) >
na = w a)
a ox a a as,
wat : — Hy,
NF: : 2 Of;
= XN m a oO a
Oo SS = 2) aon fe)
2 a) Zz oy a
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IuVus
Z Peet Zz a i z
S os S BS S
=
>. = 5 ae 5
O ee o = B
i fee NVINOSHLUINS ° Ja!tyvaad Py otl BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT
VS = Z = Zz
aaa Be as ” a
a O% a O ois
is = rs = [sc
‘ >
75 2 B we a |
RARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVY
” > ” > ae 29)
a an my A te)
TRO PIE Noe | wy er) a5
OS 4 Y, 5 = a a
Pe ‘Mt. & oa C= S
ag etry S Pa ay Z See
MLNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS ae lYvudly a LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITHT
UE eee oe) a O yy =
y. a Ng 5 a 5 neu
r, PL Se ASS ee > = % >
e - RNS : i - 2
ho aS w m
o Zz OD z on
h BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVU
Wh
‘
MITHSONIAN
5 auf Ly,
Lb bs
IVINOSHILIWS
MITHSONIAN
JWINOSHLIWS
IVINOSHLIWS
By
=}
~
G
wa
¢ -
PROCEEDINGS
ae Sectional Library
Hoston Society of Natural History.
VOU. ey Lit
BO Sit ON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY.
MST
PUBLISHING COMMITTEE.
S. H. ScupDER, S. L. Anppot, M.D.,
A. EyArr EDWARD BURGESS,
Tuomas Dwieut, M.D.
CONTENTS OF VOL. XVIII.
Annual Meeting, May 5, 1875 . :
Prof. A. Hyarr. Custodian’s Report.
Epw. PickERinG. Treasurer’s Report
OFFICERS of the Society for 1875-6.
F. W. Putnam. On the Habits of the Blind Craw fish, and the Repro-
duction of Lost Parts. : ;
H. A. Hacen, M.D. Synopsis of the Odonata of America
General Meeting, May 19 .
Prof. WittrAm B, ROGERS. On the Newport Conglomerates. :
On the Gravel and Cobble-stone Depoatis 0 of
Virginia and the Middle States .
General Meeting, June 2
T. Sterry Hunt, LL.D. The Decayed Gneiss of Hoosae Mountain .
Prof, J. D, Dana on the Alteration of Rocks :
General Meeting, June 16 . : :
S. H. ScuppErR. ~ On Fossil Insects from Cape Breton 3
H. K. Morrison. Notes onthe Noctuide. .
Prof. N. S. SHALER. On the Motion of Continental Glaciers
General Meeting, October 6 5 :
C. R. OsTEN SAackEN. Diptera from the Island Guadalupe ; ;
On the North American Species of Syrphus :
Capt. CHARLES BenprirE. Notes on the Birds observed near Camp Har-
nev, Oregon. .
W. J. HorrMan, M.D. | List of Birds observed at Grand River Agency,
Dakotah . :
Prof. N. §. SHaLEeR. On the Gause and Geological Value of Variation
in Rainfal] 2 5
S. H. ScuppEr. Post-Pliocene Fossils from Sankoty Head, Nantucket .
WiLu1AM DEenToN. Onan Asphalt Bed near Los ae Cal., and its
contained Fossils IW SU OR AC CEM aE nis
General Meeting, October 20 . .
Dr. T. Dwicurt, Jr. Report on the Wyman Anatomical Collection
Section of FE ntomology, October 27. . ee ate
S. H. ScuppeR. On the Butterflies of Cape Breton Island
General Meeting, November 3
Prof, C. H. Hircacocx. Remarks on the @anbann and Cambro-Silurian
Rocks of Western Vermont : : Ee
General Meeting, November 17 . .
W. K. Brooks, PH.D. Embryology of Salpa (with ‘Plate 1)
Prof. J. D. DANA. On Metamorphism and Pseudomorphism.
Section of Entomology, November 24 See tes it lah ie
B. P. Mann. Monstrosities in Anisopteryx vernata
101
106
106
108
113
113
114
126
1338
133
135
153
169
176
182
185
187
187
188
188
190
191
193
193
200
201
201
iv
~ General Meeting, December 1.
S. W. Garman. Fishes and Reptiles from the Western Coast of South
America . eS eae ees" F :
Section of Mier oscop Y December 8. .
CHARLES STODDER. On the Diatoms of the Miocene Deposit ‘at Rich-
mond, Va. . :
General Meeting, December 15.
W. J. Horrman, M.D. Ancient Hearths and Modern Indian Remains
in the Missouri V wley :
L. S. BurBANK. Land-lockéd Ponds as Natural Meteor ological Registers
General Meeting, January 5, 1876 . 30 aes
L. S. BuRBANK. Remarks on the River Birch and Hackberry
General Meeting, January 1%. sane f
Pres. T. T. Bouvé. The Origin of Por phyry . ;
Prof. A. Hyart. Remarks on the Porphvries of Marblehead
L. S. BuRBANK, On the Conglomerate of Harvard, Mass,
General Meeting, February2. .
W. K. Brooks, PH.D. Affinities of the Mollusca and Molluscoida
General Meeting, February 16
General Meeting, March 1
H. K. Morrison. Descriptions of new ’ North American Noctuidae
General Meeting, March 15 ‘
Pres. T. T. Bouvé. Reminiscences of the early days of the ‘Society .
Section of Entomology, March 22 : a Fis a eer ee
S. H. ScuppEer. A Century of Orthoptera. Decade V.
Decade Vie = :
Description of three species of Labia from the U.S.
Ontlopie from the Island of Ganda :
General Meeting, April 5 :
Prof. W. H. Nives. Geological Agency ‘of Lateral Pressure exhibited
by certain Rock Mov ements . - :
General Meeting, April 19 . :
Prof. EDwArpD S. Morse. A Diminutive Form of Buccinum undatum —
a case of Natural Selection
S. H. ScupprErR. Notes on the For ficularie, “with a List of the Described
Species. ‘ Saneh ae
Annual Meeting, May 3, S760 ee ee
Prof. A. Hyatt, Custodian’s Report .
EDWARD PICKERING. Treasurer’s Bevel
OFFIcERS for 1876-77. . . yah ena
CONSTITUTIONAL Agonematonins ot Tal Nisan mee Gee eae
Section of Botany, May 4
Section of Botany, May 10.
Section of Botany, May 15 .
General Meeting, May17. .
G. W. Bonn. Origin of the Domestic Sheep
Section of Botany, June 5 Bes
General Meeting, June7 .
Prof. A. Hyarr. Genetic Re lations of Stephanoceras
Section of Botany, June 12. se jeanne
Section of Botany, June 19 .
General Meeting, June21. .
S. W. GarmMan. Reptiles and Batrachians collected by “Allen Lesley, Esq ss
on the Isthmus of Panama . o idigSicnsscet PKS reais
Section of Botany, June 26 .
General Meeting, Julyi . . :
A. R. Grote. Notes on Noctuze from Florida .
Errata =. (in ptee cog ayia TOR AM Wien pire mite matics
| (oc (->. ae MPA aay Gee IRAs
/
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.
TAKEN FROM THE SOCIETY’S RECORDS.
Annual Meeting, May 5, 1875.
Vice-President Mr. 8. H. Scudder in the chair. Thirty-
two persons present.
Prof. Alpheus Hyatt, Custodian, presented the following
report : —
The changes in the furniture of the building, described in
the last Annual Report, have been completed. More than
half of the cases are now secured against the entrance of
dust and insects, and the most valuable preparations can be
safely trusted to their protection. If any member of the
Society will take the trouble to walk through our rooms,
he will easily satisfy himself of the necessity of these
changes. The condition of the collections which still re-
main in the old cases, whose loose doors cannot be secured
either against dust or insects, show this very plainly.
The tablets in the Paleontological and Conchological col-
lections, though but recently completed, are more or less
disfigured by dust, and where more perishable specimens
exist, as among birds and mammals, the amount of damage
done will, in a few years, be irretrievable. The alterations
were completed last July, and the work of removing the
- collections was carried on as fast as each room or gallery was
made ready for occupation.
PROCEEDINGS B. S, N. H.— VOL. XVIII. 1 AUGUST, 1875.
Annual Report.] 4 [May 5,
Mr. Emerton was occupied during the summer in remov-
ing the Geological collections and the collections of sponges,
corals and echinoderms.
The minerals displayed have been rearranged by the Pres-
ident, Mr. Bouvé, many specimens, formerly stored in trays
for want of space, having been added. They now make a
most attractive display in the newly furnished room on the
right of the main entrance. The gallery of this room is oc-
cupied by a special collection of the minerals of New Eng-
land, arranged by Mr. Bouvé. In the next room the same
gentleman is at present engaged in revising and completely
rearranging the Geological collection. This work is ad-
vancing very rapidly, and is already more than half done.
The Eser Paleontological Collection, presented to the
Society by Vice President Mr. John Cummings, was re-
moved by Mr. Rathbun, during last June, into the northeast
corner room of the main hall. It is now being thoroughly
revised by Mr. Crosby, and rapidly mounted for exhibition
by Miss Carter, for whose efficient services we are indebted
to the generosity of Mr. Cummings. This revision also in-
cludes the incorporation of all the European specimens
formerly included in the general Paleontological collection,
and the completion of a catalogue.
Mr. Crosby is also engaged in the revision of the Ameri-
can collection, and this is now being mounted by Miss Wash-
burn, for whose desirable assistance we have also to thank Mr.
Cummings. This work includes the naming and mounting
of the Henry D. and Wm. B. Rogers collections, principally
of fossils fram Pennsylvania, the Cleveland collection of
Devonian specimens, and the formation of an educational
collection from the duplicates. The latter is progressing
rapidly, and will soon be as complete as the Society can
afford to make it.
The Rogers Collections have suffered much damage from
the loss of labels; this is particularly the case with the
Henry D. Rogers collection, which was packed with the
1875.J 3 [Annual Report.
greatest carelessness by the parties entrusted with its trans-
mission to America, after the death of Prof. Rogers in Glas-
gow. The sudden illness of Mr. Wm. B. Rogers in the midst
of his labors, unfortunately left his own collection also in
great disorder. But it is a matter of sincere congratulation
that this honored member of our Sogiety has so far recov-
ered from his illness as to be again able to work with us.
He has already reviewed the labels of a portion of his own
collection, and expects to be able to continue his efforts
until the whole of his own and his brother’s collections
have been revised. The southeast corner room in the
basement was fitted up partly with the old cases which
were removed from the former botanical room, and partly
with the cabinets of the Rogers collections, and now serves
as a general work room, as a lecture room and laboratory
for the students of the Institute of Technology, and also
as a storage room for the Rogers collections and the Edu-
cational collection. It makes a valuable addition to the
working facilities of the Museum, and, in fact, is indispensa-
ble, since there is no other room in the building suitable for
the general purposes of a laboratory.
During the summer the Custodian, assisted by Mr. Rath-
bun, worked for the U. 8. Fish Commission, under the
charge of Prof. 8. F. Baird, to whom we are indebted for the
ample opportunities for collecting which were given to us.
The department of Marine Zoology and the Laboratory
were under the immediate charge of Prof. A. E. Verrill,
whose kindness and readiness to assist us we also desire to
acknowledge with many thanks.
The service heretofore rendered by Prof. Baird to zoologi-
cal science has been of general usefulness, but none, it seems
to me has been of such wide-spread and growing importance
as this one. He has been able by careful management not
only to promote the main object of the Commission in the
most economical manner, but at the same time to place within
the reach of naturalists complete facilities for the exploration
Annual Report.] 4 [May 5,
and study of the Marine Fauna of New England. Mr. Rath-
bun assiduously attended to the general dredging and shore
collecting, accurately labelling every specimen. The valu-
able additions thus made to our New England collection have
been since revised and placed in the most complete order.
The New England collection of shells has also been re-
mounted and greatly enlarged by the same assistant, who
has accompanied this work with complete lists, which will
enable him to perfect this department as fast as opportunities
for collections will permit. Unfortunately, there are at
present no cases in which these beautifully mounted speci-
mens can be exhibited.
The collection of New England Sponges, to which the
Custodian paid special attention, has been much enlarged,
and colored figures were made of every species, which will
be used in the illustration of the collection.
A small donation from our former Vice President, Mr. R. C.
Greenleaf, enabled us to begin a very important and long con-
templated improvement in the illustration of our collection by
means of anatomical models. Drawings were made of several
of the living animal forms of the Mollusca by Mr. Rathbun,
which have since been used in the manufacture of models.
Several of these, showing the animal as it actually appears
when living, have been completed. When this series is
finished there will be another begun, representing the in-
ternal parts as they appear when the shell is removed.
The experiment has shown the practicability of rendering our
collections useful as a means of conveying accurate knowl-
edge to general students, teachers, and the public. These
models also will be appreciated by no one more highly than
by the strictly professional naturalist, who must be a special-
ist of exceptional ability if he cannot gather new information
from collections illustrated in this comprehensive way. It
must be remembered, however, that the accurate study of all
the species of a group unavoidably precedes the selection of
the types.and the moulding of the models. Miss Pratt’s be-
1875.] D [Annual Report.
quest has enabled us to do this with considerable rapidity
among the Mollusca, but the insufficiency of the funds in
every other department of the Museum will postpone in-
definitely the completion of all other collections.
We have a fine building admirably adapted for its purpose,
excellent collections, all those things which are most costly
and most difficult to obtain. There is nothing, in fact, to
prevent us from speedily possessing the most perfect Museum
of our own class now in existence, except the want of funds
to employ a sufficient number of competent assistants to
work up the collections.
The Teachers’ School of Science was resumed in the au-
tumn of the past year, and has been successfully continued
and liberally supported by donations from Mr. Cummings. A
course of about thirty lessons upon Mineralogy has been
given by Mr. L. 8. Burbank, of Lowell, and the usual plan
of giving away the specimens used at the lectures has been
followed. Nearly a hundred sets of minerals have been dis-
tributed among the teachers of the public schools of Boston.
In order to test the practical results of these gifts, Mr. Bur-
bank was requested to collect statistics of the extent to
which the materials had been used. The returns showed
that in as many as fifty instances the collections were being
intelligently employed in the instruction of students. The
Society can therefore congratulate itself upon being the
birthplace of the first really practicable movement for intro-
ducing the study of the Natural Sciences into the public
schools of Boston.
The Botanical Collection has received daily attention from
Mr. Cummings, and has been much improved by his own
work and that of his assistant, Miss Carter. The general
collection of plants has been rearranged by Miss Carter,
and also the collection of specimens of wood, fruit, etc.; and
the latter have been placed in the new show-cases, immedi-
ately over the closed cases containing the general botanical
collection.
Annual Report.] 6 [May 5
The Lowell Collection was found to be in very poor con-
dition, many plants having been destroyed by insects. It
has, however, all been rearranged, the duplicates have been
picked out, and it now remains only to poison the specimens
in order to place the collections in perfect order. Mr. Cum-
mings and Miss Carter have also about half completed a New
England collection out of the duplicates of the general col-
lection, which will be entirely finished and catalogued during
the coming year. .
A beautiful as well as valuable addition to this depart-
ment has been made by Mr. Edward T. Bouvé. It consists
of preparations of the leaves and stems of New England
trees and shrubs, pressed between panes of glass, so that they ,
can be readily studied without injury to the specimens.
These will be accompanied by other specimens of the wood
and bark, and will occupy a prominent place in the collec-
tion of New England plants. About one hundred species
have been so prepared, and the whole list will probably be
completed and exhibited during the coming year.
Among the donations which may be considered worthy of
mention is one of birds, shells and insects, received as a be-
quest from the family of a deceased fellow member, Mr. F.
P. Atkinson. Although very young, Mr. Atkinson had al-
ready shown much interest in the study of Natural History,
and had attracted the friendly attention of many of the
members of this Society, who deeply regret his early death.
The most important acquisition of the year, and also the
last which it is my duty to record, came to us by the bequest
of our former President, Prof. Jeffries Wyman. This distin-
guished Comparative Anatomist, deeply lamented by the
members of the Society, was accorded the exceptional honor
of a Memorial Meeting. The ceremonies of this meeting
were made impressive by a respectful solemnity and a depth
of feeling which will long be remembered by the Society.
By his will the entire collection of anatomical specimens
formerly exhibited in Boylston Hall, Cambridge, was left
1875.] T [Annual Report.
to the Society, conditionally, upon the payment of three
thousand dollars. After much deliberation the Council de-
cided to give a larger sum, out of consideration for his mem-
ory and the intrinsic value of the collection. They accord-
ingly voted five thousand dollars, which has been paid to
the heirs, and the collection is now being incorporated with
our own, and undergoing a thorough rearrangement under
the charge of the Chairman of the Committee on Anatomy,
Dr. Thomas Dwight. A more detailed report will therefore
be necessarily postponed until this work has been finished.
The Secretary reports as follows : —
The evening lectures, endowed from the Lowell fund by
Mr. John A. Lowell, have somewhat changed their character
on account of the increased price which it is now necessary
to pay for lecturers. They have been reduced in number
from forty to twenty. This year the courses have been as
follows: —Six upon “The Chemistry of the Waters,” by
Dr. T. Sterry Hunt; six upon “ Injurious Fungi,” by Dr. W.
G. Farlow; six upon “American Archeology,” by Mr. F. W.
Putnam; and two upon the “ Village Indians of New Mex-
ico,” by Mr. Ernest Ingersoll.
MEETINGS.
There have been eighteen general meetings, with an aver-
age attendance of fifty-four persons; five meetings of the
Section of Microscopy, with an average attendance of eight
persons; six meetings of the Section of Entomology, with
an average of seven persons. On two occasions one hundred
and fourteen persons have been present at the general meet-
ings. One Honorary, four Corresponding and thirty-seven
Resident Members have been elected. Seventy-five com-
munications have been presented.
PUBLICATIONS.
Since the last Annual Meeting, two quarterly parts, each
of Volumes XVI and XVII of the Proceedings, have been
Annual Report.] 8 [May 5,
issued, and Part III of Volume XVII is also nearly ready for
distribution. Each part of Volume XVII has one-third more
than the usual amount of matter. Four articles have been
published in the Memoirs, making one hundred and thirty-
two pages, with three plates. Three others (with two plates)
are already in press. The articles that have already ap-
peared are, “Recent Changes of Level on the Coast of
Maine,” by Prof. N. 8. Shaler; “The Species of the Lepi-
dopterous Genus Pamphila,” by Mr. 8. H. Scudder; “An-
tiquity of the Caverns and Cavern Life of Ohio Valley,” by
Prof. N. 8. Shaler; “Prodrome of a Monograph of the Tab-
anide,” by Baron C. R. Osten Sacken.
LIBRARY.
The additions during the last year number 1397, and may
be classified as follows :—
8v0. 4to. Fol.
Volumes Sis $0282) “alis. 2°65) 1. %. SS. ee eee
Parts) flies oR BTS tery ee fet dD Sh. [epics at ee
Pamphlets <0 ...284 0. « « &. 23) 22). apis 4g
Maps and CHarts 20.0) 4% 5 0 6 6 ae eet
Oba la segs tis + occt MeeeloOas
The Society has opened exchanges with the following-
named Societies and Journals : —
Belfast Naturalist’s Field Club.
Academia Nacional de Ciencias Exactas existente en la Universidad de
Cordova.
Cincinnati Quarterly Journal of Science.
Société d’Etudes Scientifiques de Lyon.
“The Academy,’’ London.
Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, Paris.
Societa Adriatica di Scienze Naturali in Trieste.
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.
The American Sportsman (now The Rod and the Gun).
Cambridge Entomological Club.
During the year the Societies mentioned below have sent
extensive series of their earlier publications.
The Literary and Philosophical Society. : . : : - Liverpool.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft : : : ° A : - Emden.
The Literary and Philosophical Society . . 4 . - Manchester.
Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab . ~. . «. ~~ Kjobenhavn.
1875.] 9 (Annual Report.
Number of persons taking books, 109; number of books
taken out, 835; a large increase on previous years.
REPORTS ON SPECIAI COLLECTIONS.
MOLLUSCA.
The work of revising the general collection has been com-
menced, and quite largely carried out. The plan is essen-
tially this: to retain in the display cases only the more typi-
cal forms of each genus and subgenus, and to attempt to
illustrate no differences lower than those of generic value.
The character of the animal of each family is represented,
wherever possible, by a model of one of the typical forms.
So far, eleven families, one of Gasteropods, Naticide, and ten
of Lamellibranchs, commencing with the Pholadidex, have
been worked over in this manner, and eight models have been
made. To more fully explain the plan, I give here an analy-
sis of the work done upon the Naticide. Nine genera and
three subgenera are admitted in this family by Dr. P. P.
Carpenter, and also by H. & A. Adams, in their “ Genera of
Recent Mollusca.” The genera are Natica, Lunatia, Ne-
rita, Ampullina, Naticella, Polinices, Naticina, Cryptostoma,
Amaura; the subgenera, Stigmaulax, Acrybia, Sigaretus.
To illustrate the genus Natica we have selected eight
species, representing the more marked differences in form
and in color which occur within the genus; but this num-
ber might be much reduced. The species chosen are
canrena, labrella, lineata, maroccana, millepunctata, stercus-
muscarum, spadicea and vitellus. For the subgenus Stig-
maulax the species sulcata is used. For the genus Lunatia,
monilifera, castanea, metastoma, Raynauldiana and solida,
and so on through the remaining genera and subgenera.
The genus Amaura and the subgenus Acrybia are not rep-
resented in the general collection, but are contained in the
New England collection. A note in the catalogue indicates
this fact, and states where they may be found. It is in-
Annual Report.) 10 {May 5,
tended to illustrate all the genera of each family in this
manner. The models are made in the ordinary way of con-
structing plastic models. The animal is first built up in clay
from drawings, and then transferred to plaster by means of a
gelatine mould. It has been found most satisfactory to work
the model up only roughly in the clay, and finish all the
details in the plaster cast. In many cases it has been possi-
ble to imitate the appearance of the surface of the body of
the animal by covering the plaster with a thin coating of
wax before putting on the paint.
For representing the animal of the Naticidz, one of the
more common New England forms, Lunatia heros was
chosen. The animal is represented crawling on the sand,
with the operculum lobe covering about half the shell, and
with the mentum thrown up well in front. The body is
shown as if much distended with water so as to have a length
equal to about three times that of the shell.
Of the models of Lamellibranchs made, those forms pos-
sessing open mantles are represented as lying on the side
with one valve imbedded in the sand, and with the siphons,
foot and mantle lobes quite fully extended. Of those with
closed mantles some lie on the side, but others are inclined
backward, so as to show a portion of both valves. In
some groups, as the Corbulidz, where no large shells exist,
no attempt has yet been made to model the animal. Each
model is placed in the case with the family in which it be-
longs, and, where possible, New England forms have been
chosen for modelling.
The families of Lamellibranchs represented by models, are
as follows: — Pholadide by Dactylina dactylus, of natu-
ral size; Teredinide by Zeredo navalis, enlarged over four
times, and represented as if lying in its burrow in a section
of wood; Solenide by Ensatella americana, the American
razor shell; Myade by Mya arenaria, the common clam of
New England, with the united siphons extended one and
one-half times the length of the shell; Mactride by Mactra
1875.] 11 {Annual Report.
solidissima, a common New England clam; Tellinide by
Scrobicularia piperita; the only reason for taking this form
to illustrate the family Tellinide was that figures of no
other good forms were accessible; Veneride by Callista
Chione, a very common European mollusk— it is proposed to
make soon a model of our Venus mercenaria, to further
illustrate the family; Cyprinide by Cyprina islandica, the
only species at present recognized in the family.
The collection of New England shells has been entirely
revised and remounted, the color of the tablets having been
changed from black to dark blue, and the labels rewritten.
Most of the general collection has been received from
Dr. Carpenter; but he still retains, and is at work upon,
several groups, including the Neritidz and Cerithiade. He
has not yet completed his work upon the duplicate collec-
tions, and they also remain in his possession.
Besides the catalogue of the general collection in course
of preparation by Dr. Carpenter, there has been made out
the past year for the use of the Society, a general catalogue
of the New England collection, and a catalogue of the testa-
ceous mollusca, known to have been found on the New Eng-
land coast. The latter was compiled from the several works
on New England Zoology.
_ The principal additions to the collection of Mollusca, re-
corded for the past year, are: — A lot of about one hundred
species of dried specimens of lamellibranchs and gasteropods,
collected in Florida and the Bahamas, by Dr. E. Palmer, and
obtained for the Society by purchase; a number of foreign
marine shells from the relatives of the late Mr, F. P. Atkin-
son; and many marine or fresh water shells, mostly from the
Southern States, contained in the collection of the Messrs.
H. B. and W. D. Rogers; besides the large collection made
by the Custodian and Mr. Rathbun, while with the U. S. Fish
Commission, at Noank, Conn., during the summer of 1874.
Annual Report.] 12 [May 5,
INSECTS.
All Harris’s North American insects, except the Neuroptera
and part of the Diptera, are now in the two black walnut
cases built for them. Twenty of the drawers were fitted,
three years ago, with sliding covers, and are as safe as any
boxes in the Museum, but the remaining forty drawers are
loosely covered, and the specimens in them are more or less
injured every summer by moths and Anthreni. The Neu-
roptera were revised by Dr. Hagen, and remain in the four
glazed boxes where they were put by him.
Mr. Sprague began a revision of the Coleoptera, and fin-
ished it through the Staphylinidz, six hundred and fifty-five
species. The Histeridw, named by Dr. Horn, were returned
after Mr. Sprague’s death. The succeeding families, as far
as the Tenebrionidz, about one thousand species in all, were
removed from the drawers, and a new arrangement of them
begun by Mr. Sprague. These have all been returned to
the drawers, and Mr. Sprague’s arrangement followed as far
as possible, but no change of labels has been made. The
rest of the Coleoptera remain as they were arranged by
Mr. Scudder, with Harris’s family and general labels, and
Mr. Scudder’s catalogue numbers. The European Coleoptera
and Lepidoptera from Harris’s collection are in three boxes
covered with paper, among the foreign insects.
Mr. Sprague began several collections of beetles, described
in the soureiy's publications, of which the types are lost.
The collection of Randall’s species, described in Vol. II of
the Journal, contains sixty-three species out of the eighty-
two described. A list of these with notes was found among
Mr. Sprague’s papers, and has been revised by Mr. Austin for
publication in the Proceedings.
There are also unfinished collections of the species of
Cicindela of Massachusetts, described by A. A. Gould in Vol.
I of the Journal, of the species of Hispa, described by Harris
in Vol. I, and of the Coleoptera, described by Say in the
same volume. A collection of Carabidex, described by Kirby
1875.] 3 [Annual Report.
in Fauna Boreali-Americana, was made by Mr. Sprz gue, and
compared with the types in the British Museum by Mr. E. C,
Rye. This collection was returned just before Mr. Sprague’s
sickness, and was not rearranged by him. It has been trans-
ferred to a glazed box with the labels of Mr. Sprague and
Mr. Rye.
Another work begun by Mr. Sprague was a revision of the
New England collection of Coleoptera, but he only carried
it through the Cicindelidze and Carabide. The former are
now on exhibition, illustrated by a drawing of C. valgaris ;
the latter occupy three glazed boxes in the work room. The
rest of the New England Coleoptera remain as arranged
and labelled by Mr. Sanborn. The collection of beetles left
the Society by Mr. Dale, was examined by Mr. Sprague, and
such specimens as were needed in the Museum placed in
other boxes, leaving a large number of duplicates in the
book-shaped boxes used by Mr. Dale, where they are liable
to be destroyed by Anthreni.
During the last year all the New England Hymenoptera
and Neuroptera have been put on exhibition. Part of the
Geometridz have been taken to Salem by Dr. Packard, and
returned named. The Noctuide, about two hundred and
fifty species, have been named and arranged by Mr. Morrison.
The duplicate and unarranged New England insects, occu-
pying thirty boxes and five hundred bottles, are all arranged
by families in the workroom, the boxes containing pinned
specimens covered with paper for safety.
Nearly all the foreign Coleoptera are now in glazed boxes,
where they are comparatively safe; the remainder of the
collection, consisting principally of Lepidoptera from South
and Central America, is in small boxes, which have to be
covered with paper every summer to avoid injury. Some
three hundred bottles of foreign insects in alcohol are in the
workroom, besides a few on exhibition in the Museum.
The collection of native spiders in alcohol, begun by Mr.
Sanborn, now contains one hundred and thirty species, in-
Treasurer’s Report. ] 14 [May 5,
eluding all the common species in the neighborhood of
Boston. During the last year a collection of dried spiders
for exhibition was begun by Mr. Emerton, and now contains
specimens of thirty-eight of the larger species. Eighty micro-
scopic specimens of palpal organs and other parts of spiders,
described by Hentz, have been prepared.
The foreign spiders are all in the exhibition case in the
northeast room, none of them named. The Scorpions and
Phrynide are in the same case. The number of specimens is
large, but of few species, and none are named.
The Treasurer presented the following report.
Report of E. Pickering, Treasurer, on the Financial Affairs of the
Society, for the year ending April 30th, 1875.
Receipts.
Dividends, Interest and Rents : $4,988.31
Courtis Fund Income ; : - : ; 692.00
Pratt Fund Income - : : : 840.00
H. F. Wolcott Fund Income . : 464.00
Walker Fund Income - : ; = . - 2,788.40
«© Prize Fund Income . : : 3 278.00
« Grand Prize Fund Income - : . : 60.00
Entomological Fund Income . : - : - 30.00
Bulfinch Street Estate Fund Income : é 2 - 2,122.00
Annual Assessments . : ; : - : 1,290.00
Admission Fees : : - - : 170.00
Donation, R. C. Greenleaf A . - : 2 A 50.00
J.Cummings . ; : : : 250.00
Towel Institute pwd ee Lectures A : : : 1,103.53
Publications : : ; : : 534.07
Total . . : : : wae as - 3 . $15,660.31
Ordinary Expenditures.
Publications eats : a se : : $2,853.81
Repairs of Museum . . . . . aes ° 533.01
Cabinet ; 5 = z c “ - - : : 1,808.50
Library “ - . - * A : . 623.78
Fuel . : : - : : : : ; ° 899.00
Gas) “4. ‘ A - ae : og ike - 132.75
Lectures. . . : - : : b ; ° 1,353.53
Salaries R ‘ A > - ; z 2 6,296.67
GeneralExpenses . . . . . . 1,410.45} $15,411.50
Excess'or Receipts ee ee $248.81
Extraordinary Expenditures.
Museum and Furniture, adatetons and a rr $10.689.01
Wyman Collection . . ; ; : 5,000.00
$15,689.01
E. Pickrrine, Treasurer,
Boston Society of Natural History.
Boston, May 1, 187%.
15
1875.] [Officers.
The Society then proceeded to the election of officers for
the ensuing year. Messrs. L. L. Thaxter and A. E. Bouvé
being appointed to collect and count the votes, announced
the result as follows: —
PRESIDENT,
THOMAS T. BOUVE.
VICE-PRESIDENTS,
SAMUEL H. SCUDDER,
JOHN CUMMINGS.
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY,
S. L. ABBOT, M.D.
RECORDING SECRETARY,
EDWARD BURGESS.
TREASURER,
EDWARD PICKERING.
LIBRARIAN,
EDWARD BURGESS.
CUSTODIAN,
ALPHEUS HYATT.
COMMITTEES ON DEPARTMENTS.
Minerals.
Tuomas T. Bouvs,
L. S. BURBANK,
R. H. RIcHARDS.
Geology.
Wma. H. NILEs,
T. STERRY HUNT,
L. S. BURBANE.
Paleontology.
Tuos. T. Bouve,
N. 8S. SHALER.
Botany.
JOHN CUMMINGS,
CHARLES J. SPRAGUE,
J. AMORY LOWELL.
Microscopy.
EDWIN BICKNELL,
R. C. GREENLEAF,
Radiates, Crustaceans and Worms.
H. A. HAGEN, M.D.,
ALEXANDER E. Aq@assiz.
Mollusks.
EDWARD S. Morsz,
J. HENRY BLAKE,
LEv1 L. THAXTER,
Insects.
S. H. ScuppeEr,
EDWARD BURGEss,
A. S. Packarp, Jr., M.D.
Fishes and Reptiles.
F. W. Putnam,
S. KNEELAND, M.D.,
RICHARD B iiss, Jr.
Birds,
THomas M. Brewer, M.D.,
SAMUEL CaBoT, M.D.,
B. Joy JEFFRIES, M.D. J. A. ALLEN.
Comparative Anatomy. Mammals
THOMAS DWIGHT, JR., M.D., J. A. ALLEN,
J.C. WuHiTe, M.D. J. B. S. Jackson, M.D.
Putnam.] 16 [May 5,
The following papers were read : —
ON SOME OF THE HABITS OF THE BLIND CRAWFISH, CAMBARUS
PELLUCIDUS, AND THE REPRODUCTION oF Lost Parts. By
F. W. PuTtNAM.
During the first half of the month of November last, I collected a
number of the blind crawfish, Cambarus pellucidus, in the Mammoth
Cave. Many of the specimens were brought alive to Massachusetts,
and several still continue in good condition though they have eaten
very little since their capture. I have several times offered them
food in the shape of small bits of cooked meat and raw liver, crumbs
of bread, etc., but, though they have generally carried the morsels to
their jaws after long deliberation, they have, apparently, taken but a
few mouthfuls, and, discarding the substances, have not touched them
again.
The specimens of Cambarus Bartonii, the eyed crawfish, collected
in the cave at the same time, on the contrary, are quite ready to eat
and at once seize any food offered to them. The difference in the
actions of the two species at such times is quite striking. ‘The mo-
ment the water in its jar is disturbed the eyed species rears itself
upon its tail, throws out its large claws, seizes the piece of meat, or
bread, and hastily conveying it to its mouth, generally holds on to
the morsel until it is all eaten, though sometimes this species will take
but a bite or two and then drop the food, and I do not think it will
touch the same piece again.
The blind species, on the contrary, darts backward as soon as the
food is dropped into the water and then extends its antenne and
stands as if on the alert for danger. After a long while, sometimes
from fifteen to thirty minutes, it will cautiously crawl about the jar
with its antenne extended as if using them for the purpose of de-
tecting danger ahead. On approaching the piece of meat, and
before touching it, the animal gives a powerful backward jump and
remains quiet for a while. It then cautiously approaches again, and
sometimes will go through this performance three or four times
before it concludes to touch the article, and when it does touch it the
result is another backward jump. After another quiet time it again
approaches, perhaps only to jump back once more, but when it
finally concludes that it is safe to continue in the vicinity of the
1875.] 17 (Putnam.
meat, it feels with its antennz for a while, and then takes the morsel
in its claws and conveys it to its mouth. JI have twice seen the meat
dropped as it was passed along the base of the antennz, as if the
sense of smell, or more delicate organs of touch seated at that point,
were again the cause of alarming the animal. When the jaws once
begin to work, the piece of meat, or bread, if very small, is devoured,
but if a little too large only a few bites are taken and the food is
dropped and not again touched though the animal then crawls over
it and rests upon it without being in the least concerned. These
actions are best noticed by feeding with raw liver, and by not dis-
turbing the crawfish for some days before. When bread is offered, the
crawfish hardly has time to go through all his manceeuvres before the
bread becomes saturated and mixed with the water in small particles,
some of which are eaten, but the most of them are left. If food is
often presented, the crawfish, becoming aecustomed to the disturbance, |
and probably to the smell, pays no attention to it.
The smallest of my living C. Bartoni east its skin about February
20, but I had not noticed it for several days, and when observed it
was engaged in eating its old skin, and had devoured about one half
of it. The only observation made in this case was on the color of
the animal. This little specimen was, when collected, of a light
brown color, mottled with a darker shade; these markings are the
same in its new skin, and, apparently, the animal has not increased
in size. On January 29, it was noticed that one of the medium sized
blind crawfish had left its old skin and seemed to be better provided
with legs than before, as it had formerly suffered severely from being
confined in the same jar with others. Indeed, about one half of my
specimens were mutilated to a great extent by the terrible battles
which they had with each other during the journey, when I was
compelled to keep several in one jar, though they were in part pro-
tected from each other’s fury by hiding under the moss placed in the
jar for this purpose. This specimen was carefully observed, and a
comparison made between its old and newskins. This individual
was milk white when captured, and on coming out of its old skin it
was of the same color, so that the theory that the grayish specimens
are those that have recently shed their skins will not hold good. |
The question now is, is color once attained by these animals ever
lost or changed by their future growth? I have now, April 23, a
living gray specimen with white tips to several of its claws, but as yet
PROCEEDINGS B.S. N. H.— VOL. XVIII. 2 AUGUST, 1875.
Putnam.] 18 [May 5,
it has not favored me with a change of skin. As before mentioned,
the young specimen of C. Bartonii has the same colors after shedding
its shell as before, and this milk white C. pellucidus has not changed
color after shedding its shell twice, and after living in full light of
day, and often for hours in the sunshine, for over five months. On
April 20, this same specimen cast its shell for the second time, and
within three months of the time it last moulted. During this period
it has not fed more than three or four times, and then only upon a
small quantity of food.
The following gives the condition of the animal at the various
periods of its existence since it has been in my possession.
November 13, captured the specimen, a female, in the waters of
Mammoth Cave. It was perfect in all respects except the right,
large claw, which was represented by a rudimentary one, entirely
useless to the animal, and so small as to be almost imperceptible.
Total leneth of the animal, when extended along a rule, and meas-
uring from tip of large claw to end of tail, not quite two and one-half
inches.
November 14 to 24. During this period the crawfish had several
battles with the others in the same jar, and lost the larger part of
her antenne, the third, fourth and fifth legs from the left side, the
fifth from the right side and the two end joints of the third leg on the
right side.
January 28 and 29. On one of these days she cast her shell and
came forth with a soft white covering, which was nearly two weeks
‘in hardening. Then all the legs, or claws, that were perfect before
were of the same size, but in addition the great claw of the right
side was developed to about one-half or two-thirds the size of its
fellow, and was apparently of as much use. The two missing joints
of the third leg on the right side were also developed, though not
quite to their full proportions. The fifth leg on the right side and
the third, fourth and fifth of the left side, were now reproduced, but
in a very small and rudimentary manner; all the joints were present,
but every part was reduced in size. The antennz were reproduced
about two-thirds their full size. During the month of February the
tips of the antennz were accidentally broken, so as to reduce their
length about one-third.
April 20. The old shell is cast whole, as before, and with her
new dress the crawfish has also all ‘her legs and claws nearly perfect.
1875.] 19 [Putnam.
The great claw of the right side is now very nearly as large as that
of the left. The tip of the third leg of the same side is fully per-
fected, and all the legs that were rudimentary before are now devel-
oped, apparently to their full proportionate size, with the exception
of the last on the right side, which is not quite perfect, the two
terminal joints being somewhat rudimentary. The antenne are
reproduced, well formed, and of about their full length, though the
one on the left side is not quite as long as the other.
From these observations it will be seen that the parts, such as the
legs and antennez, are not reproduced in perfection on one shedding
of the shell, but that each time the shell is cast they are more nearly
perfect than before, and that in this instance it has taken three
moultings, one before the animal was captured, to bring the creat
claw nearly to its full size, and one more moulting, at least, will be
necessary, in order to perfect this important member. The posterior
legs, on the contrary, are perfected in two moultings, and in this case
in about five months from the time they were lost. The antenne are
redeveloped more rapidly, and approach their full size in one moult-
ing, and reproduce lost portions in less than three months. Since
its capture the animal has not increased perceptibly in size, and on
measurement to-day is still not quite two and one-half inches in
length, measured as before.
It is also interesting to record that extremes of temperature do not
affect these crawfish from the cave, as my several specimens have
been a number of times retained for days in a heated room, and
again have been exposed for weeks to such intense cold as to freeze
the water in their jars.
Note. At the date of going to press, Aug. 7, 1875, all but two of the above
mentioned specimens retained in my possession have died from various causes,
principally due to neglect in changing the water in their jars. The female,
C. pellucidus, mentioned as having shed her shell twice, died June 10, without
doing anything worthy of further note. Another specimen of the blind species,
of about the same size, is still alive, and has been exposed to the full light
of day since last November, has eaten but very little, and has not shed its
shell. The small specimen of C. Bartoniw, mentioned above as having moulted,
has not increased in size nor changed in color since February, and is appar-
ently in good condition.
Hagen.] 20 [May 5,
SYNOPSIS OF THE ODONATA OF AMERICA. By Dr. H. A. HAGEN.
Since the publication of my Synopsis by the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, in July, 1861, I have endeavored to prepare a new and more
complete edition. The material contained in American collections
has been carefully studied and compared with that in my collection,
as a preparation for a complete monograph with detailed descrip-
tions and plates. At present its publication is impossible, but I think
that a complete list of all species hitherto described or known to me
may help students considerably, as a few works contain nearly all the
descriptions, and are in the hands of every one interested in the study
of the Odonata. ‘There are a few species given only by names, but —
the descriptions of these are ready, some even have been so for
years, and will be published at an early date. The list of localities
will be found augmented very considerably, chiefly for North Ameri-
can species. Asin my former work, I give South American species
in a separate list, and all others, including those from Central Amer-
ica, Mexico and the West Indian Arckipelago, together in the list of
the species of North America. This is done, of course, for conveni-
ence, and because that the larger part of the species of Central
America, Mexico, and the West Indian Islands are to be found in
Texas and in the southern parts of the United States, chiefly in
Florida, some as far north as Georgia.
The synonomy is given as completely as possible. The opportunity
to study several types of Thomas Say in Harris’s collection, and the
types of S. H. Scudder and Ph. R. Uhler, has been granted to me,
and has much assisted my work.
Four hundred and eighty species are now enumerated, instead of
three hundred and sixty-seven in the former work. The subfamily of
the Agrionina has been omitted, as the Synopsis of the subfamily by
Baron De Selys Longchamps is in the way of publication.
Subfamily CALOPTERYGINA.
CALOPTERYX.
1. Calopteryx angustipennis, d, 2.
Sylphis angustipennis Selys! Monogr., 21, 2; Syn., 9, 2.— Walk. Cat.,
590, 2. — Hag.! Syn., 56, 1; Stett. Z., xxiv, 372, 24; Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., 363, 51.
1875.] 21 [Hagen.
Sylphis elegans Selys! Monoer., 20, 1, pl. 2, f. 1; Syn. 9, 1.—Walk.
Cat., 590, 1.
Hab. Briar Creek, Georgia, April 18; Bee Spring, Kentucky,
June.
Of this rare species only three specimens are known; the male
(C. angustipennis) from Abbot, in the British Museum, figured by
Abbot; an immature and imperfect female specimen (C. elegans) »
locality not known, and an adult female from Kentucky in my collec-
tion. The difference quoted in Selys’ Monogr., p. 21, in the direction
of the principal sector, was found, after a repeated examination of
the male type in the British Museum, not to exist.
2. Calopteryx apicalis, ¢, ¢.
Calopteryx apicatis Burm.! Handb., 11, 827, 8. —Selys! Monogr.,
23, 3; Syn., 9, 3.— Walk. Cat., 591, 3.— Hag.! Syn., 56, 2.
Hab. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
The locality Massachusetts in my Synopsis, p. 57, was given by Mr.
Uhler. I have seen two females, Waltham, July 21, but each of
them possesses a very small white pterostigma; one male, partly
broken, from the same locality ; probably they belong to this species.
3. Calopteryx dimidiata, 3, °.
Calopteryx dimidiata Burm.! Handb., 11, 826, 16.— Selys! Monogr.,
24, 4; Syn., 10, 4. — Walk. Cat., 591, 4. — Hag.! Syn., 57, 3; Stett.
Z., XXIV, 372, 25; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 364, 52.
Calopteryx cognata Rbr.! Neur., 222, 6.
Calopteryx Syriaca Rbr.! Neur., 223, 9. (In part; male.)
Hab. Kentucky; Georgia; Palatka, St. Johns River, Florida,
March.
4. Calopteryx equabilis, ¢, °.
Calopteryx equabilis Say! Journ. Acad. Philad., v111, 33, 2.—Hag. !
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 274, 40.
Agrion fugiliva Harris! Cat. Hitchcock Rep., Edit. 1, 581.
Agrion cequabilis Harris! Cat. Hitchcock Rep., Edit. 11, 581.
Hab. Norway, Maine; Brookline, Tyngsboro, Mass.; probably
Rock Island, Ill.; probably Georgia; the males in the British Museum
quoted as C. virginica in Selys’ Monogr., 31.
With the C. virginica Selys, Monogr., 29, 6, Syn., 11, 6, Walk.
Cat., 592, 6, Hag. Syn., 58, 5, probably are mixed together three
different species, viz.: C. maculata, C. cequabilis, and a new one
from Hudson’s Bay.
C. virginica Drury, 1, 113, 2, pl. 48, 2, a female from Virginia,
Hagen.} D) 0) [May 5,
surely belongs neither to C. equabilis nor to the species from Hud-
son’s Bay. The large dimensions of Drury’s figure, which prevented
De Selys from recognizing it as C. maculata, are equalled by some
females from Texas and Kentucky; the length of the wings only 36
millim., instead of 37 millim. in Drury’s figure. Drury’s coloration
and description makes it doubtless that his species is C. maculata.
The males from Georgia, described as C. virginica in Selys’
Monogr., belong probably to C. e@quabilis. The female from Hud-
son’s Bay, C. virginica Selys’ Monoer., belongs to C. hudsonica. In
the Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 274, I considered both species
to be identical, but I had not seen at that time females of C. e@quabi-
lis, and only a female and two imperfect young males of C. hud-
sonica.
5. Calopteryx hudsonica, ¢, °.
Calopteryx virginica Selys, Monogr., 29, 6 (in part; the female) ;
Syn., 11, 6. — Hag. Syn., 58, 5 (in part; female); Proc. Bost. Soe.
Nat. Hist., xv, 274, 40.
Hab. Hudson’s Bay Territory; Michipicoten, Lake Superior,
British America. .
6. Calopteryx maculata, ¢, .
Agrion maculata Beauv., 85, pl. 7, f. 3.
Calopteryz maculata Burm ! Handb., 11, 829, 17. — Selys! Monoor.,
27,5; Syn., 10, 5—Walk.! Cat., 592, 5.— Hag.! Syn., 57, 4; Stett.,
Z., XXIV, 372, 26; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 274, 40; ibid.,
XVI, 364, 53.
Calopteryx holosericea Burm.! Handb., 11, 828, 13.— Ramb., Neur.,
226, 14.
Calopteryx papilionacea Rbr.! Neur., 222, 6.
Calopteryx opaca Say! Journ. Acad. Philad., vu, 32, 2.
Calopteryx materna Say, Journ. Aead. Philad., vim, 32, 1.
Calopteryx virginica Drury, I, 113, 3, pl. 42, f. 2, fem.
Hab. Massachusetts; Maine, in June; New York; Pennsylvania;
Maryland; Washington, D.C.; S. Carolina; Georgia; Florida;
Kentucky, in May, June; Texas; Kansas; Ohio; Illinois; Upper
Wisconsin River; Ontario, Canada.
C.. holosericea Burm.! is a male, labelled Java, and from the Leiden
Museum I possess a female labelled Java. Both labels are probably
erroneous.
7. Calopteryx splendens.
Calopteryx splendens Hag. Syn., 58, 6. — Selys, Monogr., 274.
—
1875.] 23 (Hagen.
Hab. A male in the Zuerich Museum is labelled Georgia, Abbott;
probably erroneous.
Calopteryz virgo Fab, Faun. Greenl., 196, 152, probably erroneous;
according to Schioedte, Berl. Zeit., 111, 142, it has not been rediscov-
ered there.
HETARINA.
1. Hetzrina septentrionalis, ¢.
Heterina septentrionalis Selys! Monogr., 119, 43, pl. 11, f. 6; Syn.,
119, 43. —Walk. Cat., 622, 16. — Hag. Syn., 59,1; Stett. Z., xx1v
372, 29.
Hab. Georgia. Only the typical male is known.
2. Hetzerina Californica, ¢, °.
Heterina Californica Selys! Syn. Addit., 1, 6, 49 bis; Addit., 111,
16, 49 bis. — Hag. Syn., 59, 2.
Hab. River Slawianka, Northern California; Yellowstone, Mon-
tana. Three males identical. Is it a race of H. basalis Hag.?
3. Hetsrina cruentata, ¢, 2.
Calopteryx cruentata Ramb.! Neur., 228, 19, male.
Heterina cruentata Selys! Monogr., 127, 48, pl. 12, f. 1; Syn., 39,
48, —Walk. Cat., 625, 31. — Hag.! Syn., 59, 3.
Calopteryzx luteola Rbr., Neur., 223, 8, fem.
Hab. Mexico; Martinique; Venezuela; Surinam; Brazil.
4. Hetzerina vulnerata, ¢, ¢.
Heterina vulnerata Selys! Monogr., 130, 49, pl. 12, f. 2; Syn., 40,
49, — Walk. Cat., 626, 22. —Hag.! Syn., 60, 4.
Hab. Mexico; Columbia; Brazil.
5. Hetzrina americana, ¢, ?.
Agrion americana Fabr.! Ent. Syst. Suppl., 287, 3-4.
Calopteryx americana Burm.! Handb., 11, 826, 4. — Ramb., Neur.,
227, 18.
Heterina americana Selys! Monogr., 131, 50, pl. 12, f. 3; Syn., 41,
50. — Walk. Cat., 627, 23.— Hag.! Syn., 60, 5; Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat Hist., xv, 274, 41.
Lestes basalis Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vii, 35, 2.
Agrion basalis and insipiens Harris! Cat. Hitchcock Rep., Ed. 1,
581.
Hetcerina pseudamericana Walsh! Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 223.
Hab. Weston, Mass., September 8; Norway, Maine; Maryland ;
Washington, D. C.; Missouri; Indiana; Rock Island, Illinois, July—
August; Upper Wisconsin River.
Hagen.] 24 [May 5
6. Hetezerina scelerata, ¢
Heterina scelerata Walsh, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 267.
Hab. Rock Island, Illinois, July. Unknown to me.
Referred by Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 49, to H. basalis and H. cali-
Sornica.
7. Hetzrina texana, ¢, ?.
Heterina texana Walsh! Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 227.
Heterina basalis Hag.! Syn., 60, 6.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, June-August; Waco, mae
September; Cordova, Atlihnazen, Portrero, Mekich,
In Selys’ Syn. Addit., 111, 49, this species is referred to H. ameri-
cana, but Walsh’s type was from just the same lot as mine, and there
is no doubt about the identity.
8. Hetzrina tricolor, ¢, ¢.
Calopteryz tricolor Burm.! Handb., 11, 827, 7.
Heterina tricolor Selys! Monogr., 136, 52, pl. 12, f. 5; Syn., 42,
52.— Walk. Cat., 629, 25. — Hag. Syn.! 61, 7; Stett. Ent. Z., xxiv,
$72, 30; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.."xy1, 1364, °55.
Hab. Philadelphia, Pa.; Georgia.
9. Hetzrina limbata, ¢, °&.
Heterina limbata Selys, Syn., 43, 52; Monogr. 137; Syn. Addit.,
II, 49.
Heterina rupamnensis Walsh! Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 230.
Heterina rupinsulensis 2 Walsh, Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 383.
Hab. Georgia; Rock Island, Ill., July; Waco, Texas, September.
10. Hetzrina Titia, ¢, °.
Libellula Titia Drury, 1, 83, pl. 45, f. 3.
Calopteryx Titia Burm., Handb., 11, 826, 3.—Ramb., Neur., 227. 17.
Heterina Titia Selys! Monogr., 138, 53; Syn., 48, 53; Walk. Cat.,
43, 53. — Hag.! Syn., 61, 8.
Hab. Honduras; Mexico; Waco, Texas, September 9.
11. Hetzrina bipartita, ¢
Heterina Titia, race bipartita Selys, Syn. Addit.“111, 17, 53.
Hab. Chontales, Nicaragua; St. Antonio, Texas.
12. Heterina sempronia, ¢, &.
Heterina sempronia Selys! Monogr., 147, 56, pl. 12, f. 7; Syn.,
45, 56; Addit., 111, 18, 56. —Walk. Cat., 632, 29.—Hag. Syn.! 62, 10.
Hab. Mexico, Putla, Vera Cruz; Bogota; probably St. Antonio,
Texas.
1875.] 95 [Hagen.
13. Heterina macropus, ¢, °.
Heterina macropus Selys! Monogr., 141, 54; Syn., 44, 54; Addit.,
It, 17, 44. — Walk. Cat., 631, 27. — Hag. Syn.! 62, 9.
Hab. Acapulco, Mexico.
In Selys’ Syn. Addit., 111, 49, H. macropus is considered a variety
of H. occisa. I believe them distinct.
CorRA.
1. Cora marina, ¢.
Cora marina Selys, Ann. Soc. Ent., Belg., x1, Proc., 69, 7; Syn.
Addit., 11, 34, 100 ter.
Hab. Orizaba, Mexico. Unknown to me.
Calopterygina of South America.
LAIS.
1. Lais globifer, ¢, ¢.
Lais globifer Selys! Monogr., 88, 28, pl. 10, f 1; Syn., 27, 28.—
Walk. Cat., 613, 1.— Hag. Syn.! 305.
Hab. New Fribourg, Brazil.
2. Lais guttifera, 3, °.
Lats guitifera Selys! Syn. Addit., 111, 12, 33 bis.
Hab. S. Joao del Rey, Brazil, November.
8. Lais smaragdina, ¢, &.
Lais smaragdina Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 8, 29 bis.
Hab. Santarem, Amazon. Unknown to me.
4. Lais enea, ¢, &.
Lais enea Selys! Monogr., 91, 29, pl. 10, f. 2; Syn., 28, 29; Addit.,
11, 8, 29. — Hag. Syn.! 305.
Hab. Para, Santarem, Amazon and Tapajos Rivers, Brazil.
5. Lais cuprea, d, °.
Lais cuprea Selys! Monogr., 92,30; Syn., 28, 30; Addit., 11, 9, 30.—
Walk. Cat., 613, 3. — Hag. Syn.! 305.
Hab. Para, S. Paulo and Fonte Bon, Peba, Upper Amazon.
6. Lais Hauxwelli, ¢, ¢.
Lais Hauzwelli Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 10, 30 bis; Addit., 111, 12,
30 bis.
Hab. Peba, Upper Amazon. Unknown to me.
7. Lais metallica, ¢, 2.
Lais metallica Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 10, 31 bis.
Hab. Bahia or Guyana, probably. Unknown to me.
Hagen. ] 26 [May 5, -
8. Lais hyalina.
Lais hyalina Selys! Monogr., 92, 31; Syn., 28, 31; Addit., m1,
13, 30.
Hab. ‘Teresopolis, S. Jose de Picu, Brazil, November.
9. Lais pruinosa, ¢g, °.
Lais pruinosa Selys! Monoer., 93, 32, pl. 10, f. 3; Syn., 28, 32.—
Walk. Cat., 615, 5. — Hag. Syn.! 305.
Hab. Brazil.
10. Lais pudica, ¢, 2.
Lais pudica Selys! Monogr., 95, 33, pl. 10, f. 4; Syn., 29, 33.—
Walk. Cat., 615, 6. — Hag. Syn.! 305.
Hab. Ypanema, Brazil.
HETAERINA.
1. Hetzrina duplex, ¢, °.
Heterina duplex Selys! 12, 34 ter. — Hag.! Stett. Z., xxx, 256, 1.
Hab. Bogota, New Grenada..
2. Hetzrina simplex, ¢, °.
Heterina simplex Selys! Monogr., 98, 34, pl. 10, f.5; Syn., 30, 34.—
Walk. Cat., 616, 7.— Hag. Syn., 305.
Heterina perplex Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 11, 34 bis.
Hab. Minas Jeraes; Para, Brazil.
3. Hetzrina sanguinea, ¢, ¢.
Heterina sanguinea Selys! Monoer., 100, 35, pl. 10, f. 6; Syn. 31,
35; Addit., m1, 14, 35. — Walk. Cat., 617, 8. — Hag. Syn., 305.
Hab. Para; Cupari, Ega, §. Paulo, Upper Amazon.
4. Heterina rosea, 3c, °.
Heterina rosea Selys! Monoger., 102, 36, pl. 10, f 7; Syn., 31, 36.—
Walk. Cat., 617, 9. — Hag. Syn.! 305.
Hab. Minas Jeraes, Brazil.
5. Heteerina Caja, 3, °.
Libellula Caja Drury, 11, 82, pl. 44, f. 2.
Calopteryz Caja Burm.! Handb., 11, 826, 5 (in part).
Heterina Caja Selys! Monogr., 104, 37, pl. 10, f. 8; Syn , 32, 37.—
Walk. Cat., 618, 10. — Hag. Syn. ! 305.
Hab. Columbia; Porto Cabello, Venezuela.
6. Hetzrina Dominula, ¢, ?.
Calopteryz Caja Erichs! Schomburgh Reise, 111. — Ramb. Neur.!
226, 16 (in part).
1875.] 27 (Hagen.
Heterina Dominula Selys! Monogr., 197, 38, pl. 11, f. 1; Syn. 33,
38. —Walk. Cat., 619, 11. — Hag. Syn.! 305.
Hab. Guiana; Surinam; Brazil.
7. Hetzrina Donna, ¢, 2.
Heterina Donna Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 14, 36 ter.
Hab. St. Teresa, Enterios, September; Juiz de Fora, November,
Brazil. Unknown to me.
Perhaps H. Caja, Donna and rosea, are but races of the same
species.
8. Heterina auripennis, ¢, °.
Calopteryx auripennis Burm.! Handb., u, 827, 10. — Ramb. Neur.,
225, 13.
Calopteryx Caja Ramb.! Neur., 226, 16 (in part).
Hetcrina auripennis Selys! Monogr., 109, 39, pl. 11, f. 2; Syn., 33,
39. — Walk. Cat., 619, 12. — Hag. Syn.! 305.
Hab. Bahia, Rio, Brazil.
9. Hetzerina Hebe, ¢, 2.
Heterina Hebe Selys! Monogr., 112, 40, pl. 11, f. 3; Syn., 34, 40.—
Walk. Cat., 620, 13. — Hag. Syn.! 306.
Calopteryx Caja Burm. ! Handb., 11, 826, 5 (in part).
Hab. Brazil.
10. Hetzrina sanguineolenta, ¢, °.
Heterina sanguineolenta Selys! Monogr., 115, 41, pl. 11, f 4; Syn,,
35, 41. — Walk. Cat., 621, 14. — Hag. Syn.! 621, 14.
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
11. Hetzrina mortua, ¢.
Heterina mortua Selys! Monogr., 117, 42, pl. 11,f5; Syn., 35,
42, —Walk. Cat., 621, 15. — Hag. Syn.! 306.
Hab. Guiana.
12. Heterina lesa, ¢, ?.
Heterina lesa Selys! Monogr., 119, 44; Syn., 36, 44.—Walk. Cat.,
622, 17. — Hag. Syn.! 306.
Hab. Surinam.
13. Hetzrina carnifex, ¢, °.
Heterina carnifez Selys! Monogr., 123, 46, pl. 11, #8; Syn., 37,
46; Addit., 111, 15, 46. —Walk. Cat., 624, 19.— Hag. Syn.! 306.
Hab. New Friburg, Minas Geraes, Brazil; Quito, Ecuador.
Race, H. fulgens Selys!; ibid., Hab., Minas Geraes.
14. Heterina longipes, ¢, °.
Heteerina longipes Selys! Monogr., 121, 45, pl. 11, f. 7; Syn., 37,
45; Addit., m1, 15,46; Walk. Cat., 623, 18. — Hag. Syn.! 306.
Hagen.] 28 [May 5,
Hab. Brazil. Supposed to be a race of H. carnifex by Selys,
Syn. Addit., 111, 15, 46.
15. Hetezrina proxima, 3g, °.
Heterina proxima Selys! Monogr., 125, 47, pl. 11, £9; Syn. 38,
47; Addit., m1, 15, 46.— Walk. Cat., 624, 20.— Hag. Syn.! 306.
Calopteryx Caja Ramb.! Neur., 226, 16 (in part).
Hab. Ypanema, Brazil.
Supposed to be a race of H. carnifex by Selys, Syn., Addit., m1,
15, 46.
16. Hetezrina cruentata, 3, 2. (cf. N. America.)
Heterina cruentata Hag.! Stett. Z., xxx, 256, 2.
Race H. Brasiliensis Selys! Monogr., 129.
Hab. Paranas de St. Urban; Venezuela; Surinam; Bogota, N.
Granada; Columbia; N. America.
17. Hetzrina vulnerata, 3, °. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. Brazil; Columbia; N. America.
18. Heterina Americana, 3, %. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. Brazil; perhaps erroneously labelled.
19. Hetzrina moribunda, ¢, °.
Heterina moribunda Selys! Monogr , 134, 54, pl. 12, f. 4; Syn., 42,
51.— Walk. Cat., 628, 24. — Hag. Syn. ! 306.
Hab. Cayenne; Para, Brazil.
20. Hetzrina occisa, 3, °.
Heterina occisa Selys! Monoger., 148, 55, pl. 12, f. 6; Syn., 44, 55;
Addit., 111, 17, 55. —Walk. Cat., 631, 28.—Hag. Syn.! 306; Stett. Z.,
257, 3. |
Race, H. albistigma, female, Selys! Monogr., 146.
Hab. Columbia; Porto Cabello, Laguayra, Paranas de St. Urban,
Bogota.
1. macropus and H. asticta are believed to be a race in Selys’ Syn.
Addit., 111, 17.
21. Heterina Brightwelli, ¢, 2°.
Agrion Brightwelli Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc., x1v, 107, pl. 3, f. 5.
Calopteryx Brightwelli Burm., Handb., 11, 826, 5.
Calopteryx Caja Ramb.! Neur., 226, 16 (in part).
Heterina Brightwelli Selys! Monogr., 148, 57, pl. 12, £8; Syn., 46,
57, — Walk. Cat., 633, 30. — Hag. Syn.! 306.
Hab. New Fribourg, Rio, Irisanga, Brazil.
22. Heterina majuscula, ¢, ?.
Heterina majuscula Selys! Monogr., 151, 58, pl. 13, f.1; Syn., 47,
1875.] 29 {Hagen.
58 ; Addit., 111, 18, 50.— Walk. Cat., 634, 31.— Hag. Syn.! 306;
Stett..Z., XXX, 257, 4.
Heterina capitalis Selys, Syn., Addit., 111, 18, 58 bis.
Hab. Surinam; Columbia; Bogota, N. Granada.
H. capitalis is perhaps a race of H. majuscula.
23. Hetzrina Borchgravli, 3g, ?.
Heterina Borchgravu Selys! Syn. Addit., 11, 14, 47 bis.
Hab. ‘Tijuca, near Rio, Brazil.
‘ HELIOCHARIS.
1. Heliocharis Amazona, 2.
Heliocharis Amazona Selys! Monogr., 188, 1, pl. 5, f. 5; pl. 14, f. 5;
Syn., 55, 71; Addit., 11, 17, 71.— Walk. Cat., 642, 1.— Hag. Syn.!
306. |
Hab. Ega, Amazon; Para.
? Race, Heliocharis libera, 3, 2, Selys, Syn., Addit., 11, 17, 70 ter;
Hab., Para.
2. Heliocharis Brasiliensis Selys! Syn. Addit., 1, 9, 71 bis.
— Hag. Syn.! 306.
Hab. Bahia.
DICTERIAS.
1. Dicterias atrosanguinea, ¢, ¢.
Dicterias atrosanguinea Selys! Monogr., 191, 72, pl. 5, f. 6; pl. 8, f.
12; pl. 14,f6; Syn., 56, 72; Addit., 1, 18, 72.— Walk. Cat., 643,
2. — Hag. Syn.! 307.
Hab. Santarem, Amazon.
Dicterias procera Hag.! Syn., 307; Selys, Syn. Addit., 1, 10, 72 bis.;
Addit., 111, 51; is supposed to be a raceof Heliocharis Amazona.
Hab., Santarem.
AMPHIPTERYX.
1. Amphipteryx agrioides, 2°.
Amphipteryx agrioides Selys ! Monogr., 241, 92, pl. 6, f. 5; pl. 8,
f. 15; Syn., 66,1; Addit., 1, 16.—Walk. Cat., 654, 1.— Hag. Syn.!
307,
Hab. Columbia.
CHALCOPTERYX.
1. Chalcopteryx rutilans, ¢, °.
Rhinocypha rutilans Ramb.! Neur., 233, 1.
Chalcopteryx rutilans Selys! Monogr., 251, 94, pl. 7, f. 1, 2; pl. 9,
Hagen.]} 80 [May 5,
f.7; Syn. 68, 94; Addit. 1, 25,94; Addit., 11, 32.—Walk. Cat.,
655, 1.— Hag. Syn.! 307.
Hab. Para, Santarem, Brazil.
2. Chalecopteryx scintillans, ¢.
Chalcopteryzx scintillans Selys, Syn., Addit., 111, 32, 94 ter.
Hab. S. Paulo, Upper Amazon. Unknown to me.
THORE.
1. Thore Victoria, ¢, °.
Thore Victoria M’Lachl., Entom. monthl. Mag.,
Syn., Addit., 11, 25, 94 bis; Addit., 111, 33, 94 bis.
Hab. Bolivia. Unknown to me.
2. Thore gigantea, ¢, ?.
Thore gigantea Selys! Monoor., 254, 1, pl. 7, f.35; Syn., 69, 95 ;
Addit., 11, 26, 95; Addit., m1, 34, 95. —Walk. Cat., 656, 2.— Hag.
Syn.! 307.
Thore picta Hag.! Stett. Z., 257, 5.
Hab. Bogota, Columbia; Chimborazo; Rio Negro and Rio
Grande, Upper Amazon, Ecuador.
Race, Thore procera Selys! Syn., Addit., 11, 27, 95 bis. Hab.;
Bogota.
? Race, Thore picturata Selys, Syn. Addit., m1, 35, 97 bis. Hab.,
Cayenne. Th. picturata is regarded Addit., 111, 35, as a race of Th.
Saundersii, and ibid., p. 54, as probably a race of Th. gigantea.
8. Thore Saundersii, ¢, °.
Thore Saundersii Selys! Monoer., 256, 96; Syn., 70, 96; Addit.,
11, 27, 97; Addit., 111, 36, 97.— Walk. Cat., 657, 4. Hag. Syn.!
307.
Hab. Para; Peba, Upper Amazon; Ecuador.
4. Thore picta, ¢, °.
Euphaea picta Ramb.! Neur., 231, 4.
Thore picta Selys! Monogr., 256, 96; Syn., 70, 96; Addit., 1, 28,
96; Addit., 111, 36, 97 sext.
Hab. Cayenne; Para; Ega, Upper Amazon; Ecuador; Bogota,
New Granada.
Race, Th. vittata Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 29, 96 bis. Hab., Ega.
Race. Th. equatorialis Selys, Syn. Addit., m1, 36, 87 sext. Hab.,
Ecuador.
VI, 28. — Selys,
~ 1875.] 3]. [Hagen.
5. Thore Batesi, 3, °.
Thore Batesi Selys! Syn., Addit., 11, 29, 96 ter.
Race, Th. inequalis Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 30, 96 bis.
Hab. S. Paulo, Fonte Boa, Upper Amazon.
6. Thore beata, ¢, ¢.
Thore beata M’Lachl.! Ent. monthl. Mag., v1, 28.— Selys, Syn.
Addit., 1, 30, 96 quint.
Hab. Peba, Upper Amazon.
7. Thore fasciata, 3, °.
Thore fasciata Selys! Monoer., 259, 98, pl. 8, f. 16; pl. 9, f. 8;
Syn., 70, 98; Addit., 11, 32, 98. — Walk. Cat., 637, 5.— Hag. Syn.!
307; Stett. Z., Xxx, 259, 6.
Race, Th. plagiata Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 37, 98 bis.
Hab. Columbia; Porto Cabello, Venezuela; Rio Negro, Amazon;
Bogota, N. Granada.
8. Thore fastigiata, ¢.
Thore fastigiata Selys! Syn. Addit., 1, 99 bis; Addit., 11, 33, 99 bis.
-— Hag.! Stett. Z., xxx, 259, 8.
Hab. Bogota, Columbia.
9. Thore hyalina, ¢, °.
Thore hyalina Selys! Monogr., 261, 99, pl. 7,f4; Syn., 71, 99;
Addit., 11, 33, 99; Addit., 11, 38, 99. — Walk. Cat., 658, 8. — Hag.
Syn.! 307; Stett. Z., xxx, 259, 7.
Hab. Bahia, Brazil; Bogota, Columbia.
Cora.
1. Cora cyane, ¢.
Cora cyane Selys! Monogr., 263, 100, pl. 7, ££ 5; Syn., 71, 100;
Addit., 11,:35, 100.
Hab. Porto Cabello, Venezuela.
Race? Cora incana Selys! Syn. Addit., 11, 35, 100, quart.
2. Cora brasiliensis, 3, °.:
Cora brasiliensis Selys! Syn. Addit., 11, 34, 100 bis.
Hab. Brazil.
8. Cora Alcyone, ¢.
Cora Alcyone Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 39, 100 sext.
Hab. Bogota. Unknown to me.
4. Cora Inea, ¢, °.
Cora Inca Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 39, 100, sept.
Hab. Quito, Ecuador. Probably C. brasiliensis.
Hagen.] a2 [May 5,
5. Cora modesta, ¢, 2.
Cora modesta Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 36, 100 quint; Addit., III, 40,
100 quint.
Hab. Bogota.
Subfamily ZZSCHNINA.
ANAX:
1. Anax Junius, Tid, XVI, 356;'9:
4ischna minor Rbr., Neur., 207, 20.
Hab. Milton, Mass., May 10, June; Roxbury, Mass.; Carver
Woods, Mass., May 28; White Mountains, N. Hampshire. Very
rare.
2. Aischna sitchensis, ¢.
4Eschna sitchensis Hag.! Syn., 119, 1.
Hab. Sitka, Alaska.
I have only seen one male; this species differs from /Z. borealis.
8. f/&schna septentrionalis, ¢, °.
Zlischna septentrionalis Burm.! Handb., 11, 839, 11.— Hag.! Syn.,
120, 2.
Hab. Nova Scotia; Hopedale, Labrador ; Fort Resolution, Great
Slave Lake; Saskatchewan, British America; White Mountains, N.
Hampshire.
4. #éschna californica, ¢,?. (Hag., no description.)
Hab. Gulf of Georgia, S. Mateo, Cal.; British Columbia.
5. Aischna multicolor, ¢, °.
ZEschna multicolor Hag.! Syn., 121, 4; Hayden, Rep., 1872, 727;
1873, 591.
PROCEEDINGS B, S. N. Ho— VOL. XVIII. 3 SEPTEMBER, 1875.
Hagen.] 34 [May 5,
Hab. Pecos River, West Texas, July, August; Cordova, Mexico ;
Upper Missouri River; Yellowstone; Victoria, Vancouver’s Island,
July.
6. Aischna constricta, ¢, °.
4Eschna constricta Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vii1, 11, 3. — Hag. !
Syn., 123, 8; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 271, 31; 376, 2; Hay-
den, Rep., 1872, 727; Rep., 1873, 591.—Walsh! Proce. Acad. Philad.,
1862, 397. — Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 212.
4aschna contorta Hag.! Syn., 126, 14.
4Eschna palmata Hag.! Stett. Z., xvi, 369.—Selys, Ann. Soc.
Ent., X vu, 34, male.
ZEschna arundinacea Selys, Ann. Soc. Ent., xvi, 36, female?
Hab. Nova Scotia; Maine; New Hampshire, White Mountains,
August; Massachusetts ; Connecticut; New York, September ; Penn-
sylvania; Maryland; Missouri; Indiana; Illinois; Yellowstone,
Colorado ; British Columbia; Labrador; Kamtschatka, Irkutsk, Wilui
River, Asia.
LEschna palmata was formerly described as a different species; but
now I.know American specimens with similar small numbers of anti-
cubitals. The bands on the thorax have been present, perhaps nar-
rower. The legs, at least the anterior, are above rufous on the femur.
7. Asschna armata, ¢, °.
ZEschna armata Hag.! Syn., 124, 9.
Hab. Trojés del Oro, Mexico.
8. Aéschna eremitica, ¢g, &.
Aschna eremitica Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 213. —
Hag.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 294; xv, 376, 3.
Aischna crenata Hag.! Stett. Z., xvi, 369; x1x, 97.— Selys, Ann.
Soe. Ent., xvi, 135.
Hab. White Mountains, New Hampshire, August; Fort Resolu-
tion, Great Slave Lake, Saskatchewan, British America; Labrador ;
Irkutsk; Wilui River.
The black anterior line on the front is sometimes wanting.
9. Aischna verticalis, ¢, °.
4ischna verticalis Hag.! Syn., 122, 6.
ZEschna clepsydra Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 397.
4ischna propinqua Scudd.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 214.
(Male, in part.)
Hab. New York; Washington, D. C.; Maine; N. asia
Illinois; Canada; Massachusetts, August.
1875.] 35 [Hagen :
10. Aaschna clepsydra, 32, °.
4ischna clepsydra Say! Journ. Acad. Philad., vir, 12, 4. — Hag.!
Syn., 122, 5; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 271, 30.
Hab. Massachusetts, July, August; New York; Maryland; IIli-
nois; Detroit, Mich., June; White Mountains, New Hampshire,
August.
11. Aischna juncea, ¢, 2°.
4Eischna juncea Linne! Selys, Revue des Odonat.! 116, 3 (with the
synonyms). — Hag.! Syn., 120, 3.
4ischna propinqua Scudd.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 215 (in
part). — Hag., ibid, xv, 376.
44schna Hudsonica Hag. Syn., 123, 7; Selys, Ent. Monthly Mazg.,
No. 131, 242.
Hab. Kenai Island; Norton Sound, Alaska; Fort Resolution,
Great Slave Lake, British America; White Mountains, New Hamp-
shire, August; North Europe, North Asia.
The male type of Mr. Scudder belongs to . juncea, the female to
44. clepsydra ; another male to Z. verticalis.
12. Aéschna interna, ¢, 2°.
Aischna interna Hag. (No description.)
Hab. Dakota; Yellowstone; Ogden, Utah.
13. Aischna mutata, 9°.
4uschna mutata Hag.! Syn., 124, 10.
Hab. N. America.
14. Aischna florida, °
4ischna florida Hag.! Syn., 125, 12.
Hab. Mexico.
15. Aischna Dominicana.
Liischna Dominicana Hag., Syn., 126, 13. (No description.)
Hab. St. Domingo. Not known to me.
16. Aischna adnexa, ¢, °.
ZEschna adnexa Hag.! Syn., 127, 17.
Hab. Cuba.
17. Asschna cyanifrons.
4ischna cyanifrons Hag., Syn., 126, 15. (No description.)
Hab. Jamaica. Perhaps . adnezxa, but not known to me.
18. Aischna grandis, ¢
Aschna grandis Hag.! Syn., 126, 16.
Hab. Bergen Hill, New Jersey ; Europe.
‘Hagen.} ~ 86 — ‘[May'5,
The single male I received twenty years ago from Mr. Guex, to-
gether with a considerable number of Odonata, all taken in the same
place near New York, and all except . grandis common North Amer-
ican species, induced me to believe that probably this male of .
‘grandis was introduced by a European ship. This is the more proba-
ble, as very near Bergen Hill are the immense wharves for the trans-
atlantic steamers. At least, thus far no other specimen is known to
be found in America. In a letter to Mr. Haldeman, still in my hands,
Mr. Guex states, that he is perfectly sure he has not made a mistake
in the locality.
19. Aéschna virens, ¢, 2°.
ZEschna virens Ramb., Neur., 193, 8.— Hag.! Syn., 127, 18.—
Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 190.— Hag., ibid, x1, 293 ;
KV, 374; xvi, 351.— Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 295.
Hab. Cuba, Isle of Pines; Hayti; Panama; St. Cruz de Bolivia;
Venezuela; Georgia, if my interpretation of Mr. Abbot’s figure is
correct.
20. Aschna ingens, ¢, °.
LEschna ingens Rbr., Neur., 192, 1.— Hag.! Syn., 128, 19.
ZEschna Abboti Hag., Stett. Zeit., xx1v, 373, 55; Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., xv1, 350, 3.
Hab. Georgia; St. Johns River, St. Augustin, Florida; Cuba.
New specimens from Florida have convinced me that 4. Abboti,
described from the figure by Abbot, is identical with 4. ingens; the
appendages of the figured specimen were probably broken.
21. Aischna Heros, ¢,%. (Subgenus Epieschna Selys:)
Zaschna Heros Fab., Ent. Syst., Suppl., 285.— Ramb.! Neur., 194,
4, — Hag.! Syn., 128, 20; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 271, 29;
Xvi, 351, 4.— Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 397.
Zischna multicincta Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vizt, 9, 1.
Hab. Massachusetts, July, common at Nahant; Manchester; New
York ; New Jersey; Illinois; Maryland; Georgia; Virginia; Ten-
nessee; Alabama; Louisiana; Florida; Mexico (Rambur).
22. A®schna brevifrons, ¢, ¢.
Zuschna brevifrons Hag.! Syn., 129, 21.
Hab. Acapulco, Mexico; Valparaiso, Peru.
23. Aéschna paeaie ey
Zischna basalis Selys, Mss., Hag. Syn., 130, 23. (No desorption )
Hab. Canada. Not known to me.
1875:] 37 [Hagen.
24. Agschna pentacantha, ¢, ?. (Subgenus Brachytron.)
. Aischna pentacantha Ramb.! Neur., 208, 22.—Hag.! Syn., 129;
22. — Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 397.
Hab. Illinois; New. Orleans, Louisiana;. Dallas, Texas.
NEURZSCHNA.
1. Neureeschna vinosa, ¢, °.
4éschna vinosa Say! Journ. Acad. Philad., virr, 13, 5.
Neureschna vinosa Hag.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 272, 34.
4Eschna quadrigutiata Burm.! Handb., 11, 837, 22. — Selys! Revue
Odonat. Europ., 398.— Hag.! Syn., 130, 24; Stett. Z. ar 373 ;
Proc. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist., xv1, 351, 6.
Hab. Ontario, Canada; Maine; Massachusetts; Pennsylvania ;
Maryland; Washington, D. C.; Carolina; Georgia; Kentucky }
Tennessee.
GYNACANTHA.
1. Gynacantha trifida, ¢, °.
Gynacantha trifida Ramb.! Neur., 210, 3.—Selys! Sagra Ins., Cuba,
459.— Hag.! Syn., 131, 1.
Hab. Cuba; Jamaica; Brazil.
Migrating in flocks, in December, in Cuba, from the north to the
south.
2. Gynacantha septima, ¢, °.
Gynacantha septima Selys! Sagra Ins., Cuba, 460. — Hag.! Syn.,
132, 2.
Hab. Jamaica; Cuba; Brazil.
8. Gynacantha gracilis, ¢, 9°.
4éschna gracilis Burm.! Handb., 11, 837, 6. — Hag.! Syn., 315..
Gynacantha nervosa Rbr.! Neur., 213, 7.
Hab. Cuba, South America.
4. Gynacantha falco, 3, 2. (No description.)
Gynacantha falco Selys! Mss.
Gynacaztha obscuripennis Hag.! Syn., 315.
Hab. Panama, South America.
5. Gynacantha mexicana, 9°.
Gynacantha Mexicana Selys, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., x1; Proc., 69, 6.
Hab. Mexico. Not known to me.
Hagen.| 88 [May 5,
South America.
Subfamily ZASCHNINA.
ANAX.
1. Anax Amazili, 3, 2. (cf. N. America.)
Anaz Amazili Hag.! Syn., 314.
Hab. Venezuela; Brazil, Amazon, Para, Pernambuco, Rio.
.2. Anax concolor, ¢.
- Anax concolor Brauer, Novara Voyage, 66, pl. 1, f. 15.
Hab. Brazil, Rio Negro. Not known to me.
JESCHNA.
1. ASschna virens, g,°. (cf. North America.)
4Eschna virens Hag., Syn., 314.
Hab. St. Cruz de Bolivia; Venezuela; Brazil, Amazon.
2. Aischna variegata.
ZEschna variegata Fabr., Syst. Ent., 425, 3; Spec. Ins., 1, 526, 3;
Mant. Ins., 1, 339, 3; Ent. Syst., 11, 384, 2. — Hag., Syn., 314.
Hab. Terra del Fuego. Not known to me.
3. Auschna rufina, ¢.
Zischna rufina Hag.! Overs. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Foerhdl., 1855, 125.
—Hag.! Syn., 314. (No description.)
' Zischna erythroneura Selys! Mss.
Hab. Brazil, Minas Geraes.
4. Aischna depravata, ¢.
ZEschna depravata Hag.! Syn., 314. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil, New Fribourg. (Group of 4. armata.)
5. Asschna lobata, ¢.
4 schna lobata Hag.! Syn., 314. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil, New Fribourg. (Group of 4. armata.)
6. Aischna Marchali ¢.
ZEischna Marchali Ramb., Neur., 203, 14; Hag.! Syn., 314.
Hab. Columbia, St. Fe de Bogota.
7. #AGschna diffinis, ¢, °.
ZEischna diffinis Ramb.! Neur., 203, 15; Gay, Chili, vi, 116, pl. 2,
f. 6. — Hag. Syn., 314.
1875.] 39 [Hagen.
4Eschna configurata Hag.! Syn., 314; Oevers. Dansk. Selsk. Vid.
Foerhdl., 1855, 121.
Hab. Chili, Quillota; Valparaiso; Peru, Lima.
8. Aischna bonariensis, ¢, ?.
4Eischna bonariensis Rbr.! Neur., 204, 16. — Hag. ! Syn., 314.
Hab. Buenos Ayres; Brazil, Montevideo; St. Mathias Bay, Pat-
agonia.
9. Aischna confusa, ¢, °.
4zschna confusa Rbr., Neur., 205, 17. — Hag.! Syn., 314.
Hab. Buenos Ayres; Cordova; Brazil, Montevideo, Febr.; Cu-
rico, Chili, May.
Perhaps a new species, if Rambur’s 4. confusa belongs to .
bonariensis.
10. Aischna laticeps, ¢, nov. sp. (Hag.; no description.)
Hab. Cordova, Argentine Republic.
11. Aéschna cornigera, ¢, ¢.
4fischna cornigera Brauer, Novara Voyage, 70, pl. 1, fig. 16.—Hag.!
Verhdl. Wien Z. B., xvit, 49.
4aschna jucunda Hag.! Syn., 314.
4ischna chlorophana Burm.! Mss.
Hab. Columbia; Porto Cabello, Venezuela; Brazil, New Fri-
bourg, Montevideo, S. Leopoldo.
12. Asischna macromia, ¢.
4ischna macromia Brauer, Voyage Novara, 68, pl. 1, fig. 18.—Hag.!
Verhdl. Wien, Z. B., xvi, 49.
4zschna prasina Hag.! Syn., 314.
Hab. Brazil, Pernambuco.
13. Aéischna luteipennis, g, ¢.
L4Eischna luteipennis Burm.! Handb., 11, 837, 4.— Hag.! Syn., 314.
4ischna excisa Brauer, Voyage Novara, 69, pl. 1, f. 19.— Hag.,
Verhdl. Wien, Z. B. G., xvu, 50.
Hab. Brazil, S. Leopoldo.
14. Aéschna brevifrons, 3, °. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. Chili, Valparaiso.
15. Aéschna obscuripennis.
Aischna obscuripennis Voyage d’Orbigny, Neur., pl. 28, f. 3.
Hab. Bolivia. Not known to me; perhaps &. brevifrons?
16. Aischna castor, ¢, &.
4ischna castor Brauer, Voyage Novara, 72, pl. 1, f. 17. — Hag.!
Verhdl. Wien, Z. B. G., xvut, 50.
Hagen.] 40 [May 5, '
4Eischna lunulata Selys, Mss.
Hab. Brazil, Rio.
17. Aéschna Januaria, ¢, 2.
“Eschna Januaria Hag.! Overs. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Forhdl., 1855,
125; Syn., 315; Verhdl. Wien, Z. B. G., xvut, 51.
Hab. Brazil, Rio.
18. Aéschna cyanifrons. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. Brazil, Amazon. Not known to me.
19. ASschna accipiter.
LEschna accipiter Selys, Mss. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil, Amazon. Not known to me.
STAUROPHLEBIA.
1. Staurophlebia reticulata, ¢, °.
ZEschna reticulata Burm.! Handb., 11, 837, 5. — Hag.! Syn., 314.
ZEschna gigas Rbr.! 193, 2.
Staurophlebia magnifica Brauer, Voyage Novara, 74, pl. 11, f. 1.—
Hag.! Verhdl. Wien, Z. B. G., xv, 53.
Hab. Venezuela, Porto Cabello; Surinam; Guiana; Brazil, Am-
azon, Para.
2. Staurophlebia gigantula.
Megaleschna gigantula Selys, Mss. (No description.)
Hab. Amazon. Not known to me.
NEURZSCHNA,
1. Neurzschna costalis, ¢, °.
ZEschna costalis Burm.! Handb., 1, 837, 3.— Hag.! Syn., 314;
Verhdl. Wien, Z. B. G., xv, 55.
Gynacantha ferox Erichs. ! Schomburgk Voyage Guiana, 11, 585.
Hab. Guiana; Brazil, Bahia, Amazon.
2. Neureeschna grossa Selys, Mss. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil, Amazon. Not known to me.
8. Neurseschna subcostalis Selys, Mss. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil, Amazon. Not known to me.
4. Neurzschna Comus Selys, Mss. (No description.) |
Hab. Brazil, Amazon. Not known to me.
5. Neureeschna Harpyia Selys, Mss. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil, Amazon. Not known to me.
1875.] 41 [Hagen.
GYNACANTHA.
1. Gynacantha falco, 3, ?. (cf. N. America.)
Gynacantha falco Selys! Mss. (No description.)
Gynacantha obscuripennis Hag. ! Syn., 315.
Hab. Columbia, St. Fé de Bogota; Venezuela; Surinam; Brazil,
Amazon, Panama.
2. Gynacantha bifida, ¢, °.
Gynacantha bifida Rbr.! Neur., 213, 6.
Hab. Brazil.
3. Gynacantha auricularis Selys, Mss. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil, Amazon. Not known to me.
4. Gynacantha longipennis Selys, Mss. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil, Amazon. Not known to me.
5. Gynacantha bellicosa Selys, Mss. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil, Amazon. Not known to me.
6. Gynacantha lanceolata, ¢.
Gynacantha lanceolata Hag.! Syn., 315. (No description.)
Hab. Pernambuco.
7. Gynacantha gracilis, ¢, °. (cf. N. America.)
ZEeschna gracilis Burm.! Handb., 11, 837, 6. — Hag.! Syn., 315.
Gynacantha nervosa Rbr.! Neur., 213, 7.
Aischna robusta Erichs.! Mus. Berol.
Hab. Cuba; Surinam; St. Cruz de Bolivia; Guiana; Brazil,
Pernambuco, Rio, Para.
8. Gynacantha trifida, ¢, °.
Gynacantha trifida Rbr.! Hag., Syn., 315. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. Brazil, Amazon; Cuba.
9. Gynacantha septima, ¢ 2°.
Gynacantha septima Selys! (cf. N. America), Hag.! Syn., 315.
Hab. Brazil, Amazon; Cuba; Jamaica.
10. Gynacantha conica, ¢, 2.
Gynacantha conica Hag.! Syn., 315. (No description.)
Hab. Venezuela; Surinam. Perhaps identical with G. septima.
11. Gynacantha preedatrix Selys, Mss. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil, Amazon. Not known to me.
12. Gynacantha angusta, ¢.
4Eischna angusta Hag.! Syn., 314. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil.
Hagen.] 42 [May 5,
13. Gynacantha elata, ¢.
Gynacantha elata Hag.! Syn., 315. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil, New Fribourg.
14. Gynacantha tenuis, ¢.
Gynacantha tenuis Hag.! Syn., 315. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil. |
Subfamily GOMPHINA.
HERPETOGOMPHUS.
1. Herpetogomphus designatus, ¢, ?.
Erpetogomphus designatus Selys ! Monogr., 401, 16 ter., pl. 20, f. 1;
Syn. Addit., 1, 10, 21 bis. — Hag. Syn.! 99, 2.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, July 6-16; Waco, Texas,
July 14-25.
Nympha raised at Poles’ Creek, Texas, Cabot, 4, 6, pl. 2, f. 6.
(Gomphus spec., No. 6.)
2. Herpetogomphus compositus, ¢, 2.
Erpetogomphus compositus Selys! Monogr., 400, 16 bis, pl. 20, f. 2;
Syn. Addit., 1, 10, 21 ter; Addit., 111, 12, 21 ter.— Hag. Syn.! 99, 1;
Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 597.
Herpetogomphus viperinus Hag. ; Hayden’s Rep., 1872, 727.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, Aug. 15; Dallas, N. Texas;
Yellowstone ; Oregon.
3. Herpetogomphus viperinus, ¢, °.
Erpetogomphus viperinus Selys, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., x1 ; Proc., 68;
Syn. Addit., 11, 13, 21 sept.
Hab. Orizaba, Mexico.
4. Herpetogomphus elaps, ¢, ?.
Erpetogomphus elaps Selys! Monogr., 70, 16, pl. 4,f. 4; Syn. Addit.,
I, 12, 21 sext.; Addit., 11, 12, 21 sext. — Hag. Syn.! 100, 5.
Hab. Orizaba, Atlihuazan, Cuernavaca, Mexico.
5. Herpetogomphus boa, ¢g, °.
Erpetogomphus boa Selys! Syn. Addit., 1,11, 21 quart.-- Hag. Syn.!
100, 3. |
Hab. Vera Cruz, Mexico.
6. Herpetogomphus cophias, g, ?.
Erpetogomphus cophias Selys! Monogr., 72, 17, pl. 4, f. 6; Syn.
Addit., 1, 11, 21 quint.; Addit., 11, 13, 21 quint. — Hag. Syn! 100, 4.
Hab. ‘Trojes del Oro, Mexico.
1875. ] , 43 [Hagen.
7. Herpetogomphus crotalinus, ¢, ?.
Erpetogomphus crotalinus Selys! Monogr., 72, 18, pl. 4, f. 5; Syn.,
21, 21; Addit., 11, 11, 21. — Hag. Syn.! 101, 6.
_Erpetogomphus Menetriesi Selys! Syn., 20, 20.
Hab. Mexico; Brazil.
OPHIOGOMPHUS.
1. Ophiogomphus rupinsulensis, g, 2.
Herpetogomphus rupinsulensis Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862,
388; Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 254.
_Erpetoyomphus rupinsulensis Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 44, 21 octo.
Ophiogomphus rupinsulensis Selys, Syn. Addit., m1, 13, 21 octo.
(partim ; only the male). — Hag., Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 594.
Hab. Rock Island, Illinois; Upper Wisconsin; Maine; Ontario,
Canada.
In the female the left spine behind the occiput was of different
form in four specimens.
2. Ophiogomphus mainensis, ¢, &.
Ophiogomphus mainensis Walsh! Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 255
nota. — Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 45, 22 bis.
Ophiogomphus rupinsulensis Selys! Syn. Addit., 111, 13, 22 bis.
(partim ; only the female).
Ophiogomphus mainensis Hag. ! Hagdcne Rep., 1873, 595.
Hab. Maine. Only one mele and the typical female are known,
both from the same locality and the same collector, Dr. A. 8. Packard.
8. Ophiogomphus Bison, ¢
Ophiogomphus Bison Selys, Syn. Addit., 111; Append., 51, 22 ter.
Hab. California. Not known to me.
4. Ophiogomphus colubrinus, ¢, 2.
Ophiogomphus colubrinus Selys! Monogr., 76, 19, pl. 5, f. 1; Syn.,
21, 22.— Hag. Syn! 101, 7.— Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 592.
Hab. Hudson’s Bay Territory; Portneuf, near Quebec, Canada;
N. Hampshire.
5. Ophiogomphus severus, ¢, °.
Ophiogomphus severus Hag.! Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 591.
Hab. Colorado, foothills and plains, end of September; Fort
Garland, Col., June 27; South Montana and Yellowstone, N. Mexico.
- Given doube false in Flay den’s Rep., 1872, 727, as 0. colubrinus
by me.
Hagen.] 44 : [May 5,.
OcTOGOMPHUS.
1. Octogomphus specularis, ¢, °.
Neogomphus ? specularis Selys! Syn. Add., 1, 18, 64 bis. — Hag.
Syn. ! 110, 27.
Octogomphus specularis Selys! Syn. Addit., 117, 32, 64 bis.
Hab. Ft. Tejon, Cal.; San Mateo and Crystal Springs, Cal.
DROMOGOMPHUS.
1. Dromogomphus spinosus, 2, °.
Dromogomphus spinosus Selys! Monogr., 120, 35, pl. 7, f. 2; Syn.,
40, 51.— Hag. Syn.! 102, 8; Stett. Z., xx1rv, 373, 43; Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., x v1, 359, 16.
Gomphus spinosus Hag.! Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 125. —
Walsh ! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 391.
Hab. Georgia, June 6; Bee Spring, Kentucky, June; Des Plaines
River, near Chicago, Ill.; Dallas, Texas. ‘
2. Dromogomphus spoliatus, ¢
Gomphus spoliatus Selys! Monogr., 409, 36 bis, pl. 21, f. 1; Syn.
Addit., 1, 17, 32 bis. — Hag. Syn.! 103, 10.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas. One male known.
3. Dromogomphus armatus, ¢
Gomphus armatus Selys! Monogr., 122, 36; Syn., 40, 50; Addit.,
111, 54, 52. — Hag. Syn.! 102, 9.
Hab. N. America. One male in the British Museum known.
After a repeated and detailed examination of the typical male,
Baron De Selys Longchamps is sure of the difference from D. spolia-
tus. I noted down in 1861, after my examination of the same male,
that D. spoliatus is only the teneral stage of D. armatus.}
GOMPHUS.
1. Gomphus pallidus,’?.
Gomphus pallidus Ramb.! Neur., 163, 12. _ seweial Monoer., 145,
1 The diagram of the appendages and genital parts of D. armatus, made by my-
self in London, if correct, are different from those of D. spoliatus, and would
justify the statement of Baron De Selys Longchamps. The superior appendages
of D. armatus are, viewed from the side, longer and sharply pointed; the inferior
shorter, reaching about the angles of the superiors. The hamulus is longer than
in D. spoliatus.
1875.] 45 [Hagen.
47, pl. 8, f. 6 (partim.); Syn., 33, 40.— Hag. Syn.! 105, 16; Stett.
Z, XXIV, 378, 45; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 358, 14.
Hab. Georgia, May 15. Probably belonging to G. pilipes.
2. Gomphus pilipes, ¢, °.
Gomphus pilipes Selys ! Monogr., 148, 48, pl. 8, f. 7; Syn. Addit., 1,
15, 40 bis. — Hag. Syn.! 106, 17; Stett. Z., xx1v, 373, 46; Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv1, 359, 15.
Hab. Georgia; New Orleans.
3. Gomphus villosipes, ¢, °.
Gomphus villosipes Selys! Syn., 34, 41.— Hag. Syn.! 105, 15.
Gomphus pallidus Selys! Monogr., 145, 47 (partim; only the male).
Hab. Natick, Mass., June 4; Detroit, Mich., June.
4. Gomphus lividus, ¢, ?.
Gomphus lividus Selys! Monog., 150, 49, pl. 11, f. 1.; Syn., 34, 42.
-—Hag. Syn.! 106, 18.
Gomphus sordidus Selys! Syn., 35, 43 (male).
Hab. S. Carolina; Washington, D. C.; Natick, Mass.
5. Gomphus militaris, ¢, ¢.
Gomphus militaris Selys! Monoer., 416, 51 bis., pl. 21, f. 3; Syn.
Addit., 1, 16, 44 bis. — Hag. Syn.! 107, 20.
i Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, July 5-Aug. 14; a female,
Waco, Texas, May 22, differs slightly.
6. Gomphus intricatus, ¢.
Gomphus intricatus Selys! Monogr., 418, 51 ter., pl. 21, f. 3; Syn.
Addit., 1, 16, 44 ter.— Hag. Syn. ! 108, 21.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, June 2; Missouri, July 1.
7. Gomphus minutus, ¢d, °.
Gomphus minutus Ramb.! Neur., 161, 9.— Selys-! Monogr., 155,
51, pl. 11, f. 3; Syn., 36, 45.— Hagen! Syn., 108, 32; Stett. Z.,
XXIV, 373, 47; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 359, 18.
Hab. Georgia, March 29.
8. Gomphus exilis, ¢, °.
Gomphus exilis Selys! Monoogr., 156, 52; Syn., 36, 46; Addit., 111,
21,46.—Hag. Syn.! 108, 23; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 273, 36.
Hab. Maryland; Sutton, Massachusetts, June; Natick, May 31-
June 30.
9. Gomphus notatus, ¢, °.
Gomphus notatus Ramb.! Neur., 162, 10.— Selys! Monogr., 159,
55; Syn., 39, 49 (male). — Hag.! Syn., 110, 26.
Gomphus elorgatus Selys! Syn., 39, 50 (female).
| Hagen.] 46 [May.5,
Hab. N. America. The male in the Paris Museum, the female in
the British Museum.
In the Syn. Addit., 111, p. 77, Baron De Selys separates the two spe-
cies again, perhaps inadvertently, as there is no further account given.
10. Gomphus amnicola, ¢, °.
Gomphus amnicola Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 396.—Selys,
Syn. Add., 11, 21, 48 bis.
Hab. Rock Island, Ill.
11. Gomphus spiniceps, °.
Macrogomphus spiniceps Walsh, Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 389;
Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 256 nota.—Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 42, 3 bis.
Gomphus spiniceps Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 23, 48 quint.
Nympha raised. Cabot! 5, 8, pl. 2, f. 1, male (rudimentary).
Hab. Rock Island, Ill.; Lawrence, Mass., July 4-24.
12. Gomphus fluvialis, ¢, °.
Gomphus fluvialis Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 394; Proc.
Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 252. — Selys! Syn. Addit., 11, 22, 48 ter.
Rock Island, Ill., and Southern Illinois; Detroit, Michigan.
Nympha (raised) from Detroit.
13. Gomphus plagiatus, ¢, °.
Gomphus plagiatus Selys! Monoer., 159, 54; Syn., 38, 48. — Hag. !
Syn., 109, 25.
Hab. Maryland; Port Royal, S. Carolina.
14. Gomphus olivaceus, °.
Gomphus olivaceus Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 21, 48 quart. — Hag. !
Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 597.
Hab. Humboldt River, Nebraska; California; (perhaps Oregon).
15. Gomphus parvulus, ¢, °.
Gomphus parvulus Selys! Monogr., 157, 58, pl. 22, f. 1; Syn., 37,
47.— Hag.! Syn., 109, 24.
Hab. Nova Scotia; White Mountains, N. Hampshire, June 17;
Maine; Berks Co. and York Co., Pennsylvania.
16. Gomphus Scudderi, ¢.
Gomphus Scudderi Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 24, 52 ter.
Hab. N. America. Unknown to me; only one female.
17. Gomphus dilatatus, ¢, &.
Gomphus dilatatus Ramb.! Neur., 155, 2. — Selys! Monogr., 123,
37, pl. 7, f. 3; Syn., 28, 31. — Hag.! Syn., 103, 11; Stett. Z., xxiv,
873, 44; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 359, 17.
Hab. Georgia, May 24; Florida; Lansing, Mich.
1875.] ) AT (Hagen.
18. Gomphus vastus, ¢, ¢.
Gomphus vastus Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 391.— Selys!
Syn. Addit., 1, 13, 31 ter.
Hab. Rock Island, Ill.; Maryland (?); N. York; Tyngsboro,
Mass. (?); Washington, D. C.
19. Gomphus ventricosus, ¢, °?.
Gomphus ventricosus Walsh, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 249.— Selys,
Syn. Addit., 11, 14, 31 quart.
Hab. Rock Island, Ill., one male; Dalton, Virginia.
The female from Virginia in my collection, formerly my G. ignavus,
belongs very probably to G. ventricosus.
20. Gomphus externus, d, °.
Gomphus externus Selys! Monogr., 411, 37 bis; pl. 21, f. 2; Syn.
Addit., 1, 14, 31 bis. — Hag.! Syn., 104, 12.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, July 5; Nebraska.
21. Gomphus consobrinus, ¢, °.
Gomphus consobrinus Walsh ! Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 242; Selys!
Syn. Addit., 11, 15, 32 bis.
Hab. Rock Island, Ill.; Bee Spring, Kentucky.
22. Gomphus quadricolor, ¢.
Gomphus quadricolor Walsh, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 246.—
Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 19, 38 ter.
Hab. Rock Island, Iil., one male; two males from Mt. Tom, Mass.,
and Lansing, Mich., probably belong to this species.
23. Gomphus graslinellus, ¢, °.
Gomphus graslinellus Walsh! Proc. Acad. Phil., 1862, 394; Proc.
Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 242. — Selys! Syn. Addit., 1, 16, 32 ter.
Hab. Rock Island, Ill.
24. Gomphus spicatus, ¢, °.
Gomphus spicatus Selys! Monogr., 153, 50; 415, 50, pl. 9, f. 2; Syn.,
34, 44; Addit., 11, 20, 44. — Hag. Syn.! 107, 19.
Hab. Ontario, Canada; Natick, Mass, June 4; New York.
25. Gomphus fraternus, ¢, °.
Aischna fraternus Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vu, 16, 9.
Gomphus fraternus Selys! Monogr., 125, 38, pl. 7, f. 4; Syn., 28,
32. — Hag. Syn., 104, 14.— Walsh, Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 393;
Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 1, 238.
Hab. New York, Rock Isl., Ill.; Dallas, Texas (probably) ; New
Hampshire (probably).
Hagen.] 48 [May 5,
26. Gomphus confraternus, ¢, °.
Gomphus confraternus Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 16, 32 bis.
Hab. California. Unknown to me.
27. Gomphus adelphus, ¢
Goumphus adelphus Selys! Monogr., 413, 88 bis; Syn. Addit., 1, 15,
34 ter.
Hab. New York.
28. Gomphus sobrinus, ¢.
Gomphus sobrinus Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 18, 32 ter.
Hab. California. Unknown to me.
PROGOMPHUS.
1. Progomphus obscurus, °.
Diastatomma obscurum Rbr.! Neur., 170, 5.
Progomphus obscurus Selys ! Monogr., 201, 70; Syn., 53, 69.—Hag.
Syn., 110, 1.
Hab. N. America.
A female from Boston, Mass., July; may belong to P. odscurus.
Perhaps the nympha from Wareham, Mass., belongs to this : oe
Cabot, 6, 9) pl. 2)sfra.
2. Progomphus borealis, ¢, °.
Progomphus borealis Selys, Syn. Addit., u1, 36, 68 bis. — Hag.!
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv1, 856, 13.
Hab. Oregon; Georgia; Dallas, Texas.
I have seen two males from Georgia and Texas, and the figure of
male and female by Abbot. Mr. McLachlan states that the two small
teeth before the tip of the inferior appendage (cf. Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., xvi. 358) are present; there is no further doubt about -
the identity of the males from Oregon and Georgia.
38. Progomphus zonatus, °.
Progomphus zonatus Selys! Monogr., 203, 71, pl. 11, f. 3; Syn., 53,
70. — Hag.! Syn., 111, 2.
Hab. Mexico.
4. Progomphus integer, ¢, °.
Progomphus integer Hag. coll.— Selys, Syn. Addit., 1, 45. (No
description.)
Hab. Cuba.
5. Progomphus serenus, ¢.
Progomphus serenus Hag. coll. (No description.)
Gomphoides spec. Uhler! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 295.
Hab. Hayti; Jérémie.
1875.] 49 [Hagen.
GOMPHOIDES.
1. Gomphoides suasa, ¢, °.
Gomphoides suasa Selys! Syn. Addit., 1, 19, 72 bis.; Addit., 11, 28,
72 bis; Addit., 111, 59, 72 bis. — Hag. Syn.! 112, 2.
Gomphotdes perfida Hag.! Syn. 112, 3, male.
Race, Gomphoides pacifica Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, App. 60, 72 ter.
and 81.
Hab. Vera Cruz, Tampico, Putla, Mexico.
2. Gomphoides ambigua, °.
Gomphoides ambiqua Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, App. 61, 75 quart.
Hab. Guatemala.
3. Gomphoides stigmata, ¢, °.
4ischna stigmata ? Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vir, 17, 10.
Progomphus stigmatus Selys! Monogr., 205, 72; Syn., 53, 71.
Gomphoides stigmata Selys! Monogr., 423, 72, pl. 21, f. 5; Syn.
Addit., 11, 28, 71.
Hab. Pecos River, Texas.
APHYLLA.
1. Aphylla producta, ¢, 2.
Aphylla producta Selys! Monogr., 230, 83, pl. 12, f. 6; Syn.,60, 81.
Aphylla Caraiba Selys! Sagra, Ins. Cuba, 456.
Gomphoides producta Hag.! Syn., 113, 6.
Hab. Cuba; British Guiana; Bahia, Brazil.
CYCLOPHYLLA.
1.. Cyclophylla elongata, ¢
Cyclophylla elongata Selys! Monogr., 224, 84, pl. 12, f.5; Syn.
Addit., 1, 20, 79 ter.
Gomphoides elongata Hag.! Syn., 113, 4.
Hab. Mexico. One male.
2, Cyclophylla protracta, ¢, 2.
. Cyclophylla protracta Selys! Syn. Addit., 20, 79 ter.
Gomphoides protracta Hag.! Syn., 113, 5.
Hab. Matamoras, Mexico.
HAGENIUS.
1. Hagenius brevistylus, 3, °.
Hagenius brevistylus Selys! Monogr., 241, 86, pl. 13, f. ‘2: Syn.,
63, 84.—Hag. Syn.! 114, 1; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 272, 35.
PROCEEDINGS B. 8S. N. H. — VOL. XVIII. 4 SEPTEMBER, 1875.
Hagen.] 50 [May 5;
Nympha raised. Cabot, Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., v, 9, 12, pl. 3, f. 4.
Hab. New York; Sutton, Mass.; Upper Wisconsin River; Ot-
tawa, Canada; Osage, Kansas; San Antonio, Texas; Maryland; Co-
lumbia, S. America.
TACHOPTERYX.
1. Tachopteryx Thoreyi, ¢, 2°.
Uropetala Thoreyt Selys! Monogr., 373, 122, pl. 19, f. 3; Syn.
Addit., 1, 25, 116 bis.
Petalura Thoreyi Hag.! Syn., 117, 1.
Hab. Massachusetts (Uhler Coll.); New York; Maryland; Fort
Towson, S. Red River; Bee Spring, Kentucky, May.
The nympha (supposed) from Kentucky.
Subfamily CORDULEGASTERINA.
CORDULEGASTER.
1. Cordulegaster Sayi, ¢, &.
Cordulegaster Sayi Selys! Monogr., 331, 19; Syn., 85, 106; Addit.,
11, 40, 106. — Hag. Syn.! 115, 1; Stett. Z., xx1v, 378, 48; xxvitl,
99; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 273, 37; 376, 1; xv1, 356, 10.
Cordulegaster lateralis Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 211;
xI, 300.
Hab. Port Neuf, Canada; White Mountains, N. Hampshire, July
15; Portland, Me.; Stow, Cambridge, July, Massachusetts; Maryland;
Ogechee River, Georgia, March 30.
Nympha (supposed), Cabot, 1. c., 13, 15, pl. 3, fi 2.
2. Cordulegaster maculatus, ¢, °.
ZEschna obliqua Say, var. A.! Journ. Acad. Philad., vu, 16, 8. .
Cordulegaster maculatus Selys! Monogr., 337, 111; Syn., 86, 108.—
Hag. Syn.! 115, 2; Stett. Z., xxiv, 373, 49; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., Xv, 273, 38; xvi, 352,411,
Hab. Woburn, Mass.; Connecticut; Maryland; Georgia, March
20; Ontario, Canada.
8. Cordulegaster dorsalis, ¢, °.
Cordulegaster dorsalis Selys! Monogr., 347, 115; Syn. Addit., 1,
28, 113 bis; Addit., 11, 44, 113 bis. — Hag. Syn.! 116, 3.
Hab. Sitka, Alaska; Oregon.
4. Cordulegaster obliquus, ¢, 2.
Eschna obliqua Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vit, 15, 8.
Cordulegaster fasciatus Ramb.! Neur., 178, 1.
1875.]. 5 1 [Hagen.
Cordulegaster obliquus Selys! Monogr., 349, 116, pl. 18, f. 5; Syn.,
89, 113. — Hag. Syn.! 116, 4; Stett. Z., xx1v, 373, 50; Proc. Bost.
Soe. Nat. Hist., xv1, 356, 12.— Walsh, Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862,
397.
Hab. Brookline, Mass.; Orono, Maine; Connecticut; Georgia;
Indiana; [linois; Kentucky, June.
5. Cordulegaster Diadema, ¢, 2°.
Cordulegaster Diadema Selys, Ann. Soc. Belg., x1; Proc., 68; Syn.
Addit., 11, 40, 108 bis.
Hab. Orizaba, Cuernavaca, Mexico. Unknown to me.
Gomphina from South America.
HERPETOGOMPHUS.
1. Herpetogomphus Menetriesii, °.
Ophiogomphus Menetriesii Selys, Syn., 20, 20.— Syn. Addit., 111,
App., 75.
Ophiogomphus crotalinus Selys! Monogr., 75 nota.—Hag. Syn., 312.
Hab. Brazil.
The short description of the male was taken from a diagnosis made
long before the publication of the Monograph; the only female at
hand slightly differed from H. crotalinus. Other specimens are needed
to confirm the identity or nonidentity with H. crotalinus.
NEOGOMPHUS.
1. Neogomphus molestus, dg, °.
Progomphus molestus Hag.! Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 121.
Neogomphus molestus Selys! Monogr., 183, 65, pl. 10, f. 4; Syn.,
48, 64. — Hag. Syn.! 312.
Hab. Salto Grande and Quillota, Chili.
Hemigomphus elegans Selys, Syn., 48, 63, was based on a male
from the interior of Brazil, no longer accessible when the Monograph
was published, and then united with VV. molestus. In the list, Syn,
Addit., 1, Append. 80, it is given again as a different species, but
no description added.
CYANOGOMPHUS.
1. Cyanogomphus Waltheri, ¢.
Cyanogomphus Waltheri Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 27, 53 ter.
Hab. Rio Janerio, Brazil, November.
One male; unknown to me.
Hagen.) 52 (May 5,
EPIGOMPHUS.
1. Epigomphus paludosus, ¢, 2°.
Epigomphus paludosus Selys! Monogr., 85, 22, pl. 5, f. 4; Syn.,
41, 58; Addit., 111, 28, 53. — Hag. Syn., 312.
Hab. Minas Geraes, Brazil.
2. Epigomphus obtusus, ¢, °.
Epigomphus obtusus Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 24, 53 bis; Addit., III,
29, 53 bis.
Hab. St. Paulo, Upper Amazon; Peba, Brazil; Bogota, New
Granada. Unknown to me.
AGRIOGOMPHUS.
1. Agriogomphus sylvicola, ?
Agrigomphus sylvicola Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 27, 53 bis.
Hab. St. Paulo and Ega, Upper Amazon. Unknown to me.
PROGCMPHUS.
1. Progomphus paucinervis, °.
Progomphus paucinervis Selys, Syn. Addit., m1, 54, 66 bis.
Hab. Quito, Ecuador. One female; unknown to me.
2. Progomphus pygmeus, ¢.
Progomphus pygmeus Selys, Syn. Addit., m1, Append., 58, 66 ter.
Hab. Bogota, New Granada. Unknown to me.
8. Progomphus gracilis, ¢, ?.
Progomphus gracilis Selys! Monogr., 196, 67, pl. 10, f. 6; Syn.,
51, 66. — Hag. Syn.! 312. 4
Hab. New Fribourg, Brazil.
4. Progomphus complicatus, ¢, ?.
Progomphus complicatus Selys! Monogr., 198, 68, pl. 11, f. 1; Syn.,
51, 67; Addit., 1, 27, 67; Addit., 1, 35, 67. — Hag. Syn.! 312.
Hab. Tijuca and Carrancas, Minas, Brazil, November.
5. Progomphus intricatus, ¢, °.
Progomphus intricatus Selys! Monogr., 421, 68 bis., pl. 22, f. 3;
Syn. Addit., 1, 19, 67 bis. — Hag. Syn.! 313.
Hab. Para, Amazon, Brazil.
6. Progomphus costalis, ¢
Progomphus costalis Selys! Monogr., 200, 96, pl. 11, f. 2; the
52, 68. — Hag. Syn., 312.
Hab. Brazil.
1875.] 53 (Hagen.
GOMPHOIDES.
1. Gomphoides infumata, ¢
Diastatomma infumatum Rbr.! Neur., 170, 4.
Gomphoides infumata Selys! Monogr., 210, 73, pl. 11, f. 4; Syn.,
55, 72. — Hag.! Syn., 313.
Hab. Brazil. One male.
2. Gomphoides fuliginosa, °.
Gomphoides fuliginosa Selys! Monogr., 211, 74, pl. 11, f. 5; Syn.,
55, 78. — Hag.! Syn., 313; Foerhdl., Dansk. V. S., 1855, 125.
Hab. Essequibo, Guiana. One female.
8. Gomphoides audax, ?
Gomphoides audaz Selys! we ., 213, 75, pl. 11, f. 6; Syn., 56,
74, — Hag.! Syn., 313.
Hab. Brazil. One female.
4. Gomphoides semicircularis, ¢.
Gomphoides semicircularis Selys! Monogr., 215, 76, pl. 12, f. 1;
Syn., 57, 75.
Hab. South America probably. The single male had the label
Guinea, perhaps erroneously.
5. Gomphoides regularis, ¢, °. :
Gomphoides regularis Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 37, 85 ter.
Hab. Carrancas, Brazil, November. Unknown to me.
6. Gomphoides annectens, ¢.
Gomphoides ? annectens Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 29, 75 bis.
Hab. New Fribourg, Brazil. Unknown to me.
APHYLLA.
1. Aphylla edentata, ¢, °.
Aphylla edentata Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 33, 80 ter.
Hab. Ega, Upper Amazon. Unknown to me.
2. Aphylla brevipes, ¢, &.
Aphylla brevipes Selys! Monogr., 227, 82; Syn., 59, 80.
Hab. Para, Brazil.
3. Aphylla tenuis, ¢.
Aphylla tenuis Selys! Monogr., Syn. Addit., 1, 21, 80 bis. — Hag.!
Syn., 117, 4.
Hab. New Granada.
4. Aphylla dentata, ¢, °.
Aphylla dentata Selys! Syn. Add., 1, 21, 81 bis.
Hab. Amazon.
Hagen.) 54 [May 5,»
5. Aphylla Molossus, ¢.
Aphylla Molossus Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 33, 81 ter.
Hab. Santarem, Amazon; perhaps a race of A. dentata; unknown
to me.
6. Aphylla producta. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. British Guiana; Bahia, Brazil.
ZONOPHORA.
1. Zonophora angustipennis, ¢, 2:
Diaphlebia angustipennis Selys! Monogr., 287, 85; Syn., 62, 83. —
Hag.! Syn., 313.
Hab. Para, Brazil.
2. Zonophora semilibera, ¢.
Diaphlebia semilibera Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 34, 83 bis.
Hab. Amazon. Unknown to me.
o. Zonophora Batesi, ¢.
Zonophora Batesi Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 35, 82 bis.
Hab. Fonte Boa, Upper Amazon. Unknown to me.
4. Zonophora campanulata, ¢.
Diastatomma campanulata Burm.! Handb., 11, 833, 4.
Zonophora campanulata Selys! Monogr., 234, 84, pl. 13, f. 1; Syn.,
61, 82. — Hag.! Syn., 313.
Hab...» Brazil
5. Zonophora Calippus, ¢, °.
Zonophora Calippus Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 36, 82 ter.
Hab. Santarem, Amazon. Unknown to me.
CYCLOPHYLLA.
1. Cyclophylla diphylla, ¢.
Cyclophylla diphylla Selys! Monogr., 217, 77, pl. 12, f.1; Syn.,
57, 76.— Hag.! Syn., 313.
Hab. Brazil.
3. Cyclophylla gladiata, ¢.
Cyclophylla gladiata Selys! Monogr., 219, 78, pl. 12, f. 3; Syn.,
58, 77; Addit., 111, 38, 77. — Hag.! Syn., 313. .
Hab. Pernambuco, Rio Janeiro, Brazil.
3. Cyclophyllia signata, ¢, °.
Cyclophylla signata Selys! Monogr., 220, 79, pl. 12, f. 4; Syn., 58,
78. — Hag.! Syn., 313. :
Hab. Brazil; Venezuela.
1875.] 55 [Hagen.
4. Cyclophylla sordida, ¢
Cyclophylla sordida Selys! Monogr., 223, 80; Syn., 59, 57. — Hag.!
Syn., 313.
Hab. Brazil.
5. Cyclophylla Ophis, ¢
Cyclophylla Ophis Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 30, 77 bis.
Hab. Rio Tapajos, Amazon. Hoe aes a race of C. sordida; un-
known to me. ;
6. Cyclophylla Andromeda, 2
Cyclophylla Andromeda Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, 31, 78 bis.
Hab. Caripi, Amazon. One female; unknown to me.
7. Cyclophylla Pegasus, ¢, °.
Cyclophylla Pegasus Selys, Syn. Addit., 32, 79 quart.
Hab. Rio Tapajos, Amazon. Unknown to me,
I possess two species of this genus from Cordova, Argentine Re-
public, but the single specimens of each are imperfect.
HAGENIUS.
1. Hagenius brevistylus. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. Columbia.
IcTINUS.
1. Ictinus Latro, ¢, 2°.
Ictinus Latro Erichson! Schomburgh Reise, 111.
Cacus Latro Selys! Monogr., 294, 102, pl. 16, f. 1; Syn., 78, 100.
Hab. British Guiana and Manilla.
CORDULEGASTER.
1. Cordulegaster diastatops, ¢, 2°.
Thecaphora diastatops Selys! Monogr., 320, 105, pl.16, f. 4; Syn.,
82, 102. — Hag. Syn., 313.
Hab. Columbia.
PETALIA.
1. Petalia punctata, ¢, ¢.
Petalia punctata Selys! Monogr., 353, 117, pl. 18, f. 8; Syn.,. 90,
114; Addit., 1, 41, 114. — Hag.! Syn., 313.
Hab. Ouchacay, Chili.
Hagen.] 56 [May 5,
2. Petalia stictica, ¢
Phyllopetalia stictica Selys! Monogr., 357, 118, pl. 18, f. 6; Syn.
Addit., 1, 24, 114 bis. — Hag.! Syn., 313.
Hab. Valdivia, Chili.
3. Petalia apicalis, ¢
Phyllopetalia apicalis Selys! Monogr. 359, 119, pl. 18, f. 7; gyn.
Addit., 1, 24, 114 ter. — Hag. Syn., 313.
Hab. Valdivia, Chili.
4. Petalia pestilens, ¢.
Hypopetalia pestilens M’Lachl., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870, 171. —
Selys, Syn. Addit., 111, 45, 114 quart.
Hab. Chili. Unknown to me.
5. Petalia ? pustulosa, °.
Allopetalia pustulosa Selys, Syn. Addit., 11, App. 67, 114 quint.
Hab. Bogota, New Granada. Unknown to me.
Allopetalia reticulosa Selys, described as a race of P. pustulosa, is
an Aischna; the type is in my collection.
PHENES.
1. Phenes raptor, ¢, ?.
Phenes raptor Ramb.! 176, 1.— Gay Chili, v1, 115, pl. 1, f. 6. —
Selys! Monogr., 377, 123, pl. 19, f. 4; Syn., 93, 117.— Hag. Syn.,
313.
Hab. Chili.
Subfamily CORDULINA. ;
MaAcromIA.
1. Macromia cingulata, °¢.
Ramb., Neuropt.! 137, 1.— Hag. Syn., 133, 2.— Selys, Syn.
Cordul., 104, 66.
Hab. N. America. Rambur’s type is the only known specimen.
2. Macromia pacifica, 3, °.
Hag. Syn! 133, 4.— Selys, Syn. Cordul., 105, 67.
Hab. N. America; Pacific Survey, Lat. 38°; Waco, Texas, May
25; Dallas, N. Texas.
38. Macromia annulata, ¢, °.
Hag. Syn.! 132, 2.— Selys, Syn. Cordul., 107, 68.
Macromia flavipennis Walsh, Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 398,
variety.
1875.] 57 (Hagen.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas; Des Plaines River, near
Chicago, Ill. (the variety).
4. Macromia illinoensis, ¢, °.
Walsh, Proc. Acad. Philad.! 1862, 397. — Selys, Syn. Cordul.!
109, 69.
Hab. N. Hampshire; Wood’s Hole, Mass., August; Pennsylvania;
Knoxville, Tennessee; Illinois.
5. Macromia magnifica, ¢, °.
Selys, Syn. Cordul., Addit., 11, 70 bis.
Hab. California. Not known to me.
6. Macromia transversa, ¢, °.
Libellula transversa Say! Journ. Acad., viii, 19, 3.
Epophthalmia cinnamomea Burm.! Handb., 11, 845, 2.
Didymops Servillti Ramb.! Neur., 142, 1.
Didymops transversa Hag. Syn., 135, 1; Stett. Z., xx1v, 374, 58.
Macromia transversa Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 111, 70.— Hag., Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 268, 22; xvi, 359, 20.
Hab. Vermont; Milton and Stow, Mass., Aug. 30; Cambridge,
July; New York; Pennsylvania; Washington, D. C.; South Carolina;
Georgia; Kentucky; Detroit River, Michigan.
Nympha described by A. S. Packard, First Ann. Rep. Ins. Mass.,
1871, p. 319, pl. 1, f. 11, and in the third edition of his Guide.
7. Macromia tzeniolata, ¢, °.
Macromia teniolata Ramb.! Neur., 139, 3.— Hag. Syn., 132, 1;
Stett. Z., xx1v, 374, 56; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv1, 359, 19.
Epophthalmia teniolata Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 90, 57.
Hab. Philadelphia, Pa.; Maryland; Georgia, June 20.
EPITHECA.
1. Epitheca obsoleta, ¢, °.
Libellula obsoleta Say! Journ. Acad. Philad., vr, 28, 17.
Libellula polysticta Burm.! Handb., 11, 856, 53.
Cordulia molesta Walsh! Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., 1, 254.
Epithera ? obsoleta Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 45, 25.— Hag., Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 269, 24.
Didymops obsoleta Hag. Syn., 136, 2.
Hab. Milton, Mass.; Indiana; Rock Island, Ill.; New Orleans.
Only three specimens, the types of Say, Burmeister and Walsh,
are known; that of the latter was burned in the Chicago fire.
Hagen.] 58 [May 5,.
2. Epitheca procera, ¢? 2°.
Epitheca procera Selys, Syn. Cordul., 51, 29.
Cordulia procera Hag. Syn., tae 6. (No description.)
Hab. N. America.
I have seen only the female type in Selys’ collection; perhaps the.
male, Collection British Museum, does not belong to this species.
3. Epitheca linearis, ¢, °.
Cordulia linearis Hag.! Syn., 137, 2.
E’pitheca linearis Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 52, 30. — Hag., Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., xv1, 360, 23.
Hab. N,. Illinois; St. Louis, Mo.; Pennsylvania.
4. Epitheca filosa, ¢, °.
Cordulia filosa Hag.! Syn., 136, 1.
Epitheca filosa Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 53, 21.— Hag., Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 360, 22.
‘Hab. Charles Co., Maryland; Georgia.
5. Epitheca tenebrosa, ¢, ¢.
Libellula tenebrosa Say, Journ. Acad., Philad., vi11, 19, 4.
Cordulia tenebrosa Hag. Syn., 137, 3. (From the description of
Say.)
Cordulia tenebrica Hag. Syn., 138, 11. (No description.)
Epitheca tenebrosa Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 55, 34.
Hab. Nova Scotia; N. Jersey, June; Maryland, August; Indi-
- ana; N. Illinois (Kennicott), quoted with a ? from Rock Island, IIL,
by Walsh, Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 402.
6. Epitheca elongata, ¢, °.
Cordulia elongata Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 218. —
Hag,, ibid, XV,°371, 2.
Cordulia saturata Hag. Syn., 138, 12. (No description.)
Epitheca elongata Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 58, 55.
Hab. Hermit Lake, White Mountains, N. H., end of August;
Plymouth, N. H., July 16; Nova Scotia; Upper Wisconsin River.
7. Epitheca lenis
Cordulia Walshii Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 217. —
Hag., ibid, xv, 377, 8.
Epitheca Walshii Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 59, 36.
Hab. The Glen, White Mountains, N. H., August 20-28.
Only two males, the types of Mr. Scudder, are known.
8. Epitheca semicircularis, ¢, °.
Epitheca semicircularis Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 61, 37. — Hag., Hay-
den’s Rep., 1873, 590.
1875.J 59 [Hagen.
Hab. Gulf of Georgia; Victoria, Vancouver Island, July; Col-
orado, on Twin Lake and Arcade River, August 1-16; Pacific slope,
August 16—September 10; Ogden, Utah.
9. Epitheca forcipata, ¢, ¢.
Cordulia forcipata Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 216;
xI, 300. — Hag., ibid, x1, 294; ibid, xv, 376, 6.
Cordulia chalybea Hag. Syn., 138, 7. (No description.)
Epitheca forcipata Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 61, 38.—Hag., Proc. Bost:
Soe. Nate Hist. xv, 268, 23.
Hab. The Glen, White Mountains, N. H., July 26; Maine; Nova
Scotia; Fort Resolution, Hudson’s Bay Territory.
10. Epitheca septentrionalis, ¢, °.
Cordulia septentrionalis Hag. Syn., 139, 14.
Cordulia Richardsoni Hag.! Syn., 138, 9. (No description.)
Epitheca septentrionalis Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 64, 40.
Hab. Labrador; Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River, Hudson’s Bay
Territory.
11. HEpitheca Franklini, 9°.
Cordulia Franklini Hag.! Syn., 138, 8.
Epitheca septentrionalis Selys, Syn. Cordul., 64, 40; Addit., 9, 40.
(partim.)
Hab. Fort Resolution, Hudson’s Bay Terr.; Saskatchewan River.
12. Epitheca Hudsonica, ¢, °.
Epitheca Hudsonica Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 67, 42.
Hab. Fort Resolution, Hudson’s Bay Territory.
18. Epitheca cingulata, ¢, °.
Cordulia cingulata Hag.! Syn., 138, 10. (No description.)
Epitheca cingulata Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 68, 43; Addit., 10, 43.
Hab. Hopedal, Labrador; New Foundland; White Mountains,
N. Hampshire. i
The male is not yet described; according to a communication from
Baron De Selys Longchamps, it is related to the male of E. tenebrosa_
by the inferior appendage, which is furcate and recurved.
14. Epitheca albicincta, ¢, 9.
Epophihalmia albicincta Burm.! Handb., 11, 847, 8.
Cordulia albicincta Hag.! Syn., 138, 13.
Cordulia eremita Scudd.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 215; x1,
300. — Hag., ibid, x1, 294; ibid, xv, 376, 5.
Epitheca albicincta Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 69, 44.
Hab. Labrador; Hermit Lake, N. H., August 11-25; Mount
Hagen.] 60 [May 5,
Washington, N. H., July 11; Waterville, N. H., July 15; Fort Yu-
kon, Alaska, June 25.
15. Epitheca nasalis, °.
Epitheca nasalis Selys, Syn. Cordul., Addit., 10, 44 bis.
Hab. N. America. Unknown to me.
CoRDULIA.
1. Cordulia libera, ¢, 9.
, Cordulia libera Hag. Syn., 137, 5 (no description). — Selys, Syn.
Cordul.! 29, 13.
Hab. Canada; Detroit, Mich., June 7.
2. Cordulia lepida, ¢, 9.
Cordulia lepida Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 30,14. — Hag., Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 270, 27.
Hab. Brookline, Natick, Stow, Cambridge, July, Mass.; Ham-
mond’s Pond, Conn., June 11-July 8; Albany, New York; New Jer-
sey; Portland, Maine; Maryland.
I possess the nympha raised by Mr. K. T. Jones.
3. Cordulia Shurtleffii, ¢, °.
Cordulia Shurtleffii Scudd.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 217.—
Hag., ibid, xv, 377, 7. — Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 31, 15.
Cordulia bifurcata Hag.! Syn., 137, 4. (No description.)
Hab. Fort Resolution and Saskatchewan, Hudson’s Bay Terri-
tory; Canada; Nova Scotia; Hermit Lake, White Mountains, N. H.,
August 11-25.
The specimen from Ft. Yukon, Alaska, quoted as C. Shurtleffit
Dall, belongs to a different species.
4. Cordulia spinigera, ¢, ¢.
Cordulia spinigera Selys, Syn. Cordul., 35, 19; Addit., 9, 19.
Hab. Canada; Victoria, Vancouver’s Island, July; Detroit,
Mich., June 7; Georgia.
5. Cordulia cynosura, ¢, ¢.
Libellula cynosura Say! Journ. Acad. Philad., vin, 30, 19.
Cordulia cynosura Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 36, 20.— Hag., Bost. Soc
Nat. Hist., xv, 270, 26; xvi, 360, 25.
Epophthalmia lateralis Burm.! Handb., 11, 847, 7.
Cordulia lateralis Hag.! Syn., 139, 15.— Hag., Stett. Z., xxIVv,
874, 61; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv1, 360, 25.— Walsh, Proc.
Acad. Philad. ! 1862, 400, 402.
1875.] 61 [Hagen.
Hab. Brookline, Mass.; Maine, August; Detroit, Mich., June 7;
Rock Island, Ill.; Ohio; Philadelphia, Pa.; Georgia; Louisiana;
Florida, March.
Variety Cordulia basiguttata Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 37, 20.
Hab. Canton, Mass., June 21; Maine; Florida.
The nympha, raised by Dr. A. S. Packard, is described, 18th Rep.
Board of Agric., Mass., 1871, p. 379, pl. 1, f. 10, and again in his
Guide, 3d Edit.
6. Cordulia semiaquea, ¢, ¢.
Libellulia semiaquea Burm.! Handb., 11, 849, 61.
Tetragoneuria semiaquea Hag.! Syn., 140, 1.—Hag., Stett. Z.,
XXIV, 374, 62.
Cordulia semiaquea Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 38, 21.— Hag., Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 270, 26; xvi, 360, 26.
Tetragoneuria diffinis Hag.! Syn., 141, 3. (No description.)
Hab. Nova Scotia (Selys); Massachusetts; Savannah, Georgia;
South Carolina; Washington, D. C.; Florida.
Variety Cordulia complanata Ramb.! Neur., 145, 2.— Selys, Syn.
Cordul., 39, 21.
Hab. Probably Florida.
C. cynosura and C. semiaquea belong probably to the same species
as varieties.
7. Cordulia costalis, ¢, °.
Cordulia costalis Selys, Syn. Cordul., 39, 22; Addit., 9, 22.
Tetragoneuria costalis Hag., Syn., 141, 4 (no description).— Stett.
Z., XXIV, 374, 63; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv1, 360, 27.
Cordulia nov. spec. Hag., Stett. Z., xx1v, 374, 60. — Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 360, 24. (After the figures in Abbot’s Mss.)
Hab. Georgia. Unknown to me.
8. Cordulia Uhleri, 4, ¢.
Cordulia Uhlert Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 40, 23.— Hag., Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 269, 25.
Hab. Stow, Mass.; New Jersey; Orono, Maine.
Only four specimens are known.
9. Cordulia princeps, ¢, °.
Epitheca princeps Hag.! Syn., 134, 1.— Hag., Stett. Z., xx1v, 374,
57; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv1, 859, 21.— Walsh! Proc. Acad.
Philad., 1862, 400.
Cordulia princeps Selys, Syn. Cordul.! 41, 24.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, July 15-Aug. 7; Georgia,
Hagen.] 62 [May 5,
May 7; Des Plaines River, Ill.; Maryland; Detroit, Mich., trans-
forming July 3; New Haven, Conn.
The variety C. regina Selys! Syn. Cordul., 43, 24, I have seen
from Georgia, Connecticut, Michigan.
I have two species, probably new, a male from Maine, related to
E. elongaia, and a female from Fort Yukon, Alaska, related to C.
albicincta, represented only by a single specimen, and not yet de-
scribed.
Cordulina from South America.
CoRDULIA.
1. Cordulia sericea, 3, ? (?)
Cordulia sericea Selys, Syn. Cordul., 28, 12.
Hab. Para, Brazil, November. Unknown to me.
2. Cordulia tomentosa, ¢.
Libellula tomentosa Fabr., Ent. Syst., 11, 381, 34.
Cordulia tomentosa Hag. Syn., 315. — Selys, Syn. Cordul, 34, 17.
Hab. America.
Only the typical specimen (Banks’ collection), in bad condition, is
known. May not L. tomentosa be identical with C. villosa ?
3. Cordulia villosa, °.
Cordulia villosa Ramb., Neur., 144, 1.— Hag. Syn., 315. — Selys,
Syn. Cordul. ! 34, 18. — Gay, Faun. Chili, v1, 113, pl. 2, f. 5.
Hab. Chili, San Jago, Valparaiso.
GOMPHOMACROMIA.
1. Gomphomacromia androgynis, 4, ?.
Gomphomacromia androgynis Selys, Syn. Cordul., 76, 48.
Hab. Minas Geraes, Brazil. Not known to me.
2. Gomphomacromia setifera, ¢.
Cordulia setifera Hag.! Syn., 315. (No description.)
Cordulia valga Hag.! Syn., 315. (No description.)
Gomphomacromia setifera Selys, Syn. Cordul., 77, 49.
Hab. Rio Janeiro, New Fribourg, Brazil.
3. Gomphomacromia Batesi, ¢.
Gomphomacromia Batesi Selys, Syn. Cordul., 78, 50.
Hab. St. Paulo, Upper Amazon, Brazil.
1875.] 63 [Hagen.
4, Gomphomacromia paradoxa, ¢, °.
Cordulia Chilensis Hag.! Syn., 315.— Foerhdl., Dansk. V. S.,
1855, 121. (No description.)
Chlorophysa Putzeysii Selys, Mss.
Gomphomacromia paradoxa Brauer, Verhdl. Bot. Zool. Ver. Wien.,
XIV, 163. — Reise d. Novara. Neur., 81, pl. 2, f. 5.
Hab. Chili; Quillota; Salto-Grande, Brazil. Male.
5. Gomphomacromia Volxemi, °.
Gomphomacromia Volxemi Selys, Syn. Cordul. Addit., 10, 49 bis.
Hab. Carrancas, Minas, Brazil, November. Unknown to me.
JESCHNOSOMA. E
1. Aéschnosoma elegans, °¢.
fischnosoma elegans Selys, Syn. Cordul., 85, 54.
Hab. Amazon, Altar do Chao, October 30. One specimen; un-
known to me.
2. Aischnosoma forcipula, ¢, ¢.
Cordulia forcipula Hag.! Syn. 315. (No description.)
4Eischnosoma forcipula Selys, Syn. Cordul., 86, 55.
Hab. Brazil, Para; Upper Amazon, Ega and St. Paulo, Novem-
ber; Bahia (?)
3. Aischnosoma rustica, 4.
Cordulia rustica Hag.! Syn., 315. (No description.)
Aschnosuma rustica Selys, Syn. Cordul, 87, 56.
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
Subfamily LIBELLULINA.
PANTALA.
1. Pantala flavescens, ¢, ?.
Libellula flavescens Fabr.! Ent. Syst. Suppl., 285, 18, 19, male
young. — Selys! Sagra. Ins. Cub., 443. — Hag.! Foerhdl. Dansk. V.
S., 1855, 124.
Libellula viridula Palisot de Beauv., Ins. Afr. Neur., 69, pl. 3, f. 4.
—Savigny, Descript. de l’Egypte Neur., pl. 1, f. 4. — Ramb., Neur.,
38, 10.
Libellula analis Burm. ! Handb., 11, 852, 23, young male.
Libellula terminalis Burm.! Handb., 11, 852, 24, male.
Lnbellula Sparshallui Curtis, Ghia, 162, 5. — Selys, Monogr. Lib.,
36. — Revue des Odon., 322.
Hagen.] 64 [May 5,
Pantala flavescens Hag.! Syn., 142, 1.—Stett. Z., xxvii, 1;
ibid, xxiv, 374, 64. — Overs., Dansk. Vid. S. Forhdl., 1855, 122.
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 291; xvi, 360, 28.
Hab. Georgia, July 8; Maryland; St. Louis, Missouri; Dallas,
Texas; Matamoras, Matzatlan, Mex., October; Cardenas, Cuba,
August-October; Martinique; St. Thomas; Barbados; Hayti; South
America; in Asia, Africa, Oceanica; perhaps in Europe.
2. Pantala Hymenea, ¢, ?.
Libellula Hymenea Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vir, 18, 1.
Pantala Hymenea Hag.! Syn., 142, 2; Stett. Z., xxvii, 217, 2 ;
J’roc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 291.— Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad.,»
1862, 400.
Hab. Indiana; Illinois; Pecos River, Western Texas, June 4—
August 14; Matamoras, Matzatlan, Mex., October; Cardenas, Cuba,
October.
THOLYMIS.
1. Tholymis citrina, ¢, °.
Tholymis citrina Hag.! Stett. Z., xxvii, 218, 1; Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., x1, 291.
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba, July; Panama; Para, Brazil.
Formerly this species was united with ZL. Tillarga Fabr.; now I
possess both sexes of the three related species. Th. citrina I believe
to be a different species; of the two others I am not so sure; per-
haps they may be only races. :
TRAMEA.
1. Tramea carolina, ¢, ?.
Libellula carolina L., Centur. Ins., 28, 85; Am. Acad., v1, 441, 85.
— Syst. Nat., ed. xu, I, 904, 17; Gmelin, ed. x11, V, 2624, 17. —
Drury, Ins., 1, 113, pl. 48. f. 1.— Fabr., Syst. Ent., 424, 23; Spee.
Ins., 1, 524, 30; Mant. Ins., 1, 338, 33; Entom. Syst., 11, 382, 41.—
Burm. ! Handb., u, 852, 26. — Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., viii, 19, 2.
— Ramb. ! Neur., 32, 1.
Tramea carolina Hag.! Syn., 143, 1; Stett. Z., xxiv, 374, 65;
ibid, xxviII, 222, 1; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 291; xv, 263,
1; ibid, xvi, 361, 29.
Hab. Natick, Mass., June 4; New York; Bergen Hill, N. Jersey ;
Georgia; Florida; Knoxville, Tennessee.
1875.] 65 (Hagen.
The specimens quoted in my synopsis from Cuba, Guadeloupe, and
St. Thomas, belong to 7. onusta.
2. Tramea onusta, ¢, ¢.
Tramea onusta Hag.! Syn., 144, 2; Stett. Z., xxvurt, 222, 2; Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 292.
Libellula carolina Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 440.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, Jan. 4-August 13, Dallas,
N. Texas; Matamoras, Matzatlan, Mexico, October; Key West,
Florida, January-March; Cuba; St. Thomas; Guadeloupe; Pan-
ama. In Cuba, only one female has yet been found by Mr. Poey.
3. Tramea chinensis, 2°, ¢.
Libellula chinensis De Geer, Mém., 111, 556, pl. 25, 1.— Burm.,
Handb., 11, 852, 27. — Hag.! Syn., 144, 2.
Libellula Virginia Rbr. ! 33, 2.
Hab. Carolina (Vienna Museum); North America (Paris Mu-
seum; Serville collection).
This species, from China and Madras, is to be considered as very
doubtfully belonging to N. America.
4. Tramea lacerata, 3, °.
Tramea lacerata Hag.! Syn., 145, 4.—Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad.,
1862, 400. ;
Hab. Chicago, North and South Illinois; Pecos River, Western
Texas, July 10; Waco, Texas, July 7; Maryland; Matamoras, Mex-
ico; Detroit, Michigan, June.
5. Tramea abdominalis, ¢, ¢.
Libellula abdominalis Ramb., Neur., 37, 8.
Libellula basalis Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 441.
Tramea abdominalis Hag.! Syn., 145, 5; Stett. Z., xxvirt, 223, 3;
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 292.
Tramea.insularis Scudd.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 191. (In
part, female.)
Hab. Nantucket Island, Mass., August 30; Key West, Florida,
March; Mexico; Cardenas, Cuba, April and October ; Hayti.
This species migrates in large flocks in March, in Cuba.
6. Tramea insularis, ¢, °.
Tramea insularis Hag.! Syn., 146, 6; Stett. Z., xxvii, 98 and
924,4; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 292; ibid., xv, 374, 5.—Scudd.
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 191; x1, 299 (in part, male). —
Uhler! ibid., x1, 295.
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVIII. 5 OCTOBER, 1875.
Hagen.] 66 [May 5,
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba, in July-October; Key West, Florida,
February ; Hayti, May.
T. insularis and T. abdominalis are very nearly related, and united
by Messrs. Poey, Gundlach, Scudder and Uhler. J have pointed out
the differences, Stett. Z., xX Vv11I, 224.
7. Tramea australis, ¢, ¢.
T'ramea australis Hag.! Stett. Z., xxvi11, 229, 7; Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., x1, 292.
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba, July.
I have seen only the female; the male is described from a note
~by Mr. Gundlach. I suppose my Tr. Iphigenia from Venezuela,
New Granada, to be a different species. TZ. australis is an aber-
rant species, perhaps belonging to Lepthemis, near ZL. cardinals.
New specimens will decide the question.
8. Tramea Marcella, ¢, ?.
Libellula Marcella Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 452. (No description.)
Tramea simplex Hag.! Syn., 146, 7.
Tramea Marcella Hag.! Stett. Z., xxvui1, 227, 5; Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., x1, 292.
Hab. Cardenas; Cuba, November; Brazil, New Grenada, Turbo ;
Tampico, Mazatlan, Mexico, October.
9. Tramea simplex, g, &.
Libellula simplex Ramb. ! Neur., 121, 128.—Selys ! Sagra Ins. Cuba,
452.
Tramea simplex Hag.! Stett. Z., xxvit1, 228, 6; Proce. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., x1, 292.
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba.
10. Tramea? balteata, ¢, °.
Tetragoneuria balteata Hag.! Syn., 140, 1.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, August; Key West, Florida,
February ; Cuba.
An aberrant species; perhaps not belonging to Tramea.
CELITHEMIS.
1. Celithemis Eponina, ¢, ?.
Libellula Eponina Drury, 11, 86, pl. 47, f. 2. — Fabr., Ent. Syst., 11,
382, 39. — Coquebert, Icon., 27, pl. 7, f. 1.— Burm., Handb., 1, 853,
30.— Ramb., Neur., 45, 20.— Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 442.— Oliv.,
Enc. meth., vu, 572, 19.— Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vi, 24, 11.
1875.] 67 [ Hagen.
Libellula Camilla Ramb.! Neur., 46, 21.
Libellula Lucilla Ramb., Neur., 46, 22.
Celithemis Eponina Wag.! Syn., 147, 1; Stett. Z., xxvu1, 231, 1;
ibid., xxIv, 374, 66; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 292; xv, 263,
2; xvi, 361, 30.— Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 400.
Hab. United States, east of Rocky Mountains; Saugus, Natick,
Massachusetts, July, around Boston August 1-15; N. Jersey; Penn-
sylvania; Virginia; Carolina; Maryland; Georgia, August; St. Au-
gustine and Key West, Florida; New Orleans, La.; Kentucky; St.
Louis, Mo.; Rock Island, Ill.; Cuba.
2. Celithemis Elisa, 3, °.
Diplax Elisa Hag.! Syn., 182,15; Stett. Z., xxiv, 375, 80; ibid.,
XXVIII, 232; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 266, 13; xvi, 363, 44,
Celithemis Evisa Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 400.
Hab. Natick, Massachusetts, July 17- August 19, Cambridge,
May; New Jersey; Detroit, Mich., June; Chicago, Ill.; Georgia,
June 9, rare; Canada.
J cannot yet decide if Mr. Walsh is right in referring this species
to Celithemis. C. superba Syn., 148, 2 belongs to
ERYTHRODIPLAX Brauer.
1. Hrythrodiplax superba, d, °.
Celithemis superba Hag.! Syn., 148, 2.
Hab. Oaxaca, Tampico, Matzatlan, Mexico, October.
PLATHEMIS.
1. Pilathemis trimaculata, ¢, °.
Libellula trimaculata DeGeer, Mém., 111, 556, 2, pl. 24, f. 23.—Fabr.,
Ent. Syst., 1, 374, 5. — Burm.! Handb., 11, 861, 78. — Ramb.! Neur.,
52, 228.
Libellula Lydia Drury, Ins., 1, 112, pl. 47, f. 4. — Say, Journ. Acad.
Philad., viz, 20, 5 (male).
Plathemis trimaculata Hag.! Syn. 149, 1; Stett. Z., xxv1, 374, 67;
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 263, 3; ibid., xv1, 361, 31.—Walsh!
Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 400.
Hab. Everywhere east of Rocky Mountains; Ontario, Canada;
Maine; Massachusetts; N. York; N. Jersey; Pennsylvania; Mary-
land; Washington, D. C.; Georgia, July 18; Kentucky, June; Ohio;
Hagen.] 68 [May 5,
Illinois, May to September; Michigan, June 17; Dallas and Waco,
Texas, May 25 - October 2; New Orleans.
In my Synopsis North California is quoted; probably the speci-
men, no longer in my hands, belonged to P. subornata.
2. Plathemis subornata, d, ?.
Plathemis subornata Hag.! Syn., 149, 2.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, July 7; N. Mexico, June 30;
S. Diego, California, April. .
LIBELLULA.
1. Libellula forensis, ¢, °.
Libellula forensis Hag.! Syn., 154, 9; Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 585 ;
ibid., Rep., 1872, 728.
Hab. California; Victoria, Vancouver’s Island, July; British
Columbia; Yellowstone; Montana; Leave Spring, Arizona.
2. Libellula nodisticta, ¢, ¢.
Libellula nodisticta Hag.! Syn., 151, 3; Hayden’s Rep., 1872, 727;
Rep., 1873, 583.
Hab. Mexico; Yellowstone; Montana.
8. Libellula quadrimaculata, ¢, ¢.
Libellula quadrimaculata Linné, 8. N., xur, I, 901, 1.— Fabr.—
Burm.— Ramb.—Selys, Revue Odon., 72 (with synonymy complete).
— Hag., Syn. !150, 1; Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 583; Proc. Bost. Soe.
Nat. Hist., xv, 264, 5.— Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 400.
Libellula quadripunctata Fabr.! Ent. Syst., 11, 375, 5.
Libellula ternaria Say! Journ. Acad. Philad., vu, 21, 7 (in part
male).
Hab. Massachusetts, July; Detroit, Michigan, June 7; Rock
Island, Ill.; Wisconsin; Snake River, Idaho; Ogden, Utah; Bridger
Basin, Wyoming ; Ontario, Canada; Saskatchewan River, Hudson’s
Bay Territory. Migrates in immense flocks. Common in Europe,
N. Asia to Kamschatka.
Race L. prenubila, in Massachusetts and Michigan.
4. libellula semifasciata, dg, °.
Libellula semifasciata Burm.! Handb., 11, 862, 20.— Hag.! Syn.,
151, 2; Stett. Z., xxiv, 374, 68; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv,
264, 6; ibid., xvi, 361, 32. — Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 400.
Libellula maculata Rbr.! Neur., 55, 31.
Libellula ternaria Say! Journ. Acad. Philad., viz, 21, 7.
1875.] 69 : [Hagen.
Hab. Manchester, Massachusetts, June 20-July 6, Cambridge,
Stow; New York, June; New Jersey; Maryland; Carolina; Geor-
gia, April 2-June 29, not very common; Dallas, Texas; Florida;
Detroit, Mich., July 17; Des Plaines River, Ill.
5. Libellula exusta, ¢, °.
Libellula exusta Say! Journ. Acad. Philad., vim, 29, 18; Hag.,
Syn., 155; Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 265, 7.
Libellula Julia Uhler, Proc. Acad. Philad., 1857, 88,5; Hag., Syn.,
15307 > Stetts Z., XXVIII, 92.
Hab. Sutton, Worcester, Vaughan’s Pond, Massachusetts, July 9,
Hammond Pond, Cambridge, June 11; Norway, Maine; Racine,
Wisconsin; Lake Winnipeg; Fort Steilacoom, Puget Sound; Victo-
ria, Vancouver’s Island, July ; Ontario, Canada.
The existence of the type of Say, and its identity with the type
of LZ. Julia, stated by Mr. Uhler, secures this species. The typical
I. exusta has two pale bands on the thorax, which are not bluish in
the adult; but Iam unable to discover specific characters, and con-
sider both forms as belonging to the same species. Even JL. de-
planata seemed to be a dwarfish southern form, but there are diff-
erences in the genital parts, probably important enough to separate
the two species. A full description of L. Julia, ¢, 2, by Mr. Uhler,
is given, Stett. Z., XXVIII, 92.
6. Libellula deplanata, ¢, °.
Libellula deplanata Ramb.! Neur., 75, 61. — Hag., Syn., 154, 10;
Stett. Z., XXIV, 374, 70; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat., xv, 265, 6; XVI,
S68 34:
Hab. Pennsylvania; Georgia.
7. lLibellula pulchella, ¢, 2.
Libellula pulchella Drury, Ins., 1, 115, pl. 48, f. 5. — Ramb.! Neur.,
54, 30.— Duncan Introd., 292, pl. 29, f. 2.— Hag.! Syn., 153, 8;
Stett. Z, xxiv, 374,69; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 264, 4;
ibid., Xvi, 361, 33 ; Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 585. —Walsh! Proc. Acad.
Philad, 1862, 400.
Libellula versicolor Fabr.! Syst. Ent., 423, 17; Sp. Ins., 1, 523, 22.
— Mant. Ins., 1, 337, 23; Ent. Syst,, 11, 380, 29 (male).
Inbellula bifasciata Fabr.! Syst. Ent., 421, 3; Sp. Ins., 1, 520, 3;
Mant. Ins., 1,336, 3; Ent. Syst. 11, 374, 4 (female).— Burm.! Handb.,
11, 862, 81—Blanch., Hist. Ins., 58, 9.— Say, Journ. Acad. Phil.,
VIII, 20, 6.
Hagen.] 70 [May 5,
Libellula cunfusa Uhler! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1857, 87, 3 (teneral) ;
Stett. Z., xxvii, 91.
There are numerous woodcuts and descriptions of this species in
American popular papers.
Hab. Ontario, Canada; Andover, Maine, July 6, Brunswick ;
New Hampshire; Massachusetts, common, July; New York; New
Jersey; Pennsylvania; Maryland; Kentucky, May; Mississippi;
Georgia, very rare; Dallas, Waco, Texas, September 4-30; Detroit,
Michigan, June 17; Chicago and S. Illinois; Fort Hayes, Kansas,
May 6. Only one specimen west of the Rocky Mts., from Ogden,
Utah.
8. Libellula saturata, 3, ¢?.
Libellula saturata Uhler! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1857, 88, 4. — Hag.!
Syn., 152, 4 (in part); Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 586; Stett. Z., XXVIII,
92:
Hab. Yellowstone; Montana; Arizona, Aug. 5.
Formerly erroneously united by me with L. croceipennis.
9. Libellula croceipennis, ¢, ?.
Labellula croceipennis Selys, Ann. Soc. Ent. Bele., x1; Proc., 67, 1.
Hag.! Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 586.
Hab.. Cape San Lucas, Lower California; Tampico, Cordova,
Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Tehuantepec, Mexico; Guatemala, and perhaps
Columbia. |
10. Libellula basalis, ¢, °.
Libellula basalis Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vi11, 23, 10.
Libellula luctuosa! Burm., Handb., 11, 861, 76. — Hag., Syn., 152,
5.—Walsh, Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 400.
Hab. New York; New Jersey, June; Pennsylvania; Maryland;
Washington, D. C.;. Virginia; Detroit, Mich., June 17; Illinois;
Fort Hayes, Kansas; Ontario, Canada. .
11. Libellula odiosa, ¢, °.
Libellula odiosa Hag.! Syn., 152, 6.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, July 10—Aug. 30; S. Antonio,
Dallas, Waco, Texas, July 14.
Probably a race of L. basalis.
12. Libellula auripennis, ¢, ¢.
Libellula auripennis Burm.! Handb., 11, 861, 67. — Hag.! Syn., 155,
11: Stett::Z.,;/ XxXiV; 875,71 ; xxvul, 98; Proc... Bost. tsaesaat
Hist., x1, 292; xv, 266,9; xvi, 360, 35; xvi, 374, 6.— Seudder!
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 191.
1875.] 71 (Hagen.
Hab. New York; New Jersey; Maryland; Virginia; Georgia,
April 20, common; Ohio; New Orleans, Louisiana; Dallas, Texas;
Florida; Cardenas, October, Cienfuegos, April—-July, Cuba ; Isle of
Pines.
13. Libellula incesta, 3
Inbellula incesta Hag.! Syn., 155, 12.
Hab. New Hampshire, June 28; Saugus, Massachusetts, July;
Carolina; Dallas, Texas.
A rare species; I have never seen the female, and only six males.
14. Libellula Lydia, ¢, °.
Libellula Lydia Drury, Ins., 11, 85, pl. 47, f. 1.— Ramb.! Neur., 55,
32. — Oliv., Ene. Meth., vir, 570, 8.— Hag.! Syn., 155, 13; Stett.
Z., XXIV, 375, 72; Proc. Bost..Soc. Nat. Hist., xv1, 361, 36.
Libellula Leda Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., virr, 21, 8, var. A. Gn
part).
Hab. Virginia; S. Carolina; Georgia, April 20, are New Or-
leans, Louisiana; Florida; Dallas, Texas.
15. Libellula Axillena, 3, °;
Libellula Axillena Westwood! Duncan Intr., 292, pl. 29, f. 1.—Hag.!
Syn., 156, 14; Stett. Z., xx1v, 375, 73; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,.
XVI, 361, 37.
Libellula Lydia Ramb.! Neur., 55, 32 (in part).
Libellula Leda Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vir, 22, 8 (in part).
Hab. Georgia; Louisiana; Florida.
Probably a race of L. Lydia.
16. Libellula flavida, ¢, °.
Lnbellula flavida Ramb.! Neur., 58, 85.— Hag.! Syn., 156, 15;
Hayden’s Rep., 1872, 728; 1873, 587.
Hab. Pecos River, West Texas, July 9- Aug. 11; Dallas, Waco,
Texas, September 9; Yellowstone; Montana.
17. Libellula composita, °.
Lnbellula compositta Hag.! Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 587.
Mesothemis composita Hag.! Hayden’s Rep., 1872, 728.
Hab. Yellowstone. One female.
18. Libellula quadrupla, ¢, °?.
Lnbellula quadrupla Say ! Journ. Acad. Philad., vii, 23, 9. — Hag.
Syn.! 157, 16; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 266, 10; Stett. Z.,
RXVIIT, OL:
Libellula bistigma Uhler! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1857, 87, 1 (male
adult).
Hagen.] 1% [May 5,
Libellula cyanea Fabr., Ent. Syst., 381, 36.
Hab. Milton, Cambridge, Beverly, Natick, Woburn, Massachu-
setts, June, July; New Jersey; Maryland.
Thave no doubt that L. cyanea F., is this species; the only objec-
tion would be the “abdomine cylindrico” in his description; but I
possess males agreeing with this character.
19. Libellula plumbea, 32, °.
Libellula plumbea Uhler! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1857, 87, 2.— Hag.!
Syn., 157, 17; Stett. Z., xxiv, 375, 74; xxvull, 91; Proce. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 362, 39.
Hab. New Jersey; Baltimore, Maryland, July; Georgia, April
27, common.
Perhaps this species is Cordulia costalis Selys from Georgia. I
should be nearly sure of it, had not Baron De Selys stated that he
had again examined the female type in the British Museum.
20. Libellula funerea, ¢, ?.
Libellula funerea Hag.! Syn., 158, 18.
Hab. Acapulco, Mexico; Panama.
21. Libellula umbrata, ¢, °.
Libellula umbrata Linné, Syst. N., xu, I, 903, 13.— Fabr., Syst.
Ent., 422, 14; Spec. Ins., 1, 522, 18; Mant. Ins., 1, 837, 18s) int.
Syst., 11, 378, 21.— Burm., Hand., 11, 856, 48.— Ramb.! Neur., 78,
58.— Selys! Sagra Ins. Cat., 448.— Hag.! Syn., 158, 19; Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 292; .Stett. Z., XXIV,.375, 75 2 ecDx mee.
xxx, 263; Uhler! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 297.
Libellula unifasciata De Geer, Mem. 111, 557, 3, pl. 26, f. 4.
Libellula fallax Burm.! Handb., 11, 855, 45 (teneral).
Libellula subfasciata Burm.! Hand., 11, 855, 46 (male teneral).
Libellula tripartita Burm.! Handb., 1, 856, 47 (male adult).
Libellula ruralis Burm.! Handb., 0, 856, 49 (female).
Libellula flavicans Ramb.! Neur., 87, 79 (female).
Libellula fuscofasciata Blanch., Voy. D’Orbigny, 217, 751, pl. 28,
5
Hab. Georgia? (a male from Abbot’s collection; locality still
doubtful) ; Matamoras, Mexico (one male); Cuba, migrates in June
and November ; Hayti, April, May in Jeremie; St. Thomas; Barba-
dos ; common in 8. America.
The female with the band of the wings asin the male is very rare;
I have seen three specimens from Cuba.
The race L. tripartita belongs to the West India Islands. There
1875.] ce [Hagen.
is, perhaps, a very similar but different species. Two very small
females, the wings with black bands, are from Waco, Texas, July 14,
and Panama; but the male from Panama has the wings colored as
in L. funerea.
22. Libellula angustipennis, ¢, °.
Libellula angustipennis Ramb.! Neur., 63, 42. — Selys! Sagra Ins.
Cuba, 446.—Hag. ! Syn., 159, 20; Stett. Z., xxvu11, 98; Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 374, 7. — Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
x, 192.— Uhler! ibid., x1, 297.
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba, July; Isle of Pines; Hayti, May.
23. Libellula vibex, ¢
Libellula vibex Hag.! Syn., 159, 21.
Libellula merida Selys, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., x1, Proc., 67?
Hab. Cordova, Mexico.
I have not seen L. merida, but the identity is jaca: Hab.
Orizaba, Mexico; Merida, Venezuela.
Subgenus ORTHEMIS.
24. Libellula discolor, ¢, °.
Libellula ferruginea Fabr., Syst. Ent., 423, 19; Spec. Ins., 1, 528,
25 (not of Entom. syst.).
Libellula discolor Burm.! Handb., 11, 856, 51.— Uhler! Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 297. Hag.! Syn., 160, 22; Proc. Bost. Soc.
Wat. Hist) x1, 292) Stett, 7. xx1m, 279.1; xxx, 263, 13. ,
Libellula macrostigma Rbr.! Neur., 50, 26.—Selys! Sagra Ins.
Cuba, 448.
Hab. Key West, Florida; Dallas, Waco, Texas, September-
October; Tampico, Matamoras, Matzatlan, Mexico, October; Central
America; Cuba, July-October; Hayti, April, May; Porto Rico;
St. Thomas; Barbados; Martinique; Guadeloupe; St. Croix; Ja-
maica; common in S. America. ;
LEPTHEMIS.
1. Lepthemis vesiculosa, 2, °.
Libellula vesiculosa Fabr., Syst. Ent., 421, 7; Spec. Ins., 1, 521, 9;
Mant. Ins., 1, 336, 9; Ent. Syst., 1, 377, 12.— Burm., Handb.! 11,
857, 54.— Ramb.! Neur., 50, 26.— Uhler!’Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., x1, 297.— Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 443. — Hag.! Syn., 161, 1;
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 292.
Hagen.]. T4 . [May 5,
Libellula acuta Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., x11, 24, 12.
Hab. Matamoras, Mazatlan, Mexico, October; Cardenas, Cuba,
April; Hayti, April, May; &t. Thomas; Barbados; Panama, May;
St. Thomas; migrates in Cuba in June.
2. Lepthemis hematogastra, ¢, 2.
Libellula hematogastra Burm.! Handb., 11, 837, 55.— Hag.! Syn.,
161, 2; Stett. Z., xx1v, 375, 76; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xv,
362, 40.
Hab. Georgia (one male by Abbot; locality still doubtful) ; South
America.
8. Lepthemis Attala, d, °.
Lepthemis Attala Hag.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 292. —
Libellula Attala Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 445.
Libellula Mithra Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 445.
Mesothemis Attala Hag., Syn., 172, 5.
Mesothemis Mithra Hag., Syn., 172, 6.— Uhler! Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., x1, 298.
Libellula annulata Ramb., Neur., 78, 65 (in part).
Lepthemis verbenata Hag.! Syn., 162, 3.
Hab. Cuba; Hayti, May; Matzatlan, Mexico, October; South
America.
4. Lepthemis herbida, ¢, °.
Lepthemis herbida Hag., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 292. (No
description. ) |
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba, October, November.
An aberrant speeies ; I have seen one pair.
5. Lepthemis cardinalis, ¢, °.
Libellula cardinalis Erichs! Schomb. Voy., 111, 583. — Hag.! Syn.,
316.
Hab. Panama; Guiana; Para, Brazil.
DyYTHEMISs.
1. Dythemis rufinervis, ¢, 2°.
Libellula rufinervis Burm.! Handb., 11, 815, 15.
Libellula conjuncta Rbr.! Neur., 91, 84.—Selys! Sagra Ins.
Cuba, 444.
Libellula vinosa Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 192; x1,
- 292.
Dythemis rufinervis Hag.! Syn., 162, 1; Stett. Z, xxvii, 98; Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 374, 8. — Uhler! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., x1, 297. |
1875.) lo [Hagen.
Hab. Cuba; Hayti, May.
2. Dythemis velox, ¢, ?.
Dythemis velox Hag.! Syn., 163, 2.
Hab. Pecos River, ore: J a See Waco, July 14—Au-
gust 20.
3. Dythemis fugax, ¢, °.
Dythemis fugax Hag.! Syn., 163. 3.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, July-August; Waco, Texas,
August 1.
4. Dythemis mendax, ¢, ¢.
Dythemis mendax Hag.! Syn., 164, 4.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, July; St. Antonio, Texas.
5. Dythemis przecox, Hag.! Syn., 164, 5.
Hab. Mexico.
6. Dythemis pertinax, ¢, °.
Dythemis pertinax Hag.! Syn., 166, 10, male.
Dythemis Sallei Selys, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., x1; Proc., 67? female.
Hab. Orizaba, Mexico. I have not seen D. Sallei; probably it
belongs here.
7, 8,9. Three new species from Waco, Texas, and Mexico; re-
lated to the foregoing ones.
10. Dythemis frontalis, ¢, °.
Lnbellula frontalis Burm.! Handb., 11, 857, 56.— Selys! Sagra Ins.
Cuba, 453.— Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 193.
Dythemis frontalis Hag.! Syn., 165, 6; Stett. Z., xxvi11, 98; Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 292; xv, 875, 9.— Uhler! Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., x1, 298.
Hab. Rartionas Cuba, May-June; Isle of Pines; Hayti, Mee
ll. Dythemis dicrota, ¢, °.
Dythemis didyma Hag.! Syn., 165, 8 (not Selys); Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., xi, 292.
Hab. Cuba; Matamoras, Tampico, Mexico.
As my D. dicrota proved to be Lib. didyma Selys, I have given the
name JD. dicrota to this species.
12. Dythemis didyma, ¢, 2.
Libellula didyma Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 453.
Libellula Phryne Ramb.! Neur., 121, 127.
Dythemis dicrota Hag.! Syn., 166, 9; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Me oe.
Mesothemis Poeyi Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 194;
Hagen.] 76 [May 5,
x1, 300.— Hag.! Stett. Z., xxvui11, 98; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
xi 2925 KV oko; it.
Hab. Cuba; Isle of Pines.
13. Dythemis equalis, J, °.
Dythemis equalis Hag.! Syn., 167, 11; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
XI, 293.
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba, July, October; Matamoras, Mex.
14. Dythemis incrassata, ?. Hagen (no description).
Hab. Cuba.
15. Dythemis neva, ¢, °.
Dythemis neva Hag.! Syn., 167, 1%; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
2.6 is 375
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba, August, September.
16. Dythemis debilis, ¢, °.
Dythemis debilis Hag.! Syn., 168, 13; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
XI, 293.
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba, August-October.
17. Dythemis exhausta, ¢, °.
Dythemis exhausta Hag.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 293. (No
description. )
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba, August-September.
MACROTHEMIS.
1. Macrothemis Celeno, ¢, °.
Libellula Celeno Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 454.
Macrothemis Celeno Hag.! Stett. Z., xx1rx, 281, 1.
Dythemis pleurosticta Hag.! Syn., 165, 7 (in part); Stett. Z., xx VI11,
98; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 292; xv, 375.— Scudder! Proce.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 194. — Uhler! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
XI, 298.
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba, July, October, November; Isle of Pines;
St. Thomas; Hayti, April, May.
ERYTHEMIS.
1. Hrythemis fureata, ¢, °.
Erythemis furcata Hag.! Syn., 169, 1; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hists.xa2 93:
Hab. Cuba; Tampico, Mex.; Bahia, Brazil.
1875.] 7 7 [Hagen.
2. Erythemis bicolor, ¢, ¢.
Libellula bicolor Erichs! Voy. Schomburgk, 1; Stett. Z., xxx,
263, 23:
Erythemis bicolor Hag.! Syn., 169, 2.
Hab. Choco, New Grenada; S. America.
3. Hrythemis cubensis, ¢, ¢.
Erythemis longipes Hag.! Syn., 169, 3 (in part).
Erythemis specularis Hag.! Stett. Z., xxvu1, 98; Proc. Bost. Soc.
Wat. lists: xp 293: xv, 374s 4p
Macromia cubensis Scudd.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 190;
XI, 299. — Hag.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 374, 4.
Hab. Cardenas, Cuba, April, July, October; Isle of Pines.
MESOTHEMIS.
1. Mesothemis simplicicollis, ¢, °.
Libellula simplicicollis Say! Journ. Acad. Philad., viii, 28, 16.
Libellula cerulans Ramb.! Neur., 64, 44 (male).— Selys! Sagra
Ins. Cuba, 448.
Libellula maculiventris Ramb.! Neur., 87, 78 (female).
Mesothemis simplicicollis Hag.! Syn., 170, 1; Stett. Z., xx1v, 375,
ii eroc: Bost. soc. Nat. Hist, x1, 293; Xv, 266, 12; xviI, 362) 41’;
Hayden’s Rep., 1872, 728; 1873, 587. —Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad.,
1862, 400.
Mesothemis Gundlachii Scudder ! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 195,
x1, 299. — Hag., Stett. Z., xxvu1, 96; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
XVI, 375, 12.
Hab. Natick, Massachusetts, August; N. York; N. Jersey ; Phil-
adelphia, Pa.; Dalton, Savannah, Georgia, May; Florida; Louisiana;
Indiana; Rock Isl., Illinois, June; Detroit, Mich., July; Montana;
Ogden, Utah (?); Pecos River, Western Texas, July; Dallas, Waco,
Texas, July-September; Matamoras, Huastec, Mexico; Cardenas;
Cuba, May, June; Isle of Pines.
A very common species.
2. Mesothemis collocata, 3, ¢.
Mesothemis collocata Hag.! Syn., 171, 2; Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 587.
Hab. Pecos River, Western Texas, July; Yellowstone; San
Diego, California, April.
8. Mesothemis corrupta, ¢, °.
Mesothemis corrupta Hag.! Syn., 171, 3; Hayden’s Rep., 1872,
728 ; 1873, 587.—Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 400.
Hagen.] 78 [May 5,
Hab. Rock Island, N. and S. Illinois; Kansas; Pecos River, West
Texas, May, June; Dallas, Waco, Texas, October; Matamoras,
Mexico; Foot Hills, Colorado; Montana, San José, California, No-
vember. Also in Ajan, Asia, Sea of Ochotsk.
4. Mesothemis illota, ¢, 2.
Mesothemis illota Hag.! Syn., 172, 4; Hayden’s Rep., 1873, 587.
Hab. San Diego, California, April; San Matteo, Mendocino,
Gulf of Georgia; San José, March; Victoria, Vancouver’s Island,
July; Mexico; Yellowstone. Also in Ajan, Asia.
Perhaps M. gilva from Columbia is the same species.
5. Mesothemis longipennis, ¢, °.
Libellula longipennis Burm.! Handb., 1, 850, 12.
Libellula socia Rbr.! Neur., 96, 94.
Libellula truncatula Rbr.? Neur., 95, 92.
Mesothemis longipennis Hag.! Syn., 178, 7; Stett. Z., xx1v, 375,
78; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 266, 11; Xvi, 366, 42; Hayden’s
Rep., 1872, 728; 1873, 588.— Walsh! Proce. Acad. Philad., 1862, 400.
Hab. Natick, Massachusetts, August; New York; Maryland ;
Dalton, Savannah, Georgia, May 23; Kentucky, May; Louisiana;
Chicago, Rock Island, Illinois; Florida, March; Montana; Yellow-
stone; Pecos River, Western Texas; Dallas, Waco, Texas, July;
Matamoras, Mexico; California; Victoria, Vancouver’s Island.
Dr. Brauer forms for this species a new genus, Pachydiplax.
LEUCORHINIA.
1. Leucorhinia intacta, 3, ¢.
Diplaz intacta Hag.! Syn., 179, 10.— Walsh! Proc. Acad. Philad.,
1862, 400.
Hab. Massachusetts; Ohio; Rock Island, Chicago, Illinois; Wis-
consin; Ontario, Canada.
2. Leucorhinia hudsonica, ¢, %.
Libellula hudsonica Selys! Revue des Odonates, 53.
Diplaz hudsonica Hag.! Syn., 180, 11.
Hab. New Brunswick; Winnipeg Lake; Ft. Resolution, Great
Slave Lake, Hudson’s Bay Territory; Saskatchewan.
Diplax dubia Hag., Syn., 180, 12, from Europe was only described
for comparison, and by error of the printer numbered.
3. Leucorhinia borealis, 3, . (No description.)
Hab. Saskatchewan; Ft. Resolution, Hudson’s Bay Territory.
1875.] 79 [Hagen.
4. lLeucorhinia glacialis, ¢. (No description.)
Hab. Michipicoten, Lake Superior; Massachusetts; White Mts.,
pone
5. Leucorhinia proxima, ¢. (No description.)
Hab. British America; Victoria, Vancouver’s Island; Massachu-
setts; White Mts., N. H.
6. Leucorhinia frigida, ¢. (No description.)
Hab. Northern Red River ; Massachusetts ; Ontario, Canada.
DIPLAX.
1. Diplax assimilata, ¢, °.
Libellula assimilata Uhler? Proc. Acad. Philad., 1857, 88, 6.
Diplaz assimilata Hag! Syn. 174,13 Stett..Z., xxvii, 93.— Walsh,
Proc. Acad. Philad., 1862, 400.
Hab. Chicago, Rock Island, Illinois; Washington; St. Louis.
The localities Wisconsin, Pennsylvania, Maryland, are added by
Mr. Uhler; I have not seen specimens. I have not examined Mr.
Uhler’s types from Fort Union, Nebraska; perhaps they belong to
the following species. Therefore I retain the name D. assimilata for
the species described in my Synopsis. ;
2. Diplax interna, 3,%. (No description.)
Hab. Saskatchewan, Southern Lake Winnipeg, British America ;
_ Wisconsin; Minnesota; N. Dakota; White Mts., N. H.
Perhaps this species is D. assimilata from Nebraska.
3. Diplax rubicundula, ¢, °.
Lnbellula rubicundula Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vir, 26, 14,
Diplax rubicundula Hag.! Syn., 176, 6 ; Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
XV, 267, 17 ; 377, 10 ;—Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 219,
Hab. Massachusetts, October ; Maine ; Mt. Washington, N. Hamp-
shire, August, September; New York; New Jersey; Pennsylvania;
Maryland; Washington, D.C.; Michipicoten, Lake Superior and
British America; Indiana (Say).
A careful examination of a large number of specimens induces me
to separate again the species described by me as D. assimilata and
D. rubicundula, united in an elaborate paper by Messrs. Scudder,
Uhler and Walsh.
4, Diplax obtrusa, ¢.
Hagen! Syn., 177, nota after D. rubicundula ; Stett. Z., XXVIII, 95.
Hab. Mass.; Chicago, Illinois; Ontario, Canada, perhaps not
different from D decisa.
Hagen.] 80 [May 5.
5. Diplax vicina, ¢, 2°.
Diplaz vicina Hag.! Syn., 175, 4; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv,_
267, 16. — Walsh! Pace. Acad. Philad., 1862, 400.
Hab. Brunswick, Maine; Maceictaseae New Jersey ; Pennsyl-
vania; Washington; Rock Island, Illinois; Ontario, Canada.
6. Diplax albifrons, ¢g, °.
Libellula albifrons Charp.! Libell. Europ., 14, pl. 11, f. 3 (male).
Libellula ambigua Ramb.! 106, 105; Selys! Revue Odon., 325 (fe-
male).
Diplaz albifrons Hag.! Syn., 177, 7; Stett. Z., xxrv, 375, 79; Proc.
Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist., xv, 267, 185 ibids; xv1j 3638433
Hab. Georgia; St. Louis, Mo.; perhaps Massachusetts; Dallas,
Waco, Texas.
The locality Europe, given by Charpentier is erroneous, his type
is in my collection. In Syn., 176, 6, I erroneously quoted ZL. am-
bigua as D. rubicundula.
7. Diplax pallipes, ¢
Diplaz pallipes Hag.! Hayden Rep., 1873, 589.
Hab. Foot Hills, Colorado; Dallas, Texas; but the specimens
from Texas were not carefully examined.
8. Diplax decisa, ¢, ¢.
Diplaz decisa Hag.! Hayden Rep., 1873, 588.
Diplaz assimilata Hag.! Hayden Rep., 1872, 728.
Hab. Foot Hills, Chlee ado; Colorado Mountains, Pacific anne
August 15-September 6; Yellowstone; Dakota.
9. Diplax apreeuet Cees
Diplaz atripes Hag.! eyaen Rep., 1873, 588.
Hab. Yellowstone.
10. Diplax semicincta, ¢, °.
Libellula semicincta Say | Journ. Acad. Philad., vir1, 27, 15.
Diplaz semicincta Hag.! Syn., 176, 5; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
XV, 267,19; Hayden Rep., 1873, 590.
Hab. Maine; Massachusetts; White Mts., N. H.; Pennsylvania ;
Maryland.
I possess a pair in bad condition, from California, and a female
from Yellowstone, quoted in Report, 1873. Perhaps they belong
to a different species.
11. Diplax madida, ¢,-°.
Diplax madida Hag.! Syn., 174, 2.
Hab. Upper Missouri River; Yellowstone; Gulf of Georgia, Cal.;
Victoria, Vancouver’s Island.
1875.] 81 [Hagen..
12. Diplax costifera, ¢, °.
Diplaz costifera Hag.! Syn., 175, 3.
Hab. Maine; Massachusetts; New York; N. Red River.
13. Diplax flavicosta, ¢, 2. (No description.)
Hab. San Diego, California.
14. Diplax Berenice, ¢, &.
Libellula Berenice Drury, Ins., 1, 114, pl. 48, f. 3 (female ).—Oliy.,
Ene. Method. — Say! Journ. Acad. Philad., vir, 25, 13— Ramb.!
Neur., 88, 80.
Libellula histrio Burm.! Handb., 11, 849, 7 (female).
Dipiaz Berenice Bag.! Syn., 178, 8; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
XV, 266, 15.
Hab. Massachusetts; New York; N- Jersey; Maryland; Vir-
ginia.
15. Diplax scotica,, 3, °.
Libellula scotica Donov., Xv, 523.—Selys! Revue des Odonates, 48.
22 (with the synonyms).
Diplax scotica Hag.! Syn., 179, 9; Hayden Rep., 1872, 728.
Hab. N. Red River; Ontario, Canada; perhaps Yellowstone.
Common in Europe and N. Asia. Guatemala? (coll. de Selys).
16. Diplax ochracea, ¢, °.
Libellula ochracea Burm.! Handb., 11, 854, 38.
Libellula fervida Erichs.! Voy. Schomburgk, 11, 584.
Libellula justina Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 450.
Diplax ochracea Hag.! Syn., 181, 13.
Hab. Tampico, Mexico;. Cuba; Choco, N. Grenada and South
America.
17. Diplax ambusta, ¢, 2°.
Libellula minuscula Ramb.! Neuropt., 115, 118 (in part).
Diplax justiniana Hag.! Syn., 181, 14; Proe. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
XI, 293; xv, 375, 14.— Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist., x, 197..
Hab. Cuba; Isle of Pines.
I suppose L. justiniana Selys, is a different species.
18. Diplax justiniana, ¢g, &.
Libellula justiniana Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 450.
Hab. Cuba.
19. Diplax fraterna, ¢, ¢.
Diplax fraterna Hag.! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 375, 13.
Diplax ochracea Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 196 (fe-
male).
PROCEEDINGS B. §. N. H.— VOL. XVIII. 6 OCTOBER, 1875.
Hagen.] 82 [May 5,
Diplax abjecta Scudder! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 197 (male).
Hab. Cuba; Isle of Pines.
20. Diplax credula, ¢, ¢?.
Diplaz credula Hag.! Syn., 184, 19.
Hab. St. Thomas, Brazil.
21. Diplax abjecta, ¢, °.
Libellula abjecta Ramb.! Neuropt., 83, 73.
Diplax abjecta Hag.! Syn., 184, 20.
Hab. Cuba; S. America.
22. Diplax imbuta, ¢, 2.
Libellula imbuta Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vu, 32.
Diplax imbuta Hag., Syn., 185, 21.
Hab. Island of Sanipuxten, Maryland. Unknown to me.
23. Diplax ornata, ¢, °.
Libellula ornata Ramb.! Neuropt., 96, 98.
Diplaz ornata Hag.! Syn., 182, 16; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv,
266, 14; xvi, 363, 46.
Hab. Pennsylvania; Florida; Georgia.
24. Diplax amanda, ¢, ¢.
Libellula pulchella Burm.! Handb., 11, 849, 2.
Diplax amanda Hag.! Syn., 183, 17; Stett. Z., xx1v, 375, 81;
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 363, 45.
Hab. Georgia; New Jersey.
25. Diplax minuscula, d, ¢.
Libellula minuscula Rbr.! Neuropt., 115, 118 (in part).
Diplax minuseula Hag.! Syn., 183, 18; Stett. Z., xxiv, 375, 32;
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 268, 20; xvi, 363, 47.
Hab. Kentucky; Georgia; Florida; Brazil.
NANNODIPLAX Brauer.
1. Nannodiplax vacua, 9°.
Diplax vacua Hag.! Stett. Z., xxv, 91.
Hab. Saskatchewan, British America.
PERITHEMIS.
1. Perithemis Domitia, ¢, ¢.
Libellula Domitia Drury, Ins., 11, 83, pl. 45, f. 4— Burm.! Handb.,
11, $55, 40. — Ramb.! Neuropt., 124, 132.
Periithemis Domitia Hag.! Syn., 185, 1; Stett. Z., xxvi, 375, 83;
1875.] - 83 [Hagen.
Proc. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist., xv, 375, 15; ibid., x v1, 363, 48.—Scud-
der! Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x, 198.— Walsh! Proc. Acad.
Philad., 1862, 400.
Libellula tenuicincta Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., virr, 31, 21 (male).
Libellula tenera Say! Journ., Acad. Philad., vi, 31, 20 (female).—
Hag., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 268, 21.
Libellula chlora Ramb.! Neuropt., 125, 133.
Libellula Metella Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 451.
Libellula Iris Hag.! Syn., 185, var.
Hab. Massachusetts; New York; New Jersey; Pennsylvania ;
Maryland; Indiana; Illinois; Georgia; Louisiana; Texas; Mexico;
Cuba; South America.
NANNOTHEMIS Brauer.
1. WNannothemis bella, ¢, °.
Nannophya bella Uhler! Proc. Acad. Philad., 1857, 87, 1.— Hag.!
Syn., 186, 1; Stett. Z., xx1v, 375, 84; xxvii, 90; Proc. Bost. Soe.
Nat. Hist., xvi, 363, 49.
Hab. Maine; Massachusetts; Connecticut; N. Jersey; Mary-
land; Georgia; Ontario, Canada.
2. Nannothemis maculosa, Hag.! Syn., 187, 2; Stett. Z.,
XXIV, 375, 85; xxviii, 90; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv1, 363,
50.
Hab. Georgia.
Sout America.
Subfamily LIBELLULINA.
PANTALA.
1. Pantala flavescens, 3,2. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. Venezuela; Surinam; Para; Brazil.
THOLYMIS.
1. Tholymis citrina, d, °. (cf. N. America.)
Hab; + Para, Brazil.
TRAMEA.
1. Tramea basalis, ¢, °.
Libellula basalis Burm. ! Handb., 11, 852, 25.
Hagen.] 84. (May 5,
Libellula flavia Selys! Mss.
Tramea basalis Hag.! Syn., 316.
Hab. Brazil; Surinam.
2. Tramea binotata, ¢, 2.
Libellula binotaia Ramb.! Neur., 36, 7.
Tramea binotata Hag.! Syn., 316.
Hab. Minas Geraes, Brazil.
3. Tramea Cophysa, ¢.
Tramea Cophysa Hag.! Syn., 316; Stett. Z., xxvirt, 226.
Libellula Cophysa Selys! Sagra Ins. Cuba, 441. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil.
4, Tramea Marcella, ¢, 2. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. Brazil; Turbo, New Grenada.
5. Tramea Iphigenia, ¢, ? (?)
Tramea Iphigenia Hag.! Stett. Z., xxvur, 230; ibid., xxx, 262,
17.
Hab. Bogota, New Grenada. An aberrant species. Perhaps the
female from ‘Turbo, New Grenada, does not belong here.
6. Tramea Argo, ¢.
Tramea Argo Hag., Stett. Z., xxx, 268.
Hab. Rio Janeiro.
7. Tramea subbinotata, ¢.
Tramea subbinotata Brauer, Verhdl. Wien. Z. B. G., xv, 811.
Hab. Brazil.
gs. Tramea longicauda, ¢.
Tramea longicauda Brauer, Verhd]. Wien, Z. B. G., xvu, 812.
Hab. Brazil.
9. Tramea braziliana, ¢.
Tramea braziliana Brauer, Verhdl. Wien Z. B. G., xv, 812.
Hab. Brazil.
The three species are not known to me.
LIBELLULA.
1. Libellula umbrata, g,°%. (cf. N. America.)
Libellula umbrata Hag.! Syn., 316; Stett. Z., xxx, 263, 18;
Foerhdl., Dansk. V. S., 1855, 122.
Hab. St. Fé de Bogota, Turbo, New Grenada; Porto Cabello,
Venezuela; Surinam; Essequibo; Bahia, Rio, Buenos Ayres, Brazil ;
Corrientes. Very common.
1875.] 85 [Hagen.
2. lLibellula effrenata, °.
Libellula effrenata Hag.! Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 125. (No
description.)
Diplax effrenata Wag.! Syn., 319.
Hab. Lagoa Santa, Brazil.
Subgenus ORTHEMIS.
8. Libellula discolor, ¢, 2. (cf. N. America.)
Libellula discolor Hag.! Syn., 316; Stett. Z., xxx, 263, 19.—
Foerhd. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 121, 122.
Hab. St. Fé de Bogota, New Grenada; Porto Cabella, Vene-
zuela; Guiana; Surinam; Chili; Ecuador, Guayaquil; Peru; Bahia,
Pernambuco, Minas Geraes, Rio, Brazil
Very common.
LEPTHEMIS.
1. Lepthemis vesiculosa, ¢, °.
Lepthemis vesiculosa Hag.! Syn., 316. (ef. N. America.)
Hab. Guiana; Bahia, Pernambuco, Rio, Brazil.
2. Lepthemis hematogastra, ¢, °.
Lepthemis hematogastra Hag.! Syn., 316. (ef. N. America.)
Hab. St. Fé de Bogota, New Grenada; Surinam; Pernambuco,
Brazil.
8. Lepthemis Attala, ¢, °.
Lepthemis verbenata Hag.; Syn., 316.— Foerhdl., Dansk. Y. S.,
1855, 125. (cf. N. America.)
Libellula Isis Selys. (No description.)
Hab. Porto Cabello, Venezuela; Surinam; Brazil.
4. Lepthemis appendiculata, ¢.
Libellula appendiculata Hag.! Syn., 316. (No description.)
Hab. Marida, Venezuela.
5. Lepthemis cultriformis, ¢.
Lepthemis cultriformis Hag.! Syn., 316. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil. Probably not different from L. appendiculata.
6. Lepthemis picia, ¢, 2.
Lepthemis picta Hag.! Syn., 316. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil. The locality perhaps erroneous; probably an Afri-
can species.
Hagen.] 86 [May 5,
7. Lepthemis cardinalis, ¢, .
Lepthemis cardinalis Hag.! Syn., 316. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. Guiana, Essequibo; Para, Brazil.
8. Lepthemis attenuata, ¢, °.
Lepthemis attenuata Hag.! Syn., 316; Stett. Z., xxx, 263, 21.
Libellula attenuata Erichs! Voy. Schomburgk, i11, 583.
Hab. Guiana; Surinam; Brazil; St. Fé de Bogota, New Grenada.
I have seen specimens labelled Cape of Good Hope, probably
erroneously.
9. Lepthemis extensa, ¢.
Lepthemis extensa Hag., Syn., 316. (No description.)
Hab. Pernambuco, Brazil.
DYTHEMIS.
1. Dythemis nubecula, 2, °.
Libellula nubecula Ramb.! Neur., 122, 129.
Dythemis nubecula Hag.! Syn., 317.
Hab. New Friburg, Brazil.
2. Dythemis constricta, ¢.
Dythemis constricta Selys! (No description.)
Hab. Brazil.
38. Dythemis inermis.
Dythemis inermis Selys. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil.
4. Dythemis rapax, ¢.
Dythemis rapax Hag.! Syn., 317.
Hab. Venezuela.
5. Dythemis hemichlora, g, °.
Libellula hemichlora Burm.! Handb., 11, 849, 4.— Hag.! Foerhdl.
Dansk. V. S., 1855, 122.
Dythemis hemichlora Hag.! Syn., 317.
Hab. Venezuela; Bahia, Brazil.
6. Dythemis typographa, ¢.
Dythemis typographa Hag.! Syn., 317. (No description.)
Hab. Chili.
7. Dythemis Cydippe, ¢.
Dythemis Cydippe Hag.! Syn., 317. (No description.)
Hab. Rio, Brazil.
1875.] 87 (Hagen.
8. Dythemis Liriope, ¢.
Dythemis Liriope Hag.! Syn., 317. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil.
9. Dythemis catenata, ¢.
Dythemis catenata Hag.! Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 125; Syn.,
317. (No description.)
Hab. Minas Geraes, Brazil.
10. Dythemis tessellata, °.
Libellula tessellata Burm. ! Handb., 11, 849, 5.
Dythemis tessellata Hag.! Syn., 317.
Hab. Brazil.
11. Dythemis icterica, ¢, °.
Dythemis icterica Hag.! Syn., 317. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil.
12. Dythemis sterilis, ¢, °.
Libellula tessellata Ramb.! Neuropt., 89, 82.— Hag.! Foerdl. Dansk.
V. S., 1855, 121, 122.
Dythemis sterilis Hag.! Syn., 317.
Hab. Venezuela; Surinam; Pernambuco, Bahia, ;Rio, Brazil;
Buenos Ayres; Lima, Peru; Panama; Quillota.
13. Dythemis columba, ¢.
Dythemis columba Hag.! Syn., 317. (No description.)
Hab. Venezuela.
14. Dythemis infamis, ¢.
Dythemis infamis Hag.! Syn., 317. (No description.)
Hab. Pernambuco, Brazil.
15. Dythemis musiva, °.
Dythemis musiva Hag.! Syn., 317. (No description.)
Hab. Rio, Minas Geraes, Brazil.
16. Dythemis apicalis, ¢.
Dythemis apicalis Hag.! Stett. Z., xxvu1, 90. (No description.)
Hab. Surinam.
17. Dythemis gerula, ¢.
Dythemis gerula Hag.! Syn., 317. (No description.)
Hab. New Friburg, Brazil.
18. Dythemis lepida, ¢.
Dythemis lepida Hag.! Syn., 317; Stett. Z., xxx, 263,21. (No
description.) .
Hab. New Friburg, Brazil; St. Fé de Bogota, New Grenada.
H agen.] S 8 {May 5,
19. Dythemis tabida, ¢, 9.
Dythemis tabida Wag. Syn., 317. (No description.)
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
MACROTHEMIS.
1. Macrothemis pleurosticta, ¢.
Libellula pleurosticta Burm.! Handb., 11, 849, 8.
Dythemis pleurosticta Hag.! Syn., 317.
Macrothemis pleurosticta Hag.! Stett. Z., xx1rx, 285, 2.
Hab. Brazil.
2. Macrothemis tenuis, ¢.
Dythemis tenuis Hag.! Syn., 317.
Macrothemis tenuis Hag.! Stett. Z., xxrx, 286, 2.
Hab. New Friburg, Brazil.
3. Macrothemis marmorata, gd, °.
Dythemis marmorata Hag.! Syn., 317.
Macrothemis marmorata Hag.! Stett. Z., XXX, 286, 3.
Hab. New Friburg, Brazil.
4. Macrothemis columbiana.
Macrothemis columbiana Selys, Stett. Z., xxix, 285. (No de-
scription.)
Hab. Columbia. Unknown to me.
5. Macrothemis Zephyra.
Macrothemis Zephyra Selys, Stett. Z., xx1x, 285. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil. Unknown to me. |
ERYTHEMITS.
1. Erythemis furcata, ¢, 9.
Erythemis furcata Hag.! Syn., 817. (ef. N. America.)
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
2. EKrythemis bicolor, ¢, °.
Erythemis bicolor Hag.! Syn., 318; Stett. Z., xxx, 263, 23. (cf.
N. America.)
Hab. St. Fé de Bogota, Choco, N. Grenada; Surinam; Guiana;
Brazil.
3. HErythemis peruviana.
Libellula peruviana Rbr., Neuropt., 81, 69.
Erythemis peruviana Hag.! Syn., 318.
Hab. Peru; perhaps not different from LE. bicolor.
1875.] 89 [Hagen.
4. Erythemis lavata,
Erythemis lavata Hag.! Syn., 318. (No description.)
Hab. Venezuela.
5. Erythemis longipes, ¢, &.
Libellula tenuipes Hag.! Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 125. (No
description.)
Erythemis longipes Hag.! Syn., 318 (in part).
Hab. Rio, Minas Geraes, Brazil.
6. Erythemis ? rubriventris.
Libellula rubriventris Blanch., Voy. d’Orbigny, 217, pl. 28, f. 4.
Erythemis ? rubriventris Hag., Syn., 318.
Hab. Corrientes; unknown to me, probably E. peruviana.
MESOTHEMIS.
1. Mesothemis gilva, ¢, °.
Mesothemis gilva Hag.! Syn., 318; Stett. Z., xxx, 263, 23. (No
description.)
Hab. New Grenada; Venezuela; Columbia; perhaps not differ-
ent from JM. illota.
2. Mesothemis annulata.
Libellula annulata Palisot de Beauv., Ins. Neuropt., 58, pl. 3, fi 3.
—Ramb.! Neuropt., 78, 65 (in part).
Mesothenus annulata Hag.! Syn., 318.
Hab. Brazil.
3. Mesothemis annulosa.
Mesothemis annulosa Selys! (No description.)
Hab. Rio, Brazil; Paramaribo.
Subgenus ERYTHRODIPLAX.
4. Mesothemis plebeja, 3, °. '
Libellula plebeja Ramb.! Neuropt., 107, 106. — Blanchard, Gay
Ins. Chili, v1, 111.—Hag.! Foerhd]. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 121.
Mesothemis plebeja Hag.! Syn., 318.
Erythemis corallina Brauer, Voy. Novara, 84.
Hab. Chili; Quillota.
5. Mesothemis connata, ¢, ?.
Libellula connata Burm.! Handb., 11, 855, 14. — Hag.! Foerhdl.
Dansk. V-1S:, 1855, 121.
_ Mesothemis connata Hag.! Syn., 318.
Hab. Valparaiso; Quillota.
-Hagen.] ; 90 [May 5,
6. Mesothemis ? communis, ¢, °.
Libellula communis Rbr.! Neuropt., 98, 88.— Blanchard, Gay,
Ins; Chili, wi, 111, pls 2.t. 4.
Mesuthemis ? communis Hag.! Syn., 318.
Hab. Chili.
7. Mesothemis ? chloropleura, ¢, °.
Diplax ? chloropleura Brauer, Voy. Novara, 88.
Hab. Ckili. Unknown to me.
8. Mesothemis ? leontina, ¢.
Lrbellula leontina Brauer, Voy. Novara, 93.
Hab. Chili. Unknown to me.
9. Mesothemis distinguenda, ¢, 2.
Libellula distinguenda Ramb.! Neuropt., 81, 68.
Libellula incompta Ramb.! Neuropt., 119, 124 (fem.).
Mesothemis distinguenda Hag.! Syn., 318.
Hab. Cayenne.
10. Mesothemis? abbreviata.
Libellula abbreviata Ramb., Neurop., 119, 1238.
Mesothemis ? abbreviata Hag.! Syn., 318.
Hab. Cayenne.
11. Mesothemis ? anomala.
Libellula anomala Brauer, Voy. Novara, 90.
Hab. Rio, Brazil. Unknown to me.
DIpLax.
1. Diplax ochracea, ¢, 2°.
Diplax ochracea Hag.! Syn., 318. (ef. N. America.)
Hab. Porto Cabello, Venezuela; Guiana; Surinam; Bahia,
Brazil.
2. Diplax minuscula, ¢, 2°.
Diplax minuscula Hag.! Syn., 318. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. Brazil.
3. Diplax credula, 2, °.
Diplax credula Hag.! Syn., 318. (cf. N. America.)
Diplax apollina Hag.! Syn., 319, female. (No description.)
Hab. Minas Geraes, Brazil.
4, Diplax abjecta, ¢, °.
Diplax abjecta Hag.! Syn., 318; Stett. Z., xxx, 263, 24, (cf. N.
America.)
Hab. Venezuela; Brazil; St. Fé de Bosota, New Grenada.
1875.] 91 [Hagen.
5. Diplax obesa, ¢, °.
Diplax obesa Hag.! Syn., 318. (No description.)
6. Diplax unimaculata, ¢, °¢.
Libellula unimaculata De Geer, Mém,, m1, 558, 4, pl. 26, f. 5. —
Burm., Handb., 11, 855, 43.
Diplax unimaculata Hag.! Syn., 318.
Hab. Surinam; Guiana; Pernambuco, Brazil.
7. Diplax famula, ¢, °.
Libellula famula Erichs! Voy. Schomburgk, 11, 584.
Diplax famula Hag.! Syn., 318.
Hab. Guiana.
8. Diplax fusca, ¢, °. (Erythrodiplax Brauer.)
Libellula fusca Rbr.! Neuropt., 78, 64.
Diplax fusca Hag.! Syn., 318.
Diplax Catharina Hag.! Syn., 319. (No description.)
Hab. Cayenne; Bahia, Minas Geraes, New Friburg, Brazil.
9. Diplax indigna, ¢, °.
Diplax indigna Hag.! Syn., 319. (No description.)
Hab. New Friburg, Brazil.
10. Diplax Juliana, ¢.
Diplax Juliana Hag.! Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 125; Syn., 319.
(No description.)
Hab. Brazil; Lagoa Santa.
11. Diplax postica, ¢.
Diplax postica Hag.! Syn., 319. (No description.)
Hab. New Friburg, Brazil.
12. Diplax Fausta, ¢, °.
Diplax Fausta Hag.! Syn., 319. (No description.)
Hab. New Friburg, Brazil.
138. Diplax Faustina, ¢, °.
Diplax Faustina Hag.! Syn., 319. (No description.)
Hab. Bahia, New Friburg, Brazil.
14. Diplax contusa, ¢, ¢.
Diplax contusa Hag.! Syn., 319. (No description.)
Hab. New Friburg, Venezuela, Bahia, Brazil.
15. Diplax latimaculata, ¢.
Diplaz latimaculata Hag.! Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 125; Syn.,
319. (No description.)
Hab. Bahia, Minas Geraes, Brazil.
Hagen.] 92 [May 5,
16. Diplax sobrina. |
Libellula sobrina Ramb.! Neuropt., 114, 116.
Diplax sobrina Hag. ! Syn., 319; Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 125.
Hab. Rio, Minas Geraes, Brazil.
17. Diplax exusta, ¢, °.
Diplar exusta Hag.! Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 122. (No de-
scription.)
Hab. Rio, Brazil.
18. Diplax familiaris, ¢, °. \
Diplax familiaris Hag.! Foerhdl. Dansk. V. 8., 1855, 122; Syn.,
319. (No description.)
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
19. Diplax agricola, ¢, ?.
Diplax agricola Hag.! Syn., 319. (No description.)
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
20. Diplax Luciana, ¢, °.
Diplax Luciana Hag.! Syn., 319. (No description.)
Hab. New Friburg, Brazil.
21. Diplax flavilatera, ¢, °.
Diplax flavilatera Hag.! Syn., 319; Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1855,
122. (No description.)
Hab. Rio, Brazil.
22. Diplax bilineata, ¢g, ¢.
Diplaz bilineata Hag.! Syn., 319. (No description.)
Hab. New Friburg, Brazil.
23. Diplax castanea, ¢, °.
Libellula castanea Burm.! Handb., 11, 854, 39.
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
24. Diplax venosa, °&.
Libellula venosa Burm.! Handb., 11, 848, 1.
Diplax venosa Hag.! Syn., 319.
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
25. Diplax oscularis, ¢.
Diplazx oscularis Hag.! Syn., 219. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil.
26. Diplax cyanifrons, ¢.
Diplax cyanifrons Hag.! Syn., 319. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil.
27. Diplax pulla, ¢.
Libellula pulla Burm. ! Handb., m1, 855, 41.
1875.] 93 [Hagen.
Diplax pulla Hag.! Syn., 319.
Hab. Surinam; probably D. minuscula.
28. Diplax nigricans.
Libellula nigricans Ramb.! Neurop., 97, 95.
Diplaz nigricans Hag., Syn., 319.
Hab. Buenos Ayres.
29. Diplax vilis.
Libellula vilis Ramb.! Neuropt., 98, 96.
Diplaz vilis Hag., Syn., 319.
Hab. Buenos Ayres.
30. Diplax inversa, °.
Libellula inversa Hag., Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1855, 122.
Hab. Rio, Brazil.
PERITHEMIS.
1. Perithemis Domitia, ¢, °.
Perithemis Domitia Hag.! Syn., 319. (cf. N. America.)
Hab. Venezuela; Minas Geraes, Bahia, Str Leopoldo, Brazil
Cordova, Argentine Republic.
2. Perithemis Lais, ¢, &.
Libellula Lais Perty ! Delect., 125, pl. 25.
Perithemis Lais Hag.! Syn., 319.
Hab. Pernambuco, Bracil.
38. Perithemis Thais, °.
Perithemis Thais Hag.! Syn., 320. (No description.)
Hab. Japazos, Amazon.
4. Perithemis Cioe.
Perithemis Cloe Hag.! Syn., 320. (No description.)
Hab. Brazil.
5. Perithemis bella, ¢.
Perithemis bella Hag.! Syn., 320. (No description.)
Hab. Para, Brazil.
NANNOTHEMIS Brauer.
1. Nannothemis semiaurea.
Nannophya semiaurea Hag., Syn., 320; Stett. Z., xxv, 90. (No
description. )
Hab. Para, Brazil.
Hagen.] 94 [May 5,
2. WNannothemis prodita, ¢, ¢.
Nannophya prodita Hag.! Syn., 320; Stett. Z., xxvu11, 90. (No
description.)
Nannophya inermis Selys! (no description). — Hag., Stett. Z.,
XXVIII, 90.
Hab. Pernambuco, Brazil.
3. Nannothemis Phryne, ¢.
Libellula Phryne Perty! Delect., 125, pl. 25, f, 3.
Dythemis Phryne Hag.! Syn., 317; Stett. Z., xxvii, 90.
Dythemis apicalis Hag.! Syn., 317.
Hab. Rio, Piauhy, Brazil; Surinam.
4. WNannothemis sp.
Nannothemis sp. Hag., Stett. Z., xx vi, 90. (No description.)
Hab. Peru. |
DRACIS.
1. Uracis imbuta, ¢, °.
Libellula imbuta Burm. ! Handb., mw, 850, 9.
Uracis quadra Ramb.! Neuropt., 31, pl. 2, f. 5.
Uracis imbuta Hag.! Syn., 320.
Hab. Surinam; Bahia, Paramaribo, Minas Geraes, Brazil; Guiana;
Columbia; Panama.
2. Uracis fastigiata, ¢.
Libellula fastigiata Burm. ! Handb., 11, 850, 10.
Uracis fastigiata Hag.! Syn., 320.
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
3. Uracis irrorata, ¢, °.
Uracis irrorata Hag.! Syn., 320. (No description.)
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
4. Uracis ovata, ¢, °.
Uracis ovata Hag.! Syn., 320. (No description.)
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
UROTHEMIS.
1. Urothemis guttata, 3, &.
Uracis guttata Hag.! Syn., 320.
Libellula guttata Erichs! Schomburek Voy., m1, 584.
Hab. Guiana; Brazil.
1875.) 95 [Hagen.
2. Urothemis infumata, ¢..
Libellula infumata Ramb.! Neuropt., 74, 59.
Uracis infumata Hag.! Syn., 320.
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
8. Urothemis Amphithea, ¢.
Uracis Amphithea Hag.! Syn., 320. (No description.)
Hab. Para, Brazil.
4. Urothemis Clymene, ¢.
Uracis Clymene Hag.! Syn., 320. (No description.)
Hab. Pernambuco, Brazil.
PALPOPLEURA.
1. Palpopleura fasciata, ¢.
Iibellula fasciata Linné, Syst. Nat., 11, 903, 12.— Fabr., Ent.
Syst., 1, 378, 20 (in part) —Burm., Handb., 11, 854, 37.
Palpopleura fasciata Ramb.! Neuropt., 134, 8 (in part). — Hag.
Syn., 320.
Hab. Surinam, Brazil.
2. Palpopleura americana, ¢, °.
Libellula americana Linné, Syst. Nat., 11, 904, 16.— Fabr., Ent.
Syst., 1, 378 (in part).— DeGeer, Mém., 111, 559, 7, pl. 24, f. 7—
Seba, Thes., pl. 78, f. 11, 12.
Palpopleura fasciata Ramb.! Neuropt., 134, 8 (in part).
Palpopleura americana Hag.! Syn., 320.
Hab. Brazil.
8. Palpopleura circumcincta.
Palpopleura circumcincta Hag., Syn., 329.
Hab. Brazil.
DIASTATOPS.
1. Diastatops dimidiata, 3, ¢.
Libellula dimidiata Linné! Syst. Nat., 11, 908, 14.— DeGeer, Mém
mi, 558, pl. 26, f. 6.—Burm.! Handb., 1, 854, 36.
Diastatops dimidiata Ramb.! Neur., 129, 1.—Erichs! Voy. Schom-
burek, 11, 584.— Hag., Syn., 321.
Diastatops fenestrata Hag.! Foerhdl., Dansk. V. S., 1855, 125.
Hab. Surinam; Essequibo, Guiana.
2. Diastatops tincta, ¢.
Diastatops tincta Ramb.! Neuropt., 435, 1.— Erichs! Voy. Schom-
burgk, 111, 584. Hag.! Syn., 321; Foerhdl. Dansk. V. S., 1355, 125.
Hab. Guiana; St. Louis de Maranhon, Minas Geraes, Brazil.
Hagen.] 96 [May 19,
3. Diastatops pullata, ¢.
Livellula pullata Burm.! Handb., 11, 854, 34.
Diastatops pullata Ramb.! Neuropt., 136, 2, pl. 3, f. 4.—Hag.!
Syn., 321.
Hab. Pernambuco, Brazil; Moxos, Peru.
4, Diastatops obscura, ¢, 2.
Libelluia obscura Fabr., Ent. Syst., 11, 377, 15. — Burm.! Handb.,
II, 584, 35.
Diastatops fuliginea Ramb.! Neuropt., 137, 3.
Diastatops obscura Hag.! Syn., 321.
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
Prof. W. H. Niles remarked on the comparative whiteness
of the snow at different seasons of the year. He thought
that the snow was observably whiter in the spring than in
the earlier parts of the winter, and attributed the difference
to the character of the snow-crystals as those seasons.
Prof. R. H. Richards described some peculiar forms of ice-
crystals, formed at a very low temperature in a barrel con-
taining salt water.
May 19, 1875.
The President in the chair. Thirty-eight persons present.
After the usual preliminary business, the President, intro-
ducing Prof. Rogers, said : —
I know that you all have observed with great pleasure the
presence with us this afternoon, after long absence from ill-
ness, of our distinguished, highly valued, and I may add
much beloved, brother member Wm. B. Rogers; and as it
seems to me meet on this occasion that the feelings that
move every heart should be openly expressed, I venture in
your behalf to tender him your congratulations upon that
restoration to health which permits him once again to take
part in our proceedings; and to express the hope that he
1875.] 97 [Rogers.
may often in future, as he was wont to do in former years,
grace our meetings by his presence and instruct us by his
wise and eloquent contributions.
GrotocicaL Notes. By Pror. Wiiiiam B. RoGers.
Art. I. On the Newport Conglomerate.
It will be remembered that in a communication to the American
Association in 1860, and in fuller detail in a paper on “ The Meta-
morphism of Conglomerates,” published in Silliman’s Journal the
following year, the late distinguished Geologist, Prof. Edward
Hitchcock, endeavored to show that the gencrally elongated form and
closely fitting arrangement of the pebbles in the Newport conglom-
erate were due to the influence of heat or other agencies softening
the rock, combined with a continued pressure and tension, by which
the pebbles were squeezed and drawn out in their semi-plastic con-
dition.
To this view I objected, on the ground that such an action applied
on a large scale must have had the effect not only of flattening
the pebbles in a uniform direction, but of developing a cleavage
or lamination of them, all parallel to their flat sections as they lie in
the mass. For this and other reasons set forth in the Proceedings of
the Society, in a paper communicated the same year, I main-
tained that the forms and arrangement of the pebbles were those
which had resulted from the wearing action of the tides and cur-
rents, by which they had been originally moulded in the process of
their deposition and accumulation; not doubting, however, that in
some metamorphic districts conglomerate rocks are to be found,
which have sustained great internal changes through the effects of
heat, chemical action and violent pressure.
At a subsequent meeting of the American Association (1869), the
plastic theory was again brought forward, and an argument in its favor
was drawn from the then recent experiments of Prof. Tresca of the
Conservatoire des Arts et Métieres, on what he calls the ‘flow of
solids,” and this argument seems hitherto to have passed unchallenged.
When, however, we refer to the results of these experiments, we find
the fact that in all cases the solid subjected to the moulding force
exhibited a striking alteration of its structure; a bar of metal, for
example, thus forced through a contracted opening, being reduced in
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVIII. 7 OCTOBER, 1875.
Rogers.] 98 [May 19,
diameter, and presenting after its changes a series of concentric, loop-
like curves, marking surfaces of lamination or partial separation,
caused by the relative motions of the different parts. It would seem,
therefore, that any flattening and elongation of the pebbles in the
conglomerate could not fail to be followed by some analogous altera-
tion of structure, and as the pressures or tensions must be conceived
to have pervaded the rocks generally, it was to be expected that
such induced lamination, or other structure, would be found common
to all the pebbles making up the mass. But on careful examination
of the principal exposures of the Newport conglomerate, I have met
with no evidence of such superinduced structure, although from the
fact that the pebbles are for the most part rolled fragments of quartz,
quartzite, sandstones and silicious slates, having a more or less jointed
or laminated character, an opportunity is frequently presented on the
smooth face of the rock for studying their internal structure.
As an illustration of how independent the lamination and joints of
the several fragments are of such hypothetical moulding forces, I
have made a tracing of the conglomerate surface, at a particular
locality of the Purgatory Rocks, on transparent cloth, which enables
me to lay down the actual outlines of the several pebbles with the
direction of the lamine in each. In this diagram it may be seen
that the lamination has very various directions, and that it extends
entirely across the pebbles, leaving no room for supposing even a
superficial moulding effect from pressure. The predominant direc-
tion of the laminz, as might be expected, conforms to the general
direction of the oblong pebbles, but even in cases where the con-
formity is most striking, and the appearance of flattening by pressure
most marked, pebbles are interspersed in which the lamination has
various transverse directions, sometimes even at right angles to the
strike.
It would seem, therefore, in view of these facts, that there is noth-
ing in the structure of the Newport conglomerate to sustain the
hypothesis referred to, or to eall for further mechanical agency than
the transporting and wearing actions under which it is believed such
materials have been generally moulded and accumulated, together
with the tangential or other pressures, which have been concerned
in determining their stratigraphical position. Of the operation of
these latter forces there can of course be no question, as the rocky
masses of the conglomerate have been forced into steep and alter-
nating dips. Moreover, the cracked and fissured condition, so fre-
quent in the larger masses of quartz and quartzite, suggests the
1875.] 99 [ Rogers,
action of a crushing force. Nor can it be doubted that chemical
changes have been wrought in the material in which the pebbles are
embedded, and even occasionally in the surfaces of the pebbles them-
selves, giving rise to the crystalline grains of magnetite scattered
through the former, to the mica-like scales which are found adhering
to the pebbles, as well as the cavities left by their removal, and to
the slight pitting or striation with which the pebbles are sometimes
marked.
In regard to the generally elongated form of the pebbles in these
rocks, my observation of the breakers at various points on our coast
has led me to the conclusion that there is a marked difference in
the action of the impinging waves, due to differences in the slope
and smoothness, and the greater or less irregularity and contraction
laterally of the shores, so that while in some cases the movement is
chiefly a vertical whirling in the direction of the advancing wave,
in others it includes also various gyrations transverse to this. In
the former of these conditions the movement imparted to the peb-
bles at the shore would, it might be expected, grind them by mutual
attrition, and the wearing action of the sand, into oblong forms,
while in the latter conditions it would tend to bring them into
lenticular, or into more or less spherical shapes. The former of
these modes of action seems to prevail at many localities along the
Newport shores, and the latter is well exemplified by the lenticular
forms so abundant in the pebbles brought from the coast of New-
foundland.
The flattened shape of many of the large masses may, to some
extent, be ascribed to the attrition operating upon them while partly
embedded ani at rest, but chiefly to the laminated structure of many
of the fragments, causing them to break by concussion into flat masses
and to yield to erosive forces more rapidly in the planes of the lam-
ine than in transverse directions.
There is often a difficulty in determining the dip of these con-
glomerate beds, from the fact that in some of them the pebbles, in-
stead of lying with their longer sections parallel to the planes of
bedding, are placed partly edgewise to these planes, but by tracing
the separating beds or layers of sandstone it is usually possible to
discern the inclination of the strata. This oblique arrangement of the
pebbles resembles what is to be seen in similar accumulations of large
pebbles along the upper part of steep sea beaches of the present
day, or it may possibly have been caused, as has been asserted in
Rogers.] 100 [May 19,
some cases, by an actual turning of the pebbles from their iti ots oe
flat position by the oblique action of the upheaving force.
A striking feature in the general structure of these rocks, is the
system of vertical joints by which they are traversed, and which
lave often been alluded to by former observers. These joints, rang-
ing nearly east and west, or at right angeles to the strike of the beds,
are usually at distances of twelve to fifteen feet apart, but in some
eases they divide this interval by parallel clefts only a few inches
asunder. Where this is the case the wearing action of the waves
finds comparatively little opposition, and the cliff in precess of time
is cut’ back, so as to form a chasm of ereater or less leneth, whose
vertical parallel sides extend from the top of the cliff to its base.
Of these effects of erosion, one of the most striking is the well-known
chasin at Purgatory, near Newport, which has been erroneously re-.
garded as due to the decay of a dyke of trap, supposed to have
occupied the cavity.
As already stated, the above objections to the plastic theory are
meant to apply simply to the mass known as the Newport conglom-
erate, having its typical locality in the Purgatory rocks, and are not
intended to throw doubt on the evidences of metamorphie action,
mechanical and chemical, with which, in other cases, geologists are
familiar. Of the reality of former movements within the substance
of rocky strata we have abundant illustration in the actions by which
slaty cleavage has been induced, and by which, in connection with
this structure, the lengthening, shortening, and other distortions of
the enclosed fossils have been brought about. These distortions,
however, in most cases, are to be explained not so much by a direct
compressing or extending force, as by the effect of the sliding of the
laminee upon each other in definite directions, carrying with them the
corresponding linear elements of the fossil, or its impression; so that
without any necessary condensation or stretching of the mass, the
distorted forms may be regarded as so many geometrical projections
of the fossil on differently inclined planes.
Tn recent explorations of the conglomerate, I have obtained im-
pressions which, although indistinct, are suggestive of the “ Lingula,”
found many years ago in the conglomerate rock in the neighborhood
of Fall Liver, a deposit probably on the saine, or nearly the same,
geological horizon with the Newport conglomerate. Besides these
specimens, which were broken from the rock in place, I have found
nu:nerous large pebbles on the adjoining beach crowded with well-
preserved impressions of the same fossil. These pebbles, both in
1875.] 101 - [Rogers,
place and scattered, consist of a gray silictous rock or quartzite,
seemingly referable to some member of the primordial group, of
which a remnant is exposed in southeastern Massachusetts, and per-
haps a larger extent is concealed by drift, and which probably at
one period spread northeastward over extensive areas now covered
by the sea.
Art. II. On the Gravel and Cobhle-stone Deposits of Virginia and the
Middle States.
The surface deposits here referred to are extensively exposed in
many parts of the belt which marks the junction of the older rocks
with the tertiary and upper secondary formations in the Middle
States... These deposits, especially in the great river valleys and
adjoining slopes, as at Richmond and Washington, consist chiefly cf
layers of quartz gravel, like the surface gravel of the adjoining pri-
mary region, and of larger smoothly rolled masses derived from the
silicious slates, quartzites and sandstones of remoter tracts lying to
the west and northwest, mingled and interstratified with ferruginous
sands and clays, which impart to the mass a more or less reddish
color.
In most localities, the larger pebbles are found in the upper part of
the deposit, often strewing the surface thickly where the finer matter
has been removed either by natural erosion or in the progress of
improvement, as may be seen at numerous exposures in and around
Washington. In other cases, as at Alexandria and at Richmond, the
cobble stone deposit is usually overlaid by stratified sand and gravel
of considerable thickness. It is from these sources that the cities of
Richmond, Washington, Baltimore and Philadelphia, have been sup-
plied with the paving materials at one time so generally in use.
In a pile of such paving stones in Richmond, Virginia, many
years ago, I found a large pebble of compact vitreous sandstone,
containing distinct impressions of Scolithus linearis, the well-known
characteristic fossil of the Primal or Potsdam formation, having its.
nearest outcrop on the western side of the Blue Ridge. In subse-
quent observations, especially those recently made in and around
Richmond, Washington and Georgetown, I have found that a con-
siderable proportion of this pebbly or cobblestone deposit consists of
fragments of the harder silicious Paleozoie rocks, and has therefore
been derived from the Appalachian belt. Indeed, so common are
the fossiliferous fragments, that an observer can hardly fail to dis-
Rogers. ] 102 [May 19,
cover them at any of the excavations where the coarser materials are
exposed, as well as in the piles of cobblestones in the neighborhood.
In the specimens exhibited to illustrate this paper, collected chiefly
at Washington and Richmond, it will be scen that the casts of Scoli-
thus are very distinct and abundant. ‘These masses are from two to
six inches in diameter, but in some of the localities much larger spec-
imens may be seen crowded with the fossil. Along with them are
occasionally found rounded masses or cobbles of fossiliferous sandstone
and of conglomerate, referable to higher positions in the Appalachian
series, ranging probably to the carboniterous rocks. The absence from
these deposits of fragments derived from the limestones, shales and
argillaceous slates of the Appalachian belt, is readily accounted for
by the comparative ease with which such materials would be disinte-
grated by the mechanical and chemical actions concerned in their
transportation and deposition, and the same explanation accounts for
the fact that so few fragments of the granites, schists and eneissoid
and hornblendie rocks of the wide intervening belt have been pre-
served in this formation, and that it retains little distinctly represent-
ing these rocks, except an abundance of quartz gravel and cobbles,
derived from them.
The deposit in question extends at Washington over the entire
plain on which the city is built, having an average of seventy-five
feet, and rising on the north to about one hundred feet above mean
tide. Thence it spreads over the adjoining slopes, covering the high
ground on which Columbian College is situated, and the still higher
hill of the Soldier’s Home, which is more than two hundred feet above
tide. At the latter locality the rolled fragments have a less average
size than at the lower level, though still often several inches in diam-
eter. In the neighborhood of the Capitol, and in the railroad cutting
near the Navy Yard, they are often as much as a foot in diameter,
and a recent excavation near Georgetown, some forty feet above the
creek, has brought to light masses of these transported rounded rocks
of still greater dimensions, some of them large enough to be called
boulders.
Although the surface formation in question shows itself in, and
adjoining, the valleys of all the principal streams in the Middle
States, the fragments of paleozoic rocks have thus far been observed
only in the deposit as exposed in those river valleys which penetrate
westward and northwestward as far as, or into, the Appalachian belt.
It is reserved for further observation to ascertain whether they are
1875.] 103 [Rogers. -
wholly absent from the shorter valleys, and also to determine to what
extent the general deposit is continued from valley to valley over the
intermediate higher grounds.
Although from the facts thus far observed, it would seem that the
transporting agency by which these deposits were accumulated was
chiefly or wholly operative in the lines of the river valleys, the great
height to which, as before stated, the deposit reaches, shows that the
relative level of the water, or probably ice, concerned in the trans-
portation, must have been much above the water level as it now
exists, and that the then actual river valleys were of correspondingly
greater width. The distances over which the fragments of Appala-
chian rocks found in these surface deposits have been carried, may
be judged from the following facts.
The distance from Richmond, in a straight line to the nearest out-
crop of the Primal or Potsdam sandstone west of the Blue Ridge, is
about eighty miles; that following the course of the James River is
one hundred and sixty miles; the distance from Washington to the
western side of the Blue Ridge in a straight line is about forty miles;
that along the Potomac River between fifty and sixty miles.
What relation this deposit bears to the drift of the more northern
regions as to the manner and time of its production, is a question of
great interest. The materials of the deposit are distinctly stratified,
and the fragments, instead of being angular, as so common in the
drift proper, are well rounded and smooth. Nor has there been thus
far observed, any case of that striation of surface which is so fre-
quently met with in the larger fragments of the northern drift-
Tracing the formation, however, as it shows itself successively at
Richmond, Washington, and other localities still further northward,
the stratification becomes less perfect, and the coarser materials are
more scattered through the mass, and after crossing the Delaware the
whole deposit cannot be distinguished from the material considered
in that region as a modified drift.
Speculating on the causes by which these deposits have been
formed, it may, on the one hand, be imagined that during the glacial
period the icy covering of the north and west prolonged itself in the
valleys of the great rivers, as far south as the James, and even the
Roanoke River, bringing down to the belt of land now marking the
limit of tide water, debris from the Appalachian rocks, mingled with
materials derived from the intervening region, and that the grinding
and sorting action of the waters subsequently obliterated glacial
Rogers. ] 104 [May 19,
marking, and gave to the whole deposit the distribution and strati-
fication which it now presents; or, on the other hand, it may be con- |
ceived that the transporting force of the rivers themselves, swollen
and rapid as they must have been in the closing ages of the glacial
period, brought about the same results. But even, in this case, it is
highly probable that glacial action had much to do with the original
accumulation of the rocky debris cn the flanks of the Blue Ridge,
and in the Appalachian valleys beyond.
In the belt partially occupied by the surface deposit here referred
to, there is exposed another group of strata, with which, at first view,
the sandy and argillaceous layers of this formation might readily be
confounded. ‘These are the silicious, argillaeeous and pebbly beds,
which, underlying the tertiary in Virginia, and the well marked ere-
taceous formation further north, have, in the latter region, been
regarded as belonging to the base of the cretaceous series of the
Atlantic States. In Virginia the formation consists typically of a
rather coarse, and sometimes pebbly sandstone, in which the grains
of quartz and felspar are feebly cemented by kaolin, derived from the
decomposition of the latter, and of argillaceous and silicious clays
variously colored, and more or less charged with vegetable remains,
either silicified, or in the condition of lignite. These constitute the
group of beds designated in the Virginia geological reports as the
Upper Secondary Sandstone, and referred by me long since (1842)
to the upper part of the Jurassic series, corresponding probably to
the Purbeck beds of British geologists. From the Potomac north-
ward, this group of deposits, as exposed in the deep railroad cust
between Washington and Baltimore, and on to Wilmington, is made
up of variegated, soft, argillaceous and silicious beds, which, from
the preponderance of ferruginous coloring towards the Delaware, has
been called by Prof. Booth the red clay formation. At a few points
only towards the bottom of the deposit, it brings to view a bed of
the felspathic sand, or crumbling sandstone, above referred to.
Traced transversely, it is seen to dip beneath the cretaceous green-
sand at various points in New Jersey, Delaware and Maryland,
but in Virginia disappears in its eastward dip beneath the Eocene
tertiary.
How far we may consider this group of sediments in Maryland,
Delaware and New Jersey, as merely a continuation of the Virginia
formation above described, can be determined only by further inves-
tigation. But the discovery in them at Baltimore, by Prof. Tyson, of
1875. ] 105 [Rogers.
stumps of eyeads, would seem to bring them into near relation with
the formation at Fredericksburg containing similar remains, and to
favor their being referred, at least in part, to the horizon of the
upper Jurassic rocks. Possibly we may find here a passage-croup
analogous to the Wealden of British geology. Whatever may be the
result of farther discovery, it would seem to be premature at this
time to assume the whole of these deposits from the Potomac north-
ward, as belonging to the cretaceous series.
Where the tertiary or the cretaceous rocks are present in this belt,
there is, of course, no danger of confounding the superficial gravel
and cobblestone deposit with the formation just described, but in
their absence, which is usual in the river valleys, this deposit rests
immediately on the broken and denuded surface of the secondary,
and by the intermixture of materials makes it more difficult to dis-
criminate between them.
Excellent opportunities for observing the contact of the superficial
deposit with the denuded and much older formation below, are pre-
sented in the neighborhood of Washington, among which may be
specially mentioned the vertical cut at the extremity of 16th Street,
at the base of the hill occupied by Columbian College, and also the
continuation of 14th Street, ascending the same hill. At the former
locality the crumbling felspathic sandstone, or slightly adhering sand,
is exposed to a height of about thirty-five feet, with a very gentle
eastern dip, and having the color, composition and diagonal bedding
characteristic of the Fredericksburg and Aquia Creek sandstone.
The gravel and cobblestone deposit lying upon it descends with the
slope of the hill to the general plain below, resting at a somewhat
steep angle against the denuded edges of the underlying beds.?
From this and other localities, it becomes obvious that the latter
formation has been deeply and extensively denuded before and dur-
ing the deposition of the surface strata, which form the chief subject
of this communication.
At Richmond this gravel and cobblestone deposit presents itself at
various heights from the river bank to the tops of the hills, mantling
the irregularly denuded surface of the underlying formations; resting
at one place on the Upper Miocene, at others, on the infusorial
stratum, which lies at the base of the Miocene, or on the Eocene,
or on the yet older deposit, referable probably to an upper secondary
1 Since this was written (April, 1875), the excavation and grading have greatly
changed the exposure by covering up much of the lower deposit.
Hunt.] 106 [June 2,
period. The well smoothed pebbles are chiefly of quartzite and sili-
cious slates, including not afew which are marked with Scolithus.
In the Rappahannock valley, and between it and the Potomac, the
formation may be seen resting directly either on the massive second-
ary sandstone, or on the looser deposit situated next above, or on
the Eocene tertiary, which at some points occupies hollows in the
denuded surface of the sandstone.
The President announced the gift of a large quartz crystal
from Japan, of the kind used in the formation of the well-
known Japanese crystal balls, from Capt. Rufus Crowell,
to whom the thanks of the Society were voted.
June 2, 1875.
The President in chair. Twenty-five persons present.
Dr. W. G. Farlow gave an interesting account, illustrated
by diagram and black-board sketches, of the most recent
investigations on the fertilization of Fungi.
The following papers were then read:—
THE DECAYED GNEISS OF Hoosac MounrtraAIn.
By T. STerry Hunt.
In a communication to this Society, published in its Proceedings
for Oct. 15, 1873, I noticed the chemical decomposition and decay of
the feldspathic and hornblendic rocks of the great Atlantic belt.
This, in the Southern States, is seen to have penetrated to a depth
of one hundred feet or more, but as we proceed northward becomes
less and less evident; until in the hills of New England we find the
same rocks, hard, and with glaciated surfaces. It was argued that
this decay was a process which had been in operation from remote
antiquity, and that the products resulting from it had been the source
of the various argillaceous deposits from the earliest paleozoic to the
post-pliocene clays, since the removal and deposition of which latter,
the process of decay seems to have been insignificant in amount.
1875.] 107 [Hunt.
' Very recently Prof. Pumpelly has called attention to the evidence
that the similar decomposition of the stratified orthoclase-porphyries
of Eozoic age, with which are associated the iron ores of southeast-
ern Missouri, had already begun in early paleozoic time.
It is known that in various parts in the northeast of the Atlantic
belt portions of decayed crystalline rocks are still found in situ, hav-
ing, from the accidents of position, been preserved from denudation.
I have to call the attention of the Society to a remarkable example
of this, which is seen at the Hocsac Tunnel, at North Adams, in this
State, where a good opportunity was afforded for studying the depth
of the decay. Ihave already given some account of it in my report
to the Corporators of the Hoosac Tunnel, in October, 1874, which
will be found published by the State, in House Document, No. 9,
January, 1875.
The locality is at the western base of the Hoosac Mountain, the
crest of which here rises rapidly to a height of thirteen hundred feet
above the town of North Adams, which is itself seven hundred feet
above the sea. ‘The mountain, a part of the north and south Hoosac
range, is traversed from east to west by a tunnel 25,081 feet in length,
the examination of which shows the rock to be chiefly micaceous
gneiss and mica-schist, including in its western half much hard fel-
spathic and quartzose rock, in part a granitoid gneiss. ‘The strata
have a prevailing eastern dip, generally at high angles, but with local
western dips, apparently due to inversion. Similar rocks are, in
many places, exposed on the sides and the crest of the hill, present-
ing no appearance of decay, but hard, and often with smoothed and
striated surfaces. Near its western base, however, the rocks are de-
composed to considerable depths, as was well shown in the tunnel.
This, for a distance of many hundred feet, was driven in gneissic
strata, which, while they preserved their highly inclined attitude,
were so much decayed that they were excavated like earth, by means
of pick and spade. ‘The brick arch, which has been constructed for
a distance of twenty-two hundred feet within the west end of the
tunnel and the stone-work of the portal, conceals, for the most part,
these decayed strata, but it was easy to procure specimens of them
just outside, where excavations were then being made in the bank,
exposing sections of several feet of these highly inclined beds. The
feldspar had been converted into an unctuous clay, which was well
shown in the case of coarsely granitoid layers here interstratified
with the more micaceous gneiss. The mica was also very much soft-
Hunt.] 108 [June 2,
ened and disintegrated, while the quartz was of course unchanged.
I have not yet been able to submit these materials to a chemical
examination.
By the courtesy of the State Engineer, Mr. B. D. Frost, I was
enabled to get some data with regard to. the extent of the decayed,
or as it was called by those in charge, the “ demovalized ” rock. The
softening and disintegration of the gneiss were found to be complete
for a distance of six hundred feet from the west portal, where the
floor of the tunnel is two hundred feet from the surface of the hill,
and were partial at one thousand feet from the entrance, where it is
two hundred and eighty feet below.
Prof. James Hall, who examined this tunnel immediately after me,
and las detailed his observations in the Document already cited,
learned that at a distance of twelve hundred feet or more from the
western entrance, a bed of brown hematite was traversed in the tun-
nel, and he afterwards discovered the outcrop of this ore-bed on the
hillside above, where it is froin four to six feet in thickness. This
would indicate that a partial decomposition of the strata extends
still deeper than mentioned above, inasmuch as this bed is probably,
like the similar ones mined farther southward, in Kent and Salis-
bury, Connecticut (where they occur in decomposed gneiss rock), the
result of an epigenic change of pyrites beds, as was long since pointed
out by Prof. C. U. Shepard. The evidence before us seems to justify
the conclusion that the whole of the feldspathic rocks of Hoosae
Mountain were at one time to a considerable depth from the surface
in a decayed and softened condition. The agencies which removed
this decomposed rock from the other parts of the mountain, however,
spared this portion at its western base, where it still remains, an
evidence of a process which has not since affected the exposed and
still undecayed portions of the similar rocks which form the surface
of the whole Mountain.
Pror. J. D. DANA ON THE ALTERATION OF Rocks.
By DL. STeErey dunt, LGD: ke Bass:
A note from Prof. Dana was read at the meeting of this Society in
November last, commenting on my remarks on the history of pseudo-
morphism, and its connection with the alteration of rocks. He has,
moreover, seen fit to reproduce his statements with some little varia-
tions, on two other occasions within the past year, in the American
Journal of Science, the last time in the month of February, in a
1875.] 109 (Hunt.
notice of my lately published volume of “ Chemical and Geological
Essays,” in which I have reprinted, with some additions (pages 317-
322) from the same Journal for July, 1872, my reply to his earlier
attack upon me, called out by my Presidential address before the
American Association for the Advancement of Science in August,
1871 (ibid., pages 283-312). Under these circumstances I deem it
due alike to myself and to the cause of truth, to make a brief reply
to his repeated assaults. As I have,in the pages just cited, discussed
at some length the views of Naumann and of Delesse, to whom Dana
refers, [ now simply call attention to the fact that I have there shown
that the views of the latter in the course of his studies in metamor-
phism and pseudomorphism underwent a complete change, as shown
by his successive publications in 1858,1859 and 1861. He at first
taucht the epizenic derivation of serpentine, steatite and chlorite from
granite and trappean rocks, a notion which he abandoned in 1861 for
that previously tauzht by myself, according to which these magnesian
rocks have orizinated from the diagenesis of sedimentary hydrous
magnesian silicates of aqueous formation.
For miny years past my stulies have been directed to the origin
of mineral species, a question hardly less important for geolovy than
is the origin of species of plants and animals for botany and zoology
and the views which I have arrived at, though treated as worthless
by Prof. Dana, seem to have met with approval and acceptance from
Delesse, Credner, Giinbel and Favre (ibid., pages 297, 317, 304,
305, 347, 348).
In discussing in 1871, in the above mentioned address, the ques_
tions which arise in this connection, I took occasion to notice the very
generally received hypothesis of derivation by epigenesis or pseudo.
morphisin, which, as interpreted by its various expounders, admits of
many remarkable transformations of one mineral species into another,
and to point out some objections to this view. In this discussion I
mentioned Prof. Dana’s name in connection with some seven or eight
others, as having taught the doctrine of pseudomorphism by altera-
tion, and then proceeded to give numerous examples of the supposed
change of one crystalline rock into another, as maintained by various
authors of this school. J, moreover, stated that Prof. Dana had, in
1858, resumed his own teachings on this subject by declaring that
* metamorphism is pseudomorphism on a grand (broad) scale.”
To these statements Prof. Dana replied in 1872, that a part of the
supposed rock-transformations mentioned by me had never been con-
Hunt.] 110 [June 2,
ceived by him, and that he did not doubt the other writers of the
school would repudiate them as strongly as he did. He, moreover,
reproached me with having falsely attributed to him the doctrine that
“metamorphism is pseudomorphism on a grand scale,” and declared
that he had neither made the remark nor expressed the sentiment in
his Mineralogy of 1854. (Amer. Jour. Science, February, 1872.)
Two questions were here involved, namely, the personal views of
Mr. Dana, and those of the school in question; but he began by
denying, alike for himself and for others, their well known and
avowed teachings. To all this I replied by showing that each one of
the alleged cases of rock-alteration had been expressly maintained
by one or more writers of the school. I showed, moreover, as re-
gards Prof. Dana, that he had repeatedly, from 1845 to 1858, asserted
that the various pseudomorphic changes maintained by Blum, Rose,
and others, were true, not only of individual erystals, but of great
rock masses; that in his Mineralogy of 1854, he described the epi-
genic production of serpentine and other magnesian rocks as ‘“‘a
process of pseudomorphism, or in more general language, of meta-
morphism,” and added, that the ‘“‘subject of metamorphism, as it bears
on all crystalline rocks, and of pseulomorphism, are but branches of
one system of phenomena.” I farther showed that his assertion
made in 1858, that “‘ metamorphism is pseudomorphism on a broad
scale,” was but a summing up and a reiteration of his teachings of
1845 and 1854. Prof. Dana now admits this language to be his own,
but pleads, in excuse, that the expression was a hasty one, which he
had so far forgotten as to be unwilling to believe himself to have
made use of it. To this point I shall return.
In his Manual of Geology, which appeared in 1862, we find but
few traces of this doctrine; the origin of serpentine and steatite from
the alteration of pyroxene rocks is taught, but, with this exception,
the author is silent with regard to his late teachings on pseudomorph-
ism, and I am now blamed because I did not interpret this silence as
an evidence that he no longer held his former views. They were,
however, nowhere repudiated nor retracted, and students of his
Mineralogy might well be pardoned if, under these circumstances,
they continued to accept the former repeated and emphatic utterances
of Prof. Dana as his creed on the subject of rock-metamorphism.
I confess that I had never been led to suspect any change in his views
until after the publication of my address in 1871. Could I have de-
duced as much from the negative evidence afforded by his Manual of
1875.] saul (Hunt.
Geology, I would gladly have stricken Prof. Dana’s name from the
list of the defenders of the doctrine of which he had so long been
known as the champion, but which I have for the last twenty years
opposed.
With regard to the numerous rock-transformations mentioned in
my address, I nowhere charged Prof. Dana with explicitly maintain-
ing them, although in view of his late earnest repudiation, alike for
himself and for others, of supposed alterations of rock masses, I re-
minded him that by the principles which he had formerly laid down
and defined, he was “ logically committed to all the deductions as to
the changes of rocks which the transmutationist school has drawn
from the alterations of minerals,” by following out the principles laid
down by him in 1845, and later in his Mineralogy of 1854, to their
legitimate conclusions.
Prof. Dana proceeds, in the American Journal of Science for Feb-
ruary, 1875, to discuss the supposed conversion of granite or eneiss
into limestone, a notion which he says never came into his head, and
he accuses me (1) of stating that his ‘‘ Mineralogy contains the fact
that calcite is sometimes pseudomorphous after quartz,” and (2) of
charging him with maintaining the metamorphosis of granite or gneiss
into limestone. Now J have never anywhere asseried the one or the
other. I made no reference to his Mineralogy for the statement that
calcite is pseudomorphous after quartz, for which my authority is
the complete and elaborate memoir on Pseudomorphs, prepared by
Delesse, and published in the Annales des Mines in 1859 [(5) xv1],
to which I so frequently referred in my reply. We are there in-
formed that calcie is pseudomorphous after quartz, pyroxene, feld-
spar, garnet, etc. As a deduction from this, I cite the conclusions,
not of Prof. Dana, but among others, of Messrs. King and Rowney.
These gentlemen, in the Annals of Natural History for 18741 (Vol.
XIII, p. 390), go so far as to say that, “the Tyree, Aker, and other
crystalline narbles, were originally silacid masses, and possibly much
of the so-called limestones occurring in the Laurentian of Canada
were in Archean periods silacid members of true gneisses, diorites,
and other related rocks ”— changed by a process of pseudomorphism.
In writing the above paragraph, I have before me Prof. Dana’s
remarks in the American Journal of Science for February, 1875. In
the Proceedings of this Society for last October, the statement is
1 This, in my volume of Essays, is by mistake printed ‘‘ 1869.”
Hunt.] qty [June 2,
slichtly varied, and he only charges me with asserting that he had
“virtually believed” in the transformation of granite or gneiss into
limestone, as maintained by Messrs. King and Rowney. He, however,
adds the remark, which serves to show his unfamiliarity with the
literature of the subject, that as regards this supposed change of
rocks, he “never knew that any man was ignorant enough, or audacious
enough to have suggested” it.
Prof. Dana then proceeds to deny in an emphatic manner, for him-
self, certain opinions which he says I attribute to~him and to others:
1. “ The conversion of almost any silicate into any other”; for proof
of which I refer to the table of pseudomorphs given in his Mineral-
ogy for 1854, as well as the more complete one cited above; 2, 3, 4.
The possibility of converting granite, gneiss or diorite, into limestone;
5,6, 7, 8. The possibility of converting granite, granulite, gneiss and
diorite, into serpentine; 9, 10. The possibility of converting lime-
stone into granite and enciss. Now these statements of his, in the
American Journal for February last, are intended to conyey only one
impression, namely, that I have falsely charged both himself and
others with holding these various transformations. Yet every reader
of my address and of my reply to Dana’s criticisms thereon knows:
1, that [never maintained that Prof. Dana has taught expliciily any
one of these rock-transformations, and, 2, that I have shown by nu-
merous citations that each and every one of them has been explicitly
taught by eminent writers of the school in question, to which Prof.
Dana belonged from 1845 to 1858, and to which, till his late declara-
tion to the contrary, I still supposed him to belong.
As regards Prof. Dana’s final assertion, in his notice of my Essays
in the American Journal for February last, that, “ with the exception
of the year 1858, J have never held nor taught that metamorphism
is pseudomorphism on a broad scale,” he will permit me to refer to
the teachings of his Mineralogy in 1854, cited above, and, moreover,
to quote his own language in 1858 (Amer. Jour. Science (2) xxv,
445), where in discussing the question of metamorphism, Prof. Dana
refers to his paper on Pseudomerphism, published in 1845 (ibid., (1)
XLViI1), and says . . . . “on page 92 of the same paper mieta-
phism is spoken of as psendomorphism on a broad scale.” It is clear.
by his own showing, that this now forgotten and objectionable doc-
trine was not taught by him, as he now seems to say, for the first time
in 1858, but was then cited by him with approval, as his teaching
thirteen years befere.
1875.] 1 [Scudder.
The President exhibited two specimens of porphyritic
rock, evidently of a conglomerate character. He had been
the first, as long ago as 1862, to refer to evidences of meta-
morphic action in conglomerate rocks, which he had ob-
served near Hingham, Mass., but was then unable to procure
hand specimens. He believed the subject worthy of farther
study.
Prof. Niles remarked that he had noticed siniilar cases in
Wakefield and elsewhere in Massachusetts, and believed the
phenomena to be general, and not local in character.
Wednesday, June 16, 1875.
President in chair. Eleven persons present.
Mr. 8. H. Scudder exhibited to the Society some remains
of insects occurring in carboniferous shale at Cape Breton.
They were all found upon a single small fragment of stone, and
consist of wings of cockroaches (not very uncommon in carbon-
iferous strata) and the well preserved remains of the abdomen of a
larval dragon-fly.
Heretofore the earliest indubitable remains of dragon-flies have
come from the Lias, several fragments of wings, as well as perfect
wings, a head and part of an abdomen having been figured by Rev.
Mr. Brodie in his work on the fossil insects of the secondary rocks
of England. Goldenberg, however, figures? an obscure insect (of
which he only says it is possibly a Termes, but to which, in a subse-
quent work he gives the name Termes Hagenii), which also is per-
haps the larva of a dragon-fly ; this was found in the carboniferous
beds of the neighborhood of Saarbriicken in the valley of the Rhine.
Further I exhibited to this Society some years ago, from the Carbon-
iferous of Cape Breton, a photograph of a curious insect’s wing
which I called Haplophlebium Barnesii, and which had the general
aspect of a dragon-fly’s wing, but differed from it in several essential
features ; it is not impossible that the body now exhibited may prove
1 These Proceedings, IX, p. 57.
2 Dunker and Meyer’s Paleontogr., IV, pl. vi, fig. 8.
PROCEEDINGS B. 8S. N. H.— VOL. XVIII. 8 OCTOBER, 1875.
Morrison. | 114 [June 16,
the larva of that very insect, so much does it differ from the ordinary
type of dragon-fly larve. The wing of Haplophlebium came from
Little Glace Bay, Cape Breton, and was found by Mr. James Barnes.
The abdomen now under consideration comes from Cossett’s Pit, Sid-
ney, Cape Breton, and from near the horizon of the Millstone Grit,
as I am informed by Principal Dawson, to whom I owe the opportu-
nity of studying this interesting fossil. The specimen was found by
Mr. A. J. Hill. In both instances the insects are accompanied by
fronds of Alethopteris, but of distinct species.
The following paper was read : —
NoTeEs ON THE Nocruips. By H. K. Morrison.
In the following paper we describe a few new North American
forms belonging to this family, and make some changes in the synon-
omy of the species. Several of the new species are remarkable addi-
tions to our fauna, especially the Cucullia luna, which is, perhaps, the
most beautiful species of this handsome genus; the Agrotis manifesta
is also a well marked insect, very different from our few species
which have pectinate antenne in the male. We are indebted for our
material to the kindness of several well known collectors, to whom
due credit is given after each species.
Mr. Herman Strecker, particularly, has given us free access to his
enormous collection, and in this paper and succeeding ones, we give
the results of our study of a portion of his Noctuidae. Most of the
species we describe from his collection will be figured by himself, in
a short time, in his work on the Lepidoptera.
Dicopis electilis nov. sp.
Expanse, 87 mm. Length of body, 14 mm.
Palpi short, scarcely exceeding the front. Antenne of the male
“ pyramidal toothed ” (this is aterm used by Lederer). Anterior tibie
with a long slender claw, otherwise unarmed. Thorax heavy, and
with coarse villosity ; a distinct white band on each side of the teg-
ule, which are black next to the wings. Abdomen short, dark and
not untufted. Anterior wings cinereous gray, with the markings well
defined; a very heavy black basal streak, including and extending
beyond the claviform spot to the exterior line; ordinary spots con-
colorous, obsoletely encircled with black; interior line obsolete; ex-
terior line distinct, black and narrow, with an indentation opposite
the reniform spot, below which it is drawn in; subterminal line
1875.] ES [Morrison.
blackish, subobsolete. Posterior wings light gray; beneath gray, the
posterior wings lighter, with discal dots.
Hab. Easton, Penn. From Mr. W. H. Stultz.
Distantly allied to Dicopis muralis Gr.; it differs in the shape of the
wings, which are narrow and Cucullia-like, the presence of the basal
streak extending to the exterior line, and the absence of the distinct
subanal streak of muralis.
Agrotis digna nov. sp.
Expanse, 32mm. Length of body, 14 mm.
All the tibie armed. Eyes naked. Palpi dark. Collar white
above, the lower half gray. Thorax and abdomen white, anal tuft
with a faint brown shade above. Anterior wings white, covered with
very fine gray atoms, which, becoming thickened towards the outer
margin, give it a dusky appearance; the markings are nearly ob-
solete, the interior and exterior lines are faintly seen, and two
black dots mark the reniform spot; a black line at the base of the
fringe. Posterior wings and fringes pellucid white. Beneath, the
anterior wings are yellowish white, the posteriors without the yellow
tinge, except on the costal margin.
Hab. Texas.
One specimen in the collection of the Peabody Academy of Sci-
ence, and one in our own possession.
The white color of this species is different from that of A. mure-
nula, simplaria, and their allies.
Agrotis infracta nov. sp.
Expanse, 26 mm. Length of body, 13 mm.
All the tibiz armed. Ovipositor of the female slightly protruding.
This species we have had in our collection for some time, but have
considered it a small variety of Agrotis messoria Harris; it is ex-
tremely close to this species certainly, but we have seen a number of
specimens, male and female, all showing the same characters, and
some even smaller than the type; none approaching in size to messo-
ria, which expands from 33 to40 mm. ‘The following are the differ-
ences of marking which it presents: basal dash distinct, ground color
of the basal and subterminal spaces lighter carneous gray, exterior
line more strongly projected outward, posterior wings nearly uniform
dusky gray.
Hab. Colorado (T. L. Mead); Texas (Belfrage).
Agrotis claviformis Morr. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.
XVII, p. 162, 1874.
Morrison. ] 116 [June 16,
Our type of this species was a female; a short time ago we re-
ceived the male from Prof. C. H. Fernald of Maine, and we are
thereby enabled to give descriptions of both sexes. f
Anterior tibiz spinose. Antenne of the male strongly pectinate.
Collar and prothorax whitish, metathorax brown. Second joint of
the palpi brown on the sides, above white; third joint brown. An-
terior wings brown; the subterminal and basal, and the anterior por-
tion of the median space, overspread with light gray; claviform spot
brown, and very noticeable; median shade distinct brown, and angu-
late in the middle; orbicular spot concolorous, the reniform crossed
by a red stain; exterior line dentate, not very strongly marked;
terminal space dark. Posterior wings brownish gray, with whitish
fringes, having discal dots and two indistinct median lines. Beneath |
gray, sprinkled with brown; a common median line and diseal dots.
Hab. Massachusetts, Maine.
Agrotis manifesta nov. sp.
Expanse, 38 mm. Leneth of body, 18 mm.
Anterior tibiz spinose. Antenne of the male strongly pectinate,
of the female simple. Anterior wings gray, with very simple and
evident ornamentation; half line obsolete; interior line simple, black,
perpendicular, and slightly irregular; the ordinary spots are reduced
to black dots, the orbicular is sometimes absent, the reniform is pres-
ent in the five specimens we have seen; the exterior line is of the
usual form, distinct, simple and finely dentate; subterminal line
nearly obsolete; fringe slightly darker than the ground. Posterior
wings fuscous gray, with distinct discal dots. Beneath gray, with
discal dots and common median lines.
Hab. New York. In May.
Described from specimens in the collection of Mr. Fred. Tepper.
This species has some resemblance to Agrotis manifestilabes Morr.,
and has, like it, pectinate antenne in the male sex. Its color varies
considerably, in some specimens being mingled with brown. The
orbicular spot is sometimes absent, and very possibly specimens will
be found in which both spots are obsolete; in this case the species
would resemble in simplicity of ornamentation, Agrotis monochro-
matea Morr., although the ordinary lines in the latter are thick,
suffused and subparallel, as in the species of Ufeus.
Agrotis oblata nov. sp.
Expanse, 34mm. Length of body, 13 mm.
Anterior tibiz apparently non-spinose, but as the thorax and legs
1875.] al I 7 [ Morrison.
are somewhat rubbed, it is possible that the spines have been lost.
Anterior wings above with a fine, black, basal streak; interior line
brown-black, preceded by a light line which bounds the purple-gray
basal space; claviform spot small, black encircled and concolorous ;
median space brown, much darker between the ordinary spots; the
latter are light brown, contrasting, and with black annuli, the reni-
form spot with a central light line; the exterior line of the usual
shape, dentate and indistinct; the purple-brown subterminal space
contrasts strongly with the yellowish terminal space; the subterminal
line is shown only by the contrast of the two colors. Posterior wings
with faint discal dots and a scarcely perceptible median line; their
color is yellow, deepening into brown towards the outer margin.
Beneath almost immaculate, yellowish, tinged with reddish brown
towards the outer margin. Anal tufts yellow, brown above.
Hab. Anticosti Island. From the collection of Mr. Herman
Strecker.
We have compared this insect with Drs. Moschler and Staudin-
ger’s descriptions of Labradorian Agrotids, and it appears to be a
distinct species.
Agrotis chardinyi Bdv.
Agrotis gilvipennis Grote. Sixth Ann. Rep. Peab. Ac. Sc., p. 28.
Mr. Strecker, in his work on exotic and native Lepidoptera, cor-
rectly determines this species from Anticosti, and about the same
time Mr. Grote described it under the name above mentioned. We
have seen in Mr. Strecker’s collection, and also have in our own, per-
fect specimens of our insect, as well as the Siberian A. chardinyi, and
there can not be any doubt that they are the same; there is not even
the usual slight geosraphical difference in color noticed by Dr.
Speyer in insects common to Europe and America.
Prof. C. H. Fernald has sent us a fine specimen from Maine,
which still further extends the range of the species.
Agrotis preefixa nov. sp.
Expanse, 42 mm. Length of body, 22 mm.
Tibiz spinose. Eyes naked. Habitus and markings of Agrotis
occulta Linn., but the wings are wider, and not so elongate. Thorax
gray, mingled with white. Abdomen not tufted. Anterior wings light —
cinereous gray; half-line present; a distinct basal longitudinal dash;
interior line dark, geminate, and nearly straight; the claviform spot
large, black, and distinct ; the space between the ordinary spots black-
Morrison.] 118 [June 16,
ish; the spots are very large, subquadrate, white and contrasting,
and with continuous black annuli; median shade indistinct; the
exterior line dentate, and not very well marked; subterminal line
whitish, conspicuous, with two Hadena-like teeth, and preceded by a
very black, conspicuous shade band; terminal space light; a series of
black dots at the base of the fringe. Posterior wings whitish, some-
what iridescent, with a broad, black border. Beneath cinereous
gray, with indistinct markings.
Hab. Rocky Mountains. From the collection of Prof. Julius E.
Meyer. This species belongs to the Lurois group of Agrotis.
Mamestra repentina nov. sp.
Expanse, 32 mm. Length of body, 15 mm.
Eyes hairy. Abdomen with a single middle dorsal tuft. Thorax
gray, mottled with black. Collar with a transverse black line. An-
terior wings light gray, with all the lines and spots present ; half-line
distinct; the interior line black, lobate and geminate, the median
shade very wide, black and dentate, running between the ordinary
spots; claviform spot small, black and linear; the ordinary spots
light and contrasting, the orbicular round, the reniform larger,
kidney-shaped ; the median space is olivaceous green; the exterior
line is dentate, of the usual shape; a dark shade on the costa before
the subterminal line; the latter is but little distinct, preceded by a
few isolated black spots; the geminate lines all enclose yellowish
shade lines; the fringe bicolorous, yellow and white, and with the
outer white portion checked with black. Posterior wings gray,
lighter at the base. Beneath gray, nearly unicolorous.
Hab. West Hoboken, N. J. From the collection of Prof. Julius
E. Meyer, of Brooklyn, N. Y.
Allied to Mamestra palilis Harvey, but the better defined markings
and the different colors of the ground will separate it.
Mamestra ectypa nov. sp.
Expanse, 30 mm. Length of body, 14 mm.
Eyes hairy. Abdomen of the male short, with only a small dorsal
tuft on the basal segment. Palpi well clothed, of the ordinary form
in this genus. Thorax dark, concolorous with the anterior wings;
the collar with a black, transverse line above. Anterior wings dark
olivaceous gray, with all the markings very distinct and conspicuous;
half-line present; interior line geminate, black and well-lobed; en-
closing a bluish shade line; the ordinary spots of usual size, lighter
1875.] 119 [ Morrison.
than the ground, and therefore distinct; the reniform with a blue
central shade; the claviform spot present, large and black; the exte-
rior line simple, distinct and dentate, followed by a bluish subtermi-
nal space; the subterminal line evident, yellowish and irregular,
preceded by black cuneiform markings partially united together, and
followed by the fine lobate black line at the base of the concolorous
fringe. Posterior wings uniform dark gray. Beneath uniform gray,
with discal dots on the posterior wings.
Hab. West Virginia. From the collection of -Prof. Julius E.
Meyer.
Quite distinct from the numerous known species of the genus, and
looking like a large species of the subgenus Miana, common in
Europe.
Mamestra lubens Grote. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 1875.
Mamestra rufula Morr. - Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., 1875.
Mamesira brassice Grote. List of N. A. Noctuids, 1875.
Mr. Grote’s paper has priority over ours by a few days, and there-
fore his name should stand for the species.
Mamestra rugosa nov. sp.
Expanse, 34mm. Length of body, 16 mm.
yes hairy. Antenne of the male pubescent. Collar with a black
transverse line. Abdomen yellowish, with the anal tuft reddish.
Color of the thorax and anterior wings clear bluish cinereous gray ;
a black basal dash; interior line oblique, even, bearing the black
edged claviform spot and a quadrate dark brown spot, which precedes
the orbicular ; upper part of the basal and subterminal, and the en-
tire median and terminal, spaces shaded with brown; the veins in the
median space are whitish and distinct; ordinary spots whitish and
contrasting, the reniform with a central brown shade, the space be-
tween them deep brown; a series of brown dots before the subtermi-
nal line, which is only apparent by the great difference in color
between the terminal and subterminal spaces, the subterminal teeth
barely perceptible. Posterior wings clear yellow, with discal dots
and a broad black border. Beneath yellow, shaded with brown; dis-
eal dots, and a subterminal common brown shade, becoming black
near the anal angle of posterior wings.
Hab. Maine. From Prof. C. H. Fernald, of Orono.
Allied to Mamestra chenopodii Albin.
Morrison.] 120 [June 16,
_ Segetia mersa nov. sp.
Expanse, 38mm. Jeneth of body, 16 mm.
Eyes naked. Abdomen with only a small tuft at the base. An-
terior wings gray, mottled with whitish, with all the lines and spots
vague and ill-defined, as usual in this genus; the claviform spot black
and distinct, the reniform spot white, of the usual shape; a yellow-
ish spot on the subterminal line, just before the inner margin; a
scalloped line at the base of the fringe. Posterior wings whitish,
sprinkled with gray. Beneath gray, with a common median line and
discal dots.
Hab. California. Collection of Mr. Herman Strecker.
This is a Californian species, allied to our common Segetia luxa
Grote; it differs in the absence of the middie dorsal abdominal tuft,
the more purely gray color, and the color of posterior wings, which
are whitish gray, instead of black. No Californian Segetiz have yet
been described; it is possible that this insect has been described
under some other generic name, although it is undoubtedly a true
Segetia.
Nonagria leeta nov. sp.
Expanse, 37 mm. Length of body, 23 mm.
Eyes naked. F ront with a sharp, horny projection, covered with
hair. Abdomen extremely long, with a pointed anal tuft, which con-
ceals the long curved ovipositor of the female. All the head and
body parts concolorous with the wings. Anterior wings brown, with
a few longitudinal yellowish shades ; all the veins dark purple-brown,
contrasting; a blackish diffuse discal spot; fringe concolorous, having
a slight darker shading at the base. Posterior wings gray-brown,
lighter and yellowish at the base; fringe yellow. Beneath brownish
yellow, the central portion of the anterior wings blackish; discal
dots present.
Hab. Hoboken, N. J. From the collection of Mr. Herman Sachs.
This fine species is very well marked for this dull and inconspicu-
ous genus. It differs in important particulars from M. Guenée’s
description of Nonagria enervata, 3, from Florida; the sexes are so
different in this genus that it is impossible to be certain, until this
latter species has been rediscovered.
Heliophila pertracta nov. sp.
Expanse, 34mm. Length of body, 16 mm.
Kyes hairy. Head and thorax concolorous with the anterior wings
The latter are uniform yellowish salmon color, interrupted only by
1875.] 134 (Morrison.
the median vein, which is white, as well as its second and third
branches; the apical costal branches are also whitish. Posterior
wings and under surface white, immaculate.
Hab. Philadelphia, Penn. Collection of Mr. Herman Strecker.
The description of this species is necessarily short, on account of
the uniform tint, and entire lack of ornamentation. Theremarkable
color of the anterior wings, as well as the absence of all black mark-
ings, will at once separate it from Heliophila phragmatidicola Guen.,
to which it is allied.
Caradrina tarda Guen.
We have identified in the collection of Prof. Julius E. Meyer, of
Brooklyn, N. Y., this species, which has hitherto remained unknown;
it is a very well marked insect, and can not possibly be mistaken;
however, we give the following short description, as none has yet been
published in English.
Eyes naked. Thorax smooth, and closely haired. Abdomen short
and untufted. Second joint of palpi black, the third white and con-
trasting. Ground color of the anterior wings dull gray-brown, as in
Pseudothodes vecors Guenée; the ordinary spots apparently obsolete;
the median lines distinct, simple and black, the interior line well-
lobed, the exterior even and continued; the median shade subpar-
allel with the exterior line, thick, black, and strongly curved in the
middle (in this respect the species differs from M. Guenée’s descrip-
tion, but it is a character liable to vary); the subterminal line yellow
and conspicuous, preceded by dark shades; fringe concolorous.
Posterior wings uniform fuscous gray. Beneath the wings are dark
gray, and have the usual common median line, the posterior wings
are slightly lighter, and have the discal dots.
Hab. West Virginia.
Caradrina derosa nov. sp.
Expanse, 33 mm. Length of body, 14 mm.
Eyes naked. Form stout. Thorax not tufted, its clothing short,
but coarse and mingled with scales. Palpi short. Abdomen smooth,
stout, not tufted. Tibis unarmed. Collar with an interrupted black
line, otherwise concolorous with the thorax and anterior wings.
The latter are gray, the color of Agrotis messoria Harris, the mark-
ings are black and indistinct ; the half-line present; the interior line
geminate, lobate and interrupted ; the median shade present, running
between the nearly obsolete ordinary spots, where it is thickened,
forming a black spot; a series of light and dark dots on the costa;
Morrison.] 122 [June 16,
subterminal line faint, but preceded just below the costa by several
conspicuous, partially united, black cuneiform markings; a series of
dots at the base of the concolorous fringe. Posterior wings white at
the base, with a diffuse, broad, blackish border. Beneath the anterior
wings are blackish gray, with discal dots and a double exterior line;
the posterior wings are lighter gray, with small distinct discal dots,
a well marked median line and a large black spot at the costal angle.
Second joint of the palpi black and contrasting.
Hab. New Jersey. Received from Mr. W. V. Andrews, of Brook-
lyaa, ON. Xi.
This species has the size, markings, palpal and abdominal struc-
ture and general appearance of the larger and stouter species of
Caradrina, as C. alsines and ©. tararaci; it differs from them, how-
ever, in the villosity of the thorax and front, which in our species is
mingled with scales, and therefore coarser. Perhaps this is ground
enough for a generic separation, and if so, it can be made when other
and better specimens have been discovered. At present the species
appears to be very rare.
Cucullia luna nov. sp.
Expanse, 46 mm. Length of body, 21 mm.
The entire upper and under surface of the wings, the thorax, head,
front, palpi and abdomen, of this lovely species, are glancing silvery
white, as in the longitudinal space on the anterior wings of the
Siberian Cucullia argentina Fabr.
The only traces to be seen of any other color appear as follows:
on the inner margin of the anterior wings there are two small, dis-
tinct, black spots about seven millimeters apart; on the middle of the
wings, a little further up, there are two similar but smaller dots, one
above the junction of the median vein and fourth median veinlet;
there is also another black spot on the costa at the base. The femora,
and tibie are white, but the tarsi are darker, and become nearly
black at their termination. ‘The usual hood is to be seen, but not
quite so prominent as in many species.
Hab. Banks of the Yellowstone River, Dakota.
This superb species is from the collection of Mr. Herman Strecker.
Chariclea pretiosa nov. sp.
Expanse, 30 mm. Length of body, 13 mm.
Eyes naked. ‘The anterior tibie in this specimen are absent, so
that we can not observe whether they are armed or not. Front with
a projecting tubercle, as in Chariclea delphinii Linn. Head and tho-
1875.] 123 [Morrison.
rax yellow, an orange spot at the base of the antenne; tegule and
collar with orange bands. Anterior wings bright light yellow, with
orange yellow markings; all the veins are strongly marked with
orange yellow, and there are, likewise, several longitudinal lines of
the same color between them; the ordinary spots are absent; the
interior line and median shade are partially obsolete, and are princi-
pally represented by orange yellow shades on the costa; the latter
however, is seen below it, following parallel with, and a short dis-
tance before, the exterior line; the latter is orange yellow, very
distinct and even, it is strongly outwardly projected in the middle,
and there nearly reaches the outer margin, reducing the subterminal
and terminal spaces ; the subterminal line is almost obsolete, the only
trace of it is a slight shade near the apex; an orange yellow line at
the base of the yellow fringe. Posterior wings lighter, glossy yellow,
the veins are faintly streaked with darker yellow. Beneath glossy
yellow, almost immaculate; there are very faint traces of a common
median line, and there is a dark yellow line at the base of the con-
colorous fringe.
Hab. Leavenworth, Kansas. From the collection of Mr. Herman
Strecker.
This fine Chariclea is entirely different from all the known species
with which we have compared it in Mr. Strecker’s collection.
Anthoecia arcifera Guen., Species Géneral, Vol. 1, p. 184.
Anthecia spraquet G. and R. Proc. Am. Ent. Soc.
We have seen at various times a number of specimens of this rare
and pretty little species. From the examination of this material, as
well as that in our collection, we are satisfied that arcifera is simply
a female melanotic variety of the ordinary form sprague:. They are
the same in every particular except the color of the posterior wings;
in the first they are entirely black, in the second their base is yellow.
The males all belong to the latter form, and we have seen at least one
female of it; arcifera is, on the contrary, always female. Anthecia
brevis Grote, presents an analogous female variety, in which the pos-
terior wings are black, although the usual form has them yellow at
the base.
Schinia media nov. sp.
Expanse, 35 mm. Length of body, 13 mm.
Eyes naked. Front with a cup-like depression. Anterior tibiz
with a stout claw. Head and thorax concolorous with the anterior
wings. Ground color of the latter olivaceous gray; interior line
Morrison.] 124 [June 16,
white, even and distinct, bent in the middle, and preceded by a slight
bronze shade; in two of the specimens before us, there is in the mid-
dle of the median space a large, oblique, somewhat kidney-shaped,
intense black spot; in the other two there is no trace of this spot;
exterior line the same as the interior, acutely angulate above, as in
Polenta tepperi Morr., and preceded below by a distinct bronze shade;
a blackish triangular space before the apex ; the whitish subterminal
line is here distinct, but below it becomes obsolete. Posterior wings
uniform olivaceous gray. Beneath gray, on the posterior wings
lighter, particularly at the base.
Hab. Berks Co., Penn., and Leavenworth, Kansas. Collection of
Mr. Herman Strecker.
This, as well as the other species of Schinia, is so strongly marked
that it will be quickly recognized if captured.
Polenta nov. genus. ,
We separate this genus from the typical Schiniz, to contain the
species described by us as Schinia tepperi. Our type of this species
had lost the anterior tibiz; we supposed that they were armed, as
are those of other similar species, but the discovery of fresh speci-
mens show that they are plain. This is the principal character on
which we separate it generically, as in other structural points there
is but little difference, although the markings and general appear-
ance are quite different, as will be seen from our original description.
Tarache obatra nov. sp.
Expanse, 17mm. Length of body, 7 mm.
Closely allied to Tarache candefacta and tenuicula. The thorax
and basal space of the anterior wings dark yellow, unmarked. With
the exception of the brown terminal space, and a broad yellow costal
band, extending from the apex (where it connects with the terminal
space) to the middle of the median space, the other portions of the
wings are dead black; the exterior line is strongly projected outward
in the costal light space; below it runs across the black region, and
then, as well as above, it is preceded by a more or less distinct brown
shade. Posterior wings blackish. Beneath the anterior wings are
black, having the base and costal apical portions yellowish ; posterior
wings yellowish gray, with traces of a median line and of a terminal
gray band.
Hab. Louisiana.
The peculiar markings of this insect will at once distinguish it,
although its close relation to the species mentioned above is very
evident.
1875.] 125 [Morrison.
Syneda graphica Hiibn., var. media nov. var.
Of the variety to which we give the name of media, we know but
two specimens; one in our own collection, taken by Mr. T’. L. Mead,
and one in that of Prof. Julius E. Meyer; both of these insects were
caught in Florida.
The markings of the anterior wings of these specimens are so con-
stant, and they differ so much from the typical Syneda graphica, that
we would think they formed a species apart, were not the posterior
wings and under surface precisely the same in both forms. ‘The fol-
lowing are the differences between them, the material consisting of
two media and about twenty graphica: In the former the anterior
wings are uniform cinereous gray ; the interior line simple, without a
black accompanying shade; the median and subterminal spaces con-
colorous; the subterminal line only represented by a series of white
dots; the black line at the base of the fringe obliterated. ©
Homophoberia nov. gen.
Antenne of the male clothed with fine hair. Front flat. Palpi
ascending, the third joint well marked. ‘Thorax slender, clothed
with mingled scales and hair. Abdomen long and somewhat flat-
tened at the end; the last four segments have each a low, but dis-
tinct dorsal tuft, the one on the anal segment the largest. Legs long,
unarmed. Wings broad and large in proportion to the size of the
body, the anteriors with a well marked angle at the termination of
the third median branch.
Homophoberia cristata nov. sp.
Expanse, 31 mm. Leneth of body, 15 mm.
Thorax concolorous with the anterior wings; the latter are glossy
olivaceous gray, gradually deepening in color to the exterior line;
this line extends obliquely from just before the apex to the inner
margin; beyond, the subterminal and terminal spaces are light oliva-
ceous gray, and strongly contrast; ordinary spots present, the orbic-
ular obscured by the ground color, the reniform concolorous with the
terminal space, and therefore contrasting; a series of eight costal
subapical dots; an interrupted deep black line at the base of the
dark fringe. Posterior wings uniform dark gray. Beneath yellowish
gray, distinct discal dots on the posterior wings.
Hab. ,Hoboken, N. J. One specimen kindly presented to us by
Mr. Herman Sachs.
We think this remarkable species allied to Phoberia, but it differs
so much from all the Drasteroid genera that we are forced to separate
Shaler.] 126 [June 16,
®
it. It has also quite a strong superficial resemblance to the common
Azelina Hiibneraria Guen., a geometer.
Dr. T. M. Brewer exhibited a fine specimen of the Tringa
cornutus, a species formerly common on the N. E. coast, but
at present supposed to be of very rare occurrence. Mr. F.
L. Tileston had, however, found it on Cape Cod, about May
20, in abundance, and had kindly procured the specimen on
the table for the Society’s collection. The thanks of the So-
clety were voted to Mr. Tileston for the gift.
The following paper was presented in substance at the
meeting of April 7, but received too late for insertion in the
records of that meeting.
PROPOSITIONS CONCERNING THE MOTION oF CONTINENTAL
GLACIERS. By Pror. N. S. SHALER.
Ever since I have become convinced that the surface of North
America, north of the parallel of 49°, was covered to a great depth
by a mass of ice during the last glacial period, I have been constantly
endeavoring to form a conception as to the nature of its movement.
This problem, which has doubtless led many naturalists into similar
difficulties, has, it seems to me, some light thrown upon it by the
considerations I shall summarize in this paper. It is evident that the
angle of declivity of the slopes over which the ice movement of the
glacial period extended cannot account for the motion. There is, for
instance, indubitable evidence that during the last glacial period the
country between Cincinnati, Olio, and the Laurentian Mountains,
was deeply ice wrapped, and that at the same time we had a great
amount of material from the Canadian section transported to the
Ohio valley.
We also have evidence that the ice sheet furrowed the surface as if
it had moved as a continuous, or tolerably continuous mass, and it has
therefore been assumed, it seems to me hastily, that the behavior of a
continental glacier must have been essentially the same as that of a
valley glacier, 7. é., that it had a continuous movement from the inner-
most point to the border.
In the following considerations I hope to make it evident that this
supposition of the continuous movement which should bring any par-
ticle of ice over a distance of say eight hundred miles from the Lau-
1875.] 127 [Shaler.
rentian Mountains to the Ohio, is not necessary to the explanation of
the facts.
Mr. James Thompson has already shown from theoretical consid-
erations, that the ‘influence of pressure in causing water to melt at
lower temperatures than 32° Fahr., is considerable; his paper, too
elaborate to be considered in detail here, leads to the conclusion that
for each atmosphere of pressure the freezing point would be lowered
by the amount of 0.0075 of a degree Centigrade. Now if we sup-
pose the surface of any country to be buried beneath an ice sheet, it
is clear that insomuch as a glacial mass of great thickness is gener-
ally nearly level on its surface, however irregular the earth beneath it
may be, it follows that the pressure at different points on the floor
of the glacier must vary more or less, according to the difference in
depth between the highest and lowest points of the earth surface.
Now assuming that the glacial sheet has a uniform temperature
throughout its lower portion, the gradually increasing pressure as the
ice continues to heap up, will bring about melting from the pressure
alone at the base of the glacier. The amount of pressure necessary
to bring about this melting will depend upon the normal temperature
of the ice at the point of contact with the earth; if the temperature
be assumed as 30° Fahr., then the ice must be about two miles thick
in order to cause melting by the pressure alone. The probabilities
are, however, that the temperature is generally nearer 32° than 30°
Fahr., so that the mass of ice would have to be much less thick in
order to bring about this melting action. It is hardly worth while to
undertake calculations as to the precise thickness of required ice on
this basis of reckoning; for the data are not sufficiently clear to ad-
mit of certainty as to the precise amount of pressure necessary to
lower the melting point of ice of a given temperature. It is evident,
however, that a thickness of ice may be readily attained which will
cause ice having a normal temperature of 28° to 30° Fahr., to melt
by pressure. Let us now consider what would be the effect of melt-
ing under these conditions. It is evident that inasmuch as the fluid-
ity of any water melted by pressure depends upon that pressure
being continued, the passage of this melted water upwards through
the crevices of the ice would not be possible; water mounting through
the crevices of the ice would at once have its pressure removed, and
would freeze again. The movement would evidently have to be in the
direction of the least resistance, or towards the section where the ice
was thinner than at the point of melting. The actual amount of the
Shaler. ] 128 . [June 16,
movement possible to water under‘ these conditions wouid be very
small; but in the continual recurrence and cessation of strains these
slight movements would integrate themselves into a steady transfer of
water towards the border of the glacier. The occurrence of these
meltings, and the accompanying change of volume in different parts
of the ice sheet, would necessarily have the effect of continually alter-
ing the tensions in all parts of the mass; this change would be ex-
ceedingly favorable to the creation of a constant succession of ten-
sions, and the consequent frequent melting and freezing of the water.
One of the first consequences will be to reduce the aggregate friction
of the base of the ice upon the earth, on account of the ice being
essentially afloat whenever this melting occurs beneath it, the solder-
ing of every crevice in the superincumbent ice being assured by the
freezing of the water as soon as released from the superincumbent
pressure. Another important effect would arise from the penetration
of the earth to great depths by the glacial water injected by a pres-
sure equal to the weight of the whole thickness of the ice sheet. If
a reservoir of water was formed beneath the ice in any depression
the result would be, in case of the long retention of the water that
its temperature would become considerably elevated above the point
at which it was made molten by pressure. If, now, the barrier sep-
arating this mass of water from a region of less pressure even be
taken away, there would be a rush of water in that direction which
might assume great importance as an erosive and transporting agent.
I have long remarked in the study of our American moraines
that by far the larger part of the pebbles were water worn, and that
scratched specimens even in regions high above the sea, where ma-
rine action was quite out of the question, and did not form more
than one per cent., often not one tenth of one per cent. of the whole
mass. It is well nigh impossible to account for this great abundance
of rounded pebbles without supposing there were powerful currents of
water beneath the glacial mass. It seems to me that the melting of
the water by pressure, and the elevation of the temperature of this
water by the heat generated by friction, or taken from the earth,
would probably give us sufficient movement of water to produce con-
tinued or interrupted currents beneath a large part of the ice sheet.
This will also help us to account for the formation of glacial basins,
and for the deep valleys of the Fjord Zone, inasmuch as melting oc-
curs on account of the pressure; the points where the ice is deepest
will be the places where melting occurs most easily. Let us consider
1875.) | 129 [Shaler.
the condition of any rock lake-basin during the time when it was
deeply covered with ice, and melting from pressure was taking place
therein. This basin would be the seat of much more movement than
the other parts of the glacier’s base; the change in the condition of
the water from solid to fluid would inevitably lead to a certain waste
of the ice at this point, to a continued tumbling in of the ice from
above, and to an incessant sliding of ice from the sides; these
changes would, on account of the frequent alterations of the strains
arising from the formation and breaking of arches over the area of
melting, occur with a certain paroxysmal force. ‘These frequent
accidents in the glacial mass, together with the movement of the
water driving before it sand and pebbles, would necessarily add to
the erosion of the point where they occurred. For every increase in
the depth of the excavation, there would be a proportional increase
in the intensity of the melting, arising mainly from the deepening of
the ice-section; but also, though in a comparatively small degree,
from the greater heat in the bottom of the deepened pit, caused by
its approach to the central heat. To this we may safely attribute
the singular depth of many of the lake-basins within the Fjord Zone,
the deeper they become the greater the forces leading to their deep-
ening. The limit to this increase of the intensity of the deepening
forces would be found in the formation of a pit on the surface of the
ice just above the basin. The independence of movement in the
bottom and upper parts of the glacier sheet would prevent the forma-
tion of a depression on the surface of the ice, until the area of the
basin grew quite large. The important fact that all elacial lake-
basins excavated in solid rock have their greatest length in the direc-
tion in which the ice stream moved, shows us that there was some
necessary connection between the movement and the formation of
the basin; this can be accounted for from the fact that the stream of
water made fluid by the action of pressure, would necessarily flow off
in the direction of the border of the ice sheet, while the principal
supply of ice must come from the direction in which it was thickest.
These two actions, arising from the entrance of the ice and its exit
from the basin, may well account for the elongation of these lake-ba-
sins in the direction of the ice movement.
The advantage of this view over that which seeks to explain the
erosion of those basins by the grinding of the ice alone, is, I think,
manifest. The difficulty with the latter view is to account for the
rise of the ice from the basin after its descent into it. The shearing
PROCEEDINGS B.S. N. H.— VOL. XVIIL. 9 NOVEMBER, 1875.
Shader.] 130 [June 16,
action would necessarily lead to the flow of the upper level of ice
over the part which was within the basin, leaving it locked within its
walls. I do not mean to deny the value of this sort of excavating
process, as shown in the theory so long and ably presented by Ram-
sey, Mortillet and others; I am inclined to think that it may have
done much at certain stages of the ice action to dig out basins, but
im many cases it is manifestly inapplicable. The lake-basins of cen-
tral New York, for instance, cannot possibly be explained on this
basis. We must bring in some agent tending to cause melting at the
base of the glacial mass, in order to effect the excavation of such
basins. J am inclined to think that the other class of excavations of
the Fjord Zone, the valleys which do not sink into the pit-like de-
pressicns which form the lakes, may also be, in fact, accounted for by
the operations resultme from melting under pressure, for the coursing
of floods of water, released by pressure from its solid state, would
prove a powerful aid to the excavating action of the ice. :
By supposing that the principal transporting action of a conti-
mental glacier was accomplished by the water flowing beneath the
glaciers, we readily account for the water-worn look which is so prom-
inent a feature in the drift pebbles of the greater part of North
America; even when their position makes it clear that they have
never been worked over by water since they were left ‘by the glacier.
By this theory we can account for the excavation of such great
lake-basins as those occupied by the fresh water seas of North
America. These basins, by their trend, and by their distribution
over a region where they cannot be explained by simple ice-erosion,
present an insuperable difficulty to any view which does not admit
that running water was largely concerned in their production. ‘On
the hypothesis here brought forward, we can, it seems to me, account
for their formation. The sheet of ice which had its southern border
on the Ohio, at Cincinnati, doubtless leveled over the great trough
which separates the central part of that State from the Laurentian
Mountains. This valley of the great lakes has a depth of at least
six hundred feet below the table-land which separates the ‘Ohio val-
ey from Lake Erie. In this great depression we may have had
melting occurring on a scale so vast as practically to arrest the south-
-ward movement of the ice, the sheet only overlapping in an unimport-
-ant way, and for a short part of the glacial period, the southward
‘boundary of the valley. The -southern discharge of these waters may
‘have been in part through the river beds of the ‘State of ‘Ohio, but
J am ‘inclined to think that the larger part of the waste went to the
1875. 131 [Shaler.
eastward down to the valley of the St. Lawrence. This view I am,
in a measure, compelled to take, on account of the relatively small
amount of drift along the southern border of the glacial sheet in the
State of Ohio. I do not believe that the excavated matter from the
basins of the great lakes is represented in the delta of the Mississippi,
nor in the surface-deposits of the country to the south of their south-
ern border. When we look for this waste we possibly find it in the
vast mass of the Newfoundiand Banks, which seem to be a huge sub-
merged moraine, or delta, which never could have been formed by
the transporting power of the St. Lawrence acting as a river. In this
fashion we may possibly account for the production of basins extend-
ing east and west, like the great lakes.
The question will be fairly asked, how it is possible for an ice-
sheet to have produced striz across the whole continent, from the
Arctic Circle to the Ohio, unless it moved continuously over the
whole of this long path? ‘This may be answered as follows: If we
suppose the retreat of the glaciers to have been accompanied by a
true forward glacial movement of the region near the edge of the
sheet, we would have every part of the glaciated area in turn sub-
jected to the scratching, without the difficulty of supposing that
there was a continuous motion over thousands of miles. I do not
deny that the ordinary form of glacial motion took place along all
parts of the border of the glacial sheet for many miles, but to as-
sume that this movement took place in the basin of Lake Erie, while
the glacial front was at Cincinnati, seems quite unnecessary. I do
deny that there is any such terminal moraine along the southern
border as is required if we suppose the movement to have been con-
tinuous from the centre of the sheet to the border. The whole of
the facts may be accounted for by supposing that there was a motion
near the border of the ice, possibly for many miles therefrom; but
we are not required to suppose more than this. Local movements of
considerable strength there would undoubtedly be within the mass of
the glacier, and as long as these occurred near enough to the border
to make the relief easier in that direction, they would doubtless tend
that way, but we must always remember that scratches alone give
very insufficient evidence of the nature and extent of glacial move-
ment; at best, they show us the direction of the very last movements
that took place before the ice disappeared. Other erosion marks,
like “crag and tail,” doubtless tell more; but these features are proba-
bly the product of many successive glacial periods, and not of the last
Shaler.} 132 {June 16,
alone. The evidence to my mind is irrefragable that this region had
its essential topographical features, all its valleys and fjords, before
the last ice time. Undoubtedly, in many successive periods we may —
have had enough wearing applied to the hills to give them their form.
Some years ago I endeavored to account for the erosion of lake-ba-
sins of the glacial period by the melting of the ice beneath the glacier
from the outflow of internal heat. This clearly is an insufficient cause
to explain all the action, but I still believe it to have been a true cause.
Taking J. D. Meyer’s computation, and supposing that the waste of
heat from the earth’s interior is two hundred cubic miles per diem,
one-half from volcanoes, there will be about one foot of ice melted
beneath the continental glacier each year; as this heat will escape
principally in the bottom of the valleys, it will directly co6perate
with the pressure melting. As long as the water remained in the
shape of ice, the escape of heat from below would be in a measure
retarded; the instant a part of this ice was melted into water the
escape of heat from the earth would be greatly aided, and would
become very rapid, and in this way the continued fluidity of ice ren-
dered liquid by pressure, would be secured.
These propositions may be briefly summed up as follows: —
1. That the melting caused by pressure would put a limit to the
accumulation of ice at a depth of probably not exceeding two miles;
probably much less.
2. That while the ice resisted the passage of heat from the earth,
the water would favor this action, and so enable the water, fluid from
pressure, to move to regions having a considerable less pressure.
3. Some melting would take place beneath the ice from the heat
of the earth alone; this would, in itself, be sufficient to produce con-
siderable effects.
4. The melting from pressure would give the ice-sheet a chance
to move freely in the direction of least resistance. The water would
not be able to rise through the unmelted ice on account of the re-
moval of the pressure, to which it owes its melting.
5. The flow of water, more or less spasmodic and flood-like, to-
wards the border of the ice, would suffice to carry away the rain-fall
of the region, and to push forward pebbles to great distances; it
would account for the stratification of moraine matter far above the
sea, and for the rounding of pebbles.
6. The scoring of the rocks, which gives evidence of movement
and of the direction whence it came, are necessarily the work of the
1875.) | 133 [Osten Sacken.
retreating ice sheet, and give no proof of the condition during the
time of its widest extension.
I should say that I have attentively considered the theory so ably
presented by Mr. James Croll, wherein he seeks to explain the move-
ment of glaciers by the successive melting of molecules of water in
the passage of heat through the ice. I am not prepared to deny that
it may account for the motion of local glaciers, but deem it quite in-
sufficient to show us how the ice movement could carry the snow
formed a thousand miles north of the Ohio down to that river.
Moreover, as I before stated, I am satisfied from the paucity of the
moraine matter in southern Ohio and the neighboring region, that
the movement had no such continuity as leads to the formation of a
terminal moraine of a local glacier. :
When the Humboldt glacier, aad the other ice sheets of Green-
land, come to be studied with care, I am inclined to believe that the
great streams of water which issue from beneath them will be found
to owe their origin not alone to surface-melting, but also to the action
of pressure-melting, and the melting from the passage of heat from
the earth’s interior into the ice mass.
October 6, 1875.
Vice-President, Mr. 8. H. Scudder, in the chair. Thirty-
two persons present.
The following papers were read : —
Nove oN soME DipTERA FkuoM THE IsLAND GUADALUPE (Pa-
CIFIC OCEAN), COLLECTED BY Mr. E. Paumer..:.. By C.. R.
OsTEN SACKEN.
I deem it my duty to place on scientific record a notice of
some Diptera from a very unfrequented locality, the Island Guada-
lupe, situated in the Pacific Ocean, two hundred and twenty-five
miles southwest of San Diego. They were collected by Mr. E.
Palmer, who spent there some time in the spring of 1875, on scien-
tific duty. These specimens were not pinned, but preserved dry in
pill boxes. I pasted them on slips of cardboard, stuck upon pins
Osten Sacken.] 1384 [October 6,
and deposited the collection, for future reference, among the exotic
Diptera of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Most of these
specimens are forms which are almost identical in all parts of the
world. Some of them, however, are characteristic enough to indi-
eate at some future time the affinities of the fauna. Such are, for
instanee, Tipula (No. 1 of the list); Syrphus (No. 4); Lispe (No. 5);
perhaps also the fly No. 9. Unfortunately, our meagre collections
of Diptera from the Pacific coast prevent me from attempting a
comparison at present. Among the few insects of other orders,
however, in the same collection, there was a Hemerobius, which Dr. —
Hagen was able to identify as Micromus (Berotha) flavicornis Walker,
a species also received trom Pennsylvania, Georgia and Kentucky.
The collection was divided in two lots, dated Mareh 20 and April
22. Many of the species oceurred in both lots..
List of the Specimens.
1. Tipula, 3, of the ordinary type of the Tipule lunate, and
with peculiar brush-like appendages of the hypopygium; two females,
although somewhat darker in color, probably belong to the same spe-
cies. (One specimen, March 20, another, and the females, April 22.)
2. Bibio, 3, small, black, with whitish pile; a single specimen
(March 20).
3. Tachytrechus, ?. A single specimen (April 22), appar-
ently belonging to this genus.
4. Syrphus, of the group of S. effinis Say, or S. lapponicus Zett.
Five specimens of very different sizes, but apparently of the same
species (April 22).
5. liispe, one specimen (April 22).
6. Musca domestica, several specinyens (both dates).
7. ucilia sp., several specimens (id./.
8. Sarcophaga, two specimens (March 20).
9. é another species (March 20).
10. Anthomyieze, several specimens (March 20).
11. Drosophila (?), antenne broken (March 20).
12. Seatella, numerous specimens (March 20).
Of other orders, I found in the lot the above-mentioned Hemero-
bius, Psocus, Aphis (Lachnus?), Psylla (Trioza?), Ophion.
1875.] 135 [Osten Sacken.
On tHE Nortu AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS SYRPHUS
(IN THE NARROWEST SENSE). By C. R. OsTEN SACKEN.
Among the preliminary work to be gone through before the publi-
‘cation of my intended new Catalogue of the North American Dip-
tera, I met with the necessity of settling the nomenclature of some
of the native species of the genus Syrphus, the most common of
which, until now, remained unnamed or badly named in collections.
I take this genus in the sense of Schiner, that is, excluding with him
Melanostoma, Platychirus, Kanthogramma, Pyrophena, Didea, and
Mesograpta (Lw.). Of the genus thus restricted, I discuss the ten
species hitherto found in the United States, all of which oceur in
New Eneland..
The Syrphide are among those families of Diptera in which a
large number of species, common to Europe and to North America,
occurs. Of the ten species which form the subject of the present
paper, six! are identical, or very nearly so, with European species.
Two of these have been described under new names for America
(S. geniculatus Macq. = umbellatarum Lin.?, and S. diversipes Macq.
= cinctellus Zett.?); two others I have described under new names,
for reasons to be given hereafter (8. torvus = topiarius Zett.; S.
rectus = ribesii Lin. ?); two again I eonsidered sufficiently identified
to retain them under their European names, (S. ablrreviatus Zett.,
and S. lapponicus Zett.). Of the four? remaining species which, as
far as I know, are peculiar to the American continent, two have been
described before (S. Lesuewrit Macq. and S. americanus Wied.) and
the two others I have not been able to identify and therefore describe
them as new (S. contumaz and S. amalopis).
This comparatively small number will probably soon be increased
by new discoveries. Still, considering the extent to which the coun-
try has been ransacked already, the increase eannot be expected to
be very large. Dr. Schiner enumerates forty-five species of Syrphus
for Austria, and some twenty more for the rest of Europe. The
numerical difference in this respect between the two faunas is very
1More probably seven; S. Lesueurii seems to occur in eastern Europe; I saw a
specimen, labelled ‘‘Silesia,’? among some Syrphi from Dr. Zeller’s collection, now
in Boston, which, apparently, belongs to that species (compare below).
2 Or three; about S. Lasweurit see the note above.
Osten Sacken.] 136 [October 6,
remarkable, and there are not many groups of Diptera in which a
similar difference exists. America possesses, it is true, in the allied
genus Mesograpta, a peculiar form of its own, which seems to flourish
especially in the tropics; still the number of species of this genus is
by far not sufficient to balance the large number of European Syrphi.
The most troublesome problem I had to deal with in preparing the
present paper, consisted in the discrimination of the species repre-
senting in America the European S. ribesii and S. topiarius. After
carefully examining about three hundred specimens (most of which
recently taken, and therefore in good condition for a delicate exami-
nation of this kind), I have succeeded in distinguishing two forms,
which may be defined as follows: —
3, 2. Eyes pubescent; hind femora black, except at the tip.
S. torvus (Syn. topiarius Zett.)
gd, 2. Eyes glabrous; ;
3, all the femora black at the base; hind femora black,
except the tip.
2, all the femora yellow from the very base (the coxe
being black); hind femora usually with a brown ring
before the tip. . . . S. rectus (Syn. ribesii Lin. ?)
S. rectus is very variable in size, in both sexes, while S. torvus
varies much less. The number of minor differences, taken from all
parts of the body, sufficiently establish the distinctness of these two
forms. In all other respects these forms are most remarkably alike,
and an unpractised eye would probably fail to detect any difference.
(For the details, see below, the description of S. rectus.)
As S. torvus and S. rectus occur in the same localities, for instance,
in the White Mountains, from the early summer till late in autumn,
the question arises whether they occur promiscuously, or at different
seasons? Unfortunately, the specimens which I examined were not
all dated,! but, from the dates in my possession, it seems to result
1Mr. B. P. Mann collected about sixty specimens on the 7th of July, 1874, in
the subalpine region of Mt. Washington; they were all S. torvus, except two or
three females of the other form. Mr. Morrison, who collected in the White Mts.
for two months, brought home about fifty torvws and one hundred and sixty ree-
tus; his specimens were not dated; he remembers, however, that flies of this kind
after having been very abundant, became scarce for a time, after which they be-
came abundant again. The specimens of S. rectus of my own collecting are
mostly dated from August and September.
1875.] 137 [Osten Sacken.
that S. forvus principally occurs earlier, and S. rectus later, in the
season. Thus the idea naturally suggests itself to my mind that we
have here a case of so-called seasonal dimorphism, and that S. torvus
and rectus are but two forms of the same species.
More than ten years ago, Mr. A. W. Malm (in his Anteckningar
ofver Syrphici, Goteborg, 1863) expressed the opinion that the three
European species, S. topiarius Zett., ribesii and vitripennis, are but
varieties of the same species, each occurring more abundantly at a
particular season, topiarius in the spring, ribesi? in midsummer, vitr7-
pennis in autumn. But Mr. Malm finds passages between these
European forms, which prevent their separation as species (for in-
stance, an occasional presence of hairs on the eyes of both S. ribesi
and vitripennis), while my researches have resulted in the definition
of two absolutely distinct forms, which, but for the hypothesis of
seasonal dimorphism, might be considered as separate species.
The intermediate form, S. vitripennis, which exists in Europe, has,
in most cases at least, glabrous eyes, but, at the same time, in the
female, dark hind femora, yellow only at the tip. I have not met
with a corresponding form in America. In a careful scrutiny of more
than one hundred and fifty North American female specimens, I have
not found a single one combining glabrous eyes with dark hind fe-
mora. My material, however, was principally derived from New
England, and especially the White Mountains. It remains to be seen
whether collections made in more southern or western localities will
not modify in certain respects the results thus far reached by me.
The European species of S. ribesii, which I have been able to com-
pare with specimens of S. rectus, are indistinguishable from them.
But whether the smaller varieties of the latter, for instance, the
female specimens with a brown ring on the hind femora, also occur
in Europe, I do not know.
The interest attached, in the recent developments of natural sci-
ence, to varieties; in connection with the doctrine of evolution, gives
the further investigation of the history of S. ribesii and its North
American forms, an importance reaching beyond the scope of de-
scriptive entomology. Without pretending to have brought that in-
vestigation to a final conclusion, I hope that the hints thrown out by
me will not be lost to collectors.
Osten Sacken.] 138 [October 6,
Analytical table of the species of Syrphus described in the present paper.
A. Abdomen oval, with three principal crossbands, the second and
third of which never interrupted.
I. First crossband broadly and distinetly interrupted in
both sexes.
a. Femora black at the base.
aa. Antenne brown, with more or less reddish
on the underside of the third joint; ab-
dominal crossbands distinetly attenuated
on both sides.
yes pubescent.
1. S. torvus n. sp.
Keyes bare.
2. 8S. rectus n. sp. male.
bb. Antenne uniformly black; abdominal cross-
bands straight, not attenuated at both ends.
3. SS. Lesueurii.
b. Femora yellow at the base.
2. S. rectus n. sp., female.
II. First crossband narrowly interrupted in the male; not
interrupted in the female.
a. Face yellow.
4. §S. abbreviatus.
b. Face with a brown stripe.
5. S. americanus.
B. Abdomen oval, the three principal crossbands broadly inter-
rupted.
I. Eyes distinctly pubescent.
a. Abdominal spots straight; faee without any large,
conspicuous black spot in the middle.
6. S. contumax n. sp.
1 The pubescence of the eyes is easily perceptible in male specimens; in the fe-
males it is generally much rubbed off, and often almost imperceptible. Still, a
careful examination in an oblique light, especially of the lower half of the eye,
does not fail to reveal some traces of hairs, if there ever were any. Fortunately,
the females of S. torvus and rectus offer, in the coloring of their femora, a distinc-
tive character, which is much easier to perceive. Specimens subjected to such
investigations must not be too old; those kept for years in a collection become
covered with a fine dust, which makes it very difficult to perceive whether the eyes
are hairy or glabrous.
875.] 139 [Osten Sacken.
b. Abdominal spots coarctate in the middle, some-
times broken in two; a large, conspicuous black
spot in the middle of the face.
7. &. amalopis n. sp.
II. Eyes bare; abdominal spots lunate.
8. S. lapponicus.
C. Abdomen elongated, narrow, linear.
I. First crossband interrupted, the others entire.
9. S. diversipes.
If. All crossbands interrupted.
10. S. geniculatus.
1. & torvus n. sp.
Syrphus topiarius Zetterstedt, Schiner, Bonsdorf, Malm, etc. (non
Meigen).
Female. Face and cheeks yellow, with a very slight bluish reflec-
tion; a faint grayish spot on the cheeks, under the eyes; oral edge,
in the middle of the noteh, usually slightly brown. Front and ver-
tex greenish black; the former, on both sides along the eyes, with a
broad border of yellowish pollen, almost meeting the similar border
of the opposite side. Eyes pubescent (in many specimens the pu-
bescence is very much rubbed off, and very difficult to perceive).
Antenne inserted on brownish yellow ground; the dark color of the
front begins immediately above their root, forming a blackish brown
arch, with a projecting angle in the middle. Antenne dark brown;
third antennal joint more or less reddish below, sometimes altogether
dark brown. Thorax greenish, with but little lustre; in well pre-
served specimens a faint tinge of a geminate, grayish, middle stripe
is perceptible anteriorly; scutellum dull yellowish, with a slight blu-
ish reflection and black pile. Yellow spots on the second abdominal
seoment elliptical, prolonged usually as a narrow neck, which reaches
forward and touches the margin; the yellow crossbands on the third
and fourth seements have a very gently biconvex hind margin, with
a very shallow, often indistinct, sinus in its middle; on each side the
crossbands are attenuated and curved forward, so as to reach the
anterior margin of the segment; the black interval between the
stripes is twice as broad as the stripes. Fourth and fifth segments
with yellow posterior margins, the fifth usually with two yellow spots
on each side, at the base. Coxe and basal third of femora black ;
on the hind pair the black reaches beyond the middle of the femora;
Osten Sacken.} 140 [October 6,
hind tibize often with a brownish ring; four anterior tarsi brown, the
root of the first joint often reddish; hind tarsi dark brown. Root of
the wings, as far as the humeral crossvein, slightly brownish or yel-
lowish; costal cell almost hyaline; stigma brown.
Male. Similar to the female, but abdominal crossbands broader,
the biconvexity on their hind side stronger, and the sinus in its mid-
dle deeper; the gray spot on the cheeks, under the eye, often larger,
sometimes occupying a considerable portion of the cheek; the brown
ring on the hind tibiz usually expanded, so as to reach the tip of the
tibia. The eyes are more distinctly pubescent, the front is beset
with yellow pollen, except a narrow black space above the antenne.
Length, ¢ 2, 10-12.5 mm.
In drawing up the description, I had a large number of specimens
before me. Among them was a lot of twenty-three males and thirty-
five females, caught by Mr B. P. Mann, on the 7th of July, 1874,
almost on the same spot, in the subalpine region of Mt. Washington.
Another lot, of twenty-seven males and twenty females, was collected
by Mr. Morrison, also in the White Mountains. Other specimens
were from Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Canada, the Rocky Moun-
tains in Colorado, ete.
This is the American representative of the European species,
called S. topiarius by Zetterstedt, and after him by most of European
writers. But it seems very doubtful to me whether these authors
are justified in quoting Meigen as the authority for this species.
Meigen’s description of his fopiarius does not agree with the species
usually understood under that name. In order to keep clear from
this uncertainty, I prefer to give a new name to the American spe-
cies. Stiger (Greenland’s Antliater, p. 360, 26) quotes S. topiarius
among the insects of Greenland.
2. S. rectus n. sp.
? Syrphus ribesu Linné (et auctores).
?. Eyes glabrous; hind femora yellow, often with a brown ring
before the tip.
3. Eyes glabrous; hind femora black, except the tip.
Female. Very like the female of S. torvus; the differences, as
given above, consist in the entirely glabrous eyes and the femora,
which are yellow from the very base (coxe black); in most speci-
mens the hind femora have a brown ring before the tip. .
The size, as well as the shape, of the yellow abdominal stripes are
very variable (the female of S. torvus shows, in both respects, much
1875.] 141 [Osten Sacken.
less variation). Between the following two extremes, all intermedi-
ate stages occur.
1. The smallest specimens, from 7 mm. upwards, in length,
have the yellow stripes on the third and fourth segments quite
straizht, not attenuated before coming in contact with the lateral
margin; their hind borders show no perceptible concavity or con-
vexity; such specimens usually have a distinct brown ring on the
hind femora, a little before the tip.
2. Larger specimens, up to 11-12 mm. long, have the stripes on
the third and fourth segments with a distinctly biconvex hind mar-
gin, with a sinus in the middle; these stripes are distinctly atten-
uated on each side, before reaching the lateral margin. Such large
specimens often have no brown ring on the hind femora.
Male. Diifers from the female in the femora being black at base;
the four anterior ones for about one third of their length; the hind
ones altogether black or brown, except at the tip. The majority of
the specimens before me are of medium size (about 8-10 mm.); but
some larger ones also occur. The shape of the yellow bands does
not vary as much as in the female; they always are attenuated at
both ends and biconvex posteriorly, with a sinus in the middle. The
altogether glabrous eyes easily distinguish S. rectus 3, from S. tor-
vus 3; in other respects they look very much alike. The average
size of S. rectus 3, is a little smaller.
Minor differences between S. torvus and S. rectus, available for
both sexes, are: —
1.. The face under the eyes is altogether yellow here; there is no
grayish spot, as is always visible in S. forvus.
2. The sides of the face in S. torvus is beset with very distinct
blackish pile; in S. rectus this pile is of a pale color, and almost
imperceptible; hence the face looks smoother.
3. The antenne are less dark, more reddish in S. rectus.
4. The scutellum is of a slightly purer yellow.
5. The four anterior tarsi are less brown, more reddish, especially
on the first joint.
6. The contact of the abdominal yellow spots and bands with the
lateral margins, is slightly broader in S. rectus; hence, the yellow
prolongation or neck of the spots on the second segment is broader,
and, consequently, seems to be shorter.
7. The stigma of the wings is much paler, yellow rather than
brown.
Osten Sacken.} 147 [October 6?
8. The metallic green thorax is somewhat more shining, less dull
than in S. torvus; in many specimens, however, this difference is
scarcely perceptible. The brown ring on the hind tibia, sometimes
expanded so as to reach the tip, occurs in this species as often as in
S. torvus.
I had about seventy males and ninety females for comparison, prin-
cipally from the White Mountains; (a large Jot was collected there
by Mr. H. K. Morrison); also from West Point, Catskill, N. Y.,
Manlius, Western New York, ete.
Some rare specimens occur with a distinct brown stripe in the
middle of the face; I found four such specimens, two males and two
females, among my let. Mr. Malm mentions a variety of the Euro-
pean S. ribesii, with all the crossbands interrupted. I have two such
specimens from Fort Resolution, Mackenzie River, and from the
Yukon River (both collected by R. Kennicott). As these specimens
disagree in some minor characters also, I am not sure whether they
can be taken for S. rectas.
I may mention here that the sexual difference in the coloring of the
s is not an exceptional character in this species; in S. abbrevia-
tus, as will be shown below, the same difference exists.
Observation I, This is the representative of the European S. ri-
besii. No European author mentions the difference in the color
of the hind femora of male and female as it exists in American speci-
mens; this silence would authorize the belief that such a difference
does not exist. And yet, the few female specimens of S. ribesu
which the Museum of Cemparative Zoology possesses, among them a
specimen labelled by Mr. Loew himself, all have yellow hind femora,
while in the males they are dark. The most commen species are the
very ones which are often the least known and worst described, and
this may have been the case with S. ribesii. In comparing the state-
ments of different authors about this species and S. topiarius, a great
want of agreement, as well as of precision, becomes apparent. And
it may very well have occurred that the dark legved females of topi-
arius passed for females of ridesii, whenever the pubescence on their
eyes was sufficiently rubbed off to render the mistake possible.
1 Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., m1, is the only one who has a statement bearing on
this point. He says about S. ribesii: ‘‘femoribus basi in ¢ latius, in 9 angustis-
sime atris.’”” Butin the American specimens, as well as in the European speci-
mens which I have seen, the coxe are black, but there is hardly any vestige of
black at the base of the femora in the female.
1875.] 143 [Osten Sacken.
Observation II. It is the place here to mention two American spe-
cies, described by previous authors, and compared by them to the
European S. ribesii.
In comparing his Seewve concava with that species, Say must have
had a female of the former, and a male of the latter, before him.
Thus the distinction he establishes, “ crossbands concave” in the
American species, and “acutely notched” in the European, is a
merely sexual differenee, and not cenclusive. The words “feet whit-
ish, dull rufous at base,” “head whitish cinereous, antenne pale
testaceous,” do not agree with any Syrphus known to me.
Macquart’s S. philadelphicus (Dipt. Exot., 11, p. 93, a male) must
be either S. recius or S. torvus, it is difficult to decide which, as Mac-
quart does not say whether the eyes are pubescent or not. It will
perhaps be better to cancel for the present these two insufficient
deseriptions.
3. S. Lesueurii.
Syrphus Lesueurti Macquart, Dipt. Exot., 11, 2, p. 93; female.
Epistrophe conjungens Walker, Dipt. Saunders., p. 242, Tab. v1,
f. 5; male.
Will be easily recognized by Westwood’s excellent figure of the
male in the Diptera Saundersiana. Larger than S. topie@rius, and
with a much narrower abdomen; in the female the abdomen is a little
broader, still less broad than in the allied species. The yellow face
has a brown, abbreviated stripe in the middle (sometimes wanting);
the antennze are uniformly black. Eyes bare. The yellow spots and
crossbands orn the abdomen are straight, and reach the sides of the
abdomen with their full breadth; the yellow has a bluish reflection
(seldom indistinct); in the male the band cn third segment has a
sharp triangular notch in the middle of the hind margin, which does
not exist in the female; the fourth and fifth segments often have a
greenish reflection, and are margined with yellow posteriorly. The
femora are black at the base, the hind tibie have a distinct brown
ring. The wings usually have a distinct yellowish tinge.
Length 12-13.05 mm.; some rare specimens of both sexes are only
8 mm. long.
I compared about ninety male and female specimens, principally
from the White Mountains (collected chiefly by Mr. Morrison); also
from Maine, Massachusetts, Saratoga, N. Y., ete.
Macquart calls the tharax black, but so he does the thorax of his
Osten Sacken.] 144 [October 6,
S. philadelphicus; he evidently had soiled specimens. The thoracic
dorsum here is more bronze color, less green than in S. torvus.
Among some Syrphi from the European collection of Dr. Zeller in
Stettin, now belonging to Mr. E. Burgess in Boston, there is a speci-
men labelled “ Silesia,” which seems to agree in every respect with
S. Lesucuri.
4. 8S. abbreviatus.
(Zetterstedt) Schiner, Fauna Austr., 1, p. 311.
Male. Face yellow; cheeks black, which color coalesces with the
brown oral border, and is connected, under the oral opening, with
the black on the opposite side; in some specimens the facial tubercle
is also brownish ; third antennal joint brown sh, more or less reddish
on the underside, sometimes altogether reddish; front yellow; no
brown spots above the antenne; vertex blackish bronze-color. Eyes
bare. Thoracic dorsum rather bright brassy green. Yellow spots on
second abdominal segment rather large, obliquely triangular, touch-
ing the margin with the apex only; the interval between them mod-
erately broad, equal to about one-third or one-fourth of the breadth
of the spot; yellow bands on segments three and four rather broad,
much broader than the black band between them; the posterior mar-
gin in both is sinuate in the middle, more markedly in the band of the
third, than on that of the following segment; the bands do nol reach
the abdominal margin, and are cut off obliquely on the sides; the
distance of their anterior corner from the margin is very small, how-
ever; fourth segment with a narrow yellow border posteriorly; fifth
seement yellow, with a small transverse black spot in the middle,
near the base. Legs yellow, but base of all the femora black; on the
hind femora the black occupies one-third or one-half of the femur.
Female. Resembles the male, but with the following differences:
lower part of the front, above the antenne, yellow; upper part and
vertex. brownish green; oral border less infuscated, the infuscation
being usually distinct in the middle of the excision only; the yellow
spots on the second abdominal seement are larger, the interval be-
tween them narrower, often linear, sometimes obsolete; the bands on
the third and fourth segments are comparatively narrower than in
the male, and but little broader than the interval between them;
their hind margins are gently concave-sinuate in the middle, and
convex-sinuate each side; both bands distinctly reach the abdominal
margin; fifth segment yellow, with a triangular black spot in the
middle; coxe black, but femora altogether yellow; (the four anterior
1875.] 145 [Osten Sacken.
femora in some specimens are black at the extreme base only; the
hind femora are altogether yellow, thus widely differing from those
of the male).
Length, %, 2, about 8 mm.
Three male and six female specimens, all from Massachusetts.
The Museum of Comparative Zoology, in Cambridge, Mass., pos-
sesses a pair (¢, 2) of European specimens obtained from Dr.
Schiner, exactly similar to the American specimens; they also show
all the sexual differences, as explained above. Zetterstedt’s descrip-
tion (Dipt. Scand., vii, p. 3136, 13-14, 2) agrees very well with
my female specimens. Schiner is certainly wrong in uniting abbre-
viata Zett. 2 with excisa Zett. ¢; (Loew makes the same criticism in
the Jahrb. d. K. K. Gel. Ges. in Krakan, Vol. 41, p. 16; only ezcisa
should be read there, instead of emarginata).
Observation. In my Report on the Diptera of Colorado Territory
(U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Survey, etc., by F. V. Hayden, for 1873,
p. 564), [ mention S. corolle as occurring there. I was mistaken in
this determination; the specimen is more like S. abdreviatus, although
I would not, without further proof, identify it even with this species.
5. 8S. americanus.
Syrphus americanus Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., I, p. 129, 22.
Female. Face yellow, often brownish, with a brown stripe in the
middle, which begins at the oral margin, but does not reach the
antenne; the latter brown, reddish on the underside of the third
joint. Cheeks blackish, but separated from the mouth by a narrow
yellow border, which, on the underside of the mouth, completely cuts
off the connection between the black color on both sides. Front
brownish bronze color, powdered with yellow on each side; the
lower part of the front is more or less yellow, but immediately above
each antenna there is a brownish spot, which sometimes coalesces
with the bronze color of the upper front; vertex bronze color. Eyes
bare. The first abdominal crossband is not interrupted, but coarctate
in the middle; its ends do not touch the margin of the abdomen, but
are separated from it by a narrow black border; (sometimes a brown-
ish mark in the middle of this band gives it the appearance of being
subinterrupted). The second crossband is nearly as broad as the
black crossband between it and the next yellow band; it is usually
perfectly straight; (in some specimens the hind margin is gently sin-
uate); its ends do not touch the lateral margin of the abdomen; they
are cut obliquely, forming a sharp angle anteriorly, and a rounded
PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H. — VOL. XVIII. 10 NOVEMBER, 1875.
Osten Sacken.] 146 [October 6,
one posteriorly; the former almost touches the margin of the abdo-
men. The third band is similar to the second, only its hind margin
is more perceptibly arcuated. The posterior margin of the fourth
segment has, as usual, a narrow yellow border, the fifth likewise,
and two yellow spots at the base besides. Femora yellow; the four
anterior owes in some specimens brownish at the extreme base only;
the hind pair with a more or less distinct brown ring on the distal
half; four anterior tibie and tarsi yellow; the hind tibize sometimes
with a brownish ring, hind tarsi brownish.
Length, 9-10 mm.
Male. Front yellow, with a more or less distinct brown spot
above each antenna; crossbands on the abdomen broader than in the
female, and distinctly broader than the black interval between them;
posteriorly, they are often nearly straight, sometimes distinctly arcu-
ate, especially the third band. The yellow spots on the second seg-
ment are not coalescent, but separated by a narrow black interval
(in some species subcoalescent) ; the fifth segment is yellow, with a
black spot in the middle. The four anterior femora are black at the
base; the hind femora are usually black, with a yellow tip; some-
times there is a trace of yellow at the base; hind tibiz usually with
a brown ring in the middle.
Length, about 9 mm.
Hab. British Possessions, New England, New York, Delaware,
Virginia. In Detroit, Mich., in August, I found this to be the most
common species. It seems also to be common in Texas (Waco,
Texas; Belfrage). Sixteen males and eight females.
S. americanus 2, differs from S. abhreviatus, 2, besides being larger,
in the presence of a brown stripe in the face, and of brown ‘spots
above the antenne; in the spots of the seeond segment being alto-
gether coalescent (instead of narrowly interrupted): in the eross-
bands not touching (or hardly touching) the abdominal margin,
while in S. abbreviatus the contact is broad and distinct; in the
crossbands being (in most specimens) more straight, less sinuate
posteriorly.
S. americanus 3, differs from S. ahbbreviatus ¢, besides being
larger, by the brown stripe on the face, the more straight seeond
crossband (less sinuate posteriorly) and by the coloring of the hind
femora. in those specimens of S. americanus which have the hind
femora altogether blackish, the yellow space at the tip is narrower
than the yellow space in ordinary specimens of S. abbreviatus, 3.
1875.] 147 [Osten Sacken.
The yellow spots on the second segment (in all my 3 americanus) do
not touch the lateral margin; the black interval, although small, is
distinct; in all my ¢ abbreviatus these spots distinctly come in con-
tact with the lateral margin. The oral margin is not infuscated
here (except, of course, at the point of contact with the facial brown
stripe). Attention should also be paid, in both sexes, to the differ-
ence in the extent of the black coloring of the cheeks, as described
above.
I hardly doubt that this is the S. americanus of Wiedemann. A
doubt might arise on account of the allusion to this species which
Wiedemann makes in his short description of S. concavus (I. ¢., p.
130, 24), from which it would appear that the crossbands of the
present species are notcked. I suspect that Wiedemann had Say’s
comparison of S. concavus and ribestt in mind, and inadvertently
applied it to S. americanus.
6. 8S. contumax n. sp.
Male and female. Eyes distinctly pubescent; face with a bluish
reflection, sometimes almost concealing the dull brownish yellow
ground color; cheeks and oral border broadly black; front very
broad in the female, black, clothed with grayish pollen; in the male
with a bluish reflection ; vertex greenish black, metallic. Antenne
black, inserted on brownish yellow ground; thorax greenish bronze
color, with indistinct longitudinal stripes of an opaque brownish ;
dorsum beset with brownish, pleurze with brownish fulvous erect pile;
scutellum dull yellowish, with a bluish reflection. Abdomen black,
very hairy, with three pairs of oblong, transverse, straight, brownish
yellow spots, which, as a rule, do not reach the margin, but some-
times emit an indistinct prolongation anteriorly, which touches it;
the last two segments are bordered with yellow; the pile on the abdo-
men, yellow and black, is, especially in the male, long, erect, and
rather conspicuous. Femora (of the male) black on their proximal
half, often beyond, hind femora up to four-fifths of their lencth;
tibise brownish yellow; tarsi black. In the female the femora are
black at their bases only. Wings hyaline, sometimes tinged with
brownish; stigma brownish; third longitudinal vein nearly straight.
Length about 9.5 mm.
Hab. White Mountains, N. H.; I brought home three males; Mr.
G. Dimmock gave me two females, labelled Mt. Washington, Alpine
resion.
The facial tubercle in this speeies is very salient, the whole lower
Osten Sacken.] 148 [October 6,
part of the face somewhat projecting, the front of the female com-
paratively broad, the first joint of the hind tarsi of the male dis-
tinctly swollen. The general appearance of this species is different
from an ordinary Syrphus; nevertheless the absence of any striking
characters to take hold of renders the species difficult to deseribe.
7. S. amalopis n. sp.
Male. Eyes pubescent; face of a dingy brownish vellaee with a
broad brown stripe in the middle (its breadth is equal to one-half of
its length, or more); cheeks black, with a greenish reflection; a
black, broad, oral border; antenne black, front and vertex likewise;
facial tubercle salient. Thorax dark metallic green. clothed with
black pile, mixed with fulvous on the sides and near the scutellum;
the latter dull yellowish brown, with metallic reflections, beset with
black pile, and with a blackish border and corners. Abdomen black,
very little shining, on the second segment two oblong yellow spots;
on the third and fourth segments a pair of lunate spots, club-shaped
on the inner end, truncate on the outer, and considerably excised in
the middle; the fourth and fifth segments with a narrow, yellow, pos-
terior margin; all the yellow parts are straw-colored. Legs black,
tip of femora and base of tibiz yellowish brown; the extent of this
brown being much less on the last pair. Wings distinctly infuscated.
Female. Front and vertex metallic greenish black; spots on sec-
ond segment coarctate in the middle, those on segments three and
four dissolved in two, so that these two seements show each a trans-
verse row of yellow spots, nearly of the same size and equidistant;
the fifth segment has two spots at the base; the wings are hyaline.
In all other respects like the male.
Length, 3, ¢, 10-10.5 mm.
Hab. White Mountains (Gorham, N. H.). Two males and one
female, taken by Mr. E. P. Austin and Mr. G. Dimmock.
I have not the slightest doubt that these males and females belong
together ; the difference in the coloring of the wings has no import-
ance; as to that in the coloring of the abdomen, I should not wonder
if this species proved to be very variable in this respect, and if in-
termediate stages occurred between that where the lunate spots are
entire, and where they are dissolved in two. The abdomen in this
species is more convex, broader and somewhat shorter than that of —
S. lapponicus.
In the specimens described above, the yellow abdominal markings
do not come in contact with the lateral margin. But I have a pair of
specimens (¢, ?) from the same locality in which this contact occurs.
1875.] 149 [Osten Sacken.
In the female the lunate spots are also cut in two, as they are in the
typical specimens.
8. S. lapponicus.
S. lapponicus Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., 11, p. 701, 3.
? Sceva affinis Say, Journ. Acad. Phil., 111, 93, 9.
I compared ten specimens from the north-western regions of the
British Possessions (R. Kennicott), from the White Mountains, N. H.
(E. P. Austin, H. K. Morrison, and myself), and from British Colum-
bia, which agree with Mr. Zetterstedt’s description. A North
American specimen of the same kind, sent to Mr. Loew, was ident-
ified by him as S. lapponicus.
A number of other specimens, nearly from the same localities,
White Mts. (H. K. Morrison), British Possessions (Scudder), Que-
beck (Bélanger) and Yukon River (Kennicott), have the third
longitudinal vein less strongly sinuate, and show some other minor
differences. The European S. arcuatus Fallen differs from S. lap-
ponicus in hardly anything but this very character, and is neverthe-
less considered a different species.
Sceva affinis Say (from Arkansas) does not seem to differ from
S. lapponicus in any important character, and specimens from Dela-
ware, Illinois, ete., which I have seen, may be identified with it.
Thus the uncertainty whether I have one or several species before
me, prevents me from giving a description.
Should it be proved that Sceva affinis Say, is a synonym of S.
lapponicus, then Say’s name, as by far the oldest would have the
priority.
Syrphus Agnon and S. arcucinctus Walker are either S. lapponi-
cus, or some allied species; the descriptions are altogether un-
: meaning.
2 gts diversipes.
S. diversipes Macquart, Dipt. Exot. 4° Suppl., p. 155, 54 (New-
foundland).
? S. cinctellus Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., 11, p. 742, 45.
Male and female. Abdomen narrow, with nearly parallel sides;
first segment (¢) greenish black, with more or less yellow anteriorly,
or on the sides; in the ? the yellow prevails, leaving only a metallic
green spot on each side, which often is subobsolete; the following
four segments have each a yellow crossband on their anterior half;
the first crossband is broadly interru ted; in the male the interrup-
tion takes the shape of an inverted black triangle, expanding ante-
Osten Sacken.| 150 [Octcber 6,
riorly so as to occupy nearly the whole anterior margin of the
segment; in the female this triangle is narrow, and occupies but a
small portion of the anterior margin; thus in the female the yellow
of the crossband coalesces with that upon the first segment; the fol-
lowing crossbands are entire, the second and third nearly of the
same breadth, and not attenuated on the sides; the fourth band, in
the male, occupies nearly the whole sezment, except a black semi-
circle posteriorly; in the female it occupies the anterior half of the
segment, and is gently arched and distinctly notched posteriorly.
Face yellowish, with a bluish reflection, sometimes brownish in the
middle; above the, antennz a conspicuous black spot is surrounded
by the yellowish pollen, which covers the rest of the front; antenne
reddish, upper half of the third joint, as well as of the preceding
ones, brown. [yes bare. ‘Thorax metallic green; scutellum yellow-
ish, with a metallic green reflection; humeri, and a part of the
pleure, clothed with yellowish pollen. Legs yellow; outer half of
the hind femora (sometimes nearly the whole hind femora, except the
base), hind tibiz and tarsi, brown; knees yellowish. Wings with a
brownish shade on the apex, usually distinct in the female, often
nearly obsolete in the male.
Hab. White Mountains (foot of Mt. Washington, end of June) ;
Catskill Mountain House, in July ; North Conway, N. H., in Aucust;
Lake Superior (A. Agassiz). Ten male and thirty female speci-
mens. ‘Two male specimens have the four anterior femora distinctly
infuscated at the base. I entertain no doubt that this is the S.
diversipes Macq., only in his description “ pieds postérieurs noirs, a
hanches noires,’’ must read, “a hanches jaunes.”
S. cinctellus Zetterstedt, is very like this species, and probably
identical with it. His description agrees with the North American
specimens. A Eurcpean specimen in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, named by Dr. Loew, does not show any difference worth
noticing.
10. Syrphus geniculatus.
Syrphus geniculatus Macquart, Dipt. Exot., 1m, 2, p. 101, 24.
‘¢ Thorace obscure seneo, nitido; scutello flavido. Abdomine lin-
eari nigro, fasciis tribus flavis, interruptis. Antennis pedibusque
nigris; geniculis anticis flavis.
“Long. 34 lines; male. (7.5 mm.)
Transla'ion. “Face and front black, with blue and green reflections
and gray pollen; face with a glabrous, very salient prominence.
1875.] 151 ‘ [Osten Sacken.
Front with black pile. Antenne black. Thorax with black pile;
pleure with a slight gray pollen; scutellum yellowish, with yellow
pile. Abdomen of an almost opaque black, with black pile on the
sides, yellow at the base; second, third and fourth segments with
interrupted yellow crossbands near the anterior margin, forming oval,
transverse spots, bearing yellow pile on the sides; those of the
second segment are oblique and smaller; fourth segment with a nar-
row yellow hind border; venter colored like the dorsum. Legs black,
anterior knees fulvous. Wings grayish; stigma (cellule medias-
tine?) yellowish.
‘¢ Hab. Newfoundland. (Mr. Léguillon.) Type in the Mu-
seum.”
‘¢ This species represents in America the S. umbellatarum Fab.,
Meig., w hich it resembles.’’
There are two conflicting species, to which this description of
Macquart’s may refer: one of these I take to be the true representa-
tive of S. umbellatarum of Europe; I have unfortunately no Euro-
pean specimens for comparison and assume the identity provisionally,
upon comparison of Dr. Schiner’s description; the other is probably
Macquart’s species. An objection, equally applicable to both spe-
cies is, that Marquart describes the pile on the scutellum as yellow,
while it is black; he may have meant a fringe of yellowish hairs
which exists on the underside of the scutellum.
Syrphus umbellatarum (? Syn. Schiner, Fauna Austr. 1, p. 307).
JT will add a few details to complete Macquart’s description, which
is applicable, in the main, to both species.
Female. Eyes glabrous. Face yellow, with a whitish pollen al-
most concealing the ground color; in the middle, a brown stripe,
crossing the facial prominence, but abruptly stopping befvre the base
of the antenne; this stripe does not run down on both sides along
the oral margin (it does so for a short distance in a very few speci-
mens); oral margin yellow, as well as the cheeks; front and vertex
bluish green, (not brownish green); the yellowish gray pollen on the
front forms a well-marked arch, sub-interrupted in the middle, leay-
ing bare on one side, the vertex, on the other, a well defined triangle
above the antennz; the sides of this arch run down along the eyes
and coalesce with the facial pollen; antennz inserted on brownish
yellow ground; thorax bluish green; scutellum dull yellow, brown
at the extreme ends on each side; it seldom shows any trace of a
bluish metallic reflection; the four front Iegs are reddish yellow,
Osten Sacken.] 52 [October 6,
femora black at base; tibiee with a trace of a brownish ring; tarsi
brownish. The abdominal crossbands usually reach the lateral mar-
gins of the segments, but quite often they stop a little distance be-
fore, leaving a narrow black border between; their color is reddish,
or pure yellow, with a more or less distinct whitish pollen, which
often gives them a whitish appearance. Length, 8-9 mm.
Male. The face often, not always, has a more distinct metallic
bluish reflection ; the oral border is more often bordered with brown
here than in the female; the ground color of the abdomen is more
opaque.
I compared twenty-five males and sixty-five females, mostly taken
by Mr. Morrison in the White Mountains, N. H.
S. geniculatus Macquart, 1. ¢.4
Differs from my S. umbellaiarum in being a little smaller (about
7.5 mm.); the face, in the profile, is much more projecting; the fa-
cial tubercle is metallic blackish green, which color extends on both
sides along the oral border; in the other species the facial tubercle
bears a distinct stripe; in the female the sides of the face, powdered
with yellow pollen, have a brownish yellow ground color; in the
male, the ground color seems to be blackish green throughout, al-
though mostly concealed under a thick covering of brownish yellow
pollen; the antenne are inserted on black ground; the front, in the
female, is brownish green (not bluish green), it is much broader
than in the other species; the pollen on the front is much less thick;
it follows on both sides the orbit of the eye to about half the dis-
tance between the ocelli and the antennz, and does not reach as
much towards the vertex as in the other species; it does not form a
well defined arch; the glabrous space above the antennz is smaller.
The thorax is brownish green (not bluish green); the scutellum has
a stronger bluish metallic reflection; the yellow markings on the
abdomen are somewhat narrower, and paler yellow; in other respects
they are exactly the same; the four anterior legs are of a darker red-
dish brown, sometimes almost black, with paler knees; when the
legs are paler, the base of the femora does not appear abruptly
tinged with black, as in the other species; hind legs black.
The easiest character for the distinction of the two species at first
1] became aware of the existence of this second species only after the beginning
of the present paper had been already put in type; hence it isnot mentioned in
my introduction, where S. umbellaiarum and S. geniculatus are treated as prob-
able synonyms.
1875.] £53 [Bendire.
sicht and in both sexes is the insertion of the antenne on black, or on
yellow ground. In S. geniculatus the dark color of the front reaches
down to the very root of the antenne ; a very small brownish yellow
space is only perceptible between the antenne. In my S. umbellata-
rum the brownish yellow forms a little arch above the antenne,
which thus are inserted on yellow ground.
I have compared five females and two males, all taken in the White
Mountains. The first specimens I received from Mr. Dimmock; la-
ter I found two females among sixty females of S. umbellatarum, col-
lected by Mr. Morrison. This species thus seems to be rarer than
the other.
My reason for referring Macquart’s description (of the male) to
this species, is his mention of the face being black, and of the four
anterior legs being dark colored. This seems to me conclusive; the
measurement he gives, also agrees bet.er with this species than with
the other.
NOTES ON SEVENTY-NINE SPECIES OF BIRDS OBSERVED IN THE
NEIGHBORHOOD OF CAMP HARNEY, OREGON, COMPILED FROM
THE CORRESPONDENCE OF CAPT. CHARLES BENDIRE, 18ST CAV-
ATR. A.
(The following notes have been taken, with his permission, from
letters of Capt. Bendire, addressed to the writer. They were
originally written without any reference to their publication, and
do not attempt to give a complete catalogue of the birds of that
region. The observations were made in the period between Novem-
ber 1874 and May 1875, in south-eastern Oregon, and embody new
and interesting additions to our knowledge relative to a region hith-
erto unexplored. “Camp Harney is situated on the verge of asage
brush, or rather a desert, country at the base of the Blue Mountains.
The country to the south of it, for two hundred and sixty miles, or
until you reach the railroad, is fully as desolate, if not more so, than
the worst part of Arizona. Numerous species of water-fowl are said
to breed about Lakes Harney and Malheur, about twenty-five miles
from the post.” T. M. BRewEr.)
1. Turdus migratorius Linn. “Feb. 23d,1875. For the first
time this season I heard the song of this thrush March 18th. The
robins are now in full song.”
2. Cinclus mexicanus Baird. “On the 18th of February,
while up Rattle-snake Creek in search of deer, I shot the first speci-
Bendire.] 154 [October 6,
men (a female) of this species I have seen about here. Length to
end of tail, 6.75 in.; to end of claws, 7.05 in.; wing, 3.43 in.;
tail, 2.10 in.; bill brown, paler towards the base of the lower mandi-
ble; feet and tarsi pinkish; iris light blue; contents of stomach,
remains of black water beetles and larve of dragon-flies, also fine
gravel.”
3. Sialia mexicana Sw. This species is referred to, April
3d, as having just made its appearance for the first time. May 19th
it is said to have entirely disappeared and its place taken by the
S. arctica.
4. Sialia arctica Sw. This blue-b rd is not referred to until
May 19th, when Capt. Bendire writes: “ This is the only blue-bird
I see here now. S. mexicana has entirely disappeared. I found a nest
of arctica on Monday in a hollow juniper tree. It had only a single
egg and I left it.”
5. Regulus calendula Licht. A single specimen was pro-
cured about Nov. 14th.
6. Parus montanus Gambel. Specimens were taken about
Dec. 5th, and prior.
7. Parus occidentalis Baird. Specimens taken between
Noy. 14th, and the 5th of December, 1874.
8. Psaltriparus plumbeus Baird. This species, taken No-
vember 14th, has not previously been known to occur in this region.
“T have seen an old nest, pouch-like in shape, and about six inches
long, fastened to a service-berry bush, undoubtedly built by a pair of
this species.”
9. Sitta aculeata Cassin. Specimens were taken between
November 14th and December 5th, 1874.
10. Sitta pygmeea Vigors. Specimens taken prior to Decem-
ber 5th.
11. Cistothorus palustris Cab. “On the 18th of January,
1875, I shot a specimen of this wren (variety paludicola). I saw
another at the same time. There are no swamps or rushes within
fifteen miles of this place. They were hopping about the willows on
the creek, searching for insects.”
12. Salpinctes obsoletus Cab. “May 9th. The nest and
egos of the rock wren were found accidentally by two of my men,
who were getting building-stone yesterday. In moving a flat rock
lying on the side of a hill close to my quarters, they found a nest
and four fresh eggs under it. Unfortunately a small bit of stone fell
1875.] 155 [Bendire.
into the nest and broke two of the eggs. The nest is not such a
bulky affair as wrens’ nests usually are, no doubt on account of want
of room under the rock. It was about a foot and a half from the
opening under the rock, on a steep hillside covered with boulders.
The nest was composed externally of sticks and bark, and lined with
fine rootlets and a little hair. The inner diameter of the nest was
two and one-half inches, and the cavity not more than one inch deep.
— May 19th. I find the Rock Wren rather common on looking closer
for it; have seen more than a dozen in an afternoon’s tramp, but not
more than two in any one place. Their nests, however, can only be
found by accident, they find so many nice places to hide them in.”
13. Oreoscoptes montanus Baird. “ May 29th. On the way
to the lake I took a fine set of the. mountain mocking-bird’s eggs.”
14. Myiadestes Townsendi Cab. “December Sth, 1874.
Since I wrote you last (November 14th), I have seen a number of
individuals of this species, and have taken several. In their habits
they remind me very much of Phainopepla nitens. Like that species,
they prefer to perch on dry limbs, and as high as they can get on the
juniper trees, which they seem to frequent exclusively. At this sea-
son of the year they seem to feed on juniper berries entirely. I can
bear witness to the excellence of their song. I find it very varied,
soft and flute-like at times, strong and powerful at others, and it re-
minds me, in many respects, of that of the European sky-lark. I
most certainly consider it fully equal, if not superior, to the song of
our mocking-bird. Its usual call note is peculiar, and hard to de-
scribe. I took it down at the time of hearing it, and do not give it
from memory. It comes as near as possible to the occasional sound
produced by an axle of a wagon just about commencing to need
greasing — like hit-it, and sometimes like wa-ip, with quite an interval
between each syllable. Generally the bird is seen singly, rarely in
flocks. It prefers isolated patches of juniper to the dense timber,
and so I have only noticed it in junipers, or on rocks on the edges of
bluffs — May 19th. This bird does not breed about here. I have
not seen one for a month.”
15. Collurio excubitoroides Baird. This species is referred
to as having first made its appearance a little prior to April 3d.
16. Carpodacus Cassini Baird. This species is referred to
as having been taken between November 14th and December 5th,
1874.
Bendire.] 156 [October 6,
17. Loxia americana Wilson. This species is first referred
to as having been taken early in December. “ February 18th. I shot
a female of this species; a very small specimen, but an adult. As
these birds were then still in flocks, flying around, and occasionally
settling for a minute or two in the extreme tops of the tallest pines, it
does not appear probable that they breed so very early in the season.
T found its ovaries well developed, but in a normal condition.”
18, A#giothus linaria Cab. “ December 5th. I have just ob-
tained three specimens of this species.—January 24th. On the 20th
I had an opportunity to observe quite a large flock. They allowed
me to come within four feet of them. A number were hopping
about the ground, while others were searching the alders through
for insects. They seem to hang as easily on a small twig, head
downward, as any other way, and are very active and quick in their
movements, and also very quarrelsome. A number were constantly
driving others from some favorite twig, and, scarcely settled there,
commenced the same performance over again.”
19. Chrysomitris pinus Bonap. A specimen is referred to
as having been taken December 14th.
20. Leucosticte tephrocotis Sw. Mention is made, Janu-
ary 17th, of obtaining a single specimen of this species in the plum-
age of this form.
21. Leucosticte littoralis Baird. “ Dec. 28th. On the 19th
inst., I procured ten specimens of this species. They were feeding
on a hillside, where the ground was covered in places with a little
snow. ‘The flock I shot them out of must have numbered about three
hundred. It appeared to me that there must have been more than
one species in this flock, but all of those I killed proved to belong to
the same kind, but no two specimens were colored exactly alike. I
killed them with two discharges, one while they were sitting on the
ground, the other as they rose. The survivors flew three or four
times over my head while I was picking up the dead birds, and kept
up quite a twittering, as if they were calling for their lost compan-
ions, and finally left for the hills. They were very fat, and had their
crops filled to such an extent that the skin of the neck was dis-
tended. They were filled with grass seeds and very minute green
leaves of some wild plant that had just come above the ground dur-
ing the few previous days of warm weather.
“January 24th. Yesterday evening, while at the company’s stables,
a beautiful male of this species alighted within three feet of me, and
1875.] 157 ; [Bendire.
commenced picking up grass seeds scattered about on the ground.
The wind was blowing a gale at the time, and it had apparently been
lost from a flock, probably not very far off. Every few minutes it
would utter the following call-note, detch detch. It was so unsuspic-
cious, tame and confiding, that I had not the heart to molest it.
“ February 12th. These birds appear to be fond of rocky hillsides,
where the sun has exposed the ground a little; they seldom pass
down into the valley, and if they do, their stay is short. They are
very restless, alighting in one place only for a few seconds, and then
flying off fifty or a hundred yards before coming down again. When _
flying in flocks they have a note somewhat resembling that of Hremo-
phila alpestris, or Plectrophanes lapponicus. Their flight is undulat-
ing, at times somewhat resembling that of a woodpecker. It is
almost strictly terrestrial. Indeed, as yet I have seen none alight on
trees or bushes. Occasionally they settle on a roof for a few seconds
before flying to the ground.
“February 26th. While returning from the mountains I shot a_
single specimen of this species. It was by itself, a fine male. The
chestnut on its breast was not so bright and lustrous as in the winter
specimens, but rather paler. On the 19th of March I procured two
more specimens of this species. ‘These are the first I have ever no-
ticed sitting anywhere else than on the ground, or on rocks. They
were perched in company with two others, on a willow bush, in close
proximity to some red-shouldered blackbirds. In the spring and
summer plumage .of these birds the colors are not so bright as in
winter, and the pinkish tints are paler, and nearly white. I notice a
perceptible difference between these two specimens and those taken
in December and January.”
22. Plectrophanes lapponicus Selby.
“6 versicolor . = : ; ; é ; E
Actinocyclus Ehrenbergii (000) Si ie rf
Coscinodiscus radiolatus. .. : 5 ae ere . ° ‘
“ punctatus, oval and spherical varieties. ° °
6 lineatus . : ; , ° ° , ° ; i
G velatus : ‘ ; A ; : : ° oO is
“ marginatus 5 ; A ; 5 4 ° °
a radiatus . . : ; : ; : ° °
“ gigas AO 5 C A - ° fo} °
W oculis-iridis : : - - : < ° ° e
« perforatus. : - : . . . ro) i
6c centralis . ; - : : : -
aS subtilis : 5 - - e - oO i
Systephania corona . . : ° é : : : °
Aulacodiscus crux . H 2 n : ; ° : .
Craspedodiscus coscinodiseus . F j P , : ° °
Asterolampra Brebissonii Greg. . ‘ : : ° ° 4 i
Eupodiscus Rogersii . 4 : " f ; : - ° rt
Endictya oceanica . : ° . : ° . :
Pyxidicula aculeata . ° : : ‘ ; ; ; ° ,
Stephanopyxis diadema . ; 5 . , . . re)
“ apendiculata . . - ; : : ° ‘i
Xanthiopyxis globosa | 6 wg a OG : ° F
6 hirsuta - : : A . ° . i
ae oblonga . ; : . : - : .
Rizosolenia americana . . : . : ° . ° ° °
Goniothecum odontidium - “ ; 5 ~ 4 ° ° ° be
66 Rogersii . ; z F d ; ° ° 0 e
Dicladia capreolus . : - : : : - : O° ¥
Chetoceros sp. . . ; : : , : - 3 °
Biddulphia loumeyii : ; ; r A - 5 ° ° ° zx
Triceratium reticulum 4 : ; F , 4 5 Pp
“ undulatum , c ; : - 5 - °
“ condeconum. - - - : - : °
as obtusum ; 4 ; - ; - . fo) ° z
“ marylandicum . . ; . : F ° ° 4
Mastogonia actinoptychus . §. . « « ~* °
Rhaphoneis amphicerus . . ss. 2 es euntaceneete °
Grammatophora marina . : : : fae . °
6 aITICANaAl swirl 4 : . 5 Z °
Navicula (Pinnularia) perigrina . : - P : ° O
66 viridis . . . . . . . . (9) fo)
WG viridula . : : ; : : : s 5
Pleurosigma = Nav. sigma Eh.—very like P. angulatum. ° ° B
Stephanogonia polygonia. . : - ; ; 5 ° .
Orthosira marina W. S. = Galionella sulcata Eh. : ro) ° :.
Fragilaria pinnata . 4 - ; ; ; °
RHIZOPODS.
Actiniscee — Actiniscus pentasterias . : 0 é °
Michyocha crux 9~ 2 20S ws gy ye wh aw is
Gok ok fibula sceyatae: eenmorese stars Commies a
Mesocenia diodon . ; 5 g ; 5 i ; "
Polycistine, various . j 2 Py
Phytolitharia Eh.—Spongolithis accicularis, s. caputser-
pentis; spines of Polycistine, Acanthometra and
others . ° . . . s . ‘ * ° z ° 20) ° °
1875.] 209 [Hoffman.
It has not been thought advisable to attempt to identify all of
Ehrenberg’s species, as his plan was to found a species upon any
variation in the number of rays in the circular forms of the Diatom-
ace, a principle now generally rejected.
One striking fact is the great abundance in all the layers of
Galionella sulcata Kh. = Orthosira marina W. Smith, which is more
numerous in some slides than all the other forms together.
December 15, 1875.
The President, Mr. T.’T. Bouvé, in the chair. Sixteen
persons present.
The following papers were read : —
ANCIENT HEARTHS AND MopEeRN INDIAN REMAINS IN THE
Missourr VALLEY. By W. J. HorrmMan, M.D.
ANCIENT HEARTHS.
The Military Station at Grand River, D. T., is situated upon the
western bank of the Missouri River about midway between Fort
Sully and Fort Rice: approximate location, long. 100° 12!’ W.,
lat. 45° 31’ N. About three hundred yards from the river the
bottom-land is walled in by a range of bluffs, about one hundred
and twenty feet in height, the upper surface of which corresponds to
the level of the surrounding prairie. Three quarters of a mile below
the station, Oak Creek empties into the Missouri River, thus forming
a low head-land or spur, the ridge of which still bears evidence of
aboriginal occupancy. Grand River empties into the Missouri from
the west also, three miles below the station, where the Mound Build-
ers once threw up earthworks, traces of which are still visible.
During the spring flood-of 1873 about twelve feet of the embank-
ment at the station was washed away, exposing to view two distinct
river beds. The height of the embankment is twenty-two feet. The
upper stratum, which was composed chiefly of sand and gravel, was
ten feet thick, resting upon the fine sand of the upper surface of the
second stratum. ‘Throughout the bottom of the upper stratum was
deposited an indiscriminate mixture of branches, trunks and stumps’
of trees, consisting chiefly of cottonwood, oak and cedar. The second
stratum was six feet thick, also consisting of coarse sand and gravel,
PROCEEDINGS B.S. N. H.—VOL. XVII. 14 FEBRUARY, 1876.
Hoffman.] VARY) [December 15,
terminating upon the upper surface of a third layer of sand, upon
which rested a thin layer of fine charcoal, and larger fracment$ of
charred wood. Thesand upon which the fire had been built was red-
dened by the heat to the depth of aninch and a quarter ; the overlying
layer retaining the natural tint, appearing as if the fire had been sud-
‘denly extinguished. The extent of the layer of ashes (or fine char-
coal) was about five feet in diameter, around which, at irregular
intervals, lay a number of dark blue silicious stones, also reddened
by oxidation on those sides facing the fire. Quite a number of frag-
ments of chipped quartzite lay scattered above and below this hearth,
in the same seam. About eighty yards up the river, another ‘seam of
charred wood and ashes was exposed, also showing the red and burnt
condition of the gravel underlying it. It is a difficult matter to
advance any theory as to the age of these hearths. When the station
was established seven or eight years ago, the whole valley was cov-
ered with heavy timber. Stumps of cottonwood, syeamore and oak,
found standing nearly over the hearths, measured over four feet in
diameter, and trees of equal size are still flourishing both above and
below the station.
‘The bluffs, which belong to the cretaceous formation, are filled with:
fossil bivalves, and in several localities we find beds of dark blue
plastic clay, containing fossils, prominent amongst which are the Nau-
tilus Dekayi and Ammonites Placenta, which are found mixed with the
drift detritus from the plains ; these are found in the upper stratum
only, as the second stratum, at the bottom of which the hearths lay,
was probably deposited when the river’s course lay near the opposite
banks, where the cretaceous rocks do not protrude; it is well known
that rivers continually tend to shift their courses. For a distance of
five miles on either side of the station the valley is comparatively
straight, but within it the river winds considerably. Lyell} says of
the Somme, when, in one of its curves, the current crosses ‘‘ its gen-
eral line of descent, it eats out a curve on the opposite bank, or jn the
side of the hills bounding the valley, from which curve it is turned
back again at an equal angle, so that it recrosses the line of descent,
and gradually hollows out another curve lower down in the opposite
bank,”’ till the whole sides of the valley ‘‘ present a succession of
salient and retiring angles.” |
The river is also working a deeper bed which is apparent; but
what length of time was consumed in depositing these strata of sand
lLyell’s Principles, p. 206.
1875.] cilal! [Hoffman.
and gravel, and the changing of its course from the western to the
eastern side of the valley is difficult of determination. During the
season of floods, ice gorges have been formed in the main channel,
which caused the water to take a new course, which in a short period
became the navigable current, thus leaving an island as it were, be-
tween the old and new courses, as appears to have been the case
at Grand River. Mounds and other primitive earthworks occur from
Bonhomme Island to the mouth of the Yellowstone, and up that river
for a distance of over three hundred miles. There are no mounds or
ancient earthworks in the immediate vicinity of the settlement,
except the one at Grand River, which has been described by Mr. A.
Barrandt, in the Smithsonian Report for 1870, p. 406.
MODERN REMAINS.
Modern remains exist showing that the bluffs and prairie were
once the home of a powerful tribe. Many of the Sioux are still liv-
ing, who, with their tribe, in moving up the Missouri River reached
that point where the military station is now located, and found a
tribe with whom they engaged in battle. After an engagement lasting
four days, the Sioux were victorious and drove the conquered people
up the river as far asthe present sites of Forts Berthold and Ste-
venson. ‘This occurred in the year 1818.
All that remains of the Ree villages,— for this was the tribe,— are
immense numbers of low mounds, scattered, or in groups, and extend-
ing along the bluffs over an area of several miles either way. ‘The
most southern point occupied, was the spur formed by the union of
Oak Creek and the Missouri River. This group covers an area of
nearly an acre, and is surrounded by a ditch, which was originally six
feet wide, and two or three feet deep. Portions of the ditch have
become indistinct by filling up with the drift material from the sur-
rounding prairie. The mounds are usually from three to six feet
in diameter, and sometimes reach from twelve to fifteen feet in height,
although the majority of them are nearly leveled and would be over-
looked by a casual observer.
They are composed of hard mud—no doubt at one time adobe,
sand, fragments of quartzite, jasper, agate and chalcedony, pieces of
broken pottery, but more especially of bones, amongst which I found
those of the buffalo in excess; also elk, antelope, bear, and smaller
bones, especially those of the Rodents and aquatic birds, with scales of
Burbank.] DY [December 15,
the sturgeon. After digging down to the depth of about two feet,
the splinters of bone were more numerous than on the surface, and
in not a single instance have I found any bones that had been sub-
jected to the effects of fire, but the marrow had been removed by
splitting the bones with a stone or maul, as no indentations, such as
would be caused by an edged tool, were visible.
None of the fragments of pottery indicated that any large vessels
had been used, but some of the designs corresponded precisely with
specimens obtained near the Rio Verde, Arizona. The latter are
usually glazed, an art which seems to have been unknown to the Rees
at that time. The texture of these specimens is rather fine, and
the color usually dark; the indentations have been made with a
small piece of wood, although in some of the ornamentation the fin-
gers were employed, as the five impressions show. The pottery does
not seem to have been baked, but sun-dried; this, however, is merely a
matter of conjecture, as the condition of the specimens after long
exposure has become considerably changed. Arrow-heads and
kindred flints were abundant. ‘The smallest arrow points measured
but .4 of an inch in length, the typical form being triangular. The
finest point was one made of black silicious rock, three inches long,
and three quarters of an inch wide. It was knife-shape, z.e., rounded
at the one end like the blade of a common table knife, and elegantly
notched at the base.
Bone implements were not rare; the finest piece of workmanship
being a fish-hook only an inch in length, and finely notched for
attachment to the line. These specimens were no doubt preserved
from decomposition by the dryness of the sandy soil covering many
of these refuse heaps, and the dry atmosphere common over the
country between the Missouri River and the Rocky Mountains.
ON CERTAIN LAND-LOCKED PONDS AS NATURAL METEOROLOGI-
CAL Reaqisters. By L. S. BuRBANK.
It is well known that among the small lakes or ponds so numerous
throughout New England, there are many which are entirely land-
locked, no water flowing from them at any season of the year.
Some phenomena observed in a small pond of this kind in Lan-
caster, Mass., have suggested that valuable results might be attained
by more accurate and extended observations upon similar bodies of
water throughout the State.
1875.] 213 (Burbank.
The pond referred to is known on the town and county maps as
Cranberry Pond. On a recent map of Worcester County, it is incor-
rectly represented as the source of one of the branches of the Nashua
River. In fact, no water flows from it at any season, nor does any
stream flow into it. Although its area is small,—only about thirteen
acres, its depth in some parts is sixty or seventy feet. It occupies
one of the deepest valleys in a mass of glacial drift which covers an
area of two or three square miles, and which is very remarkable for
its uneven surface, steep slopes, deep hollows and long and narrow
ridges.
The height of the water in the pond varies through a vertical
range of about six feet. Itisacommon saying among the inhabi-
tants of the vicinity, that the water is highest in a dry time, and also
that it rises and falls regularly once in seven years. These sayings are
not altogether without foundation in facts. The water is often higher
in dry weather in mid-summer than during the copious rains of the
Autumnal Equinox. That there are, also, fluctuations ranging through
several years, is illustrated by the following facts, observed about the
year 1852.
For several years the water had been quite low, and a dense
growth of Pitch Pine (Pinus rigida) had grown up along the margin,
near the water. After these pines had attained about seven years’
growth, the water rose several feet, and stood above their roots dur-
ing at least one whole season, and until the trees were all killed by
the moisture.
It is not necessary to seek an explanation of these facts in the pop-
ular notion that the pond is fed entirely by springs at its bottom, or
has a hidden outlet by which its waters are discharged at intervals.
The height of the water is undoubtedly regulated by the combined
effects of the rainfall and evaporation.
The inference is obvious that careful measurements and records of
the varying height of the water in such ponds throughout the State,
continued for a series of years, would aid in the solution of several
important questions relating to our climate.
1. The ratio of evaporation to rain-fall may be determined.
2. The question whether our climate is gradually growing dryer
may be solved.
3. The effects of forests upon precipitation and evaporation may be
studied by the aid of observations made upon such ponds when sur-
rounded by woodland, and afterwards, when the forests have been
cleared away.
Burbank.] 914. (January 5,
January 5, 1876. —
The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Thirty-
eight persons present.
The following gentlemen were elected Resident Members:
Messrs. A. Graham Bell, Lucien Carr, Charles B. Cory, Sam-
uel D. Crafts, John A. Jeffries, William A. Jeffries, and Clif-
ford R. Weld. . 7
Prof. W. H. Niles read a paper entitled “The Evidences
of a widely spread Geological Force, exhibited by certain
Rock movements.”
Mr. L. 8. Burbank exhibited specimens of the wood,
leaves, and fruit of two species of native forest trees, the
River Birch (Betula nigra) and the Hackberry or Nettle
Tree (Celtis occidentalis).
These trees are both very rare in New England. The River
Birch, which is well described in Emerson’s Report on the Trees and
Shrubs of Massachusetts, is not known to occur anywhere in New ~
England, except on the banks of the Merrimack and some of its
smaller branches. The only locality mentioned by Emerson is on
and near the Spicket River, in Methuen (now the City of Lawrence),
a few miles below Lowell. It is found, however, in great abundance
in Lowell, and along the banks of the Merrimack for several miles
above and below that city. It attracts attention at once by the
peculiarity of the bark, which is of a reddish brown color, and has a
ragged appearance, due to the fact that the outer layers separate and
hang from the branches and smaller trunks in loose, curled masses.
The bark on the larger trunks is dark colored and very rough, hay-
ing little resemblance to that of the branches, or of any other spe-
cies of birch. The trees of this species appear to grow naturally
only on the immediate banks of the streams, where they are gener-
ally much injured by floating ice and driftwood, and seldom show the
vigorous growth and graceful forms that characterize the species in
specially favorable locations.
A group of these trees that stood on the bank of the Merrimack
just above the mills of the Lawrence Corporation in Lowell, con-
1876.] 215 (Burbank.
tained several individuals of remarkable size and beauty. One of
these was undoubtedly the largest of its kind in New England. Its
graceful form and long, drooping branches gave it, when seen from a
distance, much the aspect of an elm. This noble tree has recently
been destroyed to make room for a new building. Fortunately, a rec-
ord of its dimensions (as measured, in 1871, by Mr. Russell, of Provi-
dence, and ee has been preserved. Its circumference at the
ground was 9 ft. 7 in., at four feet above, 8 ft. 6 in. The spread of
the branches was earns feet. Several large trees of the group
are still standing. One of these now measures 7 ft. 6 in. in circum-
ference at four feet from the ground. Its branches extend in one
direction forty-one feet from the centre of the trunk, and in a direc-
tion nearly opposite, thirty feet. Several other trees of the group
measure from five to seven feet in circumference. Micheaux! states,
rather indefinitely, that this species never exceeds two or three feet
in diameter. He also gives the northern part of New Jersey as the
northern limit of its growth.
The facts given above indicate that it does not suffer Aon the
effects of our colder climate, but attains quite as large a growth in
the valley of the Merrimack as in the southern States. It flourishes
well in cultivation, and is well worthy of a place among ornamental
trees for public and private grounds.
The Hackberry, Celtis crassifolia, is regarded as identical with
Celtis occidentalis by Dr. Gray, who describes only one species of Cel-
tis as occurring east of the Mississippi. Micheaux and Emerson
make them two distinet species.
From observations that I have made on the western variety, as well
as that which occurs in this State, I have no doubt that both belong
to the same species, and that the very marked differences which they
present are due entirely to differences of climate and soil. ‘The Celtis
of Indiana is a tall, handsome tree of regular form and rapid growth,
having long and slender branches. The dark purple fruit ripens and
falls in August.* As it occurs on the banks of the Merrimack, it is a
low tree, with dense bushy top and stout trunk, often spreading at
the base in an extraordinary manner, as if to anchor itself more
1Trees of North America, Vol. I., p. 367.
2 August 18th, 1871, I examined some very fine trees of this species at Indianapo-
elis, in the grounds of Mr. Ingram Fletcher. These were lofty trees, the first
branches being at a great height from the ground. The fruit had at that time
nearly all ripened and fallen.
Burbank.} | 916 [January 5,
firmly. The branches are flattened, distorted and covered with irreg-
ular knobs. The fruit does not ripen till late in autumn, and often
remains on the trees till April or May of the next year.1
In fact the tree as it grows in Massachusetts differs from the wes- _
tern variety very much as the Beech and Yellow Birch of high
mountain tops in New England, differ from the same species in fertile
and sheltered valleys. ‘The dense, bushy character of the top is pro-
duced by an annual ‘‘heading in” through the frosts of every winter,
by which the buds on the ends of the slender twigs of the previous
summer’s growth are generally killed.
In nearly all descriptions of this tree which I have seen, the color
of the wood is incorrectly stated. When properly seasoned and
again cut and smoothed after seasoning, it is of a bright straw color,
and very handsome. If cut while green, the surface, on drying,
assumes a dark, greenish brown color, from some chemical change
that takes place in the sap. Nuttall says of the European species,
“ Next to ebony and box it surpasses all others in durability, strength
and beauty. It is esteemed for works of sculpture, for it never con-
tracts nor cracks.’’ This description will apply equally well to the
American species as it grows in Massachusetts.
Mr. Russell of Providence, who was present, read from his
his note-book some further illustrations of this subject. He
also gave the following measurements of a remarkable sassa-
fras tree at Cranston, R.I.: circumference at ground, 14 ft.
2 in.; at 2 ft. from the ground, 11 ft. 101 in., from which
point the circumference hardly diminishes to the height of
the branches, 11 ft. from the ground. The height of the tree
is 491 ft.
The following article was added to Section IV of the By-
Laws.
ArticLte 3. Members who are absent from New England during
the whole year, commencing on the first day of October, shall be
exempt from the annual assessment for such year, provided that they
givenotice of their intended absence to the Secretary.
1 A very minute and accurate description of the species as it occurs in this State, ,
with a plate representing a fine specimen now standing in Lowell, may be found in
the new edition of the work of Mr. Emerson referred to above.
i
|
i
:
1876.] D17 [Bouvé.
January 19, 1876.
The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Fifty per-
sons present.
The President exhibited a fine series of cut and polished
Porphyries from the vicinity of Boston, and read the follow-
ing paper: —
ON THE ORIGIN OF PorPpHyRY. By Tuomas T. Bovuvi.
My object in obtaining and in bringing together the specimens
before me, has not been alone to show how rich our neighborhood is
in rocks that may prove to be of great economic value in the indus-
tries of the future, but also to express some views upon their origin,
which I have reason to believe will not receive the ‘assent of
all the geologists who have made them a study. My remarks will
apply not only to the true Felsite Porphyries, such as have a compact
feldspar base with included crystals of feldspar, but also to such as
are generally of like composition and character, but do not contain
imbedded crystals, or, if they do, the crystals are very obscure. All
these rocks, the true porphyries and the other felsites, vary consid-
erably in composition as well as in appearance, some containing a
much larger per centage of silex than others; but esséntially they
are of the same general character, and all or nearly all found in our
vicinity have undoubtedly the same origin. :
Until within a comparatively recent period, all porphyries and all
such rocks as I have referred to were regarded as of igneous eruptive
character, and some of the text books now in use, as for instance Van
Cotta’s “ Rocks Classified and Described” in the translated edition
of 1866, include them among the Igneous Plutonic rocks, and no
idea is expressed that any of them may be of metamorphic character.
Hitchcock, however, in treating of the lithological character of the
felsites of our State, in his great work on the Geology of Massachu-
setts, published more than thirty years ago, says, ‘‘It seems to me
that in the present state of geological science, one may take it for
granted that compact feldspar has been once melted, but what was
the original rock from which it was produced?” In saying this he
clearly did not mean that like lava, it was melted far beneath the
present surface and brought to it by eruptive action, but that it was
a rock derived from another by metamorphic action on the surface,
Bouyvé.] O18 (January 19,
changed by heat and other agencies from its origina] character to
such as it now presents. In referring to Hitchcock’s work I will
say that there are now no more instructive views presented upon
the porphyries and sienites of Massachusetts than can be found in
its pages, notwithstanding the lapse of a third of a century since it
was written, and the attention that has been given to these classes of.
rocks by eminent geologis ts.
I may be pardoned now if I refer to my own conclusions of many
years past. J had been in the habit of examining as closely as pos-
sible the specimens of the red compact feldspar, the Felsite of Hing-
ham, and though this presented itself to me of quite homogeneous
structure, I came to regard it as derived from a source, the announce-
ment of which seemed to me at the time too absurd to make. Ata
meeting however, of the Boston Society of Natural History, on April
2,1862, Iwentured to ask Dr. Jackson if he had observed evidence of
metamorphic action in the conglomerate rocks of our neighborhood,
- stating that I had noticed by the waysides of Hingham, a blood red
rock resembling red jasper, which I had suspected to be altered con-
glomerate, though I had not until then discovered anything of a
‘pebbly or slaty characte in it, but had just found a locality where
its derivation from the conglomerate could be traced.
This view of the origin of our felsite rocks was not, I think,
regarded with much favor, and the subject was not apparently con-
sidered by observers until same years after. In 1870 Dr. Hunt pre-
sented a paper before the Boston Society of Natural History, in
which he considered the rocks found in the vicinity of Boston, as
embraced in three classes, viz :—
1. Crystalline stratified rocks.
2. Eruptive granites. |
3. Unaltered slates, sandstones and conglomerates.
The first class, the crystalline stratified rocks, he again subdivided
lithologically, making one division to consist of the felsite porphy-
ries with the associated non-porphyritic jasper-like varieties, and
the other of the epidotic, chloritic rocks, including the serpentines
and amygdaloids. These two divisions he regarded as forming parts
of one great, ancient, crystalline series of rocks which could be
traced from Newport to the Bay of Fundy. In the discussion that
followed the reading of Dr. Hunt’s paper, Professor Niles distinctly
stated that he had traced in Dedham the conglomerate until it passed
into porphyry. He had noticed the effects of metamorphism where
1876.] 919 [Bouvé.
dikes occurred, and he believed that many of our porphyritic rocks
were formed from the conglomerate. These views I sustained by:
referring to my own observations, expressing myself as satisfied that
the porphyries of our vicinity, as well as the amygdaloids, were
altered conglomerates.
Dr. Hunt closed the discussion by saying he was confident that at
. Marblehead these rocks were not altered conglomerates. They were
derived rocks, but from the primitive parent rock on which they
rested. .
As Dr. Hunt has recently said that he should take issue with me
upon the point, that the porphyries of Marblehead were derived from
the conglomerate, I presume he has not altered his opinions in respect
to any of the felsites of our neighborhood. I refer particularly to
Dr. Hunt’s expressions because of the very great respect that I have
for his views, based as they are upon extended observation and a
more thorough knowledge of the chemistry of rocks, and of rock
formations than many can attain. They could not but have some
influence in leading me to distrust my own conclusions without fur-
ther examination. But such examination having only confirmed
my original thoughts, I have sought to bring before you such evi-
dence as hand specimens may exhibit. I have therefore brought
here, not only specimens illustrating the variety and beauty of our
porphyries, but such as may be serviceable in showing their origin.
[A fine series of specimens was then exhibited. ]
In conclusion, I wish not only to re-express my belief in the deriva-
tion of these felsites from conglomerates, but. to go one step further,
and include among the rocks having the same origin, some at least of
the underlying sienites. I know that chemical questions can be asked
that may not be easily answered, discountenancing this view, such
as were asked by Dr. C. T. Jackson, at a meeting of the Society in
December, 1869, who inquired, when Professor Shaler expressed
the opinion that the sienites of our vicinity were of sediment-
ary origin, how the sienite was made, what sediments were so
strangely metamorphosed into a crystalline salt like feldspar, and
where did the rock get its potash and soda? Possibly if we knew
more of the aqueous menstruum that permeated all these rocks
when they were. metamorphosed, these questions might be satisfac-
torily answered. That some of our sienitic rocks exhibit conglom-
erate structure, will not be denied after the very instructive instances
cited by Hitchcock. But I refrain from expressing more on this
Hyatt] 220 [January 19,
point, simply because my own observations in the field have been so
limited, but will ask if the reputed succession of our rock deposits is
not itself very suggestive.
Conglomerate.
Compact Feldspar, gradually passing into Porphyry.
Porphyry, gradually passing into a rock intermediate between
Porphyry and Sienite.
Rock intermediate between Porphyry and Sienite.
Sienite.
Now if this gives the true succession of our rocks, and I believe it
does from the observations of others and not from my own, I ask if it
be not a fair inference, that the causes that led to the changes in the
higher portions of the series, affected all, only to a much greater
degree the lower; that the heat and aqueous menstruum that soft-
ened and partly changed some of the conglomerates of the upper
portion forming the felsite conglomerate, as it may be called, repre-
sented by the large specimen exhibited, and which melted the suc-
ceeding strata so as to produce first felsites without crystals, and
below these the true porphyries, may not also by its greater in-
tensity so thoroughly have melted down still lower strata of sedi-
mentary rocks, (conglomerates and slates perhaps), as to entirely
resolve them into their original elements, recrystallize them and thus
have formed sienites, some of which may have even subsequently
played the role of eruptive rocks; for it by no means follows that
because a rock has been sedimentary that it may not also have
become likewise eruptive by being forced upward when in a semi-
fluid state.
Prof. A. Hyatt made some remarks in support of the theory
advanced by Mr. Bouvé, and exhibited a map of Marblehead
Neck, made some years back by the aid of the Plane Table
Map of the United States Coast Survey,.and also largely
from observations made by the class of 1871, of the Mass.
Institute of Technology.
The outlines of the porphyritic, granitoid, and micaceous rocks
were pointed out, and the first named rocks more particularly de-
scribed. The porphyries are the underlying rocks and occupy the
1876. 221 (Hyatt.
greater part of the Neck, the southern shore only and an area to the
north, of a few acres, being occupied by the micaceous rocks referred
to above. Both these and the porphyritic rocks are overlaid by patches
of coarse granite containing flesh-colored feldspar. The precise deri-
vation of the granites could not be determined. When the map was
made I supposed them to be volcanic products, and thought they had
been derived from the same source as the vein rocks penetrating the
Salem syenites. This conclusion, however, is untenable. The Salem
syenites, which are so well known from their peculiar lithological
characteristics, occupy a space of about fifteen square miles in the
townships of Marblehead, Salem, and Swampscot. The whole of this
series of rocks has been completely shattered by extensive eruptions
from below. ‘This is not only the most remarkable characteristic of
the surface, as long since noticed by Professor Hitchcock, but is par-
ticularly observable along the cliff exposures of the shore lines; some
of these, where the walls are perpendicular, show the original
rocky mass split up into angular fragments from the size of a man’s
hat to those which are many yards in diameter. The fragments
have not been injured by their violent separation, and if the vein-
stone could be withdrawn they would fit together with the most per-
fect accuracy. The veins are filled with rock, which in some places,
-is a compact red feldspar, and in others of a syenitic or granitic char-
acter, varying greatty in color and aspect.
The S&lem syenites are crystalline throughout. There, are, how-
ever, indications that they may have been originally stratified de-
posits, though this conclusion must at present be considered very
doubtful, and is merely mentioned in order to attract attention to this
point. It has become evident to me that these Salem syenites are
older than the adjacent porphyries and mica slates, and therefore that
their veinstones have no relation in point of age and cannot have
been the source from which the somewhat similar overlying gran-
ites of Marblehead and Beverly were derived. In fact, so far as my
observations go, the conclusion appears to be unavoidable that the
Salem syenites are remnants of a much older series of rocks than
those to which the porphyries belong. Their characteristics are in
every way distinct from the adjoining granites of Beverly, Gloucester,
and Peabody, and the veinstones by which they are literally reticu-
lated, do not extend upward through any of these or of the interme-
diate rocks, the porphyries and the mica schists of Marblehead.
These last have been described as Huronian by Dr. Hunt, and so
Hyatt.) 22. {January 19, ©
*
mapped by Prof. C.H. Hitchcock, but whether the Salem syenites
belong properly to the next oldest system of Hunt’s series or to the
Laurentian, seems at present doubtful. This matter, however, as
well as the subject of the chemical changes of the porphyries, will,
I hope, be fully investigated by one of the Assistants in the Society’s
Museum, Mr. W. O. Crosby, and fully reported upon at some future
time.
The porphyries appear to overlie the Salem syenites unconform-
ably, and together with them are cut by at least two series of dioritic
dykes, one running nearly north and south, and the other in a north-
westerly and south-easterly direction, if indeed any system can be
eliminated from the confused lines, which intersect each other in
every direction on the surface. The porphyries, though varying
greatly in aspect and in composition, are nevertheless but one forma-
tion, and derived from a vast conglomerate which appears in Lynn,
Saugus, and Marblehead, and is reported to occur under the granites
on the Beverly shore. The originally conglomerate nature. of the
entire deposit is inferred by extensive observations made by myself
at Marblehead Neck, and by my assistant, Mr. W. O. Crosby, in
Saugus, and the general identity of the purely crystalline porphyries
of Lynn with those of Marblehead Neck, which are undoubtedly
merely altered conglomerates. In some localities it is possible to.
study the various phases of the changes which may take place in the
original conglomerate within the circuit of a few yards. ‘Tleus at one
point on the ocean side of Marblehead Neck, the variegated conglom-
erate is altered to compact light colored felsite in one direction, in
another becomes a dark colored porphyry with crystals of feldspar.
The change into the felsite is the most instructive, since here it is
possible to trace the included pebble of dark colored, banded por-
phyry through all stages until it becomes a mere spot in the light
colored matrix. During this change the pebble disappears by some
process by which the structure is altered from without, the centre
being the last point to lose its distinctive coloring or structure. ‘This,
and the unaltered form of the pebbles or masses, would appear to
militate against the supposition that such a series of changes could
only take place in a plastic or semi-fluid mass. But whether this was
the case or not, and whatever the condition may have been, the fact
seems to me unquestionable, after a review of this locality, that both
a felsite and a true porphyry were formed out of a conglomerate,
without any perceptible change having been made in the form of the
1876.) PA a (Hyatt.
contained pebbles. This is shown by some of the masses of the truly
crystalline porphyry in which the pebbles have entirely disappeared
in fractured surfaces, but show the outlines of their uncompressed
forms upon the external weathered faces. |
That the conglomerate porphyries cannot have been derived from
the adjacent masses of banded and crystalline porphyries is inferred
from the fact that the materials of the conglomerate are not identi-
eal. The pebbles contained in them are evidently derived from some
older porphyries, and are quite distinct. Besides this, the traces of
pebbles may be seen upon the weathered surfaces of the crystalline
porphyries and felsites, and their transformations traced back to their
original condition in the conglomerate in many localities.
The change of the pehbles into more or less lenticular masses,
streaks, or bands, in the formation of the banded porphyries, is
also very interesting. In this case the re-arrangement of the
conglomerate, itself recomposed from older banded porphyries, takes
place in a similar manner, but with certain distinctive character-
istics. The material of the pebble is seen to be re-arranged, as
it were, by the action of the matrix, into alternate bands of dark
colored porphyry and white feldspar, marked here and there with
imperfect crystals, the remnants of the centres of pebbles which
have otherwise entirely disappeared. ‘This re-arrangement pro-
ceeds from without, so that the pebble eventually becomes a lentic-
ular mass arranged in alternate lamine. ‘This would seem to be the
direct product of pressure upon the mass, which would naturally
produce the lenticular form, and lead, especially if a moderate
amount of heat were applied, to the production of bands of feldspar.
But if we examine the form which the lamine of the coarse, peb-
ply matrix assume during deposition, we find that this lenticular
form can be explained without bringing in the aid of pressure.
These layers can be traced in many specimens. ‘They are concave
around the bases of the larger pebbles, straight or horizontal only at
the middle part or zone around the centre, and become decidedly
convex as they are heaped up on the upper half of the inclosed
mass. ‘The changes which take place first affect the lowermost and
uppermost layers of the matrix, converting them into bands of feld-'
spar and dark amorphous porphyry. These form a lenticular figure
surrounding the pebble and the zone of intermediate horizontal lay-
ers, exactly as the lines of the eyelids surround the ball of the eye,
supposing the corners of that organ to be filled with solid matter
Hyatt.] 994 [January 19,
representing the horizontal layers. The changes in the majority of
cases follow this pattern, so that the included pebble becomes re-
duced much faster in its vertical than its horizontal diameter, thus
assuming a more elliptical and flatter form. The whole series of
bands, which are thus seen to arise from above and below simulta-
neously, approximate more and more to a horizontal line in ap-
proaching the centre of each pebble until they actually do meet on
one common level.
An infinite number of pebbles arranged with the longer axes in the
planes of stratification, and undergoing such changes as these just
described, would, by the intersection of their lamin, form the more
or less concentric or continuous and irregular bands which are to be
found in what are called banded porphyries.
Another form of porphyry is also found on the Neck in which the
pebbles seem to be absolutely flattened out, and then to fuse or run
together at their extremities, forming dark continuous streaks or
bands. The precise mode of the formation of this kind I did not
succeed in following out, and in fact attempted, with regard to the
others, nothing more than what could be accomplished by the most
direct visual ébservations unassisted by chemical analyses. Never-
theless some curious facts can be observed in the merely mechanical
phenomena attending these changes. It is exceedingly interesting to
note that so great changes, as those described, could take place, and
in a mass which must have been sufficiently plastic to permit of a
continuous chemical reaction between the elements of the pebbles and
those of the surrounding matrix, and yet not so plastic as to alter
the contour of the pebbles. Also, that different kinds of rock,
felsites, crystalline and banded porphyries, were produced essentially
from the same conglomerate, but that in all of these, while the chemi-
cal and physical changes in the pebbles differed, the general facts
remained, that in all cases the loose materials of the matrix exhibi-
ted the metamorphosis first, and the pebbles more slowly, the
changes in the latter proceeding concentrically always from without
inward. This would seem to indicate that the plasticity of the ma-
trix, if it was plastic, communicated itself very slowly, if at all, to the
contained pebbles.
Mr. L. 8. Burbank made some remarks on the Conglom-
erate of Harvard, Mass.
This formation is of very limited extent, covering an area of about
two miles in length by four or five hundred feet in width. The
1876.] 995 [Burbank.
conglomerate is associated with a soft argillaceous and chloritic slate,
which was formerly quarried and used for gravestones.
The beds of slate and conglomerate are interstratified, and coincide
in strike and dip with nearly vertical strata of crystalline gneiss in
which they are enclosed. The pebbles of the unaltered portion of
the conglomerate consist almost entirely of a gray quartzite. None
of these pebbles can have been derived from the rocks now existing
in the immediate vicinity. These conglomerates and slates appear
to form part of a continuous series with the enclosing strata of gran-
itoid gneiss.
The series of specimens here exhibited shows a gradual transition
from a nearly unaltered conglomerate to a crystalline gneissoid rock.
Remarkable examples of flattened and curved pebbles are found in
the conglomerate. In some cases the pebbles are so much elongated
and curved as to give an agate like appearance to the surface of the
rock, as seen in the specimens shown. In many of the larger peb-
bles there appears a laminated structure which was doubtless pro-
duced by the same force which changed their external forms.
The relation of these mechanically formed sediments to the adja-
cent crystalline rocks will be discussed more at length in a future
paper.
Article IV of the Constitution was amended to read as
follows : —
“ Resident Members only shall be entitled to vote, to hold office,
or to transact business; Corresponding and Honorary Members and
Patrons may attend the meetings and take part in the scientific
discussions of the Society; they may, however, on application, be
transferred to the list of Resident Members, by a majority vote of the
Council.”
February 2, 1876.
The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Fourteen
persons present.
The following paper was read : —
Tue AFFINITY OF THE Motitusca AND: MOLLUSCOIDA.
By W. K. Brooks, Pu.D.
During last August and September I enjoyed, through the kind-
ness of Mr. Agassiz, an opportunity of studying the development of
PROCKEDINGS. B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVELI. 15 APRIL, 1876.
Brooks.]} 296 [February 2,
several of our more common marine Gasteropoda; and the results
reached seem to point to the conclusion, which I believe has never
been pointed out, that although the Gasteropoda are much more
specialized and highly evolved than the Lamellibranchs, nearly all
their organs, excepting those of locomotion and relation, conform
much more closely to the embryonic type than do the same organs in
an adult Lamellibranch. The latter group must therefore be re-
garded as a side branch from the main stem, of which the Gastero-
poda are a much more direct continuation.
I have already shown (Proc. Amer. Association, 1875) that the
embryonic shell of Anodonta is, at first, a cup covering what is to
become the dorsal surface of the embryo, and is therefore homologous
with the shell of a Gasteropod. This cup or hood soon folds down on
to the sides of the embryo, precisely as described in Dentalium by
Lacaze-Duthiers, and at a very early period splits along the dorsal
median line and becomes separated into the two halves of a bivalve
shell, which are thus shown to be together the homologue of the shell
of a Gasteropod exclusive of the operculum, which, as Selenka has
shown in his “ Entwickelung von Tergipes claviger,” is formed by a
split which extends across the long axis of the body, and therefore at
right angles to that which, in Anodonta, gives rise to the two valves.
The valves of an adult lamellibranchiate shell are a specializa-
tion of the embryonic shell; are bilateral in origin, and together
represent the dorsal or haemal cup or shell of a Gasteropod, a Poly-
zoon, or a Brachiopod; while the ventral or neural operculum of a
Gasteropod corresponds to the neural valve of a Brachiopod or the
lid of a cheilostomatous Polyzoon, and is wanting in the Lamelli-
branchs.
The digestive organs of an adult Lamellibranch, although they are
very much less specialized than those of a Gasteropod, seem to be
much more widely removed from the embryonic type. The stomach
of the Veliger of Astyris, like that of a Polyzoon, is divided by a
constriction into two chambers. (Compare also the figure of the
embryo of the Pteropod, Carolinia tridentata by H. Fol, and that of
Limnea by Rabl.) In the embryo of Mytilus we have, according
to Lacaze-Duthiers, a similar stomach, and in the adult of Yoldia
we have the same a little modified; here the anterior portion of the
stomach receives the bile-tubes, and the posterior portion is pro-
longed so as to form a conical, somewhat twisted, intestine-like
pouch, from the bottom of which the small intestine originates. In
1876.] 227 (Brooks.
Venus this peculiarity is much more marked; the posterior chamber
is now tubular, and sharply separated from the true stomach, which
represents the anterior half of the embryonic stomach. The tube is
somewhat convoluted, and is imperfectly divided by a longitudinal
fold of the inner wall into two parallel chambers, of which the ante-
rior is the true intestinal cavity, while the posterior contains the
erystaline style. In Cardium we find the process of differentiation
carried a step farther. The partition, which in Venus is imperfect,
here extends entirely across the tube, so that the cavity of the sheath
of the style is completely shut off from that of the large intestine,
although the two are still in contact, and are contained within the
same outer wall. Solen will answer as an illustration of the next
step in the process of differentiation. Here the large intestine is not
united to the sheath of the style, although the former is nearly straight,
and parallel to, as well as near the latter. In such forms as Mya the
large intestine is entirely independent of the sheath of the style, and
its large semicircular convolutions begin at the point where it joins
the stomach. This series seems to show that the stomach of a Lamel-
libranch is komologous with only the anterior half of that of the em-
bryo, or of a Gasteropod, while the large intestine and sheath of the
style are together a very peculiar modification of the posterior
portion.
In the prosobranchiate Gasteropoda, as in the Lamellibranchs, the
gill is formed as a series of tentacular prolongations into the mantle
chamber; these increase in number, and at last form a broad sheet,
which is well shown beneath the transparent shell of Crepidula dur-
ing the later ‘* Veliger”’ and the early “ Gasteropod” stages. In the
Gasteropoda these tentacles remain free from each other during the
whole life, and the water circulates over and around them; while in
the Lamellibranchs they become so bent upon themselves and united
to each other that the gill-tubes are formed, and the water is driven
into and through these, to be discharged into the cloaca, which is a
special chamber, peculiar to the Lamellibranchs. In such a form as
Mytilus, where the union between the tentacles is somewhat imper-
fect, we have what appears to be an intermediate stage between the
perfect lamella of Mya or Unio and the separate tentacles of a Gas-
teropod. The gills of a Lamellibranch are therefore, like the shell
and the digestive organs, a specialized form of the embryonic type,
which is pretty closely adhered to in the adult Gasteropod.
These facts must not be regarded as showing that the Lamelli-
Brooks.) 228 [February 2,
branchs are higher than or derived directly from the Gasteropods,
for any such conclusion is rendered impossible by the lack in the
latter group of such peculiarities as the lingual ribbon, a centralized
and highly evolved nervous system, and accessory organs of repro-
duction. Although it is true that these features might have been lost
through adaptation to a sedentary life, their entire absence at all
stages of growth, throughout the whole class, would seem to indicate
that they never existed; so we cannot derive these animals directly
from the Gasteropoda, but must regard them as an offshoot from a
form of which the Gasteropods are the highly developed linear or
nearly linear descendants. If this conclusion is accepted it is plain
that all attempts to trace the phylogeny of the higher Mollusca
through the Lamellibranchs to the Molluscoida, must be erroneous
and useless.
The history of the discussion of the affinities of the Mollusca is an
almost unbroken record of generalizations based upon imperfect
knowledge and erroneous conceptions, and so many arrangements of
the group have been proposed, accepted for a time, and then shown
to be unnatural, that it is not at all strange that many naturalists
should now call in question the existence of any real affinity between
the higher and the lower classes. As long as the attention of the
investigator was confined to the study of shells, there seemed to be
no difficulty in connecting the Lamellibranchs with the Brachiopods
through such forms as Anomia; and although the slightest anatomical
knowledge is sufficient to show that the resemblance between these
forms is entirely superficial and without scientific value, this concep-
tion had been so generally accepted and-so firmly established that the
confirmation by embryology of the results reached through anatom-
ical research, has scarcely been able to thoroughly exterminate it.
This view has been replaced by another which is not open to the
charge of superficiality, since it is based upon a thorough knowledge
of adult structure, and its weakness is shown only when it is tested
by embryology. The clearest and most forcible statement of this
view is that given by Allman in his “ Fresh-water Polyzoa.” Accord-
ing to Allman the Tunicata are intermediate between the Polyzoa
below and the Lamellibranchs above. The branchial sac of a Tuni-
cate represents the permanently retracted tentacular crown of a
hippocrepian Polyzoon; the tentacles form the horizontal bars of
the sac, and uniting to each other at intervals inclose the branchial
slits. Although Allman’s figures are necessarily diagrams, no organ
———— ——————
1876.] 229 [Brooks.
is exaggerated or suppressed for the purpose of making the likeness
more forcible; they are very accurate and faithful representations of
the animals, and show the closest similarity between these two forms;
the position, structure and connections of almost every organ of the
one being duplicated in the other. An almost equally perfect com-
parison may be made between a Tunicate and a Lamellibranch, but
the recent great additions to our knowledge of the embryology of
the Tunicata seem to show, with absolute conclusiveness, that we here
have nothing but a very perfect and striking adult resemblance,
reached in each of the groups in a different way and therefore with-
out homological signification. Whatever view of the vertebrate
affinity of the Tunicata we may incline to, we must recognize the
fact that the branchial sac is morphologically part of the digestive
tract, and in no sense whatever a lophophore or a tentacular gill.
Moreover we should expect, according to all analogy, to find the
affinity to other groups most clearly shown in the low or embryonic
forms, but Appendicularia presents none of the peculiarities upon
which the comparison is based. As Ray Lankaster has lately referred
to Allman’s homology in a way which seems to imply that he still
accepts it, I will repeat more briefly my reasons for rejecting it.
These are : first, that the development of the Tunicate shows that
the resemblance is not due to community of origin, but is reached in
different ways: and secondly, that the adult Lamellibranchs are a
specialization of the embryonic type and therefore cannot lie in the
direct line connecting the Molluscoida with the Mollusca. Allman
himself seems to have seen the force of the first objection, for in a
much later paper (1869), he advances the view that the Polyzoa are
connected, through Rhabdopleura, with the Lamellibranchs. His
studies of this genus were made upon alcoholic specimens; and Sars,
who enjoyed the superior advantages afforded by an abundance ot
living specimens, has shown that Allman was mistaken in regard to
almost every one of the points upon which he attempted to establish .
the supposed relationship.
These are only a few of the arrangements of the Mollusca which
have been proposed, and the fact that, of the three selected, two are
by Allman must not be regarded as the result of a wish to unfavor-
ably criticize the work of this author. On the contrary the anatomi-
eal resemblances which he points out so clearly are worthy of the
most thoughtful attention, and although they are not homological and
do not indicate descent they are excellent illustrations of the inde-
Brooks.) 230 [February 2,
pendent origin of similar structures; a class of relations which has
not yet been sufficiently allowed for in the speculations of the modern
school of zoology, but which seems destined to form, at some future
time, an important element in the theory of the evolution of life.
The superiority of the conceptions of Allman becomes evident as
soon as we contrast them with many which have been advanced; for
example, the comparison advocated by a very distinguished natura-
list and embryologist between the foot of a Lamallibranch, the tail of
Appendicularia, and the placenta of Salpa.
We come now to the question : if our present knowledge of the
embryology of the Mollusca and Molluscoida disproves all the old
ideas of their affinity, does it present any thing to replace them?
Most of the Gasteropoda are known to pass through a free, locomo-
tive “ Veliger’’ stage. The veligers of different Gasteropods differ
considerably in form; and in some the embryo, at this stage, is much
less specialized than in others; but, omitting the complications intro-
duced as adaptations to a spiral shell, the veliger of such a marine
Gasteropod as Astyris may be regarded as presenting the typical
form. A veliger may be described as a free-swimming, bilaterally
symmetrical embryo, without a true heart or vascular system, or
branchiz, with the mouth and anus near each other on the median
line. The digestive organs are suspended in the body cavity, and
attached to the body-wall at the two external apertures, and by the
various muscles. The fvot is situated between these two openings;
and the pedal ganglia, which are in most veligers the first ganglia to
appear, are developed in the region of the foot; that is, between the
mouth and the anus. ‘The foot is generally supplied with a bunch of
setez, which are apparently sensory in function. The animal is
inclosed in a shell composed of two portions; a large ventral cup,
and a neural or pedal operculum, which is united to the anal margin
of the cup at the earliest stages, and subsequently becomes separated
from it. This shell and lid are found in the embryos of those forms
where the adult is without an operculum, as Crepidula, as well as in
those where the adult is destitute of a shell, as the Nudibranchs.
The most characteristic peculiarity of the veliger is the velum.
This is a large, bilaterally symmetrical circlet of cilia, developed
from the cephalic region of the embryo, and supported, at some dis-
tance from the body, by a transparent double-walled veil, the cavity
of which is irregularly divided into large sinuses, in free communica-
tion with the body-cavity. The animal swims, usually near the sur-
1876.] 931 (Brooks.
face of the ocean, by means of the long cilia of the velum, which
would seem to perform the function of a respiratory organ as well,
for the fluid which fills the body-cavity is driven into and out of the
sinuses of the velum by the retraction and expansion of this strue-
ture; in most veligers this circulation seems to be aided by the
rythmical contraction of the muscular fibres which bind the foot to
the esophagus. The mouth is not within the circlet of large locomo-
tive cilia, but immediately behind it, and a ring or band of smaller
cilia passes from the anterior margin of the mouth entirely around
the velum, on its lower surface, and therefore outside the circlet of
locomotive cilia. This second circlet seems adapted to convey food
to the mouth, but there are no direct observations upon this point.
The velum and the foot are retracted into the shell by the action of
a pair of long muscles which pass from the sides of the esophagus
and region of the foot to the bottom of the ventral shell, and subse-
quently become the columellar muscle of the adult.
The veliger stage seems to be represented very perfectly in most of
the marine Gasteropods, except some of those whose eggs are pro- |
tected by strong cases, within which the early stages of development
are passed. In some of these, as Purpura, there is a well marked but
somewhat rudimentary veliger stage, and it is probably represented
more or less faintly in all, although the embryo does not pass this pe-
riod in free locomotive life, and accordingly has no need of swimming
organs.
Although the marine Opisthobranchs pass through a perfect veliger
stage, and are locomotive at this period, the fresh water Pulmonates
undergo their embryonic development within the egg, and with them
the velum is only faintly indicated, and it appears to be entirely
wanting in the land Pulmonates whose young are not aquatic.
As regards the remaining classes of the Mollusca; the Scaphopods
pass through an embryonic form which is easily recognized as a veli-
ger, although it is not very highly developed. It would seem as if
the Lamellibranchs, from their fixed or nearly fixed mode of life, had
an especial need for a locomotive larval stage, but the veliger stage
ean hardly be detected in this group. Embryos of several of the
marine Lamellibranchs have been described and figured as furnished
with a circlet of cilia, and thus fitted for locomotion, but these em-
bryos are so rudimentary in other respects, and so different from the
highly specialized veligers of the Gasteropoda, that we cannot, with
any safety, say that they represent this stage of development at all,
Brooks.] 932, [February 2,
although the fact that Anodonta has an unmistakable velum would
seem to indicate that the Lamellibranchs, like the Gasteropods, are
the descendants of a free-swimming veliger, and that the circlet of
cilia described in the embryos of such forms as Cardium is also to be
regarded as a rudiment of the same stage. It may be that the devel-
opment of the young within the branchiz or the mantle chamber in
this class does away with the necessity for a locomotive embryo, but
at present we know so little of the life history of the marine forms
that we have very little ground for generalization. The imperfection
of our present knowledge cannot, however, be fairly urged to re-
strain us from making as much use as possible of what knowledge we
do possess, although we must constantly bear in mind that it intro-
duces an element of uncertainty into all of our conclusions. This,
of course, is true of all biological speculation at present, but no one
would advocate the abandonment of all speculation and comparison
until all of the facts of our science have been recorded and verified.
The embryo of Anodonta, at a very early stage, has, at the ante-
rior end of the worm-like body, a simple band of cilia; as develop-
ment progresses this is carried, by the formation of the mantle lobes,
into the mantle cavity, and there increases in length, and the free
ends bend towards each other and finally unite, thus forming a closed,
bilaterally lobed circlet like that of the Gasteropods, except that it
is not raised from the surface of the body, and its cilia are very short
and are not used for locomotion. It is interesting to notice also that
it is attached to the dorsal surface of the shell by two muscles like
those of the veliger of a Gasteropod. In Anodonta these subsequently
become the retractor muscles of the foot.
The thecosomatous Pteropoda present the veliger stage of develop-
ment in a form as highly specialized as that of the marine Gastero-
poda, and the embryos of the two do not differ at this time in any
essential particular. The development of the gymnosomatous Pter-
opods on the contrary is entirely anomalous, and at present appears to
be inexplicable on any theory of descent.
In the Cephalopoda, as so often happens in the higher representa-
tives of a group, the indirect course of development has given place
to the direct; the larval stages are usually entirely wanting, and the
embryo shapes itself, from the beginning, into the form of the adult.
In most Cephalopods there is no trace of a veliger stage, but its ab-
sence is what we should expect from the analogy of the higher forms
of other groups.
1876.] 9338 (Brooks.
The conclusion to be drawn from our present knowledge of the
Mollusca, will appear, from this review, to be that all of them are to
be traced back to a free-swimming ancestral form, of which the veli-
ger embryo is the representative; this seems to be the only way in
which we can account for its appearance in at least certain represen-
tatives of so many widely separated groups; and the presence of
rudiments of it in such forms as Anodonta and the Pulmonates seems
to indicate the same conclusion. We have seen that in many of the.
cases where it is wanting its absence can be reconciled with this the-
ory, even with our present knowledge, and we may therefore hope
that a more complete acquaintance with the embryology of the naked
Pteropods will show that they are not an exception.
We come now to the interesting question: what are the affinities
of this ‘‘ Veliger’’ from which the true Mollusca are descended?
“It is only necessary to glance at the side view of any fully devel-
oped veliger, such as Selenka’s figure of Tergipes, in order to notice
the resemblance to a Polyzoon, and more careful examination shows
that the resemblance holds not only in the general plan but in detail.
The velum corresponds to the lophophore in position and structure,
and subserves, like this, the function of respiration, and probably
that of ingestion as well. The heart is absent in both, and the fluid
which fills the body cavity and bathes the digestive organs is kept
in motion by the contraction of the various muscles of the body.
The digestive organs are similar in form and also in their connections.
The epistome with its ganglion answers to the foot and pedal gang-
lia, and in Rhabdopleura the epistome is functionally as well as mor-
phologically a creeping disc. The shell and operculum answer to
the cell and lid of a cheilostomatous Polyzoon, and the retractor
muscles are clearly homologous. The most important differences
seem to be that among the Polyzoa, the animals are fixed and mul-
tiply by budding; and that in all, the mouth, as well as the epistome,
is within the circlet of the lophophore. (Rhabdopleura was described
by Allman as an exception in this respect : Sars however has shown
that although the tentacle-bearing portion comes to an end upon the
sides of the foot, the line of cilia is continued entirely around it:)
The lack of agreement between the positions occupied by the
mouth and foot in the two forms seems to be the most serious ob-
jection which can be urged against the view here advocated. In
answer to it we can only point out that in Dentalium the mouth is
formed within the circlet, although the foot is outside it. It is not to
Brooks.} 934. {February 2,
be supposed, however, that the veliger can be traced back to any
existing form of Polyzoon, or even to any Order of this Class. In
some respects its affinities are with the Hippocrepia, in others they
are with the Cheilostomata, and in still others they are with Rhab-
dopleura, and they therefore indicate that the common ancestral type
of the Mollusca was, not a true Polyzoon, but simply a polyzoon-like
form. 3
= Fe
1°. Liberia.
46. Forficula vellicans. Head luteo-castaneous, smooth,
slightly tumid; labrum dusky; palpi dull luteous; antenne dark
brown at base, growing paler beyond, 12-jointed, sparsely pilose.
Pronotum quadrate, longer than broad, luteo-castaneous, uniformly
and slightly tumid, the sides parallel, a little marginate, the middle
with a faintly impressed longitudinal line, the hind margin slightly
convex, all the angles square. Tegmina about half as long as the
pronotum, squarely docked at the extremity, smooth, dull luteous,
the inner edge sometimes a little dusky; wings wanting. Legs
luteous; the femora, especially the hind femora, a little infus-
cated. Abdomen rather dark castaneous, profusely and rather finely
punctate throughout, above and below; pygidium small, squarely
docked, minutely trifid. Forceps simple, about two-thirds as long as
the abdomen, flattened cylindrico-conical, attingent, nearly straight, ~
but a little upcurved, the pointed tips incurved; inner edge slightly
1876.] 200 [Scudder,
rugulose. Length of body, 11.75 mm.; of antennae, 8.5 mm.; of
tegmina, 2.75 mm.; of hind femora, 3.25 mm., of forceps, 4 mm,
2.9. Brazil.
47. Forficula luteipes. Dark castaneous, smooth, slightly
tumid; palpi luteo-fuscous, the tips dusky; antenna (broken) very
dark fuscous brown at base, paler brown beyond, sparsely pilose.
Pronotum quadrate, scarcely longer than broad, dark castaneous,
slightly tumid, the sides straight, flattened, scarcely margined,
much lighter colored than the middle, a very faintly impressed
median line; the posterior border gently convex. ‘Tegmina fully
half as long again as pronotum, dull luteous, broadly margined
interiorly with fuscous, the tip squarely docked; wings projecting
but little beyond the tegmina, the projecting portion about half
as long as the pronotum, colored like the tegmina. Legs uni-
form luteous. Abdomen very dark castaneous, not punctate, but
transversely wrinkled with exceedingly fine short wavy lines, occa-
sionally reduced to puncte. Pygidium small, trifid, the middle tooth
larger than the others. Forceps simple, scarcely more than half as
long as the abdomen, slightly depressed cylindrico-conical, attingent,
nearly straight, but scarcely upcurved; the pointed tips incurved,
the inner edge minutely denticulate. Length of body, 10.25 mm.; of
tegmina and wings, 3.25 mm.; of hind femora, 2.5 mm.; of forceps,
8mm. 29%. Brazil.
This species is closely allied to I’. vellicans Scudd., differing from
it principally in the presence of wings, the non-punctate abdomen
and the shorter forceps.
48. Forficula variicornis. Head black, with a reddish
tinge, with a pair of puckered impressions dividing pretty equally
the space between the upper bases of the antenne; palpi brownish
luteous; antennz 10-11 jointed, the basal three or four joints
brownish luteous, the penultimate joint pale luteous, all the others
dark brown, verging toward black, all sparsely pilose. Pronotum
quadrate, scarcely longer than broad, equal, the sides straight, the
hind border gently convex; the middle of the anterior half a little
tumid, with an impressed median line, which beyond the intumescence
changes to a slight carina; blackish brown, the sides broadly, and the
hind border narrowly dull luteous. Tegmina about twice as long as
the pronotum, of a rich dark brown, the tip squarely docked. Pro-
jecting part of wings of same color, tipped interiorly and minutely
with Juteous, extending beyond the tegmina to a distance nearly
Seudder.] 256 | [March 22,
equal to the width of the pronotum. Legs dull luteous, more or less
obscured with fuscous, especially just before the tip of the femora.
Abdomen very dark mahogany brown, the lateral plications of second
and third segments very prominent, forming blunt conical tubercles;
surface of abdomen nearly smooth; last dorsal segment in both sexes
with a minute circular central depression. Forceps of male nearly
three-quarters as long as the abdomen, flattened beneath, directed at
first, for a short distance, horizontally and slightly outward, then, at
a superior constriction, bent slightly upward and slightly inward to
the incurved tip, which by a sudden constriction at its base resembles
aclaw; the lower inner edge of the upturned portion is distantly
and very delicately denticulate, and the middle of the upper surface
bears a large, laminate, compressed, triangular pointed tooth ; forceps
of female simple, slender, approximated at the base, and beyond
attingent and straight to the finely pointed incurved tip; they are
nearly horizontal but regularly curved, first downward and then
upward, minutely denticulate along inner edge. Length of body,
9mm.; of antenne, 7 mm.; of wings and tegmina, 3.5 mm.3; of hind
femora, 2.5 mm.; of forceps, 3.5mm. 3¢,4 2%. Brazil.
49. Forficula hirsuta. Head dark mahogany brown, the
front tumid, with a pair of short longitudinal furrows dividing the
space between the antenne; palpi dull luteous; antenne (broken
beyond fifth joint) uniformly dark mahogany brown. Pronotum
as in F’. variicornis, but uniformly reddish black, the sides slightly
elevated. Tegmina dark reddish brown, twice as long as the
pronotum, squarely docked at tip; wings of same color, scarcely
tipped with dirty luteous. Femora uniform dark reddish brown;
rest of legs dull luteous. Abdomen dark reddish brown, the poste-
rior edges of the segments blackish, the lateral plications of the sec-
ond and third segments prominent, the surface profusely, minutely
and transversely punctato-striate with abbreviated striz, the last
segment with a short median longitudinal impression. Head, an-
tennz, prothorax, base and lower edge of tegmina, exposed part of
wings, legs and abdomen rather sparsely covered with moderately
long pile. Forceps nearly as long as the abdomen, very slender,
cylindrical, approximated at base, beyond attingent, straight to the
incurved pointed tip. Length of body, 9.75 mm.; of tegmina and
wings, 4.5 mm.; of hind femora, 2.9 mm.; of forceps,4 mm. 1 @.
Brazil.
This species is closely allied to F. varticornis Scudd., differing
1876.] D5T [Scudder.
from it principally in the uniform and dark coloring of the antennz
and femora, the hirsuteness of the whole body, the punctate abdo-
men and the slender forceps.
50. Labia arcuata. Head black, slightly tumid, very mi-
nutely rugulose, covered with very short pile, palpi dark brown; an-
tenne with eleven joints, pilose, blackish brown, the terminal half of
the apical joint pale. Pronotum black, the sides scarcely tinged with
testaceous, quadrate, scarcely longer than broad, scarcely narrowing
posteriorly, the sides straight, the posterior angle well marked, hind
edge gently convex; the front half slightly tumid, with a median
impressed line, the rest flat. Teomina glistening black, covered with
short pile, more than twice as long as the pronotum, each as broad
as the pronotum, the apex roundly excised; exposed part of wings
slender, almost pointed, black, nearly as long as the pronotum. Legs
dark brown, the apical half of tibie and tarsi growing lighter. Ab-
domen dark mahogany brown above, blackish at the sides, castaneous
below, covered wholly with short pile. Pygidium very broad, bifid,
with large teeth. Forceps about a third as long as the abdomen,
strongly arcuate, trigono-arcuate on basal, straighter half; beyond
flattened cylindrical, bent inward, nearly straight, and the apex
pointed and not incurved; the inner surface is nearly flat, with an
upper and lower edge; the upper edge is smooth, with a minute
tooth near the base; the lower edge has a larger triangular laminate
tooth slightly further from the base, and directed a little downward.
Length of body, 6.4 mm.; of antenne, 4.1 mm.; of tegmina and
wings, 3mm.; of hind femora, 1.3 mm.; of forceps,1.6 mm. 1 ¢.
Vassouras, one hundred miles north of Rio, Brazil, taken March 5.
(B. P. Mann.)
A CENTURY OF ORTHOPTERA. DECADE VI. —FORFICULARLE
(N. American). By Samue.t H. ScuppeErR.
51. Neolobophora volsella. Head smooth, glistening,
vinous red, the eyes piceous, and the front strongly obscured with
blackish, sutures of the head deeply impressed, and either hemis-
phere of the occiput intumescent; antenne blackish fuscous, gradu-
ally growing a little paler toward the tip, the basal joint often tinged
with reddish; thorax and abdomen piceous, the sides of the protho-
rax dull luteous. Prothorax smooth, with very delicate and faint
infrequent transverse furrows, and a very slight median sulcation.
PROCEEDINGS B. 8S. N. H.— VOL. XVIII. 17 MAY, 1876,
Scudder.] 958 [March 22,
Tegmina slightly longer than broad, the hinder edge cut obliquely in
a gentle curve, sc that when at rest the combined hinder edges form a
slight concave curve. Wings wanting. Legs luteous, the apical half of
the fore and middle femora and the apical third of the hind femora
black, or blackish fuscous. Abdomen very distantly and very
minutely punctulate, each pit giving rise to a minute short hair.
Forceps long and very slender, those of the female nearly as long as
the abdomen, attingent, subquadrate, straight until close to the tip
and then curved slightly inward, unarmed, vinous red, slightly ob-
scured at the tip; those of the male nearly twice as long as the abdo-
men, the basal half subquadrate, very slightly bowed in opposite
directions, the inner edges delicately toothed or granulate, with a
slight but distinct tooth in the middle, beyond which the arms of the
forceps are subcylindrical, subattingent, and have the curve of the
female; the basal half is mostly vinous red, more or less obscured,
especially toward the tip, the apical half blackish. Length of body
excluding forceps, 12-13 mm.; of antenne, 8.5 mm.; of tegmina,
2.5 mm.; of hind femora, 3.5 mm.; of forceps, ¢, 10.56 mm., ?, 5.25
mm. Described from 4 do, 3 2, taken by Sumichrast (No. 6) in the
mountains about Orizaba, Mexico, under bark in the month of Jan-
uary. Smithsonian Institution.
In describing this genus I stated that the terminal segment of the
abdomen was alike in both sexes; this is not strictly true, that of the
female narrowing much more rapidly than that of the male. I also
compared it with the old world Lobophora, but failed at the time, for
want of proper material, to see its much closer affinity to Nannopygia.
52. Thermastris Chontalia. Head black, the mouth parts
luteo-fuscous, obscured with blackish. Antenne with more than thirty-
four joints, the first and third joints stouter and shorter than in T.
brasiliensis, the first twelve and thirteen joints blackish fuscous, be-
yond growing paler fuscous. Prothorax and tegmina blackish brown,
with very distant, short, stout, tapering hairs; pronotum nearly flat,
with a very obscure median longitudinal depression; tegmina sinu-
ously and obliquely docked at tip, twice as long as the prothorax; the
projecting portion of the wings, as in the other species of the genus,
is covered with hairs like those on the tegmina, and squarely docked
at extreme tip, but unlike the other species is of the same color as
the tegmina, with very slightly paler inner edge. Legs dirty yellowish
brown, the femora covered sparsely with spinous hairs, the tibiz and
tarsi blackish above. Abdomen dull castaneous, rugulose, the last
1876.] 259 [Scudder.
dorsal segment with a broad median depression, and the hinder edge
scarcely produced angularly over each of the arms of the forceps.
Forceps flattened triquetral, moderately stout, as long as the teg-
mina, straight nearly to the tip, then rather sharply incurved to a
bluntly pointed tip; inner double edge irregularly but rather fre-
quently toothed, larger at base than beyond, but furnished with a not
very conspicuous broad triangular laminate tooth just beyond the
middle. Length of body, 18.5 mm.; of antenne, 15 mm.; of teg-
mina and folded wings, 7.75 mm.; of hind femora, 4 mm.; of forceps,
6.25mm. 1°. Chontales, Nicaragua.
This species differs distinctly from 7. brasiliensis and T. Saussuret
in having longer forceps and nearly uniformly dark wings, of the
color of the tegmina.
53. Spongophora forfex. Dark castaneous brown, the
mouth parts scarcely paler, the antenne castaneous, becoming infus-
cated beyond the base. Legs luteo-castaneous, the front of the
femora blackish fuscous; exposed part of wings pale mahogany brown;
tip of the tegmina obliquely docked, slightly and roundly excised,
and next the inner edge strongly produced; posterior edge of the
abdominal segments with a series of closely crowded minute notches;
terminal segment rugulose, with granulations, which are absent from
the two stripes down the middle, grow larger and more abundant
posteriorly, and bead the posterior edge. Forceps reddish, nearly as
long as the body, depressed cylindrical, very slender, nearly straight,
slightly incurved on the basal half, beyond straight and then incurved
at the tip, the extremity of whieh is pointed; the inner edge is
slightly rugulose, and just before the middle has a slight tooth.
Length of body, 22 mm.; of tegmina and wings, 9.5 mm.; of hind
femora, 4.25 mm.; of forceps,19 mm. 1 ¢ from the collection of
Dr. Schaum; the locality is unknown, but is doubtless some part of
tropical or subtropical America. It belongs to the group of S. par-
allela (Westw.) and S. prolixa (Psalid. parallela Dohrn nec Westw.),
but differs from them in coloration, and in the structure of the forceps.
_ 54, Ancistrogaster gulosa. Head very dark castaneous
brown with very thin short pile on the occiput; antenne 12-jointed,
pale brown, the basal joint darker; palpi pale brown. Pronotum
dark brown, the sides dull luteous, slightly broader than long (¢), or
of equal length and breadth (¢), the sides slightly convex, slightly
narrowing posteriorly, the posterior margin well rounded; broadly
depressed just behind the centre with a faintly impressed median line
Scudder.] 260 [March 22,
and two short longitudinal lines on either side in front; covered
throughout with thin pile, as also are the tegmina and wings; tegmina
uniform dark brown, squarely docked at the tip, about twice as long
as the pronotum, the wings dull luteous. Femora rather light brown,
covered sparsely with short pile, the tip paler; tibie dirty luteous,
tarsi pale yellowish. Abdomen dark brown, finely and sparsely
punctulate, the punctulations giving rise to short, fine golden hairs,
which also cover the forceps; sides of the fourth and fifth abdominal
segments produced posteriorly to sharp angles, but inconspicuous;
the abdomen itself broadens and thickens regularly on the first three
or four segments, and then narrows more rapidly, and the sides of
the last segment are parallel. Forceps of female straight, simple,
attingent, curving inward at tip and pointed, unarmed excepting a
slight denticulation on the inner edge. Those of the male resemble in
their general direction those of A. arthritica Scudd., but are more
strongly bent near the base; at the extreme base the inner edge
bears a prominent, rather stout pointed triangular tooth, and the
lower inner edge beyond it is rudely denticulate; the forceps are not
depressed as in A. arthritica, but trigono-cylindrical, the inner
surface flat; but at the tip, which does not diminish in size, they
become flattened, and terminate in a nearly straight edge, those of
the opposite arms meeting ; either end of the blade developing a
pointed tooth, the preapical one small and bifid, the apical rather
long and incurved. Length of body, 10.5-13 mm; of antenne, 11
mm.; of teemina and wings, 4.5 mm.; of hind femora, 4 mm.; of
forceps, ¢, 4.5 mm., °, 3.1mm. Described from 5 d,1 %, taken by
Sumichrast (No. 4) in Puebla, Mexico (terra frigida) in January.
Smithsonian Institution.
55. Forficula vara. Head dark mahogany brown, palpi and
antenne dark luteous, the latter 11-12 jointed; head smooth, full,
devoid of impressions. Pronotum subquadrate, scarcely as long as
broad, dark reddish brown, the sides lutescent, the front border
straight, the sides straight and parallel, the posterior angles broadly
rounded; the surface smooth, with a scarcely apparent median sulca-
tion. Tegmina dark brown with a reddish tinge, a little longer than
the pronotum, docked with a slight obliquity; wings wanting. Legs
luteous, the outer edge of the tibie dusky. Abdomen dark mahog-
any brown, stout and plump, very slightly Jarger in the middle than
at either extremity in the male, enlarging slightly to the fifth dorsal
segment, and then suddenly tapering in ‘the female; surface nearly
1876.] 261 [Scudder.
smooth beneath, thinly pilose; last dorsal segment squarely docked
in the ¢, the forceps strongly bowed and widely distant; at base
these are flattened, directed outward and upward; then, a little before
the end of the basal third, they are turned inward and curve down-
ward and again upward, becoming flattened trigonate, and tapering
to a blunt point; the inner edge is rather rudely but minutely den-
ticulate near the base, beyond more or less crenulate; the forceps of
the ? are simple cylindrico-trigonate, attingent, straight, slightly
incurved next the pointed tip, minutely denticulate along the inner
edge. Length of body, 3, 8-9.75 mm., °, 7-8 mm.; of antenne, 6
mm.; of tegmina, 1.5-2 mm.; of hind femora, 2.1-2.8 mm.; of for-
ceps, 3, 2.9-3.4 mm.; ¢, 2-2.6 mm. Described from 9 3, 8 8, col-
lected by Sumichrast (No. 2) at Puebla, Mexico (terra frigida), in
January. Smithsonian Institution.
This species approaches more closely to the European F’orf. bipunc-
tata Fabr. than any known to me, but it still preserves the character-
istic features of the true Forficule and not of the genus Anechura,
which I shall propose in another paper for the European species
mentioned.
56. Forficula tolteca. Head dull castaneous, smooth, but
sparsely pilose, slightly tumid, with a transverse brace-shaped slight
suleation between the antenne; palpi dirty luteous; antenne with
the basal joint dirty luteous, beyond light brown, the tenth pale,
excepting at the extremities (beyond broken). Pronotum rufo-
luteous, dull luteous at the sides, scarcely broader than long, well
rounded posteriorly, with a slightly impressed median line on the
anterior, and a slight carina on the posterior half, the whole flat,
sparsely pilose. Tegmina dark brown, twice as long as the prono-
tum, squarely docked at the extremity, sparsely pilose; the exposed
part of the wings dull luteous, more or less infuscated on the bor-
ders, sparsely pilose, as long as the pronotum. Legs luteous, sparsely
pilose, the femora slightly and broadly fuscous toward the tip, the
tibize still less so toward the base. Abdomen rather short and full,
with convex sides, dark castaneous, more or less blackish toward the
sides, very delicately and transversely striate, more or less pilose, the
lateral tubercles rather prominent. Forceps more than half as long
as the abdomen, depressed cylindrical, simple, straight, attingent,
incurved at the tip, and very sharply pointed, sparsely pilose through-
out, the inner edge very finely denticulate. Length of body, 8 mm.;
of tegmina and wings, 3 mm.; of hind femora, 2.75 mm.; of forceps,
24mm. 2%. Mexico, Sumichrast. (Smithsonian Institution.)
Scudder.] 262 [March 22,
57. Forficula exilis. Head mahogany brown, smooth, the
middle of it slightly tumid, with a pair of broad shallow oblique sul-
cations between the antenne, meeting each other above and forming
a /\; labrum dusky; palpi brownish luteous, paler toward tip; basal
joint of antennzee mahogany brown; remaining joints (at least as far
as the ninth) reddish brown. Pronotum luteous, rufous in the mid-
dle, quadrate, slightly longer than broad, scarcely broader posteriorly,
the sides straight, the posterior border gently convex, the surface
smooth, flat, a little depressed excepting down the middle, which
bears an impressed line, fading posteriorly. ‘Tegmina nearly twice
as long as the pronotum, luteaus, duskily bordered on the inner side;
wings scarcely extending beyond the tegmina, similarly colored; legs
luteous, the femora slightly tinged with brown. Abdomen very slen-
der, the sides scarcely convex, very dark mahogany brown, the sur-
face minutely and sparsely punctulate; last segment quadrate, the
posterior area deeply transversely depressed in the middle, with a
slight short longitudinal impressed median line at the anterior limit
of the same, preceded by a pair of submedian, almost equally short,
very faintly impressed lines; the depression is bordered laterally
next base of either arm of forceps by a blunt tubercle. Forceps
rather simple, as long as the last four or five dorsal segments, rather
broad at base, narrowing suddenly beyond, and then depressed
cylindrical, slender and tapering, gently incurved and finely pointed;
inner edge slightly tuberculato-denticulate, especially on the basal
half, a slightly larger tubercle at the middle of the apical half.
Pygidium a pointed flattened triangular lamina. Length of body,
10.5 mm.; of tegmina and wings, 2.5 mm.; of hind. femora, 2.1 mm.;
of forceps, 3.75 mm. 1<¢. Texas; received from Mr. P. R. Uhler.
58. Forficula aculeata. Head uniform rather dark casta-
neous, smooth, gently tumid, with a pair of oblique, slightly bent
impressions between the antennz; palpi luteous; antenne 12-jointed,
dark brown, becoming paler away from the base, the extreme tips of
some of the basal joints marked with blackish. Pronotum rather
dark castaneous, the sides transparent and nearly colorless, quadrate,
noticeably longer than broad, the sides parallel and straight, the
hind border a little convex with rounded posterior angles, the sur-
face smooth, nearly flat, with a broad and very shallow transverse
postmedian impression, and a slight impressed longitudinal line about
half as long as the pronotum, starting from a little behind the front
edge. Tegmina nearly twice as long as the pronotum, squarely
1876.] 263 [Scudder.
docked at the tip, smooth, luteous, with the inner half, or nearly as
much, obscured more or less heavily with fuseous. Wings wanting.
Legs uniform luteous. Abdomen dark mahogany brown, sometimes
varying to black, with the sides of the second and third segments
blackish, the lateral plications of the third segment rather prominent,
all the segments but the last finely punctate, the last as F’. californica
is described by Dohrn. Forceps of female rather more than half as
long as the abdomen, simple, slender, attingent, straight to the in-
curved tip, the inner edge quite straight to the tip, minutely dentic-
ulate; those of male about three-quarters as long as the abdomen,
the basal fourth moderately stout, triquetral, distant, directed slightly
outward and bent at the very base downward, the remainder bent
inward, but continuing the downward direction until near the hori-
zontal tip, cylindrical, slender, nearly equal, until a little beyond the
middle of the outer half, where at the emission of an inner rather
stout tooth, it tapers to a fine point, begins an inward curve and
takes on the horizontal direction; the inner side is edged, at base
laminate, and rather finely denticulato-tuberculate. Pygidium of 2
stout, bluntly trifid, of ¢ very slender, acicular, half as long as the
last segment. Leneth of body, 10.75 mm.; of antenne, 7.5 mm.; of
teomina, 3.1 mm.; of hind femora, 2.8 mm.; of forceps, ¢, 5 mm.,
?,3.5mm. 3,5 2 from N. York (Coll. Uhler), Northern Illinois
(Kennicott), Southern Michigan (Prof. M. Miles, No. 124). A single
specimen is marked Cuba ?
This species is closely allied to F. californica Dohrn, judging from
the description, but differs from it in the total want of wings, and the
structure of the male forceps. It appears also to be nearly allied to
F’, pulchella Serv., a species I do not know, but the absence of wings
in our species prevents its reference to it. Ff. pulchellais possibly a
Labia.
59. Labia rotundata. Head dark mahogany brown, darkest
below, but the labrum lighter, uniformly and slightly tumid; palpi
reddish brown, darkest on the apical half; antenne more than 10-
jointed, the basal joint reddish brown, beyond a little duskier, the
whole briefly pilose. Pronotum nearly as broad as the head, reddish
luteous, paler at the sides, scarcely longer than broad, the posterior
angles very broadly rounded, but the hind margin otherwise straight;
it is depressed excepting in the middle of the front half, on which is
a finely impressed median line; lateral edges almost marginate.
Tegmina about half as long again as the pronotum, dull brownish
Scudder.] 264 [March 22,
luteous, squarely docked at tip; wings extending but a little beyond
the tegmina, blackish. Legs luteous. Abdomen very broadly ex-
panded, the sides unusually convex, blackish brown above, the apical
joints and whole under surface mahogany brown; surface very finely
longitudinally striate. Pygidium large, truncate, conical; forceps
scareely one-third the length of the abdomen, simple, widely sepa-
rated, cylindrical, straight, incurved at tip, finely pointed, briefly
pilose, wholly unarmed. Length of body, 6 mm.; of (ten joints of
the) antenne, 2.75 mm.; of tegmina and wings, 2 mm.; of hind
femora, 1.6 mm.; of forceps, 1.5mm. 1°. Mexico.
60. Labia brunnea. Head rather dark castaneous, smooth,
slightly tumid, with two faint, broad, short, shallow, nearly longitudi-
nal impressions between the antenne ; mouth parts luteo-castaneous.
Antenne 11-jointed, luteo-castaneous. Pronotum nearly as broad as
the head, scarcely broader posteriorly than anteriorly, of equal length
and breadth, quadrate, the posterior angles rounded, and the hind
border otherwise straight, slightly tumid anteriorly, with a slight
median impressed line, which posteriorly is supplanted by a pair of
closely approximated similar lines, rather dark castaneous, broadly
bordered on the sides and hind margin with luteous, which is sepa-
rated from the castaneous by a blackish fuscous belt. Tegomina
castaneo-fuscous, darkest next the base, fully half as lone again as
the pronotum, squarely docked at the tip; wings rudimentary, use-
less. Legs castaneo-luteous, the femora slightly infuscated. Abdo-
men dark castaneous, the posterior borders of the segments marked
with blackish, the sides of the abdomen somewhat convex, the lateral
plications of second and third segments rather slight, the surface very
finely and faintly punctulate. Pygidium of male very coarse and
stout, bluntly conical and truncate. Forceps of male more than half
as long as the abdomen, simple, trigono-cylindrical, a little depressed,
rather stout, horizontal, gently incurved, with a basal and preapical
slight triangular depressed pointed tooth on the inner edge; the
apex bluntly pointed, depressed. Forceps of female (pupa) about
one-third as long as the abdomen, simple, straight on the middle
half, but as a whole slightly sinuate, horizontal, depressed, but
broadly ridged above, the inner edge delicately toothed, fading out
toward tip. Length of body, 6.5 mm.; of antenne, 2.8 mm.; of
tegmina, 1.5 mm.; of hind femora, 1.5 mm.; of forceps, d, 2.25 mm.,
2 (pupa), 1.6mm. 14,19. Cuba (P. R. Uhler).
1876.] * 265 [Scudder.
DESCRIPTION OF THREE SPECIES OF LABIA FROM THE SOUTH-
ERN UNITED STATES. By SAmMuUEL H. ScuDDER.
Labia guttata. Head castaneous black, the labrum dark luteous
and the parts above luteo-castaneous; surface smooth, shining, a lit-
tle tumid, with two pair of inconspicuous puncta, one above the
other, between the antennz; palpi luteous; antenne 12-13-jointed,
luteous at base, growing infuscated beyond, the apical half brownish
fuscous, the whole sparsely pilose. Pronotum slightly narrower than
the head in front, of equal width with it behind, of the color of the
head, with sides narrowly, but distinctly, and hind border very
broadly, but inconspicuously, dull luteous; surface smooth, nearly flat,
with a slight median impressed line; sides slightly marginate ; hind
border scarcely convex. Tegmina very dark castaneous brown, half
as long again as the pronotum, tip squarely docked; exposed part of
wings half as long as the tegmina, brownish fuscous, with a large,
slightly longitudinal, clear luteous spot in the middle of the base, and
the entire edge inconspicuously and narrowly margined with dull
luteous. Legs uniform bright luteous. Abdomen with the three
or four basal joints blackish, beyond blackish castaneous, the termi-
nal joints rich dark castaneous; sides nearly parallel in the 3, some-
what convex in the °, the lateral plications of the second and third
segments slight, the surface minutely punctured, but the last segment
nearly smooth; this segment is quadrate above in the male, with
straight hind border, scarcely depressed posteriorly in the middle, with
a short median impressed line not quarter the length of the segment,
near the hind border; in the 2 the dorsal seement is tapering, and
has a distinct longitudinal impressed line on the whole apical half of
the segment. Pygidium of ¢ as in L. Burgess. Forceps of ¢ of
the color of the abdomen, but growing darker toward the tip, mod-
-erately stout, more than half the length of the abdomen, depressed
trigonate, with a superior ridge, slightly upturned, slightly incurved
on apical half; which is almost laminate and bluntly pointed, the
inner edge rngose, with a slight blunt extreme basal tooth; forceps
of 3 rather slender, rather more than half as long as the abdomen,
shaped as in L. Burgess. Length of body, 6 mm.; of antenne, 3.5
mm.; of tegmina and wings, 3.1 mm,; of hind femora, 1.6 mm.; of
forceps, ¢, 2.5 mm.,?,2.25mm. 1¢,2°. Texas (G. W. Belfrage).
This species agrees better than any I have seen with Forf. pulchella
Serv., judging from the imperfect descriptions of Serville; but it is
Seudder.] 266 [March 22,
much smaller than that species, does not agree with it in the propor-
tion of its parts, and has no such disparity in the length of the for-
ceps in the two sexes. The forceps of the male of L. gutiata pos-
sessses a postmedian tooth, which could hardly have been overlooked
by Serville, and the parti-colored abdomen, if a constant character
would distinguish it from Serville’s species. It curiously resembles
Spongophora brunneipennis Serv.
Labia Burgessii. Head rather dark castaneous, tumid, with
two slight depressions between the antenne, lower part of front,
labrum and palpi pale luteous. Antenne 13-jointed, the basal two
or three joints pale luteous, beyond brownish luteous becoming dusk-
ier toward the tip, the joints sparsely pilose. Pronotum as broad
anteriorly as the head, broadening posteriorly a very little, sides
straight, posterior border gently convex, the front portion very
slightly tumid, a slightly impressed median line, sides slightly mar-
ginate and a little paler than the slightly infuscated luteous disc.
Tegmina fusco-luteous, but little longer than the pronotum, squarely
docked at the apex; wings nearly obsolete, useless. Legs very pale
luteous, with a few scattered hairs.. Abdomen rather long, with
nearly parallel sides, especially in the male, dark rich castaneous
with dusky incisures, the last joint generally a little paler; lateral
plications of second and third segments slight; last seement of male
quadrate, twice as broad as long, of female subquadrate, tapering,
about two-thirds as long as broad, of both depressed in the middle
posteriorly, with a very short longitudinal impressed line in the ante-
rior half of the depression, and next the inner base of the forceps,
especially in the male, a minute blunt roughened tubercle. Pygidium
of female small quadrate, scarcely longer than broad, minutely trifid,
or rather armed apically with three minute teeth; of male large,
quadrate, more than twice as broad as long, the outer angles pro-
duced to a minute point, the posterior border sinuato-convex with a
slight point, more or less distinct, near the middle of either lateral
half. Forceps of 2 not more than one-third the length of the abdo-
men, simple, trigonate and straight on basal half, flattened and
incuryed on apical half, the inferior inner edge roundly and slightly
excised at base, and beyond minutely and bluntly denticulate as far
as the middle, the superior edge similarly denticulate on the basal
half with a slightly more prominent tooth at the base. Forceps of ¢
about one-half the length of the abdomen, slender, horizontal,
gently arcuate, longitudinally channeled on basal third above, de-
1876.] 267 [Scudder.
pressed on apical half, scarcely tapering and bluntly pointed, the infe-
rior inner edge with a basal depressed distinct laminate pointed tooth,
the laminate, more gently sloped, anterior edge of which is minutely
denticulate, the inner surface with a similar but not laminate and
blunter tooth a little farther from the apex than the basal tooth is
from the base, the apical tooth occasionally subobsolete. Length of
body, #, 6.75-8.25 mm., 2, 7.9-9.35 mm.; of antenne, 2.6—4.75 mm.;
of tegmina, 1.5-1.9 mm.; of hind femora, 1.4-1.7 mm.; of forceps, ¢,
2.5-3.5 mm., 2, 2.15-3 mm. 7 3,7, and 7 immature specimens.
Pilatka, Florida, Feb., 1868 (E. Burgess).
The pygidium of the immature @ is bifid, and the forceps resemble
those of the: mature animal, but are simpler, irregularly denticulate -
almost to the tip and lack the regular basal excision. The pygidium
of the young ¢ is also bifid, and as long as broad, and the forceps
closely resemble those of the immature female, but are slenderer,
more cylindrical, and not so closely attingent. It is apparently a
female of this species, but with inaccurate coloring, which is figured
in Glover’s Illustrations of N. Am. Entomology, Orth., pl. v1, fig. 19,
and credited to New York.
Labia melancholica. Head reddish black, the lower part of
the front and labrum reddish luteous, blotched with blackish, the rest
tumid, smooth, shining. Palpi rather bright luteous. Antenne 13-
jointed, bright luteous on basal third, beyond growing more and more
fuscous to the completely dusky tip, the joints longer than usual, but
distinctly moniliform, very sparsely pilose. Pronotum slightly broad-
est posteriorly, and here as broad as the head, tumid in a large
semicircular area in front, and here reddish black, the remainder flat,
rather dark luteous; it is a little longer than broad, the sides slightly
‘mnarginate, the posterior angles broadly rounded, the hind border
otherwise scarcely convex; median impressed line very slight. Teg-
mina reddish black, nearly twice as long as the pronotnm, the
extremity squarely docked with a slight obliquity; exposed part of
wings nearly two-thirds as long as the tegmina, slender, blackish
castaneous. Legs luteous, the middle and hind femora slightly cas-
taneous. Abdomen long and slender, the sides nearly parallel, dark
mahogany brown, blackish toward the base, lighter beneath, shining,
the surface distantly and very finely and slightly wrinkled or sub-
rugulose; lateral plications inconspicuous; last seement slightly taper-
ing, two-thirds as long as broad, smooth on either side of the middle,
slightly tumid and rugulose next base of forceps, and between de-
Scudder.] 268 [March 22,
pressed with a short median longitudinal impressed line. Forceps of
female less than half the length of the abdomen, moderately stout,
simple, nearly horizontal but slightly curved, the convexity down-
ward, depressed trigonate with a superior ridge, tapering regularly,
straight on the basal two-thirds and then gently and regularly in-
curved, the tip bluntly pointed; inner edge with a superior small
basal bifid tooth, and on the inferior edge slight denticulate sinuations
on the basal half. Length of body, 8.25 mm.; of antennae, 4 mm.;
of tezmina and wings, 3.6 mm.; of hind femora, 1.75 mm.; of forceps,
2.1mm. 12. Waco, Texas; collected by G. W. Belfrage on Feb-
ruary 24th.
A slender, graceful and very dark colored species, nearly related
to the almost apterous L. Burgessii. Probably the male forceps of
the two species will prove to be somewhat similar.
ORTHOPTERA FROM THE ISLAND OF GUADALUPE.
By Samue. H. Scupper.}
The four Orthoptera described below comprise all the species that
were collected by Dr. E. Palmer during a recent visit to the Island
of Guadalupe, off the coast of Lower California. Two of the spe-
cies, as will be seen, also occur in the southern part of California,
and one of them also in Mexico; the third Acridian will very proba-
bly be discovered there, but the Gryllus, which appears to be more
nearly related to G. peruvianus Sauss., than to any other species, will
not improbably prove indigenous, and is remarkable for the brevity
of its tegmina and wings. None of them appear to have been de-
scribed.
Gryllus insularis. Of medium size. Head shining black,
tumid, with a broad shallow depression between the lateral ocelli and
just above the median ocellus; antennz nearly twice as long as the
body, black, growing a little testaceous from end of the basal third
toward the tip; middle of mandibles and galea more or less tinged
with reddish; palpi blackish brown. Pronotum black, shining, nearly
twice as broad as long, with a slight median impressed line more
distinct in front; front border straight, or scarcely angulate in front,
the angle opening forward; hind border straight, or slightly full in
the middle, very delicately marginate, laterally with a few curved
1876.] 269 (Scudder,
black bristles. Tegmina rather dark testaceous, slightly more (¢')
or slightly less (2) than half as long as the abdomen, rather broad,
the reticulation prominent. Wings scarcely as long as the tegmina.
Fore and middle legs, as well as the sternum, blackish; the sides
of the femora, under surface of the tibie and all but the upper edge
of the tarsi, suffused more or less with dark red. Hind femora ex-
tending beyond the end of the abdomen, large and tumid, reddish,
excepting the blackish tip; hind tibie and tarsi dark fusco-castaneous.
Abdomen black; cerci nearly as long as the abdomen, dark brown,
and clothed with black hairs; ovipositor as long as the body, reddish
testaceous, with a black base and blackish tip, and a couple of late-
ral black lines. Length of body, 7,18 mm., ?, 20 mm.; width of
pronotum, 3, 6.25 mm., ?, 6.5 mm.; of antenne, ?, 39 mm.; of teg-
mina, J, 7 mm., 2, 6-7 mm.; of hind femora, J, 12.5 mm., ?, 13.5
mim.; of cerci, 9, 13 mm.; of ovipositor, 19 mm.
1d, 2 %. Guadalupe Isl., off Lower California (E. Palmer).
specimens dried after immersion in alcohol.
Acridium vagum. Size of A. americanum (Drury). Head
varying from livid to light clay-brown, marked with black; the whole
lower half of the head and the region behind the eyes, is heavily
blotched with it, in the latter case, mostly arranged in oblique specks,
while the rest of the face is serially punctate with black, especially
on either side of the carine; on either edge of the frontal costa
the black dots are clustered into a straight black stripe, which
continues past the eyes over the vertex to the back of the head; a
black stripe also runs from the lower edge of the eyes to the lower
hinder edge of the head (these colours become partially or wholly
obliterated after immersion in alcohol); the vertex is slightly concave,
the lateral foveole flat, equal, punctate, the frontal scarcely contracted
between the antenna, slightly widening below, a little channelled at
and a short distance below the ocellus; palpi livid, flecked with fus-
cous; antenne pale cinereous, a little lighter at the tip. Dorsum and
whole posterior lobe of pronotum grayish cinereous, or clay-brown,
obscurely flecked with longitudinal dashes of blackish fuscous, espe-
cially upon the anterior lobe; lower third of lateral lobes fusco-luteous,
surmounted by a very broad blackish belt which fades on entering
the posterior lobe; anterior lobe faintly rugulose, posterior coarsely
punctate, both with an equal, blunt, not greatly elevated median
ridge, cut by transverse furrows in the middle, in the middle of the
anterior half and in the middle of the second quarter; front margin
ra
Scudder.] 270 [March 22,
slightly full; hind margin bent at a right angle, the angle broadly
rounded. Tegmina with the basal three-fifths pale clay-brown, the
apical portion nearly vitreous, the whole very heavily flecked with
blackish fuscous, rather lighter apically; these markings are present
on the upper area of the closed tegmina only as minute spots or dots,
but along the median area, commencing at the very base, they form
longitudinal quadrate patches, broadening, becoming less compact
and less intense away from the base; the apical half is filled with
small, not very unequal, squarish patches, irregularly and profusely
distributed. Wings pellucid, scarcely fuliginous, with a faint yellow-
ish tinge at the base, all the nervures black, excepting at the extreme
costal border, where just beyond the middle some of them are ferru-
ginous. Hind femora pale hoary blue, with very pale yellowish
brown oblique rays on the sides, faintly and distantly punctate with
black, with faint ferruginous outer and superior carinz, the upper
surface broadly banded with black in four broken bands; hind tibiz
dusky plumbeous, the upper surface blackish, excepting at the tip,
the spines white, with the apical third black. Length of body 45-
52 mm.; of antenne (13 est.)-15 mm.; of pronotum, 9-10.5 mm. ; of
tegmina, 48-53.5 mm.; of hind femora, 25-28 mm.
8%. Island Guadalupe, off Lower California (KE. Palmer); San
Diego, California (J. Behrens); California (H. Edwards).
This insect belongs to the division Schistocerca of Stal.
Trimerotropis vinculata. Ash gray, blotched with dark fus-
cous; foveole of the head distinct, the costee being prominent through-
out; tip of fastigium with a rather deep circular or posteriorly angu-
lated pit having abrupt sides, reaching the margins of the lateral
foveole; antenne dark brown, very obscurely annulate with darker
and lighter colors. Median carina of pronotum distinct only on front
lobe, and cut behind the middle by the transverse sulcus, the hinder
portion of the anterior lobe somewhat corrugate; hind border of pro-
notum forming a right angle. Tegmina as long as the hind legs, the
basal third testaceous, with a fuscous cloud on its apical third, and
fuscous dots sprinkled over the rest; middle third ashen, with a fus-
cous cloud traversing the entire breadth of the wing in the middle,
broadest centrally; apical third pellucid, sprinkled with small fuscous
spots, fainter than the previous ones, closely clustered basally, distant
and fainter apically. Wings very faint lemon-yellow at base, pellucid
with black nervules at apex, and near the middle a broad band of
blackish fuliginous ; it commences on the middle of the costal margin,
1876.] DATs. [Scudder.
half as broad as the tegmina, suddenly broadens by a narrow interior
shoot to double or more than double its former width, and then
passes nearly at right angles to the costal border, but directed a little
obliquely outward, slightly broadening as it goes, to the outer mar-
gin, which it turns toward the anal angle, narrowing and fading
until it has traversed nearly or quite three-quarters of the anal area;
its margins are ill defined and slightly irregular, but its general
form is a sickle-like curve, which greatly resembles that of most spe-
cies of Spharagemon. Hind femora ash-gray, with two or three
faint, ill defined, slightly oblique fuscous bands. Hind tibie yellow,
the spines black tipped. Length (of an average specimen), 3, 19
mm., ?, 28 mm.; of antenne, J, 8 mm., 2, 9.75 mm.; of tegmina,
Jo, 24mm., ?, 30 mm.; of hind femora, 7, 11 mm., 2, 13.5 mm.
63,9 ¢. Guadalupe Island, off Lower California (E. Palmer);
San Diego, Cal. (H. Edwards, No. 9). Mexico, (Coll. Schaum).
Trimerotropis lauta. Head livid gray, completely sprinkled
with fuscous dots, giving a fuscous appearance to the upper surface;
antenne dirty dull luteous, annulate, with dark fuscous on basal
half. Pronotum flat above, the front lobe dirty yellow, its posterior
half tuberculate ; posterior lobe livid, heavily dotted with reddish
brown on the little rugosities; upper half of lateral lobes reddish
brown, lower half like the head. ‘Tegmina scarcely shorter than the
hind legs, obscure pellucid on basal half, heavily flecked with light
brownish fuscous blotches, mostly concentrated into a large broken
patch, occupying most of the basal third of the wing, and a triangular
patch in the middle of the wing, its apex next the costa; outer half
of wing pellucid, sprinkled almost uniformly with small moderately
distant subequal faint fuscous spots. Wings pellucid, with no trace
of any band, a few of the apical cells filled with a fuscous cloud.
Hind femora reaching the tip of the abdomen, ash gray, with a pre-
median and postmedian narrow lateral oblique brownish fuscous
stripe. Hind femora livid, flecked with fuscous, with a faint pale
prebasal annulus, the apex infuscated and the spine-tips black.
Length of body, 15.5 mm.; of antenne, 8.5 mm.; of tegmina, 18
mm.; of hind femora, 8.5 mm.
1g. Guadalupe Island, off Lower California (E. Palmer). Dried
after immersion in alcohol.
Remarkable for the entire absence of a band, which in the other
Guadalupe species, 7’. vinculata, reaches the extremest dimensions.
Niles.) PAT [April 5,
April 5, 1876.
The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Thirty-one
persons present.
The following paper was read :—
Tue GEOLOGICAL AGENCY OF LATERAL PRESSURE EXHIBITED
BY CERTAIN MOVEMENTS OF Rocks. By W. H. Nizzs.
Probably no form of geological power has been more efficient in
the formation of the fundamental features of the earth than the
lateral pressure occasioned by the contraction of the globe. That
the strata, yielding to this force, have been flexed and folded, and
that by its action mountain chains and continents have received
their elevation, is now a commonly entertained belief. While nu-
merous well observed facts corroborate the opinion, that lateral
pressure must have been one of the most constant and efficient geo-
logical agencies of the past, few have enjoyed opportunities for calmly
witnessing its operations, or for quietly studying the processes of its
action.
It is the object of this article to consider the evidences of the
present activity of this power which are disclosed at certain local-
ities by movements of rock and associated phenomena. For a
partial description of these evidences the reader is referred to a
preliminary paper upon “Some interesting Phenomena observed in
Quarrying,” published in the Proceedings of the Boston Society of
Natural History, Vol. XIV. A further explanation of the charac-
teristics of the force manifested has been given in a paper “ On some
Expansions, Movements and Fractures of Rocks, observed at Mon-
son, Mass.,” and published in the Proceedings of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science, Vol. XXII, Part 2.
The observations recorded in these papers were considered as
establishing the following conclusions respecting the rock at Monson:
1. That it has been brought into a compressed condition, by a pow-
erful lateral pressure acting only in a northerly and southerly
direction; 2. That when opportunity is presented, the compressed
rock expands with great energy, often bending, folding and fracturing
the beds, and sometimes producing sudden and violent explosions,
rending and displacing the rock, and occasionally throwing stones
and other debris into the air. Whether these phenomena were to be
?
Se ae
1876.] Dia (Niles.
considered as local peculiarities or as manifestations of a widely dis-
tributed power was left an undecided question, with the hope that
observations at other localities might determine the restriction or the
distribution of this force. Some additional and important facts have
been obtained at this and at some other localities, which are here pre-
sented for the purpose of considering them in connection with those
already published, as evidences of the existence of a widely distrib-
uted lateral pressure now acting as a powerful geological agent.
OBSERVATIONS AT BEREA, OHIO.
Soon after the appearance of the last mentioned article in the
Proceedings of the American Association, I was informed that “ very
similar or identical movements ’’ were known to occur in the sand-
stone quarries at Berea, Ohio. Subsequently my correspondent, who
modestly requests not to be quoted by name, visited the locality in
search of facts, and has kindly furnished me a comprehensive de-
scription of the quarries and the phenomena. I have since visited
the locality, and although the season was unfavorable for observation,
enough was seen to prove the correctness of the statements I had
received, and to enable me to determine some additional charac-
teristics of the force manifested.
The fractured condition of the rock, in several places where it had
been disturbed by the processes of quarrying, furnished convincing
evidence of the action of some powerful agency. ‘The peculiar
characteristics of these fractures showed that they had been produced
by the exercise of a force in a nearly horizontal and not in a vertical
direction. At the time of my visit there was considerable ice in the
quarries, and it is hence evident that the rock was not expanded at
that time by the agency of heat, while the concurrent testimony of
the proprietors and operators represents the movements under consid-
eration as occurring in all states of temperature and weather. When-
ever the processes of quarrying have established certain known
conditions, affecting the form and extent of the undisturbed rock, as
in the quarries at Monson, Mass., the force manifests itself in the
phenomena produced. For an adequate representation of these con-
ditions, some description of the locality and of the method of quarry-
ing is necessary.
The quarries at Berea are about thirteen miles southwest of Cleve-
land. The rock is the Berea Grit, of the Waverley Group. Its
PROCEEDINGS B. 8S. N. H.— VOL. XVIII. 18 JULY, 1876.
Niles.] 2 4e [April 5,
characteristics, its geological relations and its economic value, are
ably presented in the Reports of the Geological Survey of the State ,
by Dr. J. S. Newberry, with additional descriptions of its appearance
at some other localities, by his assistant, Mr. M. C. Read. The stone
at Berea has a fine, homogeneous texture, and its prevailing color is
gray. It is well known as a flagging and building stone, and still
further by the grindstones which are extensively manufactured from
it. The beds are of different thicknesses, and are nearly horizontal
in position. An important part of the work of quarrying is the cut-
ting of trenches in the beds, which are just wide enough for the
men to work in. Where the quarries are well opened, these are
usually cut perpendicularly into the working face. There are quar-
ries at Berea which have an easterly and westerly working face, but
I was not able to make any satisfactory observations there at the
time of my visit. In the quarries here described, the course of their
working faces is northerly and southerly, hence the trenches referred
to in this description had an easterly and westerly course.
In contracting for this work it is necessary to stipulate that the
trenches shall not be begun or deepened throughout their entire
lengths at the same time. When this has been attempted, it has
been found that on approaching the lower surface of a bed with a
long cutting, the stone remaining at the bottom of the channel has
been broken or crushed, and portions of the stone desired for use
have been so fractured as to be rendered worthless. Such a method
would lessen the work of the trenchers, as they are called, for they
would have some of the stone broken for them without labor. But
desirable as such a utilization of a geological force might be to the
contracting workmen, it would be disastrous to the proprietors. It is,
therefore, necessary to stipulate that the trenches shall be cut in short
horizontal sections, and that each section shall be cut through to the
bottom of the bed before extending the length of the channel by
deepening another section. Even then the pressure is apparent and
often materially assists the workmen in excavating that part of the
stone in the channels which forms the lower portion of the bed.
But this method prevents the laterally acting force from being greatly
concentrated along any considerable portion of the lower edge of the
bed, and the desirable stone is in this way saved from destruction.
I give a more detailed account of the method of quarrying, for the
purpose of illustrating how somewhat conflicting interests lead both
workmen and proprietors to a careful and constant recognition of the
1876.] 275 [Niles.
existence of a natural force affecting the material with which their
gains are associated, and how the nature of the force determines the
method of work.
Even with this care sudden lateral slippings of the stone have
frequently taken place, especially when the channels are nearly com-
pleted. These have usually been attended by cracking and explosive
sounds, and sometimes the movements have been of such violence as
to throw pieces of stone from the surface, or to crush portions of the
rock into small fragments. In these instances it has been found that
the portion of the bed which has moved has also expanded. The
evidences of this expansion are decisive, for the stone permanently
retains its enlarged dimensions, and the channel remains very per-
ceptibly narrower than it was before. Jam informed that there have
been instances in which the expanding rock has not only closed the
channel, but has also pressed against the stone which was upon the
opposite side of the trench with such force that it has been broken.
Qn one occasion the edge of the expanded portion of a bed was ob-
served thrust over the other edge, so as to bring one portion vertically
above another part of the same bed, which was originally some fifteen
inches or more from it horizontally, thus producing, upon a small
scale, a reversed fault. Of the lateral movements and expansions of
the rock there can be no doubt, and the fact that such phenomena
occur whenever like opportunities are presented must be accepted as
evidence that the Berea sandstone, like the Monson gneiss, is in a
state of lateral compression.
I found it to be a popular belief at the quarries that the pressure
was produced by the weight of the adjacent overlying rock and loose
materials, but a careful study of the facts and phenomena will con-
vince the intelligent inquirer that the lateral compressions here
exhibited could not have been caused by vertical pressure upon ad-
jacent parts of the beds.
It being very desirable to determine whether the lateral pressure is
limited in its action to a certain line of direction or not, I have taken
special interest in searching for facts bearing upon this question.
That the force does act in a northerly and southerly course there can
be no doubt, for it is in excavating the east and west trenches, with
the northern and southern ends of the beds left undisturbed, that
the movements are greatest and most energetic. For an illustrative
example, Jet us consider the conditions of a bed of rock which re-
mains undisturbed at the eastern side of the quarry, but which has
Niles.] 276 [April 5,
been removed from the western side, leaving a north and south work-
ing face upon the western edge of this bed. The work now to be
done is to quarry the stone of that part of this bed which remains
in place at the eastern side of the quarry. If an easterly trending
-channel is now cut in this bed at the northern side of the quarry, for
example, the part of the bed south of it expands, causing a north-
ward movement of the edge of the rock forming the southern
boundary of the channel. If now another channel be cut in the
same bed parallel with the first but at some distance south of it, there
will be either no apparent movement of the rock north of it, or it .
will be much less than that which followed the cutting of the first
channel, showing that the force has been partly or wholly expended.
But it may be asked, why should there ever be any movement at-
tending the formation of such a second channel? ‘This occurs when
the bed so adheres to the one below it as to prevent its complete
expansion upon the formation of the first channel, hence another
becomes the occasion of an additional expansion. It makes no dif-
ference in the amount of movement whether the first channel in the
bed is made at the northern or southern side of the quarry; whenever
the stone is freed from the adjacent rock, the force expends its energy
in a northerly or southerly direction. It is also a significant fact
that when the beds are traversed by excavations which trend north-
erly and southerly, the force does not expend itself in an easterly or
westerly direction, It is only when the stone has opportunity for
expansion north or south, that the compressing power to which it is
subjected is fully exhibited.
It is true that when a north and south channel has been cut in the
bottom bed of a quarry, fractures or movements have attended or
followed the operation. Such phenomena are observed at Monson,
where they are undoubtedly produced by the north and south pres-
sure only. In these instances the lateral east and west movements
of comparatively small portions of the rock are caused by the stone
vielding to the pressure in such a way that portions of it are bent or
thrown outward from the main bed in either an easterly or a west-
erly direction.
I have not yet been able to continue my observations at Berea to
the extent to be desired, but at the present time I do not know of
any evidences of an easterly and westerly acting pressure.
Such convincing evidence of the lateral compression of the rocks
of Berea, Ohio, by a force exhibiting the same characteristics, even
1876.] GT [Niles.
to the direction of its action, as the force operating upon the gneiss
at Monson, Mass., is certainly highly interesting and instructive.
Before considering the geological significance and importance of
these evidences, I desire to present the results of some observations
made at another locality, which extend the interest attached to these.
OBSERVATIONS AT LEMONT, ILLINOIS.
At Lemont, Illmois, about twenty-six miles south-west of Chicago,
there are a large number of quarries in the Niagara limestone of that
region. When I visited this locality in the summer of 1864, I was
. informed that a curious unconformability in the position of the upper
and lower parts of certain pot-holes in the rock was occasionally ob-.
served. These statements have since been recorded by Dr. Henry
M. Bannister, in his report upon the Geology of Cook Co., contained
in the third volume of the Reports of the Geological Survey of
Illinois. So far as I know, this is the only published notice of these
appearances, therefore I quote Dr. Bannister’s account in full.
“Tt is stated that the pot-holes, which have been already mentioned
as occurring in the water-worn surfaces of the upper layers in the
Athens! quarries, when of sufficient depth to penetrate one layer and
enter another, are occasionally found to be dislocated — that is, one
layer has slipped upon the other, so that the upper and lower portions
of the pot-hole are, in some cases, entirely separated from each
other. Iwas not myself so fortunate as to observe a case of this
kind, but the fact of their occurrence seems to be well attested. It
would appear to indicate a slight disturbance of the strata, at a com-
paratively very recent period, subsequent even to the Terrace epoch,
during which these holes were probably formed. The dip is hardly
perceptible, not more than one or two degrees to the south-east, in
Singer and Talcott’s quarries, where these appearances have been
most observed — the disturbance is, therefore, very slight, and it is
quite probable that it was also very gradual.”’
On a recent visit to this locality, I found some interesting evi-
dences that such a geological action is still in progress. In a quarry,
of the Illinois Stone Co., at’ Lemont, there was, Nov. 27th, 1875, an
elevation of a part of the bed forming the floor of the quarry. It
was an anticlinal axis of more than eight hundred feet in length, and
its trend was nearly east and west. In its most conspicuous part the
1 The stone is known as Athens marble.
“a
Niles.] 278 [April 5,
elevation was from six to eight inches, and the arch measured from
sixteen to eighteen feet from base to base over the crest. It was
formed along the line of a vertical joint, which extends beyond the
limits of the quarry. The contiguous edges of the bed were bent
upward, making an elevation which was a little more upon the north
side of the joint than upon the south, and a slight fault was in this
way produced.
A study of the characteristics and conditions of the displacement
convinced me that it was of recent origin. J subsequently had my
conclusion confirmed by the testimony of a foreman in the quarry,
who had been an eye-witness of the progressive formation of the in-
teresting feature. The movement of the rock had been attended at
times, he said, by explosive sounds, and sometimes fragments of the
rock had been thrown into the air.
The eastern end of this little axis of elevation was where it
reached the wall of rock, which forms one of the limits of the quarry.
The joint extends into this rock, as above stated, but the elevation
and faulting of the bed was scarcely perceptible at the base of the
artificial cliff. These facts indicate that the dislocation was not
caused by the weight of the adjacent overlying rock, but that the
removal of the upper layers in the quarry had permitted this lower
bed to yield to the pressure to which it was subjected. As the force
must have acted perpendicularly to the axis of the fold, so here also
we have evidence of an active lateral compression in a northerly and
southerly direction.
There are other close joints running east and west in the floor of
the quarry, which are likewise lines of slight displacements in the
form of small faults, but the evidences of their recent origin are not
so conclusive.
In one corner a channel has been excavated in the rock for the
drainage of the quarry. The cutting was made by drilling two lines
of nearly contiguous holes for the margins of the channel, and then
removing the intervening stone. Here, also, were clear evidences of
a lateral sliding, for the parts of the drill-holes remaining upon the
-edge of the upper layer were not vertically above the lower parts of
the same holes shown upon the edge of the under bed; there was an
unconformability of position like that reported of the pot-holes.
Here again the facts evince the existence of a force acting in the
direction of the meridian.
There can be no doubt that in quarries like those at Lemont, where
1876.] 279 [Niles.
large areas of unbroken rock are exposed to the sun, an expansion
attends the increase of temperature. Probably certain movements,
not mentioned here, are precipitated, and perhaps caused by the
heating of the surface, but the origin of the phenomena designated
cannot be ascribed, consistently, to changes of temperature so long
as the features produced do not perceptibly vary with such changes.
OBSERVATIONS AT OTHER LOCALITIES.
I am informed by one of the proprietors of the quarry of Warren
Gates’ Sons at Waterford, Conn., that slight movements of the rock
have been there observed under the following conditions. In using
the steam drill for cutting out blocks of stone from the rock in place,
if the holes are made very near each other the small portions of stone
thus left between them are often crushed, and the drill so pinched
that it cannot be worked. ‘They alsu observe that the pressure is
limited in its action to a northeasterly and southwesterly direction.
The quarry is located a little east of south from Monson, at a distance
of nearly sixty miles in a direct course. The stone quarried there,
commercially known as Millstone Point Granite, is a gneiss, which
although differing somewhat in external appearance from the Monson
stone, is of similar constitution and texture, and occurs under similar
geological conditions.
In the town of Groton, Conn., which is situated upon the left bank
of the Thames River, opposite Waterford and New London, I ob-
served evidences of pressure upon some thin sheets at the bottom of
one of the small quarries, but the conditions did not admit of further
determination. Although I have not as yet been able to give that
study to this district which the importance of the subject demands,
I have thought it best to present the information because it so
perfectly accords with the better observed phenomena at other
localities.
I would also refer again to the observations of Professor Johnston,}
at the sandstone quarries of Portland, Conn., which led him to con-
clude that the “ sliding of one stratum updn another ” there observed,
was “apparently in consequence of an immense lateral pressure,”
and that this pressure was in a northerly and southerly direction.
1 Proc. Am. Assoc. Ady. Sci., Vol. VIII, p. 285.
Niles.] 280 [April 5,
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.
These manifestations of geological power under such different
geooraphical and geological conditions lead to a further considera-
tion of the distribution, importance and origin of this force.
The disclosuré of a power at five different localities, having a
geographical range of five and a half degrees of longitude, shows
that it is not a local but a widely distributed force. The exact cor-
respondence in the characteristics of the phenomena at each locality
demonstrates its identity, while the fractures and displacements of
rock reveal the energy of its action. A physical force so efficient and
extensive in its operations must be regarded as a geological agency
of great importance. While the study of flexed and dislocated strata
has led to correct conceptions of the “ characteristics of the force
eneaged,” it is at least a gratification to witness its operations, espe-
cially as they so forcibly confirm the results which others have so
studiously obtained. While Prof. Dana and others have already un-
folded so much of the past history of this power, these phenomena
demonstrate its continued activity, exhibit its agency, and enlarge
our opportunities for interpreting the records of the past through
the light of present events. But the geological significance of these
phenomena becomes most apparent when we seek for the origin of
the force.
We have already seen that the occurrence of the phenomena does
not depend upon conditions of temperature or moisture, for they are
observed at all seasons of the year, and during all kinds of weather.
Nor can it be supposed that such changes would produce a force
which should exert itself in only one line of direction. As previously
indicated, no doubt such changes often cooperate with the primary
power, and by assisting it to overcome resistances, precipitate the
explosive movements before they might otherwise have taken place;
but that there is a power, which, at times at least, is independent of
all such changes, is even more distinctly observable. Nor can the
existence of this power be attributed to any peculiarity in the consti-
tution of the rocks, for it works in the same way in gneiss and
sandstone, in grit and limestone. Nor can chemical or metamorphic
changes be considered as the origin, for at the localities mentioned
the rocks are less affected by such action than at many other places.
Neither can peculiarities of geological structure or of geographical
position be assigned as the determining cause; for steeply inclined
1876.] 981 [Niles.
and horizontal strata, the border and the interior of the continent,
hill, valley and plain, furnish alike examples of its activity.
The uninterrupted existence of this force under such varying and
diverse conditions shows that its cause is neither a fluctuating nor a
narrowly limited one, and we therefore seek an explanation in some
of the grander changes in the earth’s progress.
The modern view of mountain-iaking by lateral movements is
based upon facts which are regarded as evidences that just such
events as these have occurred in the past. It will be observed that
the dislocations shown in the broken, faulted, inclined and folded
strata, and which enter into the fundamental features of the earth,
are reproduced in miniature by this geological force of the present
time, and thus it may be regarded as an exhibition of what is con-
ceded to have been the agent of like events in the past. J am there-
fore convinced that the lateral compression exhibited at Monson,
Berea, and other localities, is the continued action of the same geo-
logical power which has been the chief agency in the elevation of
continents and mountain systems. If this conclusion is correct, and
if we accept the common belief that the contraction of the globe has
been the cause of the ancient movements, we may regard the present
energies of the force as proceeding from the same general cause.
It does not follow, however, that the contraction of the earth must
be simultanecds with the latest manifestations of the force, for the
observed iacts demonstrate the compressibility and elasticity of the
rock, hence the compression may considerably precede the expansive
movements.
But it will be observed that, at this time, the force is not exerted
perpendicularly to the great mountain axes of the continent, hence
the direction has been changed. But if we recall the physical his-
tory of the North American Continent we shall remember that just
this change in the direction of the force was established at the
close of the Tertiary, and it has determined the character and posi-
tion of the subsequent elevations and subsidences. To have caused
the changes of level in the northern part of the continent during the
Quarternary Age, the power must have been exercised in nearly or
precisely the same direction as at present, that is, parallel with the
meridian. It is reasonable to expect the present operations of geo-
logical power: to correspond in direction with those of the later,
’ rather than those of the earlier periods. We may therefore reason-
able claim the direction of the present actions as one of the evidences
of the identity of the power.
Niles.] 282 [April 5,
Furthermore, although we may not at this time be able to trace a
direct connection with them, yet the recent changes of level of the
Atlantic Coast seem to depend upon an activity in the same north
and south direction. From northern Greenland to Florida we find
extents of rising coast alternating with others that are subsiding.
We can better understand how these alternate areas of movement
could be produced by the slight foldings, resulting from this north
and south compression, than from any lateral pressure acting per-
pendicularly to the trend of the coast line.
It will be noticed that the more violent rendings and displacements
of rock at Monson and Berea are similar to small earthquakes in
their general characteristics. Many well known facts have led us to
suppose that at least some of the slight earthquake shocks of this
and other non-voleanic regions are caused by sudden and often loca —
displacements of the rock-masses which are near the surface. My
observations at the quarries above mentioned teach me to look for
like phenomena where the rocks are in distinct and continuous lay-
ers which are not firmly united together. Where the rocks are much
divided by open joints, or are otherwise broken, the force would have
little or no opportunity for manifestation. We have seen that at the
localities studied the beds of rock appear to be compressed to nearly
the extent of their strength for resistance, and that if the power
becomes concentrated, or is slightly assisted, the layers are flexed or
broken, and the more violent actions are sometimes produced. These
and other associated facts demonstrate, I believe, the continual
existence of a force fully adequate for the production of certain
earthquake phenomena. If we accept this deduction, we may then
conclude that such movements as are referred to here may often be
caused, not by the sudden introduction or by the awakening of some
subterranean power, but by the yielding of the rock-masses to that
lateral compression to which they are continually subjected.
If this be true, the cause of a certain class of earthquake phenom-
ena is an ever present one, only requiring favorable occasions for the
manifestation of its power. It having been found that the artificial
removal of comparatively small amounts of stone has caused such
concentrations of this power that the adjoining rocks have been
shaken and rent, we may reasonably expect that the much more
extensive excavation of the strata by the natural processes of de-
nudation would cause a still greater concentration of this force, ~
and would thus give rise to similar but more extensive yieldings
1876.] 283 [Niles.
and displacements of rock, attended by more violent movements,
assuming the form of genuine but local earthquakes. Thus the ero-
sive action of streams, deepening valleys and forming gorges,+ may in
part account for the frequency of minor earthquakes in valley regions.
So also the increased amount of moisture in the rocks in wet seasons
and the expanding energy of the frosts of winter, may furnish suffi-
cient assistance to enable the power to overcome the strength of the
rock material, and so precipitate the violent movements as to be the
occasion of the increased number of earthquakes observed in winter
and during wet seasons.
In excavating hills and mountains for railroad and other construc-
tions, explosions have sometimes occurred which could not be ac-
counted for as the results of any artificial power. I would call
attention to the evidences of a lateral compression as a probable
explanation of such phenomena. I would also suggest that some of
those explosions which some have supposed might have been caused
by the oxydation of pyrites or other changes, may have been pro-
duced by the yielding of the rock to the force under consideration.
Also strange sounds in the earth have frequently been so candidly
and intelligently reported as not to be satisfactorily rejected on the
supposition of fear, superstition or imagination. I would therefore
suggest the possibility of some of these noises being the result of the
the more gradual movements of rock, such as have been observed
at the quarries above described.
Last September I was assisted by Mr. Silas W. Holman in making
some careful measurements of a portion of a bed at Monson, which
by expansion had formed an anticlinal arch without being broken at
any point. From base to base the arch measured fifty-nine feet and
nine inches. The thickness of the bed varied from ten to sixteen
inches. Although after our measurements were taken the stone ex-
panded still more before breaking, yet the amount of expansion
at that time was more than one thousandth of the original length
of the stone. Ifa thousand miles of rock were subjected to the same
compression throughout, and then permitted to expand as this did,
there would be an increase of one mile in its lateralextent. Mr. Hol-
man has calculated that if one thousand miles of rock were to expand
throughout its length in this proportion, causing thereby an eleva-
tion of the mass in the form of an arc of a circle, the original one
thousand miles being the chord, the elevation of the centre of the
1G.H. Otto Volger. Petermann’s Geogr. Mittheilungen, 1856, Heft ITT.
Morse:] 284 [April 19,
arch would then be about nineteen miles and four-tenths. I give
this estimate for the purpose of showing still more conclusively that
there exists in our country to-day a geological power, which, were it
not confined by the rigidity of the rocks, would have sufficient energy
to form hills and mountains upon as grand a scale as those which
we now behold.
April 19, 1876.
The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Forty-six
persons present.
The following papers were presented : —
On A DIMINUTIVE Form oF BUCCINUM UNDATUM 3 :— CASE OF
NATURAL SELECTION. By EpwaArp S. Morse.
The law of sexual selection as illustrated by Darwin, has explained
the many varied features of secondary sexual characters, and the
reasons for their origin and persistence. Among these features are
the prehensile organs of the male, the weapons of offence and de-
fence, ornaments of various kinds, organs for call-notes, glands for
emitting odors, ete. A leading character and with few unexplained
exceptions, is the frequent difference in size between the sexes.
In the struggles between males for possession, or in the strugeles
which often happen between males and reluctant females, the largest
and more powerful males would more often win, and would more
frequently perpetuate their characters as secondary sexual features.
Darwin, in his “Descent of Man,” has traced these marked differ-
ences in size between the sexes in crustaceans, insects, and in all
classes of vertebrates.
Among certain lamellibranchiates, as Dr. Kirtland long ago ob-
served in the Unionidae, the difference in size and form between the
male and female is oftentimes well marked, so much so, indeed, as to
have led to their separation as distinct species in some cases; the
female having the shell larger and more bulging posteriorly to accom-
modate the swollen gills when filled with eggs. ;
Certain gasteropods are ovoviviparous, but few, if any, observa-
tions have been made on the relative size of the sexes. Jeffreys
observes that the male of Littorina littorea has a smoother and more
1876.] 285 [Morse.
slender shell, and among the Rissoas calls attention to the often
marked difference in size between the sexes, the male being smaller.
The usual causes for the origin and increase of secondary sexual
characters could not obtain among the gasteropods. The males do
not struggle among themselves for possession, and their low mental
powers preclude the idea of preference and voluntary selection, by
which marked features of size and of color would arise.
Among the pectinibranchiate gasteropods the male in copulation
clings to that portion of the shell of the female directly above, and
to one side of the genital organs, and in this position inserts the in-
tromittant organ, having to thrust it below the margin of the shell to
accomplish the act.
In Buccinum and allied forms, the female retains her hold to the
rock, and from many positions assumed by the female, the sexual act
can only be accomplished with an intromittant organ of extraor-
dinary shape and size, and the curved shape and length of this organ
in Buccinum bears some relation to the difficulty of approach.
The object in making this communication is to point out some
curious results of natural selection on Buccinum undatum, within
limited areas, in which the male scarcely equalled half the length of
the female.
On a ledge in the harbor of Eastport, just east of the town, a
small variety of Buccinum undatum occurs in great profusion. At
the time of collecting them the sexes were pairing, and in every case
(and hundreds were observed) the male was much smaller, sometimes
not exceeding half the leneth of the female. It seemed impossible
that the males could be mature, and yet they were not only found in
actual connection, but an examination of the shell revealed the full
number of whorls, and from other well known characters indicated
the fact that they were full grown, though of diminutive size. |
A glance at the condition of things at once revealed the mystery
of these dwarfed males. The ledge on which these specimens were
found is partly exposed at low tide, and is at all times washed by im-
petuous currents, so that it is quite difficult to land.
A study of the surface features of the ledge indicated the force of
the tidal currents. There were no loose fragments of rock upon it,
save those which were so tightly wedged in the crevices of the ledge
that they could not be worked out with the hands. The specimens
1A more slender form of Litiorinella (Rissoa) minuta was recognized by the
lamented Prof. W.C. Cleveland as a distinct species under the name of ?. pigmenta.
He never published it, as he considered the possibility of the differences being only
sexual,
Morse. ] 286 [April 19,
of Buccinum in every case were found hid away in nooks, and con-
cealed in the cracks and crevices marking the ledge. It was clearly
obvious that only the smallest males could work their way in to such
constricted quarters for the purpose of uniting with the females, and
that the smaller males had the advantage over the larger males in
this respect, there could be no question. The true state of the case
was so instantly seen, that though hundreds of specimens were col-
lected with the object of determining whether in any case a large
male occurred, not a single exception was met with in which the
female was not being fertilized by a diminutive male. |
Shells of Buccinum undatum, female.
The constrained position in which these were found precluded the
possibility of a large male with his cumbrous shell getting close
enough to the female in her narrow. quarters to perform the sexual
act. ‘The smaller males having this advantage, have from generation
to generation perpetuated their dwarfed characters.
It would seem from these facts that natural selection has worked
in an unusual way in producing secondary sexual characters, rarely,
if ever, seen in gasteropods.
1876.] 287 [Scudder,
Both males and females presented a wide range of variation in the
characters of the shell, some of them showing very distinctly the
oblique folds so characteristic of the species, while in others these
folds were scarcely visible. ‘The shell of the male is smoother than
that of the female, and is also more slender and more delicate. The
ficures represent normal males and females from this peculiar
colony.
CRITICAL AND HistoricAL NotTrs ON FORFICULARIE; INCLUD-
ING DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERIC FORMS AND AN ALPHA-
BETICAL SyNoNyMIC List OF THE DeEscrIBED SPECIES, By
SAMUEL H. SCUDDER.
In the tenth edition of his Systema Nature, Linné placed the two
common species of European earwigs (auricularia and minor) in the
genus Forficula, among the Coleoptera. Fabricius, in all his works,
placed this genus at the head of his Ulonata (= Dermaptera DeGeer,
Orthoptera auct.) following close upon the Coleoptera. Latreille, in
1796, was the first to recognize the wider separation of the earwigs
from the other Dermaptera, and divided the whole order into three
(unnamed) sections; of which the earwigs formed the first, Blatta
the second, and the remaining Dermaptera the third. Duméril, in
his Zoologie analytique (1806), recognizing the family value of the
group, called it Labidoures — a name which, from its gallic dress, has
no more claim upon our attention than perce-oreille. Kirby?! subse-
quently maintained the ordinal character of the group, and gave it
the name Dermaptera, in which he was followed in 1815 by Leach.
But neither can this name be retained, since it was given by DeGeer
in 1773 to the whole suborder afterward called Ulonata by Fabricius
(1775), and—excluding the earwigs—Orthoptéres by Olivier (1789).?
Moreover, Latreille, recognizing it in its true character as a family
of Dermaptera, had already * given the group the name of ForFic-
ULARI#, and this name must be retained. After tabulating the
iTrans. Linn. Soc. Lond., x1, 87 note (1818).
2 By a strange oversight or neglect, the work of the distinguished Swedish natu-
ralist, who first separated these insects from the Hemiptera of his feHow country-
man Linné, has been very generally overlooked, and the term Orthoptera has been
usually applied to the suborder—a name which, in its Latin form, was not proposed
until 1806 by Latreille (in Sonnini’s Buffon).
~ Considerations générales sur order naturel des Crustacés, etc. (1810).
Scudder.] 288 [April 19,
synonymy of this group, we will examine in alphabetical sequence
each of the generic names which have been given to the different
members of the family, setting forth in detail its first usage, and so
far as necessary its subsequent treatment; and including in the list a
few generic names now first proposed. Generic names which cannot
be used are followed by an asterisk.
FORFICULARIA.
Labidoures ou Forficules Duméril, Zool. anal., 257 (1806).
Labidoures Serres, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., x1v, 65 (1809).
Labidura Burm., Germ. Zeitschr. f. Ent., 11, 20 (1840).
Labidouroide Agass., Nomencl. Zool. Index, 199 (1846).
Forficularie Latr., Cons. Gén., 244 (1810).
Forficuledes Billb., Enum. Ins., 63 (1820).
Forficulide Steph., Syst. Cat. Br. Ins., 299 (1829).
Forficulina Newm., Ent. Mag., 11, 424 (1834).
Forjficulites “ « “ Ceumnic ‘
Dermaptera Kirb. (nec DeG.), Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., x1, 87
(1813).
Dermatoptera Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 743 (1838).
Placoda Billb., Enum. Ins. 63 (1820).
Euplekoptera Westw., Zool. Journ., v, 327 (1831).
Euplexoptera Westw., Introd. Class. Ins., 1, 398 (1839). (Ser. Eu-
plectoptera Fisch., Orth. Eur, 58, note — (1858).
Harmopiera. Fieb., Kelch, Orth. Obeschl., 3 (1852).
ANCISTROGASTER.
1855. Stal, Ofv. k. Vet. Ak. Forh., 349: describes a single species,
luctuosus (from Brazil), which is therefore the type. In 1865,
Dohrn, in his monograph, describes other American species
allied to this, placing them all in a new world section of a larger
group, which contains many species from both hemispheres.
To this enlarged group he gives a new name. But even if his
view of the generic affinities were correct, the name Ancistro-
gaster would have to be given to the whole group. (See Opis-
thocosmia.) The genus is confined to the tropics of the New
World.
1876.] 289 [Seudder.
ANECHURA.
This generic name (dyéyw, odpd) is proposed for the single Fa-
brician species, bipunctata. It approaches the gerontogeic Opistho-
cosmia, and is remarkable for the great breadth of its thoracic sterna,
and especially of the metasternum, which is broader than long. The
antenne are 11-12 jointed. The legs are long, the middle pair
especially approaching the hind legs in length, at least in the female;
these legs are also inserted almost, or quite as near the hind legs as
the fore legs, as in certain species of Forficula proper. The abdomen
is plump and dilated, and has a small tubercle on the sides of the
fourth and fifth ventral segments of the male; the forceps are simple
in the female, but strangely contorted in the male, bearing a superior
basal tooth or angulated shoulder, beyond which the arms are curved
strongly downward, and then bent backward. It belongs to Europe.
ANISOLABIS.
1853. Fieber, Lotos, 111, 257: proposes this name for two European
species — mariiima and moesta, which are strictly congeneric.
Maritima may be considered as the type, since it it the best
known and older of these two, and on account of its being
absolutely apterous, like most of the other species which must
be added to the group.
No reference is made to this name in Marschall’s Nomenclator
Zoologicus. The genus is widespread, occurring in both hemispheres,
and in Australasia. See also Forcinella and Brachylabis.
APACHYS.
1831. Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat., xxur, 35 [Apachyus]: depressus Pal.-
Beauv. (sp.) is the only species, and therefore type.
1839. Serv., Orth., 54 [Apachya]: the same.
1846. Agass., Nom. Zool. Ind., 27: corrects the spelling as above.
Two species have since been added by Dohrn. The genus belongs
to the tropics of the Old World.
APTERYGIDA.*
1839. Westw., Class. Ins., 1, 406: proposes this name for Géné’s
section b, of Division 11 of Forficula,! including the species
1 Saggio di una Monografia delle Forficule indigene. Padova, 1832.
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVIII. 19 AUGUST, 1876.
Scudder. ] 290 [April 19,
with perfect tegmina but rudimentary wings, viz., pedestris Bon.
and decipiens Géné1; the former is albipennis Meg., and neither
of them can be generically separated from Forficula Linn-
That genus, it is true, is very large, and contains species differ.
ing toa much greater extent than usual from one another, some
species having, for instance, the middle pair of legs much closer
to the front legs than others; but there are no grounds for sep-
arating albipennis from decipiens; and the latter species is alto-
gether similar to auricularia (the type of Forficula) except in the
brevity of the wings, a feature of great variability even within
species in Dermaptera generally. Apterygida, then, having no
raison détre, must fall before Forficula. There is also an earlier
generic name, Apterygia (Latr. Moll., 1825).
BRACHYLABIS.*
1864. Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit.. xxv, 292, proposes this name for the
following species; mauritanica Luc., maritima Bon., angulifera
(from Guinea), chilensis Blanch., and modesta Géné.
The only character given common to both sexes, by which to dis-
tinguish this genus from his Forcinella (= Anisolabis) is the lateral
plication of the second and third seements of the abdomen, which is
wanting in the species grouped by him under Forcinella. In other
respects, as the author acknowledges, it altogether agrees (volkom-
men ibereinstimmend) with that group; and he further adds, that
this plication is sometimes very indistinct in the species of Brachy-
Jabis, especially on the second segment. The males of Brachylabis
are also stated to be peculiar in having the posterior borders of the
fourth and following abdominal segments angular at the sides, and
produced to a point; the females possess it to a less degree, so that
when the plications are absent it is not always possible to determine
into which genus a species should fall.
There is scarcely a genus of Forficulariz in which the lateral plica-
tions of the second and third abdominal segments are not either dis-
tinetly present in all the species, or else totally absent ; it is this fea-
ture, doubtless, which has led Dohrn to separate, as he has done, his
two groups, Brachylabis and Forcinella; but in maritima, the type of
his Forcinella (afterwards placed by him in Brachylabis!), we find
some individuals in which the plications are tolerably distinct, while
1 Westwood says, “‘ three species are described,’ but the ahove are the only two.
1876.] 291 [Scudder.
there are others in which no trace of them whatever can be found.
The species of Forcinella also (that is, those presenting no abdominal
plications) vary to a considerable degree in the angular production
of the sides of the abdominal segments, some in my possession sur-
passing in this particular the species maritima; so that it becomes
certain that these distinctions are valueless; and as no others have’
been found we must group these apterous forms in a single genus
whose facies is then homogeneous. Forcinella, as the older name,
would then absorb Brachylabis, were it not in its turn preoccupied,
as we shall see, by Anisolabis. It is possible, however, that angulifera
or chilensis, or both, may be generically distinct from the other spe-
cies placed in the same group by Dohrn, and in that case Brachyla-
bis could be retained. I have seen neither of them.
CARCINOPHORA.
This name(zapzivoc, yéow) is’proposed for the Peruvian species
which I described a few years ago under the name of Chelidura ro-
busta. ‘The genus is allied to Anisolabis, but has fewer joints in the
antenne, and the first joint of the same very long, besides perfectly
formed tegmina. The head is subtriangular, much longer than broad,
somewhat broader than the pronotum, tumid, the posterior angles
broadly rounded; eyes pretty large; antenne 13-jointed, the first
joint as long as the space between the antenne, slender, increasing
but little in size apically, second joint no longer than broad, globular,
third three times as long as broad, fourth and fifth equal, together as
long as the second and third combined, the others submoniliform,
subequal, about as long as the third. Pronotum flat, a little longer
than broad, tapering slightly, produced apically with well rounded
hind border. Tegmina as long as the pronotum, squarely docked, the
sides forming an acute angle with the dorsal area; wings wanting.
Legs long, compressed, the middle nearly as long as the hind pair,
the middle joint of tarsi minute, but produced beneath the apical
joint, not lobed. Abdomen stout, the last segment of ? very large,
above subquadrate, below almost as long as the rest of the abdomen
and triangularly produced; sides of second and third dorsal segments
with but slight plication. Forceps stout, short and simple in the °.
The female only is known to me, and the single species comes from
the Peruvian Andes.
Seudder.] 292 [April 19,
CHELIDURA.
1831. Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat., xxi, 36: uses this name for the first
time in a Latin form for the single species aptera Charp. Pre-
viously to this the name has been used in a Gallic form (Chéli-
doure) by Latreille, in 1825,in his Familles naturelles (410),
where neither descriptions of any sort is given, nor mention
made of any species; in 1829, in the 2d Edition of Cuvier’s
Regne Animal (V. 173), he again uses it without species or
description, excepting to make it include “ceux qui sont
apteres ”; the described apterous species at that time were ap-
tera, simplex and sinuata —all congeneric. Serville therefore
used the name in the same sense as Latreille did in its Gallic:
form, and aptera must be considered the type.
It has always been used since in the same way, whenever the
species have been generically separated from Forficula. The group
is confined to Europe and Madeira.
CHELISOCHES. See LOBOPHORA.
CONDYLOPALAMA.
1847. Sund., Forh. Skand. Naturf., rv, 255: proposed for a species
called agilis found in timber brought to Stockholm from Bahia;
this is therefore the type.
The “provisional” description (the only one yet given) is very
meagre and unsatisfactory; but in the possession of double-jointed ?
(tvaledade), blunt edged forceps it is certainly most peculiar. It is
said to be extremely slender, destitute of both tegmina and wings,
and to be probably a larval form; to have 3-jointed tarsi, 14-jointed
antenne, and the first joint of the hind tarsi large and oval. It
is further described as greyish, with a black, smooth and highly
polished mesothorax, and as 5 mm. long. It is not mentioned by
Dohrn.
COPISCELIS.*
1853. Fieber, Lotos, 111, 257: proposes this name for the Linnean
minor; but it falls before the earlier Labia (q. v.). Marschall’s
Nomenclator contains no reference to this name.
1876.] 993 [Scudder.
CYLINDROGASTER.
1855. Stal, Ofv. K. Vet. Ak. Forh., 350: establishes this genus
upon the new species gracilis (from Brazil).
1858. Stal, Eug. Resa, 306: places this genus under Diplatys Serv.
This, as pointed out by Dohrn, in his Monograph, is certainly
a mistake, Diplatys differing from Cylindrogaster in important par-
ticulars; Dohrn describes other species, and I have called atten-
tion in a previous paper to the characters of the female, hitherto
unknown. The genus has never been found outside the limits of
Brazil. This generic name has since been used in other groups of
animals.
DIPLATYS.
1831. Serv., Ann. Sc. | Nat., xxu1, 33: proposes this name for
macrocephala Pal.-Beauv., which is therefore the type.
It has not since been used except for the same species by Serville
in his later work (Orthopteres) and by Stal, erroneously (see Cylin-
drogaster). Dohrn mentions it only to say that he believes he has
seen a very poor specimen of the species, and promises further par-
ticulars which are not given. ‘he species comes from W. Africa.
ECHINOSOMA.
1839. Serv., Orth., 34: founded upon the single species afra Pal.-
Beauv.
Dohrn has since added several species. They all come from
the tropics of the Old World, including northern Australia. Sem-
per has since used this name for a group of Echinoderms.
FORCINELLA.*
1862. Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx111, 226: establishes this genus in
describing the species azteca (from Mexico), but directly speci-
fies Forf. maritima Géné as the type. Notwithstanding this,
while retaining Forcinella in his later Monograph, he transfers
maritima to a new genus Brachylabis! Both of these names,
however, fall before the earlier Anisolabis (q. v.). Forcinella
is not included by Marschall in his Nomenclator Zoologicus.
Scudder.] . 994. [April 19,
FORFICESILA.*
1831. Serv. (ex Latr.), Ann. Se. Nat., xx1, 32: gigantea Latr.
Under the Gallic name Forficésile this genus was proposed without
mention of species and without further description than “ailés” by
Latreille in his Familles du Regne Animal, 410 (1825). Later, in
Cuvier’s Regne Animal, 2e éd., v, 173 (1829), still using the French
name, he refers to it the winged species with more than 14 joints
to their antenne ; gigantea alone is specified. Serville therefore
uses it wholly in the Latreillean sense. Since then (Serville, Dohrn)
it has always been used in the same sense, but as gigantea was the
type of Labidura as early as 1815, this generic name must fall
before it.
FORFICULA.
1758. lLinn., Syst. Nat., Ed. x, 1, 423: founds the earliest of the
genera of Forficularize upon the species described as auricularia
and minor.
1810. Latr., Consid., 433, specifies awricularia as the type.
In this sense, whether used in a more or less restricted manner,
the name has always been employed. Dohrn divides it into three
sections, according to peculiarities of the male forceps; perhaps bet-
ter characters would be found in the pygidium or in the relative po-
sition of the middle legs. The genus is by far the richest in species
of any of the Forficulariz, and is more widely spread than any, be-
ing found in almost every place where Forficulariz occur, and on
every continent. The genus happily retains the oldest name in the
group, and has given its name to the family. Several species have
been found in the European Tertiaries.
LABIA.
1815. Leach, Edinb. Encye., 1x, 118: founds this genus upon minor
Linn., which therefore becomes the type.
Whenever since used it has always been in this sense. Serville
does not refer to it in any way either in 1831 or 1839.
The genus should be placed in juxtaposition to Forficula and not
be separated from it, as Dohrn has done, by the interposition of Spa-
ratta, Chelisoches, Ancistrogaster and Opisthocosmia. It differs from
Forficula principally in the simple character of its middle tarsal joint
and in the shorter moniliform joints of the antenne. It is numerous
1876.] 995 (Scudder.
in species, and only less widely spread than Forficula, occurring
probably over the entire extent of the torrid and temperate part of
every continent, excepting Australia. Though abundant in all the
East Indies, it has also not been brought from Oceanica. See Cop-
iscelis. Oken proposed the generic name Labio for a group of mol-
lusks in 1815.
LABIDOPHORA (see PLATYLABIA).
LABIDURA.
1815. Leach, Edinb. Encyl., rx, 118: bases this name upon the spe-
cles riparia (gigantea), which, therefore, is the type.
Whenever since employed, it has always been in the same sense.
Serville does not even refer to it, either in 1831 or 1839. Although
this word in a Gallic form was proposed as early as 1806, for the
whole group of earwigs, it did not receive a Latin dress (with the
same scope) until 1840,1 and therefore the present use of this word
is not affected. The genus is one of the richest in species and is
widely spread in the Old World, especially in the East Indies and
in Europe. It has:not been found in Australia. But a single species
has been described as indigenous to America (Jamaica) and this
may prove to be wrongly placed here, as it is an apterous species
Fossil species have been found in the tertiaries of the Rocky Moun-
tains, but these, too, should perhaps be separated from this group.
See also Forficesila and Psalis. }
LOBOPHORA.*
1839. Serv., Orth., 32: proposes this name for rujitarsis (from
Java), a species since determined to be identical with the older
morio, which is therefore the type.
The name has since been employed by several authors (Stal,
Dohrn, etc.) but is preoccupied in Lepidoptera (Curtis, 1825). Che-
lisoches (yyA7, ¢yéw) may be used in its place. The genus is mainly,
if not exclusively, confined to Australasia, including all the islands
of the Indian Ocean and the neighboring main and Oceanica.
1 See our synonymy of the family name.
Scudder.] 296 [April 19;
MECOMERA.
1839. Serv., Orth., 53: founded upon the single species brunnea
(from Cayenne), whlch is therefore the type. It has not been
used since, and was unknown to Dohrn.
NANNOPYGIA.
1863. Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxiv, 60: established for a new
species, Gersteeckeri (from Ceylon).
NEOLOBOPHORA. |
1875. Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 281: established
upon a species called bogotensis (from Bogota). Another has
since been added from Mexico.
OPISTHOCOSMIA.
1865. Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 76: founded upon the follow-
ing species: (1) maculifera (from Venezuela), spinaz Dohrn,
luctuosus Stal, variegata (from Venezuela); (IL) devians (from
Brazil), centurio (from Luzon), armata (from Sumatra), for-
cipata de Haan, longipes de Haan, insignis de Haan, vigilans
Stal, tenella de Haan, and ceylonica Motsch. The first section
is considered the equivalent of Stal’s genus Ancistrogaster,
which is thus sunk beneath a new name.
If the group as given by Dohrn is homogeneous, the name Ancis-
trogaster should be preserved for it; otherwise (and we believe this
to be the case) Ancistrogaster (q. v.) should be retained for the spe-
cies of the first section, and Opisthocosmia for those of the second.
O. devians, however, would appear to belong rather to Ancistrogaster,
and this would leave the Old World species alone to Opisthocosmia,
of which O. centurio may be taken as the type.
PLATYLABIA.*
1867. Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvi11; 347: founded upon the fol-
lowing species described as new: major (from Celebes), thorac-
ica (from Penang and Ceylon), dimidiata (from Luzon), and
Guineensis (from Prince Island) — all from the tropics of the
Old World.
1876.] DOT [Scudder.
The species are all unknown to me, and therefore no type will be
designated. ‘The generic name is too close to Platylabus (Wesmael,
Hym., 1845) to stand, and may be supplanted by Labidophora
(AaBis, pépw)-
| PSALIDOPHORA-*
1839. Serv., Orth., 29: proposed by Serville to supplant his earlier
name Spongiphora ; the species enumerated are Lhermimeri
(from Guadaloupe), croceipennis Serv. and brunneipennis (from
N. America). .
The type of Spongiphora was croceipennis, and Serville proposes
to change the name because (vid. Orth., p. 17) many entomologists
had observed to him that the pad was extremely small, and could
often not be seen in dried specimens. Since, however, it exists, the
first name, involving no inaccuracy, should be retained. The other
species added to the group in 1839, are strictly congeneric with the
original species, and hence the name must be dropped. See Sphon-
gophora.
PSALIS.
1831. Serv., Ann. Sci. Nat., xx, 34: founded upon americana
Pal.-Beauv., and riparia (morbida) from an unknown locality.
As Serville afterwards (Orth., 20-21) points out, the generic de-
scription of the abdomen is taken from individuals which had
been broken and repaired by gluing the abdomen on again belly
upward! Many of the peculiarities of the genus are taken
from features dependant upon this aceident. Serville con-
sequently believes that the name should be suppressed, and
places the two species in Forficesila, between which genus and
Psalis he had, in 1831, interposed two genera.
1838. Burm., Handb. d. Ent., 11, 753: uses it doubtfully for one of
the sections into which he divides the single genus, Forficula,
accepted by him, and places in it americana (procera) and ga-
gatina; riparia (gigantea) is placed under the section Forfices-
ila. Both on this account and because when the generic name
Psalis was proposed, riparia was the type of Labidura (Syn.
Forficesila), Psalis, if used at all, must take ‘americana as its
type. Dohrn places both species in the genus Labidura, and
indeed at no great distance from each other. But they present
so many points of structural dissimilarity that they should be
generically separated.
Scudder.] 998 [April 19,
Psalis, as represented by its type americana, has the following
characters to contrast with those of Labidura. The short head, as
pointed out by Serville, is more convex above; the antennz are com-
posed of fewer joints; the basal joint of the antenne is longer and
slenderer, and increases more gradually in size toward the apex; the
pronotum is nearly as wide as the head; the prosternum broadens
greatly and regularly in front of the legs; the legs are scarcely so
slender nor so compressed; especially the fore femora are stouter;
the abdomen of the female does not taper at the extremity, the last
dorsal segment being quadrate, nearly as long as broad, and scarcely
narrower behind than in front; while in Labidura it is transverse,
nearly twice as broad in front as long, but scarcely broader behind
than its leneth; besides, the penultimate ventral segment of Psalis 2
leaves the sides of the last segment largely exposed; and the last
segment itself is parted widely in the middle, while that of Labidura
is entire. The forceps of the 2 are much stouter in Psalis than in
Labidura. Since writing the above, I find that Burmeister (Germ.
Zeitschrift Ent., 1, 82) has already remarked that if genera are to
be separated modo Servilleano, americana and riparia (gigantea) must
be placed apart.
The species of Psalis occur in the tropics of both worlds.
PYGIDICRANA.
1831. Serv., Ann. Sci. Nat., xx11, 30: proposes this name for the
single species v-nigrum (from Brazil) which thereby becomes
the type.
It has since been used by Serville, Burmeister, Stal [Pydicrana]
and Dohrn in the same sense, each adding other species. Agassiz
(Nom. Zool.) proposes Pygodicrana as a more correct form of the
word (xuy7, Ofzpavoy).- Burmeister (Germar Zeitschr. f. Ent., 11,
79) suggests that Dicranopygia would have been better. The ge-
nus is moderately rich in species, most of which are found in the
tropics of the Old World, including Australia; but two or three spe-
cies are found in northern S. America.
PYRAGRA.
1381. Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat., xx11, 34: founds this genus upon the
single species fuscata (from Cayenne), which is therefore the
type. It is again employed by the author in his later work
1876.] 299 [Scudder.
(1839) for the same species, but does not seem to have been
used since. Dohrn refers to neither genus nor species.
SPARATTA.
1839. Serv., Orth., 51: the genus is founded on pelvimetra (from
Brazil). Other species have been added by Stal and Dohrn,
all from tropical S. America. ‘
SPONGOPHORA.
1831. Seryv., Ann. Sc. Nat., xx11, 31 [Spongiphoraf: proposes the
name for croceipennis from Brazil.
1839. Serv., Orth., 29: supplants the name by that of Psalidophora,
but, as we have remarked under that caption, for insufficient
reasons. Guerin (Iconogr. Reene Anim., Ins. 326) referring to
the very page where Serville explains his change, remarks that
Serville altered the name because all Forficulariz bore a pad
between the claws! See Psalidophora.
1846. Agassiz, Nom. Zool., 349: proposes the more correct spelling
Spongophora, adopted by me in 1862.
This group, under the name Psalidophora, has been used by nearly
every author that has treated cf the Forficularians and in the same
sense. All the known species, with a single exception, come from
the temperate and tropical parts of America; S. guadrimaculata from
temperate S. Africa. I can find no points of generic distinction be-
tween a fragmentary specimen of this species and the common S.
brunneipennis of the U. States.
TAGALINA.
1863. Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 44: proposes this name for
two species, Semperi (from Luzon) and grandiventris Blanch.
Grandiventris, as the older species, may be taken as the type. The
genus is confined to the Australasian islands. The name is unfortu-
nately chosen from its close resemblance to Tagalis (Stal, Hem.,
1860.)
THERMASTRIS.
1863. Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 61: proposed for brasiliensis
Gray and Saussurei Dohrn, both formerly placed under Pygidi-
crana; two other species have since been added by myself. Bra-
Scudder.] 300 [April 19,
siliensis may be chosen as the type. All the species are from
the tropics of America.
TYPHLOLABIA.
This name (rugdds, AaBis) is proposed for the remarkable form
described by Philippi from Chili under the name of Forjicula ? larva.
According to Philippi the head is as broad as long, tapering anteri-
orly, the angles rounded; it is altowether eyeless; the antenne are ap-
proximate at the base, as long as the head and thorax, 30-40 jointed,
the first joint short, thick, cylindrical ; the second of equal length, ob-
conical, the third to the twelfth short cylindrical, the rest moniliform.
Prothorax much narrower than the head, and hardly half so long;
mesothorax a little broader, but narrower than the head, quadrate
with rounded angles; the metathorax similar, but slightly larger.
Neither tegmina nor wings are present. ‘The legs are very short, the
femora scarcely longer than the coxe and trochanters together, the
tibie of similar length, compressed; tarsi one-jointed, somewhat
shorter than the tibiez. Abdomen long and slender, the joints of
about equal length, broadening up to the sixth, previous to which
they are longer than broad; the forceps resemble those of Anisolabis,
which it seems most to resemble ; it is, however, exceedingly pecu-
liar in many points of its structure, and especially in the particulars
I have italicized above, in which it resembles no known Forficula-
rians.
An ALPHABETICAL CATALOGUE OF DESCRIBED FORFICULARIZ;
WITH OCCASIONAL BRIEF NOTES.
Ancistrogaster arthritica.
Ancistrogaster arthritica Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvu11,
253 (1876). Brazil.
Ancistrogaster devians.
Opisthocosmia devians Dohrn, Stett. Eut. Zeit., xxvi, 79 (1865).
Brazil.
Ancistrogaster gulosa.
Ancistrogaster gulosa Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x v1,
263-64 (1876). Mexico.
1876.] 301 [Seudder.
Ancistrogaster luctuosa.
Ancistrogaster luctuosus Stal, Ofv. K. Vet. Acad. Forh., x11, 349
(1855); Ib., Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 306, pl. 5, fig. 1 (1858). ;
Opisthocosmia luctuosa Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 78 (1865).
Brazil.
Ancistrogaster maculifera.
Opisthocosmia maculifera Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 77 (1865).
Forjicula Petropolis Wood, Ins. Abroad, 279, fig. 138 (1874).
Venezuela.
Ancistrogaster spinax.
Ancistrogaster spinax Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx11, 229-30, Pl.
I, fig. 1, 1b (1862).
Opisthocosmia spinax Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvi, 78 (1865).
Mexico.
Ancistrogaster variegata.
Opisthocosmia variegata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx v1, 78 (1865).
Forficula appendiculata Charp., Ms. [cf. Gerst., Bericht. Ent., 1855,
90-91]. Venezuela.
Anechura bipunctata. 7
Forficula bipunctata Fabr., Spec. Ins., 1, 340 (1781); Ib., Mant.
Ins., 1, 224 (1787); Ib., Ent. Syst., 11, 2 (1793) ; Gmel., Linn. Syst.
Nat., 1, iv, 2039 (1788); Vill., Linn. Ent., 1, 427; Iv, 373 (1789);
Oliv., Encycl. méth., vi, ii, 467 (1792); Panz., Deutschl. Ins., H. 87,
10, fig. 10 (1802?); Burm., Handb. Ent., 1, 754 (1838); Kitt., Bull.
Soe. imp. nat. Mose., x x11, 441-2, pl. 7, figs. 5-6 (1849).
Forficula biguttata Fabr., Ent. Syst., 1, 2 (1793); Latr., Hist. nat.
Crust. Ins., x11, 91 (1804); Ib., Gen. Crust. Ins., m1, 82 (1807); Ib.,
Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., x11, 8, pl. D’, figs. 17, 17 (4817); Charp.,
Hore Ent., 68 (1825); Serv., Ann. Se. Nat., xx11, 32 (1831); Ib.,
Rey. méth. Orth., 5-6 (1831); Ib., Orth., 43 (1839); Géné, Monog.
Forf., 12 (1832); Fisch. Wald., Ent. Russ., rv, 40-41, pl. 1, fig. 1
(1848); Kitt., Bull. Soc. imp. nat. Mose., xxu, 439-40, pl. 7, figs.
3-4 (1849); Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 72-3, pl. 6, figs. 9, 9a-b (1853);
Friv., Orth. Hung., 47-8 (1867).
Chelidura anthracina Kolen., Melet., v, 73, pl. 17, fig. 5 (1846).
Forficula anthracina Fieb., Lotos, 111, 256 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 73 (1853).
Forficula Fabricii, Fieb., Lotos, 111, 253-4 (1853) ; Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 70-1 (1853). Europe.
Scudder.] 802 [April 19,
Anisolabis angulifera.
Brachylabis angulifera Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 294 (1864).
Guinea.
Anisolabis annulicornis.
Forficula annulicornis Blanch., Gay, Hist. fis. Chile, Zool., v1, 10-
11 (1853); Phil., Zeitsch. ges. Naturw., xx1, 217 (1863).
Forcinella annulicornis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 290-1.
Chili.
Blanchard says this species has rudimentary tegmina. Dohrn says
it has not. Philippi says that one Chilian species is winged and he
mentions this species, making some objections to Blanchard’s descrip-
tion, but none to the statement that it has tegmina.
Anisolabis annulipes.
Forficesila annulipes Lue., Ann. sels Ent. Fr., Bull., 84-5 (1847).
Forcinella annulipes Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 290 (1864).
Forficula (Labidura) annulipes Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 69-70, pl. 6,
fiz. 6a—c (1853). S. Europe; Madeira.
Anisolabis Antoni.
Forcinella Antoni Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 289-90 (1864).
Venezuela.
Anisolabis azteca.
Forcinella azteca Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx111, 226-7 (1862);
Tb.) iby x xvi 297) ((1see): Mexico.
Anisolabis Blanchardi.
Forficula Blanchardi Le Guil!., Rev. Zool., 1841, 292 (1841.)
Oceanica.
Anisolabis Brunneri.
Forcinella Brunneri Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 291 (1864).
Australia.
Anisolabis chilensis.
Forficula chilensis Blanch., Gay, Hist. fis. Chile., Zool. v1, 10, pl.
Orth. 1, fig. 1 (1851).
Brachylabis chilensis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 295-6 (1864).
Forficula testaceicornis Blanch., Gay, Hist. fis. Chile, Zool., v1, 11-
12 (1851). Chili.
Anisolabis colossea.
Forcinella colossea Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 286-7 (1864).
A specimen in my collection from N. Caledonia (H. Dohrn) has no
middle joint to the tarsi of one of the hind legs, though present on
its mate. Australia and neighboring islands.
1876.] 303 [Seudder.
Anisolabis geniculata.
Chelidura geniculata Montr., Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon [n. s.] x1, 222-
23 (1864). Woodlark Isl.
This species is more closely allied to Anisolabis than to Chelidura,
but apparently should be placed in a distinct genus.
Anisolabis hottentotta.
Forcinella hotientotta Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvuitr, 344-5
(1867). Caffraria.
Anisolabis janeirensis.
Forcinella janeirensis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 285-6 (1864).
Brazil.
I have not seen this species, but judging from the description, it
may belong to Carcinophora.
Anisolabis laeta.
Brachylabis laeta Gerst., Arch. f. Naturg., XXXv, i, 221 (1869);
Ib., Glied.-Fauna Sans., 49, pl. 3, fig. 8 (18738). Zanzibar.
Anisolabis lativentris.
Forficula lativentris Phil., Zeitschr. ges. Naturwiss., xx1, 217-18
(1863). Chili.
Anisolabis littorea.
Forficula littorea White, Zool. Erebus and Terror, Insects, 24, pl.
6, figs. 4-5 (1846).
Forcinella littorea Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 287-88.
N. Zealand.
Anisolabis major.
Forjicula (Forficesila) major Brullé, Webb, Hist. nat. Canaries, 11,
ii, Ent. 74-75 (1835-42). Canary Isl.
Is it distinct from A. maxima?
Anisolabis marginalis.
Forecinella marginalis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 288-9 (1864).
Japan.
Anisolabis maritima.
Forficula maritima Bon., MS.; Géné, Monogr. Forf., 9-10 (1832);
Ramb., Faun. Ent. Andal., 11, 8-9 (1838).
Forficesila maritima Serv., Orth., 27-8 (1839); Luc., Expl. Alg.,
II, 5 (1846).
Forficula (Forficesila) maritima De Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch.
Ned. Bezitt., Orth., 240 (1842).
Anisolabis maritima Fieb., Lotos, m1, 257 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 74 (1853).
Scudder.] 804 | April 19,
Forficula (Labidura) maritima Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 68, pl. 6, —
figs 4, 4a-d (1853).
Forcinella maritima Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx111, 226 (1862).
Brachylabis maritima Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 2938-4 (1864).
Forficula albipes Mus. Berol. [nec Fabr.?] teste Fieber, Lotos, m1.
? Hodotermes japonicus Hag., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 399-
400, fig.; xr, 139 (1868).
Savign., Descr. de l’Egypte, Planches Orth.,
pl. 1, fig. 6! (1809-13).
Europe; and thence nearly the whole world.
Dohrn says he has seen no great amount of variation in this species,
although now so widely spread; I have, however, two males from S.
Carolina in which the forceps entirely resemble those of the females,
instead of being strongly bent inward in the middle and notice-
ably asymmetrical ; in some specimens, too, the 13th or 14th anten-
nal joints are bicolored, while in others they are similar to the rest;
in some specimens again the posterior edge of the terminal dorsal
segment of the abdomen is perfectly smooth, while in others it is
puckered, as it were, being marked with short sinuous longitudinal
striations; in one specimen from Nicaragua it is almost rugose.
Anisolabis mauritanica.
Forficesila mauritanica Luc., Expl. Alg., 111, 4-5, pl. 1, figs. 1,-
la—d (1846).
Brachylabis mauritanica Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 292 (1864).
Mauritania.
Anisolabis maxima,
Forficula (Forficesila) mazima Brullé, Webb, Hist. Nat. Canaries,
II, ii. Ent. 74 (1835-42).
Forcinella maxima Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 288 (1864).
Canary Isl.
Anisolabis moesta.
Forficula moesta Géné, MS.
Forficesila moesta Serv., Orth., 28 (1839).
Anisolabis moesta Fieb., Lotos, 111, 257 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 74 (1853).
Forficula (Labidura) moesta Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 68-9, pl. 6,
figs. 5, 5a—d (1853).
Forficula hispanica Herr.-Sch., Nom. Ent., Orth., 29-30 (1840).
S. Europe.
1876.] 805 (Scudder.
Anisolabis pacifica.
' Forficula pacifica Erichs., Arch. f. Naturg., vii, i, 247 (1842).
Van Dieman’s Land.
Anisolabis pecitoralis.
Forficula pectoralis Kschsch., Entom., 82-3 (1822); Ib., uvr. Ent.,
I, 85-6 (1835). Kamtschatka.
Anisolabis spectabilis.
Forficula spectabilis Phil., Zeitschr. ges. Naturw., xx1, 218-19
(1863). Chili.
Anisolabis Stali.
Forcinella Stali Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 286 (1864). Java.
Anisolabis taurica.
Forficula taurica Motsch., MS.
Forficesila taurica Fisch. de W., Ent. Russ., rv, 47 (1846).
Chelidura ? taurica Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 70 (1853). Tauria.
Belongs next A. moesta unless it is a pupa.
Anisolabis varicornis.
Forficula (Brachylabis) varicornis Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
[4] xvi, 450-51 (1876). Kerguelen Island.
Apachys chartacea.
Forficula (Apachya) chartacea de Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned.
Bezitt., Zool., 239, pl. xxi, fig. 7 (1842).
Apachya chartacea Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 43-4 (1863).
Malay Archipelago.
Apachys depressa.
Forficula depressa Pal.-Beauv., Ins. Afr. Amér., ii, 36-7, Pl. 1, fig.
5, 5a (1805).
Apachyus depressus Serv., Ann. Se. Nat., x x11, 35 (1831);,Ib., Rev.
méth. Orth., 9 (1831).
Apachya depressa Serv., Orth., 55 (1839) ; Dohrn, Stett. Ent.
Zeit., XXIV, 43 (1863). W. Africa.
Apachys Murrayi.
Apachya Murrayi Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 44 (1863).
_W. Africa.
Carcinophora robusia.
Chelidura robusta Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x11, 344
(1869); Ib., Ent. Notes, m, 29 (1869). Peru.
Chelidura acanthopygia.
Forficula acanthopygia Géné, Monoer. Forf., 13-14 (1832); Fieb.,
Lotos, 11, 256 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth., 73 (1853).
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVIII. 20 SEPTEMBER, 1876.
Scudder.] 306 [April 19,
Forficula (Chelidura) acanthopygia Fisch. Fr., Orth., Eur., 83-4,
pl. 6, figs. 20-20a—d (1853). 3
Chelidura acanthopygia Friv., Orth. Hung., 50-51 (1867); Dohrn,
Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvuiI, 8342-43 (1847). :
Forficula xanthopygia Schmidt, Verz. Krain Orth.,1 78 (186-).
Forficula aptera Schmidt (nec Muehlf.), Verz. Krain Orth., 78
(186-).
Savign., Deser. Egypte, Orth., pl. 15 figs. 71-Y’
(18—). Europe.
Chelidura analis.
Forficula analis Ramb., Faun. Ent. Andal., 11, 10-11 (1838);
Fieb., Lotos, 111, 255 (1853) ; Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth., 72 (1854).
Forficula (Apterygida) analis Fisch., Orth. Eur., 79 (1853).
Europe.
Chelidura aptera.
Forficula aptera Muehlf. MS.; Charp., Hore Ent. 69 (1825); Aud.-
Brullé, Hist. nat. Ins., 1x, 29, pl. 1, fig. 2 (1835).
Chelidura aptera Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat., xxu, 36 (1831); Ib., Rev.
méth. Orth., 9 (1831); Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvii, 342 (1867)
Forficula (Chelidoura) aptera Serv., Orth., 47-8 (1839).
Forficula (Chelidura) simplex Lafr. MS.; Germ. Faun. Ins. Eur.,
xi, pl. 17, figs. a-c (1824-37); Burm., Handb. Ent., 1, 755 (1838);
Sery., Orth., 48-9 (1839); Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 82-3, pl. 6, figs.
19, 19a-b (1853). |
Forficula simplex Fieb., Lotos, ut, 256 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 73 (1854). .
Forficula (Chelidura) dilatata Lafr., MS.; Burm., Handb. Ent., 11,
755 (1838); Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 80-1, pl. 6, figs. 16, 16a-e
(1853).
Forficula dilatata Fieb., Lotos, 111, 256 (1853) ; Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth.
73 (1854).
Forficula alpina Géné, Monogr. Forf., 15 (1832) ; Fisch. Fr., Orth.
Eur., 81-2 (1853); Fieb., Lotos, 111, 256 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 73 (1854).
Forficula montana Géné, Monogr. Forf., 14-15 (1832).
Forficula pyrenaica Géné, Monogr. Forf., 15-16 (1882); [pyre-
naea| Herr. Schaeff., Nom. Ent. Orth., 30-1 (1840). Europe.
Chelidura Dufouri.
Forficula (Chelidoura) Dufouri Serv., Orth., 49-50, pl. 1, fig. 5, 5a
(1839).
1 The reference is to an extract from some work, with original pagination.
2 i sbicinirali aaa tes pe eal
1876.] 307 [Scudder.
Forficula (Chelidura) Dufour Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 81, pl. 6,
- figs. 17, 17a—-c (1853).
Chelidura Dufouri Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvii, 342 (1867).
Labidura vittigera Motsch., MS.
Chelidura vittigera Fisch. de W., Ent. Russ., rv, 48-49 (1846).
Europe.
Chelidura edentula. ;
Forficula edentula Woll., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., [3] 1, 20 (1858).
Madeira.
Chelidura paupercula.
Forficula paupercula Géné, Monogr. Forf., 14 (1832) ; Fieb., Lo-
tos, III, 257 (1853) ; Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth., 73 (1854).
Forficula (Chelidura) paupercula Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 83 (1853).
Chelidura paupercula Dohrn., Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvii, 342 (1847).
Europe.
Chelidura setulosa.
Forjicula setulosa Fieb., Lotos, 111, 256-57 (1858) ; Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 73 (1854). Europe.
Chelidura sinuata.
Forficula sinuata Lafresn., MS.; Germ., Faun. Ins. Eur. xi, pl. 16,
fies. a—b (1824-37) ; Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 755-56 (1838); Serv.,
Orth., 49 (1839); Fieb., Lotos, 1m, 256 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 72-73 (1854).
Chelidura sinuata Fisch. de W., Ent. Russ., rv, 48 (1846).
Forficula (Chelidura) sinuata Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 82, pl. 6, figs.
18, 18a (1853).
Forficula sinuata var. macrolabia Fieb., Lotos, 111, 256 (1853); Ib.,
Syn. Eur. Orth., 72 (1854).
Forficula sinuata var. cyclolabia Fieb., Lotos, 111, 256 (1853); Ib.,
Syn. Eur. Orth., 73 (1854). Europe.
Chelidura thoracica.
Chelidura thoracica Fisch. de W., Ent. Russ., rv, 50 (1846).
Forficula (Chelidura) thoracica Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 84 (1853).
Europe (?)
This species, said by Fischer to be found in Finland (!) cannot
possibly be referred to Forjficula auricularia or Labia minor, the only
species known from Finland.
Chelisoches albomarginatus.
Forficula (Psalidophora) albomarginata de Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch.
Ned. Bezitt., Orth., 241 (1842).
Lobophora albomarginata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 75 (1865).
Sumatra.
Scudder.] 308 [April 19,
Chelisoches australicus.
Forficesila australica Le Guill., Rev. Zool., 1841, 292 (1841).
Forficula australica Blanch., Voy. Pole Sud., Zool. rv, 351, Orth.,
pl, 1, fig. 3 (1858).
Lobophora australica Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 72-3 (1865).
New Holland.
Chelisoches comprimens.
Chelisoches comprimens Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv111,
252-53 (1876). Africa.
Chelisoches fuscipennis.
Forficula (Psalidophora) fuscipennis de Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch.
Ned. Bezitt., Orth., 241 (1842).
Lobophora fuscipennis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvi, 75 (1865).
Sumatra.
Chelisoches laetior.
Lobophora laetior Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 73 (1865).
Batchian.
Chelisoches Ludekingi.
Lobophora Ludekingi Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 73-4 (1865).
Sumatra.
Chelisoches melanocephalus.
Lobophora melanocephala Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvi1, 75-6
(1865). India.
Chelisoches modestus.
Forficula modesta Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 302 (1858).
Lobophora modesta Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 74 (1865).
China.
Chelisoches morio.
Forficula morio Fabr., Syst. Ent., 270 (1775); Ib., Spec. Ins., 1,
341 (1781); Ib., Mant. Ins., 1, 225 (1787); Ib., Ent. Syst., 1, 5 (1793);
Goeze, Ent. Beytr., 1, 736 (1777); Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat., 1, iv,
2040 (1788) ; Oliv., Encycl. méth., v1, ii, 468 (1792); Burm., Handb.
Ent., 11, 752 (1838).
Lobophora morio Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 71-2 (1865).
Forficula (Psalidophora) rufitarsis de Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch.
Ned. Bezitt. Orth., 241 (1842).
Lobophora rufitarsis Serv., Orth., 33 (1839).
Lobophora nigronitens Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool., Ins., 305 (1858).
Lobophora tartarea Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool., Ins., 305 (1858).
Lobophora cincticornis Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool., Ins., 305 (1858).
Islands of Pacific and Indian Oceans and neighboring main.
el BS Ne ee So Ses
1876.] 309 [Seudder.
Chelisoches simulans.
Forficula simulans Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool., Ins., 302 (1858).
Lobophora simulans Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 74 (1865).
Malay Archipelago.
’ Chelisoches superbus.
Lobophora superba Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvi, 71, (1865).
Malay Archipelago.
Chelisoches tasmanicus.
Forficula tasmanica Blanch., Voyage Pole Sud, Zool., rv, 350-51;
Orth., pl. 1, fig. 2 (1853). Tasmania.
Condylopalama agilis.
Condylopalama agilis Sund., Forh. Skand. Naturf., Iv, 255 (1847).
Brazil.
Cylindrogaster gracilis.
Cylindrogaster gracilis Stal, Ofv. k. Vet. Akad., Forh., xu, 350
(1855) ; Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 58-9 (18638).
Diplatys gracilis Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool., Ins., 306 (1858). Brazil.
Cylindrogaster nigra.
Cylndrogaster nigra Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvut,
251-52 (1876). Brazil.
Cylindrogaster Sahlbergi.
Cylindrogaster Sahlbergi Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit.. xxiv, 59
(1863). Brazil.
Cylindrogaster thoracica.
Cylindrogaster thoracicus Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v,59 (1863).
Brazil.
_Diplatys macrocephala.
Forficula macrocephala Pal.-Beauv., Ins. Afr. Amér., ii, 36, pl.
Orth. 1, fig. 3 (1805).
Diplatys macrocephala Serv., Ann. Se. Nat., xx11, 33 (1831) ; Ib.,
Rev. méth. Orth., 7 (1831) ; Ib., Orth., 51 (1839). W. Africa.
Echinosoma afrum.
Forficula afra Pal.-Beauv., Ins. Afr. Amér., ii, 35, pl. Orth. 1,
fig. 1 (1805).
Echinosoma afrum Serv., Orth., 34-5 (1839); Dohrn, Stett. Ent.
Zeit., XXIV, 63-4 (1863). W. Africa.
Echinosoma horridum.
Echinosoma horridum Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxIv, 66 (1863).
Java.
Echinosoma parvulum.
Echinosoma parvulum Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxrv, 66 (1863).
Ceylon.
Scudder.] 310 [April 19,
Echinosoma sumatranum.
Forficula (Echinosoma) sumatrana de Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch.
Ned. Bezitt., Orth., 241 (1842).
Echinosoma sumatranum Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxiv, 65 (1863).
E. Indies.
Echinosoma Wallbergi.
Echinosoma Wallbergi Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 64-5 (1863).
Caffraria.
Echinosoma Westermanni.
Echinosoma Westermanni Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 65-6
(1863). E. Indies.
Echinosoma Yorkense.
Echinosoma Yorkense Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxx, 234 (1869).
N. Australia.
Forficula aculeata.
Forficula aculeata Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x viz, 262—
63 (1876). ° Northern United States, east of the Mississippi.
Forficula africana.
Forjicula africana Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XxXv1, 86-7 (1865).
Africa.
Forficula albipennis.
Forficula albipennis Muehlf. MS.; Charp., Hor. Ent., 68 (1825);
Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 755 (1838); Friv., Orth. Hung., 49-50
(1867) ; Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XXVI, 99 (1865).
Chelidura albipennis Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., Mand., v1, 7, pl. 28, fie,
5 (1835).
Forficula (Apterygida) albipennis Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 77-8,
pl. 6, figs. 14, 14 a—b (1853).
Forficula media Hagenb. [nec Marsh.], Symb. Faun. Ins. Helv., 16,
fies. 7-8.
Forficula pedestris Bon. MS.; Géné, Monogr. Forf., 13 (1832);
Serv., Orth., 45 (1839) ; Fieb., Lotos, 111, 255 (1853) ; Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 72 (1854).
Labidura curta Motsch. MS.
Chelidura curta Fisch. de W., Ent. Russ., rv, 49 (1846).
Forficula Freyi Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx, 106 (1859) ; Meyer-
Diir, Neue Denkschr. allg. Schweiz. Gesellsch., xv11, 28(1860).
Europe.
Forficula albipes.
Forficula albipes Fabr., Mant. Ins., 1, 224 (1787) ; Ib., Ent. Syst.,
11, 3 (1793); Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat., 1, iv, 2039 (1738); Oliv.,
Encyl. méth., v1, 467 (1792). W. Indies.
1876.] 311 [Scudder,
This species appears to be nearly allied to F. bimaculata Pal.-
Beauy., if it be not identical with it.
Forficula ancylura.
‘orficula ancylura Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 91-2 (1865).
Phillipines.
Forficula arachidis.
Forficula arachidis Yers., Ann. Soc. Ent. France [3], vit, 509-11,
pl. 10, figs. 33-5 (1860). S. Europe.
Forficula auricularia.
Forficula auricularia Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. x, 1, 423 (1758); Fabr.,
Syst. Ent., 269 (1775); Ib., Spec. Ins., 1, 340 (1781); Ib., Mant.
Ins., 1; 224. (1787); Ib., Ent. Syst.,. 1, 1 (1793); Goeze, Ent.
Beytr., 1, 734 (1777) ;. Herbst., Fuessl. Arch. Ins., vu—vu1,
183 (1786); Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat., 1, iv, 2038-39 (1788); Vill,
Linn. Ent., 1, 425-26 (1789); Oliv., Encyl. méth., vi, ii, 466, pl.
246, fio. Forf., la-c (1792); Rossi, Fauna Etrusca, 1, 316 (1795);
Schrank, Faun. Boica, 1, 11, 720 (1798); Marsh., Col. Brit., m1,
529, pl. 30 (1802); Ib., Ent. Brit., 1,529 (1802); Panz., Deutschl.
Ins apl 87, 8, fic...8.(1802?); Latr.,, Hist. Nat...Crust. Ins., x1;
190 (1804); Ib., Gen. Crust. Ins., 111, 82 (1807) ;. Ib., Nouv.
Dict. Hist. Nat., x11, 8 (1817); Leach, Edinb. Encycl., Amer.
ede wat, 100,.(1816),> Tb... Zool. Misc., 111,99. (1817);. Ib., Sam.
Comp., 216 (1819); Zett., Orth. Suec., 36-8 (1821); Ib., Faun.
Ins. Lapp., 443-44. (1828); Ib., Ins. Lapp. descr., 246 (1838);
Charp., Horae Ent., 67 (1825) ; Dufour, Ann. Se. Nat., x111, 346-47,
pl. 19, figs. 4-8 (1828); Phil., Orth. Berol., 56 (1830); Serv., Ann.
ena exit, 32 (18st): Ib., Rey..meth.Orth.,.5 (1831); Ib.,
Orth., 36-8 (1839); Géné, Monogr. Forf., 10-12 (1832); Stevens,
Til. Brit. Ent., Mand., v1, 4-5, pl. 28, fig. 1 (1835); Aud.-Brullé,
Hist. Nat. Ins., 1x, 29-30, pl. 1, figs. 8, 8a (1835); Curt., Brit. Ent.,
pl. 560, No. 1, lower figures (1835-40); Ramb., Faun. Ent. Andal.,
11, 6 (1838); Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 753 (1838); Guer., Iconogr.
Reegne An., 326, pl. 52, fis. 2 (1840-44); Fisch. Wald., Ent. Russ.,
Iv, 38-40 (1846); Luc., Expl. Alg., 111, 6 (1846); Borck, Skand.
Ratv., Ins. Nat. Hist., 6-11, pl. 1, fig. 1 (1848); Fisch. Fr., Orth.
Eur., 74-5, pl. 6, figs. 11, 11 a-t (1853); Fieb., Lotos, m1, 254-55
(1853); Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth., 71-2 (1854); His., Finl. Orth., 9-10
(1861); Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 98-9 (1865); Friv., Orth.
Hung., 48-9 (1867).
Forficula auricularia var. cyclolabia Fieb., Lotos, 111, 254 (1853);
Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth., 71 (1854).
Scudder.] ile [April 19,
Forficula cyclolabia Schmidt, Verz. Krain Orth., 77 (186-).
Forficula auricularia var. macrolabia Fieb., Lotos, 111, 254 (1858);
Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth., 71 (1854).
Forficula macrolabia Schmidt, Verz. Krain Orth., 78 (186-).
Forjicula major De Geer, Mém., 11, 545-52, pl. 25, figs. 16-25
(1773) ; Ib., Ed. Goeze, 111, 353-57, pl. xxv, figs. 16-25 (1780);
Retz., Gen. Sp. Ins., 101 (1783).
Forficula parallela Fabr. Syst. Ent., 270 (1775); Ib., Spec. Ins., 1,
341 (1781); Ib., Mant. Ins., 1, 225 (1787); Ib., Ent. Syst., m1, 4-5
(1793); Goeze, Ent. Beytr., 1, 736 (1777) ; Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat.,
I, iv, 2039 (1788); Oliv. Encycl. méth., vi, ii, 468 (1792).
Forficula media Marsh., Col. Brit., 530 (1802); Ib., Ent. Brit., 1,
530 (1802); Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., Mand., vz, 5, pl. 28, fig. 2
(1835).
Forficula neglecta Marsh., Col. Brit., 11, 529-30 (1802); Ib., Ent.
Brit., 1, 529-30 (1802).
Forficula infumata Muehlf., MS.; Charp., Horae Ent., 70 (1825);
[strigata sic!] Schmidt.
Forficula borealis Leach, MS.; Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., Mand., v1,
5-6, pl. 28, fig. 3 (1835); Curt., Brit. Ent., pl. 560, No. 2, upper fig-
ure (1835-40).
Forficula forcipata Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., Mand., v1, 6, pl. 28, fig.
4 (1835); Curt., Brit. Ent., pl. 560, No. 3 (1835-40).
Forficula lurida Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 75-6, pl. 6, figs. 12 a-b
(1853). :
Savign., Descr., de Egypte, Planches Orth., pl. 1,
fies. 41, 4”, 51, 51, 54, 5) (1809-13).
Europe, Eastern United States.
Forficula bimaculata.
Forficula bimaculata Pal. Beauv., Ins. Afr. Amér., x, 165, pl.
Orth. 14, fig. 1 (1817); Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat., xx11, 32 (1831); Ib.,
Rev. méth. Orth., 6 (1831); Ib., Orth., 39 (1839). St. Domingo.
Serville says “ antennes de dix-sept articles, selon M. de Bauvois.”
Beauvois himself says “ dix articles aux antennes.”
Forficula bolcensis.
Forficula bolcensis Mass., Stud. Pal., 15-16, pl. 1, figs. 5-7 (1856).
Italy [fossil].
Forficula brachynota.
Forficula brachynota de Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned. Bezitt.,
Orth., 243, pl. 23, fig. 10 (1842); Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1,
94 (1865). E. Indies.
,
;
;
f
1876.] 313 [Scudder.
Forficula californica.
Forficula californica Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 85-6 (1865).
California.
Forficula capensis.
Forficula capensis Thunb., Act. Soc. Reg. Scient. Ups., rx, 52
(1827). Cape of Good Hope.
The generic position of this insect cannot even be Conjeqund
until the species is recovered.
Forficula cingalensis.
Forficula cingalensis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XXVI, 89 (1865).
Ceylon.
Forficula circulata.
Forjicula circulata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 95-6 (1865).
India.
Forficula decipiens.
Forficula decipiens Géné, Monogr. Forf., 13 (1832); Serv., Orth.,
A6 (1839); Fieb., Lotos, 11, 255 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth, 72
- (1854); Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 99 (1865).
Forficula (Apterygida) decipiens Fisch. Fr., Orth., Eur., 76-7, pl. 6,
figs. 13a—b (1853).
Forficula decipiens var. cyclolabia Fieb., Lotos, 111, 255 (1853); Ib.,
Syn. Eur., Orth., 72 (1854).
Forficula decipiens var. macrolabia Fieb., Lotos, 111, 255 (1853) ;
Ib., Syn. Eur., Orth., 72 (1854).
Forficula pallidicornis Brullé, Exp. Scient. Morée, 111, ii, 81 [pl. 29,
fig. 2] (1832); Fieber, Lotos, m1, 254 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth.,
71 (1854). * Europe.
Forficula brevis Ramb., Faun. Ent. Andal., 11, 9-10 (1838); Fieb.,
Lotos, 111, 255 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth., 72 (1854).
Forficula Doumerci,
Forficula Doumerci Serv., Orth., 41 (1839). Cayenne.
Forficula elongata.
Forficula elongata Fabr., Ent. Syst., 11, 4 (1793). W. Indies.
It is possible that this may be a Spongophora.
Forficula Erichsoni.
Forficula ruficeps Erichs. [nec Burm.], Archiv. f. Nat., vit, ii,
246-47 (1842).
Apterygida Evrichsoni Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx111, 231 (1862).
Tasmania.
Scudder.] 314 [April 19,
Forficula erythrocephala.
Forficula erythrocephala Oliv. [nec Fabr.], Encycl. méth., v1, 468
(1792).
? Forficula natalensis Stal, Ofv. k. Vetensk. Akad; Forh., xu,
8348 (1855). S. Africa.
Forficula exilis.
Forjicula exilis Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 262
(1876). Texas.
Forficula fasciata. :
Forficula fasciata. Thunb., Act. Soc. Reg. Scient. Ups., mx, 52
(1827). Cape of Good Hope.
The genus to which this species should be referred is indetermin-
able from the description.
Forficula Fedtschenkoi.
Forficula Fedischenkoi Sauss., Fedtsch. Turkestan, 6, pl. 1, fic. 2
(1874). Sarafschan and Ferghana.
? Forficula flavipennis.
Forjicula flavipennis Fabr., Ent. Syst., 11, 5 (1793). Senegal.
Forficula flexuosa.
Forficula flexuosa Fabr. Syst. Ent., 269 (1775); Ib., Spec. Ins., 1,
341 (1781); Ib., Mant. Ins., 1,224 (1787); Ib., Ent. Syst., u, 3
(1793); Goeze, Beitr., 1, 735 (1777) ; Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat., 1, iv,
2039 (1788); Oliv., Encycl., méth., vi, 468 (1792). Cayenne.
Perhaps this is F. Percheroni Guér.
Forficula gracilis.
Forficula gracilis Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 755 (1838). Brazil.
Forficula herculeana. |
Forficula herculeana Fabr., Ent. Syst.. Suppl., 185 (1798).
St. Helena.
It is impossible to tell from the description to what genus this
should be referred, but the species will doubtless be recovered. Per-
haps it is an Opisthoscosmia. ,
Forficula hirsuta.
Forficula hirsuta Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 256-
57 (1876). / Brazil.
Forficula Huegeli.
Forjicula Huegeli Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx v1, 92-3 (1865).
Eastern India.
1876.] 315 [Scudder,
Forficula Jackeryensis.
Forficula Jackeryensis Pal.-Beauv., Ins. Afr. Amér., ii, 36, pl.
Orth., 1, fig. 4 (1805); Serv., Orth., 42 (1839). W. Africa.
Forficula Jagori.
Forficula Jagori Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 94-5 (1865).
Luzon.
Forficula linearis.
Forficula linearis Eschsch., Entom., 81 (1822); Ib., (Euvr. Ent., 1,
84 (1835). St. Catherina, Brazil.
Forficula lobophoroides.
Forjicula lobophoroides Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 96 (1865).
Phillippines.
Forficula Lucasi.
Forficula Lucasi Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 98 (1865).
Syria, Egypt.
Forficula lugubris.
Forficula lugubris Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxiv, 230-31 (1862).
Mexico.
Dohrn does not mention this species in his Monograph.
Forficula luteipennis.
Forjicula luteipennis Serv., Orth., 46 (1839) [ef. Burm., in Germ.,
Zeitschr. f. Ent., 11, 81]; Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 87-8 (1865).
Forficula dichroa Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 301 (1858).
Brazil, Columbia.
Forficula luteipes.
Forficula luteipes Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. “Hist., xvuir, 255
(1876). Brazil.
Forficula macropyga.
Forficula macropyga Westw., Royle’s Himalaya, pl. 9, fig. 12 (teste
Dohrn) ; Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvr, 93 (1865). —S NN. India.
Forficula metallica.
Forjicula metallica Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 90-1 (1865).
E. India.
Forficula minuta.
Forficula minuta Heer, Urw. d. Schweiz, 367 (1865) ined.
Ciningen [fossil].
Forficula nigripennis,
Forfiscelia (sic!) nigripennis Motsch., Bull. Soe. imp. Nat. Mosce.,
XXXVI, iii, 1-2 (1863).
Forjicula nigripennis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 89-90 (1865).
Ceylon.
Sceudder.] 316 [April 19,
Forficula oceanica.
Forficesila oceanica Le Guill., Rev. Zool., 1841, 292 (1841).
Forficula oceanica Blanch., Voy. Pole Sud, Orth., pl. 1, fig. 4
(1853). Oceanica.
This belongs to a yet uncharacterized genus, and is not morio as
suggested by Erichson.
Forficula Orsinii.
Forficula Orsinii Géné MS.; Fieb., Lotos, 111, 254 (1853); Ib., Syn.
Eur. Orth., 71 (1854) ; Deion: Stett, Ent. Zeit., Xx, 107 (1859); Ib.,
ib., XXVI, 96 (1865).
Forficula (Apterygida) Orsini Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 79-80 (1853).
Europe.
Forficula parvicollis.
Forficula parvicollis Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 304 (1858).
Brazil.
Forficula Percheroni.
Forficula Percheron Guér., Guér. Perch., Gen. Ins., vi, iv, pl. 7
(1835-8).
Forficula Percheroni Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 85 (1865).
Forficula elegans Klug MS., Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 753 (1838).
Sphongophora bipunctata Scudd., Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., vir, 415
(1862).
Psalidophora bipunctata Dohrn., Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 419-20
(1864). Brazil.
The figure given by Percheron differs from the type of my bipunc-
tata only in having the hind border of the prothorax more rounded,
and is very probably an error of the engraver.
The specimen in the Harris Collection (presumably from Massa-
chusetts, but, if so, very probably imported) is marked in his manu-
script catalogue, “ May 20,1827. From Z. Cook, Esq.”
Forficula plagiata.
Forficula plagiata Fairm., Arch. Ent., 11, 257, pl. 9, fig. 3 (1858).
W. Africa.
Judging from a transcript of the description and figure kindly
made for me by Dr. LeConte, this seems to be a true Forficula. |
Forficula primigenia.
Forficula primigenia Heer, Urw. d. Schweiz, 367, fig. 227 (1865).
(neers [ fossil].
Forficula pubescens.
Forficula pubescens Géné MS.; Serv. Orth., 46-7 (1839); Fieb.,
1876.] | 317 [Scudder.
Lotos, m1, 255 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth., 72 (1854); Dohrn,
Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 99 (1865).
Forficula (Apterygida) pubescens Fisch. Fr., Orth., Eur., 77, pl. 6,
fies. 15a—f (1853). Europe.
Forficula pulchella.
Forficula pulchella Serv., Orth., 42 (1839). New York.
Forficula recta.
Forficula recta Heer, Urw. d. Schweiz, 367, fig. 226 (1865).
(ningen [fossil].
Forficula ruficeps.
Forficula ruficeps Burm., Handb. Ent., 1, 755 (4838); Dohrn,
Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxXvi, 88 (1865).
Apterygida ruficeps Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1m, 231-2 (1862).
Mexico.
Forficula ruficollis.
Forficula rujicollis Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., 185 (1798); Charp.,
Hor. Ent., 69 (1825); Burm. Handb. Ent., 11, 754 (1838) ; Fieb.,
Lotos, 115, 254 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur., Orth., 71 (1854); Fisch.
Fr., Orth. Eur., 73-4, pl. 6, figs. 10, 10a, a*, b (1853) ; Dohrn, Stett.
Ent. Zeit., XX VI, 97 (1865).
Forficula betica Ramb., Faun. Ent. Andal., 11, 6-7, pl. 1, figs. 6-8
(1838). Europe.
Forficula scabriuscula.
Forficula scabriuscula Serv., Orth., 38-9 (1839). S. America.
' Forficula senegalensis.
Forficula senegalensis Lefebvr. MS.; Serv. Orth., 39-40 (1839).
Senegal.
Forficula serrata.
Forficula serrata Serv., Orth., 40 (1839) ; Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit.,
XXVI, 97-8 (1865). Africa.
Forficula smyrnensis.
Forficula smyrnensis Serv., Orth., 38 (1839); Fieb., Lotos, 111,
254 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur. Orth., 71 (1854); Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur.,
71-2, pl. 6, figs. 8, 8a (1853); Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit.. xxvi, 96-
97 (1865). Asia Minor.
Forficula speculigera.
Forficula speculigera Stal, Ofv. k. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., x11, 349
(1855). N. Grenada.
Forficula suturalis, |
Forficula suturalis Serv. [nee Burm.] Orth., 40-1 (1839). Brazil.
Scudder,] 318 [April 19,
Forficula taeniata.
Forficula taeniata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx111, 230 (1862); Ib.,
ib., XXVI, 85 (1865). Southern U. S. to Brazil.
Specimens (3, 2) taken by Mr. B. P. Mann, at Sao Sebastiao,
Brazil, agree with specimens from Mexico, except in being of a
lighter color, so that the vittee of the tegmina are not so conspicuous;
they are also slightly smaller.
Forficula tolteca..
Forficula tolteca Seudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvu11, 261
(1876). Mexico.
Forficula vara.
Forjicula vara Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 260-
61 (1876). Mexico.
Forficula variana.
Forjicula variana Scudd., Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 253-
54 (1876). Liberia.
Forficula variicornis.
Forficula variicornis Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv,
255-56 (1876). Brazil.
Forficula vellicans.
Lorficula vellicans Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi11, 254—
55 (1876). Brazil.
Forficula Wallacei. ;
Forficula Wallacei Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 88 (1865).
N. Guinea.
Forficularia problematica.
Forficularia problematica Wey., Arch. Mus. Teyl., u, 28, pl. 3,
figs. 25, 26, 26a (1869); Ib., Ins. Foss. Bav., 28, pl. 3, figs. 25, 26, 26a
(1869). Solenhofen [fossil].
Labia amoena.
Forficula amoena Stal, Ofv. k. Vet. Akad. Forh., x11, 350 (1855);
Ib., Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 303-4 (1858).
Labia amoena Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 425-26 (1864).
E. Indies.
Labia annulata.
Forficula annulata Fabr., Ent. Syst., 11, 4 (1798). W. Indies.
Labia arcuata.
Labia arcuata Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv1i1, 257 (1876).
Brazil.
Labia bilineata.
Labia bilineata Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x11, 345 (1869);
Ib., Ent. Notes, 11, 30 (1869). Peru.
1876.] 819 [Scudder.
Labia brunnea.
Labia brunnea Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvii, 264
(1876). Cuba.
Labia Burgessi.
Labia Burgessi Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv11, 266-
67 (1876).
Forjficula sp., Glov., Ill. N. Am. Ent. Orth., pl. v1, fig. 19 (1872).
Florida.
Labia chalybea.
Labia chalybea Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 429 (1864).
Venezuela.
Labia curvicauda.
Forfiscelia (sic!) curvicauda Motschl., Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Mosce.,
XXXVI, ili, 2-3, pl. 2, fig. 1 (1863).
Labia eurvicauda Dohrn, Stett. Ent. LOU 428-29 (1864). Ceylon.
Labia dilaticauda.
Forjiscelia (sic!) dilaticauda Motsch., Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Mosc.,
XXXVI, i, 3-4 (1863). Ceylon.
Labia dorsalis.
Forjicula dorsalis Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 754 (1838). Columbia.
Labia Ghilianii.
Labia Ghiliani Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 424-25 (1864).
S. America.
Labia gravidula.
Forficula (Apterygida) gravidula Gerst., Arch. f. Naturg., Xxxv,
i, 221 (1869) ; Ib., Glied.-Fauna Sans., 50 pl. 3, fig. 9 (1873).
Zanzibar.
Labia guttata.
Lalia guttata Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv111, 265-66
(1876). Texas.
Labia luzonica.
Labia luzonica Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 427 (1864).
E. Indies.
Labia Maeklini.
Labia Maeklini Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 428 (1864). Brazil.
? Labia marginalis.
Forficula marginalis Thunb., Act. Soc. Reg. Scient. Ups., rx, 52
(1827).
? Forficula ochropus Stal, Ofv. K. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., x11, 348
(1855).
Labia ochropus Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 345 (1867).
S. Africa,
Scudder.] 320 [April 19,
Labia melancholica.
Labia melancholica Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv111, 267—
68 (1876). Texas.
Labia minor.
Forficula minor Linn., Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1, 423 (1758); De Geer,
Mém., 111, 553-54, pl. 25, figs. 26-7 (1773); Ib., ed. Goeze, 111, 358,
pl. xxv, fig. 26-27 (1780); Fabr., Syst. Ent., 269 (1775); Ib., Spec.
Ins., 1, 340-41 (1781); Ib., Mant. Ins., 1, 224 (1787); Ib., Ent.
Syst., 11, 3 (1793); Goeze, Ent. Beytr., 1, 735. (1777); Retz., Gen.
Sp. Ins., 101 (1783); Herbst, Fuessl. Arch. Ins., vii—vu1, 183
(1786); Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat., 1, iv, 2039 (1788); Vill, Linn.
Ent. 1, 426-27 (1789); Oliv., Encycl. méth., vi, ii, 467-68, pl. 246,
fir. Forf. 2, 2? (1792); Rossi, Fauna Etrusca, 1, 316-17 (1795);
Schrank, Fauna Boica, 1, ii, 720 (1798); Marsh, Col. Brit., 1, 530
(1802); Ib., Ent. Brit., 1, 530 (1802); Panz., Deutsehl. Ins., H.
87.9, fig. 9 (1802?); Latr., Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., x11, 91 (1804) ;
Ib., Gen. Crust. Ins., 11, 82 (1807); Ib., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat.,
x1, 8 (1817); Zett., Orth. Suec., 38-9 (1821); Charp., Hore Ent.,
70 (1825), Phil., Orth. Berol., 6-7 (1830); Serv., Ann. Se. Nat.,
XX1I, 32 (1831); Ib., Rev. méth., Orth., 6 (1831); Ib., Orth., 44
(1839) ; Géné, Monogr. Forf., 12 (1832); Aud.-Br., Hist. Nat. Ins.,
Ix., 30-31, pl. 1, fig. 4 (1835) ; Burm., Handb. Ent., m1, 754 (1838);
Ramb., Faun. Ent. Andal., 11, 7-8 (1838); Fisch. Wald., Ent. Russ.,
Iv, 42-4 (1846) ; Borck, Skand. Ratv. Ins. Nat. Hist., 11-13 (1848) ;
Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 70-71, pl. 6, figs. 7a-d (1853); His., Finl.
Orth., 10 (1861).
Labia minor Leach, Edinb. Encycl. Am. Ed., vir, 707 (1816); Ib.,
Zool. Misc., 11, 99 (1817); Ib., Sam. Ent. Comp., 216-17, pl. 4, fic.
16 (1819); Steph., Il]. Brit. Ent., Mand., vi, 8 (1835); Dohrn, Stett.
Ent. Zeit., xxv, 426 (1864); Glov., Ill. N. A. Ent. Orth., pl. x. fig.
8 (1872).
Copiscelis minor Fieb., Lotos, 111, 257-58 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 74-5 (1853).
Forficesila minor Friv., Orth. Hung., 46-7 (1867).
?Forficula livida Zschach, Mus. Lesk., 46 (1788); Gmel., Linn.
Syst. Nat., 1, iv, 2040 (1788).
Labia minuta Scudd., Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., vir, 415-16 (1862);
Ib., Hitche. Geol. N. H., 1, 380 (1874); Glov., Ill, N. Am. Ent.,
Orth., pl. 1, figs. 10, 10 (1872); Prov., Nat. Can., vim, 18-9 (1876).
Europe, N. America.
1876.] 3 ayALL [Scudder.
Labia mucronata.
Forficula mucronata Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 303 (1858).
Labia mucronata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 423-24 (1864).
K. Indies.
Labia pallidicornis.
Forficula pallidicornis Brullé. pl. 29, fig. 2.
Among the MSS. on Orthoptera of the late Mr. G. R. Gray (now
in my possession), is a figure of this insect with the brief reference
given above, which I have been unable to extend. The insect hardly
appears to differ from L. minor.
Labia pilicornis.
Forfiscelia (sic!) pilicornis Motschl., Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Mosc.,
XXXVI, ili, 2 (1863).
Labia pilicornis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 427 (1864).
Ceylon.
? Labia pygmeea..
Forficula pygmea Fabr., Ent. Syst., 11, 3 (1793). Guinea.
Labia quadrilobata.
Labia quadrilobata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx vu, 346 (1867).
Guinea.
Labia rotundata..
Labia rotundata Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x vir, 263—
64 (1876). Mexico.
Labia unidentata.
Forficula unidentata Pal.-Beauv., Ins. Afr. Amér., x, 165, pl. Orth.
14, fig. 3 (1817); Serv., Ann. Se.. Nat., xx, 32 (1831); Ib., Rev.
méth. Orth., 6 (1831); Ib., Orth. 41-2 (1839). St. Domingo.
Labia Wallacei.
Labia Wallacei Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 427-28 (1864).
N. Guinea.
Labidophora dimidiata..
Platylabia dimidiata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv11, 348 (1867).
Luzon.
Labidophora guineensis.
Platylabia guineensis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvii, 348-49
(1867). Guinea.
Labidophora major.
Platylabia major Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit.. xxv111, 347-48 (1867).
Celebes.
PROCEEDINGS B. S, N. H. — VOL. XVIII. 21. OCTOBER, 1876.
Scudder.] B22 [April 19,
Labidophora thoracica.
Platylabia thoracica Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvu11, 348 (1867).
E. Indies.
? Labidura advena.
Labidura advena Mein., Nat. Tidsskr., [3] v, 279-80, pl. 12, figs.
5-8, 15 (1863). Jamaica.
It is an apterous species, and appears to belong to a distinct group.
Labidura auditor.
Labidura auditor Scudd., Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvim1, 252
(1876). Formosa.
Labidura castanea.
Forficesila castanea Serv., Orth., 26 (1839). Loc. ?
Labidura Dufourii.
Forficula Dufourit Desm., Faun. Frang. Orth., pl. 1, fig. 7 (1820).
Forficula pallipes Dufour (nec Fabr.), Ann. Gen. Se. Phys., vi,
316-17, pl. 96, figs. 7, a-b (1820); Ramb., Faun. Ent. Andal., 11, 4-6
(1838).
. Labidura pallipes Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 317 (1863).
Forficula lividipes Dufour, Ann. Se. Nat., x11, 340 (1828).
Forficesila meridionalis Serv., Orth., 26-7, (1839).
Forficula (Labidura) meridionalis Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 67-8, pl.
6, figs. 3, 3a—c (1853).
Forficula meridionalis Fieb., Lotos, 111, 255 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 72 (1854). Europe.
Labidura femoralis.
Labidura femoralis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 321-22 (1863).
Ceylon.
Labidura icterica.
Forficesila icterica Seryv., Orth., 25-6 (1839). Ceylon.
Labidura indica.
Forficula (Pygidicrana) indica Hagenb. MS.; Burm., Handb. Ent.,
Ir, 751 (1838).
Forficula (Forficesila) indica DeHaan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned.
Bezitt., Orth., 240 (1842).
Forficula indica Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 300 (1858).
Labidura indica Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 320-21 (1863).
Forficula geniculata Stal, Ofv. k. Vet. Akad. Forh., x11, 349 (1855).
Java.
Labidura lithophila.
Labidura lithophila Scudd., Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., 11, 259-60.
Colorado [fossil].
1876.] 823 [Scudder.
Labidura marginella. -
Forficula marginella Cost., Att. R. Accad. Se. Napoli, rv, Zool.,
50-1 pl. figs. 1, 2 (1839).
Forficula (Labidura) marginella Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 66-7, pl. 6,
figs. 2, 2a (1853). Europe.
Labidura plebeja.
Labidura plebeja Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 284 (1863).
Java.
Labidura quadrispinosa.
Labidura quadrispinosa Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 311 (1863).
E. Indies.
Labidura riparia.
Forficula riparia Pall., Reis., 11, Anh. 30 (1773); Ib., Voyages,
Nouv. ed. vit, 155-56 (1794); Goeze,-Ent. Beytr., 1, 735 (1777).
Forficesila riparia Fisch. Wald., Ent. Russ., rv, 46 (1846).
Labidura riparia Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 313-16 (1863).
Forficula pallipes Fabr., Syst. Ent., 270 (1775); Ib., Spee. Ins., 1,
341 (1781); Ib., Mant. Ins., 1, 225 (1787); Ib., Ent. Syst., 11, 5
(1793); Goeze, Ent. Beytr., 1, 736 (1777); Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat.,
I, iv, 2040 (1788); Oliv., Encycl. méth., v1, ii, 468 (1792).
? Forficula dentata Fabr., Syst. Ent., 270 (1775); Ib., Sp. Ins., 1,
341 (1781); Ib., Mant. Ins., 1, 224 (1787); Ib., Ent. Syst., 11, 3
(1793); Goeze, Ent. Beytr., 1, 736 (1777); Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat.,
I, iv, 2039 (1788); Oliv., Encycl. méth., vi, ii, 468 (1792); Thunb.,
_Act. Soc. Reg. Scient. Ups., 1x, 52 (1827).
Forficula gigantea Fabr., Mant. Ins., 1, 224 (1787); Ib., Ent. Syst.,
11, 1-2 (1793); Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat., 1, iv, 2039 (1788); Vill.,
Linn. Ent., rv, 373 (1789); Oliv., Encycl. méth., vi, ii, 466 (1792);
Latr., Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., x11, 90 (1804); Ib., Gen. Crust. Ins,
111, 82 (1807) ; Ib., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., xu, 8 (1817); Charp.,
Hore Ent., 67 (1825); Dufour, Ann. Sc. Nat., x11, 345-46, pl. 19,
figs. 1-3 (1828); Phil., Orth. Berol., 5 (1830); Géné, Monogr. Forf.,
8-9 (1832); Brullé, Hist. Nat, Ins., rx, 28, pl. 1, fig. 1, la-b (1835);
Brullé, Webb, Hist. Nat. Canar., 1, ii, 75 (1835-42); Ramb., Faun.
Ent. Andal., 11, 3-4 (1838) ; Schaum, Peters, Reise Mozamb., 11, 107
(1853).
Labidura gigantea Leach, Edinb. Encycl. Am. Ed., vim, 707
(1816); Ib., Zool. Misc., m1, 99 (1817); Ib., Sam. Ent. Comp., 217
(1819); Steph., Brit. Ent. Mand., v1, 8-9 (1835).
Forficula (Labidura) gigantea Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 65-6, pl. 6,
figs. 1, la—f (1853).
Scudder.] 324 [April 19,
Forficesila gigantea Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat., xx11, 33 (1831); Ib.,
Rev. méth. Orth., 6 (1831); Ib., Orth., 23-4, pl. 1, figs. 2, 2a (1839);
Fisch. Wald., Ent. Russ., rv, 44-5, pl. 1, figs. 1*, 1** (1846); Luc.,
Expl. Alg., 11, 3-4 (1846); Fieb., Lotos, m1, 252-53 (1853); Ib.,
Syn. Eur. Orth., 69-70 (1854); Friv., Orth. Hung., 45-6 (1867);
Glov., Ill. N. Ane Ent., Orth., pl. x, figs. 2, 2a (1872).
Forficula (Forficesila) gigantea Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 751 (1838);
DeHaan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned. Bevis Orth., 240 (1842).
Forficula bilineata Herbst, Fuessl. Archiv. Ins., vu—viu, 183, pl.
49, fig. 1 (1788); Ib., Fuessl., Arch. Hist. Ins. 170, pl. 49, fig. 1,
(1794).
Forficula maxima Vill., Linn. Ent., 1, 427, pl. 2, fig. 53 (1789).
Forficula bidens Oliv., Encyel. méth., v1, 1i, 466-67 (1792).
Forficula crenata Oliv., Encycel. méth., v1, ii, 467 (1792).
Forficula erythrocephala Fabr., (nec Oliv.) Ent. Syst., 11, 4 (1793).
? Forficula flavipes Fabr., Ent. Syst., m1, 2-3 (1793).
Psalis morbida Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat., xx11, 35 (1831); Ib., Rev.
méth. Orth., 8 (1831).
Forficula (Forficesila) bivittata Klug. MS.; Burm., Handb. Ent.,
11, 751-52 (1839).
Forficula (Forficesila) suturalis Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 752 (1839).
2? Forficula bicolor Fisch. Wald., Ent. Russ., 1v, 42 (1846).
2 Forficula (Apterygida) bicolor Fisch. Fr., Orth. Eur., 76 (1853).
Forficula Fischeri Motsch. MS.; Fisch. Wald., Ent. Russ., rv, 354
(1846).
Forficesila Fischeri Fisch. Wald., Ent. Russ., rv, 354-55, pl. 33,
fig. 1 (1846).
Forficula (Forficesila) affinis Guér., Sagra, Hist. Phys. Cuba, An.
Art., 330-32, pl. 12, figs. 2, 2a (1857).
‘orficesila xanthopus Stal, Ofv. k. Vet. Akad. Forh., x11, 348-49
(1855).
Forficula xanthopus Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 300-1 (1858).
Forficula amurensis [ined.] Motsch., Bull. Soc. imp. Mose., xxx11,
ii, 499 (1859); Ib., Cat. Ins. Amour., 13 (1860).
- Savigny, Descr. de Egypte, Planches Orth., pl. 1,
figs. 13, 14, 14,11, 19, 1u, 1%, 21, 9, 31, 8Y, 3D, 34, 3) (1809-13).
There is a Labidura in the collection of the American Entomolog-
ical Society (No. 54) which apparently belongs to this species, but
with forceps of a remarkable character. ‘They are as long as the
1876.] ane. ‘Scudder.
abdomen (8 mm.) depressed, laminate, perfectly straight, entirely
simple and tapering apically to a blunt point.
The entire Old World,
whence it has spread into nearly all parts of the western hemisphere.
Labidura rufescens.
Forficula rufescens Pal.-Beauv., Ins. Afr. Amér., 11, 35, pl. Orth. 1,
fig. 2 (1805).
Forficesila rufescens Serv., Orth., 24-5 (1839). W. Africa.
Labidura Servillei.
Labidura Servillei Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 316-17 (1863).
: KE. India.
Labidura tarsata.
Forficula tarsata Westw., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., v, 129 (1837).
Labidura tarsata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 311-12 (1863).
Manilla.
Labidura terminalis.
Forficesila terminalis Serv., Orth., 25 (1839). Mauritius.
Labidura tertiaria.
Labidura tertiaria Scudd., Bull. U.S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Terr.,
Ser. 2, 447-49 (1876); Ib., ib., 11, 259 (1876). Colorado [fossil].
Labidura Tomis.
Chelidura Tomis Kol., Melet. Ent., v, 74, pl. 17, fig. 6a-d (1846).
Forficula Tomis Fieb., Lotos, 11, 254 (1853); Ib., Syn. Eur.
Orth., 71 (1854).
Forficula Helmanni Kitt., Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Mose., xx11, iv,
438-39, pl. 7, figs. 1-2 (1849).
Forficula elongata Eversm, (nec Fabr.), Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Mosc.,
XXXII, 123 (1859). Armenia.
I place Kolenati’s and Kittary’s species together on the authority of
Fieber. I have not been able to consult Kolenati’s plate or descrip-
tion, and do not know the insect in nature.
Labidura trispinosa.
Labidura trispinosa Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., KXIV, 310-11 (1863).
E. India.
Labidura vicina.
Forficesila vicina Luc., Expl. Alg., tu, 5-6, pl. 1, figs. 2, 2a-e
(1846).
Labidura vicina Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 318-19 (1863).
N. Africa, India, E. Indies.
Scudder.] 326 [April 19,
Mecomera brunnea.
Mecomera brunnea Serv., Orth., 54:(1839). - Cayenne.
Nannopygia Gersteckeri.
Nannopygia Gersteckeri Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 60-61
(1863). : Ceylon.
Neolobophora bogotensis.
Neolobophora bogotensis Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv11,
282 (1875); Ib., Ent. Notes, rv, 36 (1875). Bogota.
Neolobophora volsella. |
Neolobophora volsella Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xv111,
237-58 (1876). Mexico.
Opisthocosmia armata.
Opisthocosmia armata DeHaan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned. Bezitt.,
Orth., 243, pl. 23, fig. 12 (1842).
Opisthocosmia armata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 80-1 (1865).
Sumatra.
? Opisthocosmia bicuspis.
Forficula bicuspis Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 301 (1858). — Java.
Opisthocosmia centurio.
Opisthocosmia centurio Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx v1, 79-80 (1865).
Luzon.
Opisthocosmia ceylonica.
Labia ceylonica Motsch., Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Mose., xxxvI, iii, 4
(1863).
Opisthocosmia ceylonica Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 83 (1865).
Ceylon.
Opisthocosmia forcipata.
Forficula’ forcipata DeHaan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned. Bezitt.,
Orth., 242, pl. 23, fig. 11 (1842.)
Opisthocosmia forcipata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvi, 81 (1865).
Sumatra.
Opisthocosmia insignis.
Forficula insignis Hagenb. MS.; DeHaan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned.
Bezitt., Orth., 243, pl. 23, fig. 14 (1842).
Opisthocosmia insignis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvi, 81-2 (1865).
Java.
Opisthocosmia longipes.
Forficula longipes DeHaan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned. Bezitt., Orth.,
242, pl. 23, fig. 18 (1842).
Opisthocosmia longipes Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 81 (1865).
Sumatra.
1876.] Eyal [Scudder.
Opisthocosmia tenella.
Forficula tenella Hagenb. MS.; De Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned.
Bezitt., Orth., 243 (1842).
Opisthocosmia tenella Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 82 (1865).
Java.
Opisthocosmia vigilans.
Forficula vigilans Stal, Ofv. k. Vet. Akad. Forh., x11, 350 (1855);
Ib., Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 302-3 (1858).
Opisthocosmia vigilans Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 82 (1865).
Java.
Psalis americana.
Forficula americana Pal.-Beauv., Ins. Afr. Amér., x, 165, pl. Orth.
14, fic. 1 (1817).
Psalis americana Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat., xx11, 35 (1831); Ib., Rev.
méth. Orth., 8 (1831).
Forficesila americana Serv., Orth., 22 (1839); Wood, Ins. Abroad,
280-81, fic. 140 (1874).
Labidura americana Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 319-20 (1863).
W. Indies, Central America and Northern S. America.
Psalis bengalensis,
Labidura bengalensis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xX1v, 312-13 (1863).
Bengal.
Psalis gagatina.
Forficula (Psalis) gagathina Klug MS.; Burm., Handb. Ent., 11,
753 (1838).
Labidura gagatina Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 320 (1863).
Porto Rico.
Psalis procera,
Forficula (Psalis ?) procera Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 753 (1838).
Forficula (Forficesila) distincta Guér., Sagra, Hist. Phys. Cuba,
An. Art., 329-30, pl. 12, figs. 1, 1a—b (1857).
Forjicesila elegans Stal, Ofv. k. Vet. Akad. Forh., x1r, 348 (1855).
W. Indies, Central America and Northern S. America.
Psalis thoracica.
Forjicesila thoracica Serv., Orth., 22-3 (1839). Cayenne.
Pygidicrana angustata.
Pygidicrana angustata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 56 (1863).
Ceylon.
Pygidicrana bivittata.
Pygidicrana bivittata Erichs., Schomb. Reis. Guiana, 579-80 (1848) ;
Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxiv, 48 (1863). Guiana.
Scudder.] 328 [April 19,
Pygidicrana caffra.
Pygidicrana caffra Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvii, 343-44 (1867).
Caffraria. -
Pygidicrana Cumingi.
Pygidicrana Cuming: Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 54-5 (1863).
Ceylon.
Pygidicrana Demeli.
Pygidicrana Demeli Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxx, 233-34 (1869).
N. Australia.
Pygidicrana eximia.
Pygidicrana eximia Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxrv, 49-50 (1863).
N. India.
Pygidicrana Kallipygos.
Pygidicrana Kallipygos Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxIv, 53 (1863).
Ki. India.
Pygidicrana liturata.
Forjicesila liturata Stal, Ofv. k. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., x11, 347-
48 (1855).
Pygidicrana liturata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 57 (1863).
Caffraria.
Pygidicrana marmoricrura.
Pygidicrana marmoricrura Serv., Orth., 20 (1839); Dohrn, Stett.
Ent. Zeit., xxrv, 51 (1863).
Forficula (Pygidicrana) marmoricrura deHaan, Verh. Nat. Gesch.
Ned. Bezitt., Orth., 239-40 (1842). Java.
Pygidicrana Nietneri.
Pygidicrana Nietneri Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 53-4 (1862).
Ceylon.
Pygidicrana notigera.
Pydicrana (sic!) notigera Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 299 (1858).
Pygidicrana notigera Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1y, 52 (1863).
Brazil.
Pygidicrana ophthalmica.
Pygidicrana ophthalmica Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 55-6
(1863); Ib., ib. xxvii, 344 (1867). Australia.
Pygidicrana pallidipennis. ;
Forficula (Pygidicrana) pallidipennis DeHaan, Verh. Nat. Gesch.
Ned. Bezitt., Orth., 240, pl. 23, fig. 8 (1842).
Pygidicrana pallidipennis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 50-1
(1868). Borneo.
1876.] 329 [Scudder.
Pygidicrana picta.
Pygidicrana picta Guér., Mag. Zool., v111, pl. 236, fig. 1 (1838); Ib.,
Voy. Favorite, 70-71, pl. 236, fig. 1 (1838); Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit.,
XXIV, 50 (1863). India.
Pygidicrana siamensis.
Pygidicrana siamensis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 51-2 (1863).
Siam.
Pygidicrana valida.
Pygidicrana valida Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvu11, 344 (1867).
Burmah.
Pygidicrana vitticollis.
Forficula vitticollis Stal, Ofv. k. Vet. Akad. Forh., x11, 350 (1855).
Pydicrana (sic!) vitticollis Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 299-300
(1858).
Pygidicrana vitticollis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 55 (1863)
China.
Pygidicrana v-nigrum.
Pygidicrana v-nigrum Serv., Ann. Se. Nat., xx11, 31 (1831); Ib.,
Rev. méth. Orth., 4 (1831); Ib., Orth., 19-20, pl. 1, fig. 1, la-b
(1839); Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 47-8 (1863).
Forficula (Pygidicrana) v-nigrum Burm., Handb. Ent., 1, 751
(1838). Brazil.
Pyragra fuscata.
Pyragra fuscata Serv., Ann. Se. Nat., xx11, 34 (1831); Ib., Rev.
méth. Orth., 7 (1831); Ib., Orth., 32, pl. 1, fig. 4, 4a-c (1839).
Guiana.
Sparatta nigrina.
Sparatta nigrina Stal, Ofv. k. Vet. Akad. Forh., x11, 350 (1855) ;
Ib., Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 307 (1858); Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit.,
XXVI, 70 (1865). Brazil.
Sparatta pelvimetra.
Sparatta pelvimetra Serv., Orth., 52-3 (1839); Dohrn, Stett. Ent.
Zeit., XXVI, 68-9 (1865). Brazil.
Sparatta plana.
Forficula (Apachys?) plana Ill. MS.; Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 752
(1838).
Sparatta plana Burm., Germ. Zeitschr. f. Ent., 11, 81 (1840);
Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 69 (1865). Brazil, N. Grenada.
Scudder.]} 330 [April 19,
Sparatta rufina.
Sparatta rufina Stal, Ofv. k. Vet. Akad. Forh., x11, 350 (1855);
Ib., Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 307 (1858); Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx v1,
69 (1865). Brazil.
Sparatta Schotti.
Sparatta Schotti Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv1, 69-70 (1865).
Brazil.
Spongophora brunneipennis.
Psalidophora brunneipennis Serv., Orth., 30-1 (1839); Dohrn,
Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 418-19 (1864).
Eastern and Southern U. States, Arizona, Mexico.
Spongophora croceipennis.
Spongiphora croceipennis Serv., Ann. Sc. Nat., xx11, 31-2 (1831);
Ib., Rev. méth., Orth., 5 (1831).
Forficula croceipennis Wils., Treat. Ins., pl. 228, fig, 6 (1835).
Forficula (Spongiphora) croceipennis Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 752-
53 (1838); Guerin, Icongn. Regne Anim., 326, pl. 52, fig. 1 (184-);
Gray, Griff. An. King., pl. 104, figs. 1, 1b (1832).
Psalidophora croceipennis Serv., Orth., 30, pl. 1, figs. 3, 3a-b (1839) ;
Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 418 (1864).
Forficula flavipennis Burm. [nec Fabr.], Handb. Ent., 11, 752
(1838). Brazil.
Spongophora forfex.
Spongophora forfex Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvu111,
259 (1876). Loc.? (probably Central America.)
Spongophora frontalis.
Psalidophora frontalis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit.. xxv, 422-23
(1864). Venezuela.
Spongophora insignis.
Psalidophora insignis Stal, Ofv. k. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., x11, 349
(1855). N. Grenada.
Spongophora Lherminieri.
Psalidophora Lherminieri Serv., Orth., 29-30 (1839).
Burmeister believes this to be the same as his flavipennis = S. cro-
ceipennis (cf. Germ. Zeitsch. Ent., 11, 80). Guadeloupe, Brazil.
Spongophora nigripennis.
Psalidophora nigripennis Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x11,
344-45 (1869); Ib., Ent. Notes, 11, 29-30 (1869). Peru.
1876.] 331 [Scudder.
Spongophora parallela.
Forficula parallela Westw. (nec Fabr.), Guér. Mag. Zool., pl. 178
(1838).
Forficesila longissima Wood, Ins. Abroad, 279-80, fig. 139 (1874).
Central America.
Spongophora parvicollis.
Forficula parvicollis Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 304 (1858).
Psalidophora parvicollis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit.. xxvii, 345
(1867). Brazil.
Spongophora prolixa,
Psalidophora parallela Dohrn [nec Forficula parallela Westw.],
Stett. Ent. Zeit., Xx111, 227-29, pl. 1, figs. 3, 3b (1862); Ib.,ib., xxv,
418 (1864). ; Mexico.
Spongophora punctipennis.
Forficula punctipennis Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 304 (1858).
Psalidophora punctipennis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 421
(1864). S. America.
Spongophora pygmaea.
Psalidophora pygmaea Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit.. xxv, 421-22
(1864). Brazil.
Spongophora quadrimaculata.
Forficula quadrimaculata Stal, Ofv. k. Vet. Akad. Forh., x11, 348
(1855).
Psalidophora quadrimaculata Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxv, 420-
21 (1864). S. Africa.
Spongophora stigma.
Psalidophora stigma Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxvi11, 345 (1867).
Venezuela.
Tagalina grandiventris.
Forficula grandiventris Blanch., Voy. Pole Sud, Zool., rv, 349-50,
Orth., pl. 1, fig. 1 (1853).
Tagalina grandiventris Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 46 (1863).
Isle St. George (Arch. Salom).
Tagalina Semperi.
Tagalina Semperi Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx1v, 45 (1863).
Luzon.
Thermastris brasiliensis.
Forficula brasiliensis Gray, Griff. An. Kingd., xv, 184, pl. 78, fig.
2 (1832). i
Thermastris brasiliensis Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., Xx1v, 62 (1863).
Scudder.] Bon [April 19,
Forficula (Pygidicrana) opaca Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 751 (1838).
Forficula aspera Stal, Eug. Resa, Zool. Ins., 300 (1858). Brazil.
Thermastris chontalia.
Thermastris chontalia Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvu1,
258-59 (1876). Nicaragua.
Thermastris Dohrnii.
Thermastris Dohrnii Scudd., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 280-
81 (1875); Ib., Ent. Notes, rv, 34-5 (1875). Peru.
Thermastris Saussurei.
Pygidicrana Saussurei Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xx111, 225-26, pl.
1, fig. 2 (1862).
Thermastris Saussurei Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxrv, 63 (1863).
Mexico.
Typhlolabia larva.
Forficula ? larva Phil., Zeitschr. Ges. Naturw., XxI, 219-21 (1863).
Chili.
Note. In the List of Genera the name
FORFICULARIA.
was overlooked. It was given to a fossil form by Weyenbergh in 1869 (loc. cit.),
differing, as restored by Weyenbergh, in no respect from Forficularia.
Dr. B. Joy Jeffries, by the aid of models and diagrams,
illustrated “muscular action associated with vision.”
A letter from Prof. Oswald Heer, acknowledging his elec-
tion as Honorary Member was read.
The gift of Hooke’s Micrographia from Miss E. P. Quincy,
was announced, and the thanks of the Society voted to the
donor.
Annual Meeting, May 3, 1876.
The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Highty-six
persons present.
Prof. Hyatt, Custodian, presented the following report on
the condition and doings of the Society during the past year.
The main object of an Annual Report is, of course, the
exhibition of the progress made during the last official year.
These reports are, in this respect, condensed summaries of
1876. ] S00 [Annual Report.
events as they happen, and are practically useful as historical -
records. The inexperienced or hopeful author, however, too
often regards this annual essay as his only effectual means of
appealing to the outside world for the relief of pressing
necessities, or, perhaps, for pecuniary assistance in carrying
out new plans, until years of repeated failure gradually pro-
duce the conviction, that all such appeals are worthless; and
that they neither awaken sympathy, nor bring aid of any
kind. :
The utter inutility of printed matter is quite remarkable.
The repeated assurances conveyed in our reports, and in
various published statements of the Treasurer and other offi-
cers which have from time to time appeared, have not shaken
in the least degree the general belief of the community that
we are arich society. This impression continues to be held,
even by those perfectly well aware of the fact that our in-
come would barely maintain a private family in respectable
comfort in this neighborhood. We are not only expected
to make progress as if our income were fifty thousand in-
stead of ten, but this same impression is nursed and kept
alive in some quarters, by a spirit of criticism which is
utterly regardless of the facts in the case. I am sorry to
say, also, that this is not always done by inexperienced men,
but often by those of greater or less scientific knowledge and
acquirements, who are supposed to know something of the
means at the command of the Society, and to be able to
judge of the propriety or impropriety of the expenditures.
It is strange that those who have so much to lose by the
weakening of the influence and importance of scientific in-
stitutions should not be more cautious and considerate in
what they say about them.
A very marked instance of this has occurred since this was
written, but fortunately in so public a manner that the want
of truthfulness and honesty in the whole criticism was easily
exposed.
Annual Report.] 304 [May 3,
T will now pass on to the proper subject of my Report, the
history of the last official year.
An event, which, in its results, was very satisfactory to the
officers of this Society, occurred at the meeting when the
present President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, offered his resignation.
I allude to the approbation of the policy which had goy-
erned the Society during his presidency, expressed by many
of our most influential members. The officrs of the Society
felt themselves to be identified with the President in this
matter; and, consequently, the ovation which he received,
and the absolutely unanimous vote of a large and select
meeting of the Society, requesting him to withdraw his res-
ignation, were peculiarly grateful to them.
Mr. Bouvé, in what were intended as his valedictory re-
marks, most generously attributed to me the authorship of
the plan of operations by which the Society had been gov-
erned during his administration, but did not do. himself full
justice in this and subsequent statements. If he, as Presi-
dent, had listened to the advice of several of the most expe-
rienced members of this Society, naturally his most reliable
and trusted advisers, we should to-day, as in former years,
have had no settled policy, and no plan would have been in
existence. Fortunately, he preferred to judge of all matters
presented to the Council upon their intrinsic merits; and the
results have more than justified this course. It has been
successfully demonstrated that the heterogeneous elements of
a Society like ours can be united upon a common policy, and
both move and act more effectually in consequence. I could
readily dilate upon this theme, but do not feel disposed to
obscure the fact that a movement of great importance to the
future interests of science in America has been successfully
accomplished, by means of the influence and independent
judgment of our chief administrative officer.
Early in October the Council, in response to a communica-
tion from the Agent of the Centennial Commissioners of the
1876. 835 [Annual Report.
State of Massachusetts, appointed a committee, consisting of
the President, Mr. John Cummings, and the Custodian, to
determine in what manner, if any, the Society should be repre-
sented at the Centennial Exposition. This committee drew
up a set of propositions, a copy of which is appended to this
Report, and submitted them to the Commissioners. They
were received by Mr. Leverett Saltonstall, Mr. Meigs, and
Mr. Hill, the three members of the State Commission, with
the most earnest approbation. Various causes, which it
would now be a loss of time to discuss, prevented definite
action until after the Ist of March. Then, although the
whole amount of the appropriation at first asked for was
offered by Governor Rice, it had become too late to attempt
the formation of the necessary collections. This failure
was much to be regretted, since the Society thereby lost an
opportunity of showing to the whole country the kind of
work a Museum of this class ought to do, and how its collec-
tions could be made of use as part of the public educational
system of the State.
While negotiating with the Commissioners the Custodian
agreed to prepare a Geological Map of New England, as a
part of the New England department in the Society’s ex-
hibition. Finally, at the request of the Commission, this was
undertaken independently, and a separate sum appropriated
for its execution. This map was entrusted to Mr. Crosby,
by whom it has been compiled. It is based upon Edward
Hitchcock’s wall-map of 1841, but differs considerably from
that, and from that of C. H. Hitchcock in Walling’s Atlas.
Many of the outlines are very much changed, and a very
different translation given to the lithological structure of
several portions of the State. The object in view, namely,
the representation of the changes made in our views of the
structure of the State by more recent observations, has been
fairly accomplished, notwithstanding the shortness of the time
allowed for the work. A text will accompany the map, de-
scribing the results in a brief form, and acknowledging our
Annual Report.] 336 [May 3,
indebtedness to the various authors, from whose published or
original works it has been constructed.
CONDITION OF THE COLLECTIONS.
Mr. Bouvé, as Chairman of the Committee on Mineralogy,
reports that the collection remains in its former good condi-
tion. It has received some accessions during the year by the
purchase of some desirable specimens from the Jackson Col-
lection. It now consists of 3,230 trays and single specimens,
of which 347 are in the New England collection. These
are largely selected specimens, many of them of exceptional
excellence and value.
The Geological Collection has been nearly completed by
the same gentleman, and will be opened to the public within
a short time. A full account of the mode of arrangement
will therefore be deferred until the next Annual Report.
Mr. Crosby’s time has been, of course, largely taken up by
the preparation of the Geological Map, above described, and
this has interrupted the progress of the mounting of the
Paleontological Collection, which was going on under his
direction. Miss Carter has, however, finished the fossils of
the Tertiary formation, in the European Collection, and Miss
Washburn a considerable number of the American fossils;
and this work will probably be speedily resumed.
The work on the Botanical Collection, under the charge of
Mr. Cummings, has been going on steadily, although this gen-
tleman’s increased public duties have prevented him from
giving us so much of his own time as in former years. The
New England Collection has been completed, poisoned, and
catalogued by Miss Carter, and is now ready for exhibition.
It contains nearly every species found within the borders of
the New England States and in most cases, two specimens of
aspecies. There are 1984 species and 3227 specimens. The
“Lowell Collection” is being poisoned and catalogued, one-
third of it being already finished. Nearly. one-half of the
1876.] Bot [Annual Report.
“General Collection” has also been catalogued and ar-
ranged.
The preparations of the leaves and stems of New England
trees and shrubs, described in the last Annual Report, have
been placed on exhibition by the donor, Mr. Edward T. Bouvé.
They fill, together with the accompanying specimens of wood-
sections, one entire gallery. They are also accompanied by a
series of the plates from the last edition of “The Trees and
Shrubs of Massachusetts,” presented by Mr. Geo. B. Emerson,
showing the natural colors of the leaves, flowers, and fruit.
Altogether this collection must be considered one of the most
attractive and instructive in the Museum, and the Society
owes its most earnest thanks to the donor.
Miss Washburn has been employed during the greater part
of the winter in cataloguing the Bailey Microscopical Col-
lection. The labels, and entries on the labels, and loose
manuscript slips accompanying the slides, have been, for the
most part, entered by Miss Washburn in our running cata-
logue, and the incomplete descriptive Bailey Catalogue car-
ried out and completed. Dr. Henry Coleman has continued
his work upon the Burnett Collection of mounted parasites.
These have also, in common with our general collection of
microscopical material, been catalogued by Miss Washburn.
The arrangement of the Wyman Anatomical Collection,
and its incorporation with our own, has been finished by
Dr. Thomas Dwight, and reported upon by him to the So-
ciety, in the Proceedings for October 20, of the present year.
The Chairman of the Committee further reports that many
sections showing the structure of bones have been prepared
by him and added to the collection during the year, and also
that the skeletons of a large sea-lion and of two fur-seals
have been acquired through the liberality of Capt. Charles
Bryant, the Superintendent in charge of the Fur-Seal Islands.
The Palmer collection of Florida sponges has been ac-
quired by purchase, and now forms the beginning of our new
collection of Protozoa. Very valuable, though small, col-
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 22 NOVEMBER, 1876.
Annual Report.] 338 . [May 3,
lections of Australian sponges have also been received from
Dr. W. G. Farlow and others, so that the Society now pos-
sesses the finest dried collection of these animals in this
country.
The Custodian spent the past summer with the Fish Com-
mission, under the charge of Prof. 8. F. Baird, at Wood’s
Hole. Here he enjoyed the facilities previously described in
these reports, and considerably enlarged the New England
Collection, for which the Society is indebted to the kindness
of Prof. Baird, the United States Commissioner, and Prof.
A. E. Verrill, Assistant in charge of the Zoologicak Department.
The appointment of Mr. R. Rathbun as Assistant in the
Royal Geological Commission of Brazil deprived the Society
of his services at a time when they were most needed, and cut
short the improvements which were so rapidly being made by
him in the New England Collection. The Custodian was as-
sisted in the summer work for a portion of the time by Mr.
Simonds of Cornell; but this gentleman, also, received before
the close of the season the offer of a more desirable position,
and returned to Ithaca as Assist. Prof. in Paleontology.
Several models of the Mollusca were begun by Mr. Rathbun
and one was nearly finished by Mr. Simonds. These have
been completed by Dr. W. K. Brooks, Assistant in the Mu-
seum, and anumber of new ones added. One of these, a very
handsome model of Sycotypus canaliculatus Gill (Busycon
canaliculatum Stimpson), represents a donation by Mr. R. C.
Greenleaf, whose gifts enabled me to initiate the making of
these models. Dr. Brooks has also begun the preparation
of an accompanying suite of anatomical preparations for each
model. At his suggestion, also, an important addition has
been made, consisting of suites of models showing the
principal stages in the development of the characteristic
types of the Mollusca. Several families have now each
their model and anatomical preparations of the animal, and
the type forms of the generic groups have been picked
out and are shown as in the specimens exhibited in the case
i]
1876.] 2 3 9 [Annual Report.
upon the table. Dr. P. P. Carpenter has continued the
the work on the classification and labelling of the shells, and
has completed all the larger genera of marine shells and the
very difficult group of Melanians, and all the remaining fresh-
water genera, except the Pulmonates and the genera Cyclos-
toma and Helicina.
All the Annelids have been reviewed, sorted, and the
Entozoa named by the Custodian, and the work will be con-
tinued until it is finished.
The Insects have received considerable attention at the
hands of Mr. 8. Henshaw, who reports through the Chairman
of the Committee, Mr. S. H. Scudder, that the entire col-
- lection, including the general collection, the Harris, Dale
and Atkinson bequests, has been examined and is free from
Anthreni, only two living larve having been found. The
North American specimens in the boxes covered with paper
have been arranged in “glass-covered drawers, and the boxes
containing the foreign specimens re-covered and their con-
tents noted. The North American Coleoptera have been
arranged, by families, in glass-covered drawers. The New
England collection of Coleoptera has been arranged as far
as the Buprestide, but only placed on exhibition as far as
the Trichopterygidz, according to Crotch’s Check-List. This
includes six families, of which 457 species are known to oc-
cur in New England, and of these 327 species are on exhibi-
tion, all — with a few exceptions — New England specimens.
Mr. Van Vleck has been employed two days in each week
in the general work of the Museum, during the past winter.
He has also been occupied with the Fishes. All the generic
types have been picked out and these will form the basis of
our systematic collection, which it will probably not be very
difficult to fill out. The Epitome collection of fishes has also
been picked out by the same gentleman, and the duplicates
and reserve collections sorted. Mr. Garman, of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, has been kind enough to look over
and name a portion of our reptiles, and it is hoped that he
Annual Report.] 340 [May 3,
will be able to complete this portion of our Museum during
the coming year.
Our collection of Mammalia may be said to have been
begun by the presentation of a fine Polar Bear by Bishop
Williams, the skin of the famous greyhound “ Brownie,” by
Mr. Addison Child, and a specimen of the celebrated breed
of Ancon sheep by Mr. Geo. W. Bond.
Considerable assistance has been received during the year
from the voluntary labors of Mr. Edward G. Gardiner, whose
services have enabled us to carry on some advantageous ex-
changes and attend to a number of details which must other-
wise have been neglected.
The Ornithological Collection remains in its usual good
but dormant condition.
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE BUILDING.
During the year one more room his been fitted up with
the improved cases and brackets for the reception of the
New England fishes, reptiles, birds and mammals. The
building has been improved by the introduction of a larger
service pipe, which now gives an ample supply of water,
and every workroom is fitted with screw faucets. One large
faucet with hose attached is always ready in the cellar,
in case of fire, and three other sets of hose are distributed
about the building for use, in case of necessity, in the work-
rooms. On the roof there are two more faucets, one on
either wing, to which hose can be attached in case it is re-
quired in that quarter. Besides these precautions, buckets
of water are kept in each workroom, accompanied by a
Johnston pump, and three of the patent gas machines stand
ready for use at three different points of the building. By
these precautions three different means of extinguishing fire
are placed within reach of any one who may first perceive it.
LABORATORY.
The condition of the Laboratory, in which the Institute
of Technology and the Society are mutually interested, con-
1876.] 341 [Annual Report.
tinues steadily to improve under the management of Mr.
Crosby. The collections have been increased by the pur-
chase of a few essential specimens by the Institute. The
fossils have been rearranged so that things begin to assume
a more permanent aspect. This Laboratory and the collec-
tion have also been used more or less by four female stu-
dents, in addition to the usual number of students from the
Institute. In this way it has been made useful to a very
important and earnest movement for the diffusion of knowl-
edge among women through the means of study offered to
one of these female pupils.
TEACHERS’ SCHOOL OF SCIENCE.
The Teachers’ School of Science has been carried on as
before, by the liberality of Mr. Cummings. Fourteen lectures
or practical lessons in Lithology have been given by Mr. L.
S. Burbank, during the past winter; the average attendance
was about ninety out of one hundred members. This is a
remarkable fact, when we consider that the class includes a
large number of the busiest teachers, the Masters of the
Public Schools of Boston and the vicinity. Each mem-
ber of the class was provided with tools consisting of small
hammer, magnet, file, streak stone of Arkansas quartzite, a
bottle of dilute acid with rubber stopper and glass rod and
the scale of hardness previously used in the Mineralogical
course. All these were purchased by the members of the
class, except the scale of hardness, which is retained for
future use. One hundred sets of about seventy-five speci-
mens each, were distributed. Most of these were large
enough for cabinet specimens, and many of the sets have been
placed in the collections of the city schools and used in the
instruction of the pupils. The specimens were largely col-
lected in this State, and the rocks of the Connecticut valley
and the western part of the State were very fully repre-
sented. The course is now being supplemented by a series
of excursions for field work in the vicinity of Boston, volun-
tarily conducted by Mr. Burbank.
Annual Report.] 342 [May 3,
Seventy-five per cent. of the class this year were members
of the last year’s class in Mineralogy, and the great success
of this year’s work has been a matter of sincere congratula-—
tion, and justifies the most sanguine anticipations on the part
of the projectors of this effort to introduce the study of
Natural History into the Common Schools.
APPENDIX.
The following propositions to the Massachusetts Centen-
nial Commission, Department of Education and Science,
were made by the Boston Society of Natural History:
Sirs:—A committee was appointed by the council of the Boston
Society of Natural History, at the meeting of Oct. 23, 1875, to make
definite propositions to the commissioners with regard to the part, if
any, which was to be taken by that Society in the Centennial Exhi-
bition.
In accordance with the suggestions of Mr. Philbrick, the commit-
tee have divided their propositions into four heads.
The committee also beg leave to state that they are not empowered
to urge the acceptance of these propositions, nor would it be proper
for them, in any case, to attempt to magnify the importance of the
service rendered to the cause of education by the Society.
They feel that the commissioners themselves are fully informed
upon all these points, and are the best judges of the amount of the
appropriations which the State can afford to make for such purposes,
and therefore most respectfully submit the following propositions
without further remark:
First — That the Society furnish a printed account of its past
history and present condition and operations. This would include
an explanation of the manner of arrangement of the Museum, and
its uses in connection with the educational system of Massachusetts,
as well as information with regard to the Lowell Lectures on Natural
History, and the Teachers’ School of Science supported by Mr. John
Cummings.
This will cost the Society a certain outlay, but is in the direct line
of their customary expenditures, and can therefore be done without
cost to the commission. A certain amount of space would be essential
1876.] : 843 [Annual Report.
in order to show the implements used in the lectures, the character
of the specimens distributed as illustrations of the lectures given to
teachers, and for the reception of the publications of the Society;
say, fourteen square feet of shelving.
Second — That the Society endeavor to furnish plans of their
building, of such a size as may be recommended by the commission-
ers. The committee cannot bind themselves to do this, but have
reasonable hopes of obtaining these plans free of cost. The building
is claimed to be one of the best, if not the best, of its class yet con-
structed. ‘Together with these plans, the committee would propose
to show such drawings of the cases and furniture as might be deemed
desirable. The cases are probably, though made in the plainest
manner, unsurpassed in efficiency, and will compare favorably with
the elegant structures of the New York, Smithsonian and British
Museums.
Third — That the Society furnish a synoptical collection exhibit-
ing the extent and quality of the Museum and its mode of arrange-
ment.
The Museum contains a classified series of collections, showing the
forms of all the natural products of the earth in the order of their
affinities, beginning with the elements and ending with man.
The natural order of these affinities is strictly preserved.
The visitor is first introduced to minerals in the Mineral Room,
then to the association of minerals in the form of rock masses in the |
Geological Room, then to the characteristic fossil plants and animals —
of each stratum of rock in the Paleontological Rooms, then to the
systematically arranged plants and animals of the present time, which
occupy all the rooms of the remainder of the building.
The same natural order is preserved in each room or department,
the elementary forms being shown first, and the more complex in one
or more series of ascending scales. ‘The construction of the build-
ing is such that this can be done without confusing the visitor, who
can review either the whole or any part of the collections, and yet
receive a similar impression with regard to the interdependence of
natural products, and the logical sequence of their affinities.
In other words, the Museum is a copiously illustrated natural his-
tory of the earth, of its elements, constituent minerals and architec-
ture — of its history in past geological time, and its present condition
so far as that can be presented in the existing minerals, plants and
animals. In order to show this plan fully and make an impression,
Annual Report] 344 [May 3,
which would not fail to attract the attention of all persons interested
in education and science, it would be necessary to allow one or two
cases to each department, this being in about the proportion of one-
twentieth or one-thirtieth, according to the size of the department.
The whole number of cases necessary would then be fifteen, and
when set up would occupy one hundred and sixty-five feet of linear
measure. ‘Their other dimensions should be as follows: Depth to
wall eighteen inches, height from floor seven feet.
The attractiveness and beauty of such a display would be very
great independently of its value as an exponent of advanced views
with regard to the proper uses of specimens in public museums, but
the cost to the Society would be very considerable, not less than two
thousand dollars.
Fourth — That the Society also exhibit selected portions of its
New England collection. This follows the preceding collections, the
arrangement of which has just been described, and supplements them.
It contains all the species of minerals, fossils, plants and animals
found within the geographical limits of New England, and it is ar-
ranged upon an entirely distinct plan from all the other collections.
The specimens are means for the use of those seeking special infor-
mation with regard to any particular form found in this vicinity, and
the Society strives to bring together all the attainable facts with
regard to even the minutest variation in structure or habit. Maulti-
plicity in the main body of the collections is avoided, types alone
’ are selected; multiplicity of specimens is here the rule, exhibition of
types impossible. The New England collections, in other words,
serve as illustrated sources of reference for the correction or confirm-
ation of facts observed in the field work of the teacher or general
student, which last work can only be intelligently entered upon after
the study of the general connections of things in the type collections.
This department could be completely illustrated with selections occu-
pying twelve cases, extending eighty-four feet, and the cost to the
Society of the preparation and care of the same would be at least
one thousand dollars.
Tuomas T. Bouv#, President Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
JOHN CumMINGS, Vice President.
ALPHEUS Hyatt, Custodian.
1876.] 845 [Annual Report.
SECRETARY’S REPORT.
LECTURES.
Four courses of free Lectures, supported as usual by the
generosity of John A. Lowell, Esq., as Trustee of the Lowell
Institute, have been given during the winter, as follows: six
by Prof. E. 8S. Morse, entitled “Six New Engand Animals
and their nearest Allies”; six on “ Botany,” by Prof. G. L.
Goodale; six on the “Ancient Rocks of North America,” by
Prof. T. Sterry Hunt; and two on “Mineral Veins and Ores,”
by Mr. L. 8. Burbank. The botanical course had the largest
attendance, averaging 192.
LIBRARY.
The additions during the past year number 1719, which
may be classified as follows : —
8vo. 4to. folio.
Volumes ‘ Seas : epyeDe ° 5 : 5 Sy
Parts. 5 SON a .° 292 4 . 9 é . 1108
Pamphlets. - 198 : - 24 ° A . : aly
Maps and Charts . : 5 5 5 : : : : eon
Total : j é : 4 : . 1719
The more important additions include a nearly complete
set of Siebold and KoOllicker’s “Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaft-
lichen Zoologie,” the completion of the Zoological portion
of the “Annales des Sciences Naturelles” (from 1834), and
Dresser and Sharpe’s “ Birds of Europe.”
We are indebted especially to the following Societies for
large series of their earlier publications.
K, Leopold.-Carol. Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher Dresden.
Société d’ Hist. Nat. du dépt. de la Moselle. : 5 : Metz.
Reale Accad. Lucchese di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti . : Lucca,
Feuille des jeunes Naturalistes . . : ° ° : Paris.
During the year the following new exchanges have been
arranged : —
The Quarterly Journal of Conchology A . : . Leeds.
The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine . ie ues . London,
Annual Report.] 346 [May 3,
Poughkeepsie Society of Natural Science . : - « Poughkeepsie.
Nat. Hist. Society of Kansas State University . 5 . Lawrence,Kan.
Société Linnéenne du Nord de la France . , : . Amiens,
Watford Nat. Hist. Society and Hertfordshire Field Club . Watford.
Verein fiir naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltung . - Hamburg.
Société Géologique de Belgique . ot i alae ; . Liége.
Verein fiir Erdkunke , ‘ : : 3 : . Leipzig.
Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali . 6 : . «Bisa,
Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging . : ; - Rotterdam.
Asiatic Society of Japan . fae : : : . Yokohama.
Societa dei Naturalisti 5 : : : . : - Modena.
Commissao Geologica : : 5 . 5 5 » rami
The Scientific Monthly 6...) 9s wis ep ee emenmie
The following figures will show the present condition of
the Society’s Library : — Volumes, 11,944; Pamphlets, 4,145;
Maps, Charts, Photographs, ete., 189; total, 16,278.
During the year the numbering of the card catalogue has
been completed. Owing to lack of means a few miscella-
neous works only have been bound; to place our library in
a satisfactory condition in this respect will require a very
large expenditure. The plan of devoting the larger portion
of the Wolcott Fund to the completion of fragmentary serial
publications in our possession has been faithfully carried out,
and I hope wiil be continued.
The number of books borrowed from the Library during
the year is 987; they have been used by 130 persons. These
fizures show a rapidly increasing use of the Library.
PUBLICATIONS.
Our publications for the year embrace two parts each of
Vols. XVII and XVIII of the “ Proceedings,” and three
numbers of the “ Memoirs,” viz. : —
Revision of North: American Porifers, Part I. By A. Hyatt. pp.10, One
Plate.
Gynandromorphism in Lepidoptera. By A. S. Packard, Jr.,M.D. Struc-
ture and Transformations of Eumzeus Atala, By S. H. Scudder. pp. 11.
One Plate.
Monograph of the Tabanide, Part II. By C. R. Osten Sacken, pp. 59.
1876.] S47 [Annual Report.
A second volume of the “Occasional Papers” has also
been published, which consists of a reprint of the Arach-
nological writings of Prof. N. M. Hentz, with notes and two
new plates by Mr. J. H. Emerton, the whole forming a vol-
ume of 171 pages, with 21 plates.
TREASURER’S REPORT.
Report of E. Pickering, Treasurer, on the Financial Affairs of the
Society, for the year ending April 30th, 1876.
Receipts.
Courtis Fund Income 4 - 0 6 c 5 . $570.00
Pratt Fund Income . 5 0 0 0 ‘ 810.00
H. F. Wolcott Fund Income . 2 . ° 464.00
Walker Fund Income . 5 6 6 6 2,796.82
Bulfinch Street Estate Fund Income : 9 . ° 1,992.00
Entomological Fund Income . 0 5 B . 15.00
Walker Prize Fund Income . : ; ° : 329.00
«© Grand Prize Fund Income : Q ° . 50.00
General Fund, Dividends, Rents, etc. . , : 3,886.78
Annual Assessments . . 6 ; 5 6 3 1,306.00
Admission Fees : 0 9 G c ‘ 0 : 75.00
J. Cummings, Donation . 9 : 6 ° 0 1,266.90
R. C. Speed, ss é s ; : 25.00-
C.S. Hal n 6 ° Aus 50.00
Lowell Tees Subsidy for Lectures |. Oa a 1,101.90
Total. 3 , A 6 A mes a Me 6 $14,747.40
Expenditures.
Cabinet - 4 5 6 ° ; : ° 3 $1,826.27
Library < ° 6 - c : 6 ° 558.99
Salaries and Wages é é , ; ° : 0 : 5,817.99
Museum Building . : ° ° ° . 6 0 518.78
Repairs of Museum . ° ‘ ° 5 : ° 826.16
Gas pe e e e é e e ° e ° e 112.25
Fuel e eo e e e e e e e e ° 573.10
Insurance . ; “ ; b 6 5 Gee ; 243.75
Lectures. . Miers . ° : . 2,368.80
Publications and Printing oe et) beeen 1D ON)-00
Less Receipts on this account 0 ° ° 292.77
1,274.79
General Expenses . ; sieht C ; ; 4 1,148.91} $15,269.79
Excess of Expenditures orth’. . aR $522.39
E. PickERING, Treasurer,
Boston Society of Natural History.
Boston, May 1, 1876.
We have examined the Treasurer’s account, and find the same
correctly cast and properly vouched.
JOHN CUMMINGS,
R. C. Guumsnear, t Auditing Committee.
Annual Meeting.] 348 [May 3,
The Committee on “ Walker Prizes” reported that no es-
says on the prize question of the year had been offered.
Prof. Shaler called the attention of the meeting to two
branches of the Society’s work which struck him as particu-
larly entitled to praise. The work of Dr. Brooks, in making
the admirable models of molluscs, whose form cannot be
preserved in their natural state, compares most favorably
with all previous work of the kind, making a distinct advance
in this branch of illustration. Another matter of the great-
est importance is the practical teaching in Mineralogy and
Lithology, referred to in the Custodian’s report; this teaching
is giving public opportunities which are probably unequalled
in any other city, and its effect on the advancement of sci-
ence cannot fail to be felt.
Dr. T. Sterry Hunt also spoke warmly in praise of the
work done by the Teachers’ School of Science.
A petition, signed by ten members, asking permission to
form a Section of Botany, was read and accepted.
The Society then proceeded to the election of officers for
the coming year. Messrs. F. H. Brewer and A. G. Bouvé
being appointed to collect and count the ballots, announced
that the following gentlemen were. elected officers for 1876-
1877 :—
PRESIDENT,
THOMAS T. BOUVE.
VICE-PRESIDENTS,
SAMUEL H. SCUDDER, JOHN CUMMINGS.
CUSTODIAN,
ALPHEUS HYATT.
HONORARY SECRETARY,
5. L, ABBOT, M.D.
1876.] : 349
[Annual Meeting.
SECRETARY,
EDWARD BURGESS.
TREASURER,
EDWARD PICKERING.
LIBRARIAN,
EDWARD BURGESS.
COMMITTEES ON DEPARTMENTS.
Minerals. Radiates, Crustaceans and Worms.
H. A. HAGEN, M.D.,
ALEXANDER AGASSIZ,
L. F. DE POURTALES.
THOMAS T. Bouve,
L. S. BURBANE,
R. H. RICHARDS.
Geology. Mollusks.
EDWARD S. MorsgE,
J. HENRY BLAK#,
LEv1 L. THAXTER,
L. S. BuURBANE,
T. STERRY HUNT,
Wm. H. NILEs.
Paleontology. Insects.
THos. T. Bouve, S. H. ScuDDER,
N.S. SHALER, EDWARD BURGESS,
JULES MARCOU. A. S. PACKARD, JR., M.D.
Fishes and Reptiles.
F. W. PUTNAM,
S. KNEELAND, M.D.,
Botany.
JOHN CUMMINGS,
CHARLES J. SPRAGUE,
J. AMORY LOWELL.
Microscopy.
EDWIN BICKNELL,
R. C. GREENLEAF,
RICHARD BLIss, JR.
Birds,
THOMAS M. BREWER, M.D.,
SAMUEL CABOT, M.D.,
B. Joy JEFFRIES, M.D. J. A. ALLEN,
Comparative Anatomy. Mammals.
THomAS Dwiaut, JR., M.D., J. A. ALLEN,
J.C. WHITE, M.D. J. B. S. JACKSON, M.D.
The final consideration of the changes in the Constitution
and By-Laws, discussed during the previous meetings, re-
sulted in the adoption of the following amended articles : —
CONSTITUTION.
Art. u. It shall consist of Associate, Corporate, Corresponding
and Honorary Members, and Patrons.
Art. 11. All members shall be chosen by ballot, after having
been nominated at a preceding meeting; the affirmative votes of
three-fourths of the Corporate Members present shall be necessary to
a choice. The nomination of Corporate, Corresponding and Honor-
Annual Meeting.] 300 [May 3,
ary Members shall proceed from the Council. Any person who shall
contribute, at one time, to the funds of the Society, a sum not less
than three hundred dollars, shall be a Patron.
Art. I¥. Corporate Members only shall be entitled to vote, to
hold office, or to transact business; Corresponding and Honorary
Members and Patrons may attend the meetings and take part in the
scientific discussions of the Society; they may, however, on appli-
cation, be transferred to the list of Corporate Members by a majority
vote of the Council. Associate Members may attend such meetings
as are designated by the Council, and take part in the scientific dis-
cussions at the same.
Art. v. The officers of the Society shall be a President; two
Vice Presidents; a Custodian; an Honorary Secretary; a Secretary ;
a Treasurer; a Librarian; and a Committee of three on each depart-
ment of the Museum; who, together, shall form a Board for the
management of the concerns of the Society, and be called the Coun-
cil, of which the Secretary shall be the clerk, ex officio.
ARTICLE vi. Officers shall be chosen by ballot, after having been
nominated at a preceding meeting, and a majority of votes of the
Corporate Members present shall be sufficient for a choice.
ARTICLE vill. This Constitution may be altered or amended in
any of the preceding Articles, by a vote to that effect, of three-
fourths of the Corporate Members present at any two consecutive
meetings of the Society; the members having been first duly notified
of any proposed alteration: but the Article which immediately fol-
lows this shall be unalterable.
BY-LAWS.
Section 1. Art. 1. Elections for membership shall be held at
the first meeting in the months of January, March, May and Novem-
ber. Any person of respectable character and attainments, residing
in the City of Boston or its immediate neighborhood, shall be eligible
as an Associate Member of this Society. Nominations must be made
in writing, by three members, at least one month previous to the
time of elections; such nominations shall be made to a Committee
consisting of the President, Secretary and Treasurer, who shall report
upon the same at the meeting previous to that upon which elections.
are to be held. Every person elected shall, within six months from
the date of election, pay into the Treasury an admission fee of five
dollars, and subscribe an obligation, promising to conform to the Con-
1876.] 851 [Annual Meeting.
stitution and By-Laws of the Society; and until these conditions are
fulfilled, shall possess none of the rights of membership, nor be en-
rolled upon the list of members.
ART. 2. Corporate Members may be chosen only from Associate
Members of a year’s standing, who are either professionally engaged
in science, or have aided its advancement. Corresponding and Hon-
orary Members may be selected from persons eminent for their
attainments in science, on whom the Society may wish to confer a
compliment of respect. Neither Corresponding nor Honorary Mem-
bers shall be required to pay an admission fee or other contribution.
Art. 5. Members may be expelled from the Society by a vote of
three-fourths of the Corporate Members present, at a meeting spec-
ially called to consider the question by a notice given at least one
month previous.
Srot. 11. Art. 3. The Custodian shall be a person of acknowl-
edged scientific attainments. He shall have general charge of the
building and its contents; shall have free access to all the collections
at all times; and shall act in concert with the Committees, to whom
he shall bear the relation of adviser and assistant. In case of the
absence or neglect of Committees, he shall act in their stead, and
perform their duties. He shall prepare and read at the annual meet-
ing a report of the state of the museum, compiled from the special
report made to him by the Committees. He shall acknowledge all
donations and keep a book to be called a Donation Book, in which
shall be recorded, under their respective departments, all donations
to the museum, with the date and name of donor. And he shall per-
form such other duties as may be prescribed by the Council and
mutually assented to.
Art. 4. The Honorary Secretary shall keep the common seal; no-
tify Corresponding and Honorary Members of their election; and
receive and read to the Society all communications which may be
addressed to him.
Art. 5. The Secretary shall take and preserve correct minutes of
the proceedings of the Society and Council, in books to be kept for
that purpose; shall have the charge of all records belonging to the
Society; shall conduct the correspondence of the Society, and keep
a record thereof; shall notify Corporate and Associate Members of
their election, and committees of their appointment; shall call special
meetings when directed by the President; and shall notify members
residing in the vicinity of all meetings, and officers of all matters
which shall occur at any meeting requiring their action.
Annual Meeting.) 352, [May 3,
Art. 8. The Committees shall be responsible for the care of the
particular departments of the Museum assigned to them at the time
of their election; they shall consist of not more than three members,
of whom the first named shall act as chairman in each department;
they shall, as soon as possible after a donation is made or specimens
received, deposit them in their respective cabinets; shall arrange the
specimens in their appropriate departments according to some system
approved by the Custodian; and, so far as is practicable, label them
with the names they bear in such system. They shall also, so far as
is practicable, keep a correct list of the articles in their care, and
shall be authorized to select duplicate specimens from the cabinet,
and, with the assent of the Custodian, effect exchanges therewith.
The Committees shall make written reports to the Custodian, a month
previous to the annual meeting, concerning the collection under their
charge, the additions made during the year, and any important defi-
ciencies which exist.
Sect. rv. Art. 1. Every Corporate and Associate Member shall
be subject to an annual assessment of five dollars, payable on the
first day of October in each year; but no assessment shall be required
of any Associate Member during the six months succeeding his elec-
tion. Commutation may be purchased for fifty dollars.
Srcr. rx. Art. 1. A meeting shall be held on the first Wednes-
day in May annually, for the choice of officers and other general
purposes. At this meeting the Custodian shall present a report upon
the condition and progress of the museum, the lectures which he su-
perintends, and any other matters of general interest; the Secretary
upon the library, publications, meetings, and the lectures which he
superintends; the Treasurer upon the receipts and expenditures of
the year; and the Trustees upon the financial condition of the
Society.
Art. 4. The order of proceeding at meetings shall be as follows:—
1. Record of preceding meeting read.
Candidates for membership proposed.
Balloting for members.
Scientific communications.
Business called up by special resolution, or otherwise.
Donations announced.
7. Adjournment.
Sect. x. Art. 1. Sections of the Society, holding separate
meetings of their own, may be formed on the written application of
Oop we
=>
1876.] 353 - [Meetings.
ten Corporate Members, by the consent of the Corporate Members
present at two consecutive meetings of the general Society. As in
the general Society, Corporate Members alone shall be entitled to
vote, to hold office, or to transact business.
Art. 2. The requirements of membership shall be: —
1. Membership in the general Society.
2. Written nomination by two members at a regular meeting
of the Section.
3. lection by a three fourths vote of the Corporate Members
present at the subsequent meeting.
A, Signature to the standing rules within six months from the
date of election.
Art. 4. Such notice of each meeting as shall be judged by the
publishing committee suitable for publication in the Proceedings or
Memoirs of the Society, may be announced by the Secretary at the
next regular meeting of the Society.
Sect. x1. AktT.1. The By-Laws of the Society may be altered
or amended by a majority vote of the Corporate Members present at
any meeting; provided that they shall have been duly notified, two
weeks previous, of an intended change.
It was further voted: that the above amendments go into
effect after the next quarterly meeting (July 5, 1876).
Section of Botany. May 4, 1876.
Sixteen persons (including six ladies) present.
The Secretary called the meeting to order, explaining that
the Society had given its consent to the formation of a
Botanical Section, and that he had, therefore, called the
present, meeting of those interested in Botany to take action
for the organization of the Section.
Mr. T. P. James was elected chairman.
Drs. G. L. Goodale and J. C. White, and Mr. E. Burgess,
made some remarks concerning the regulations of the new
Section, and it was voted, on motion of Dr. White, that a
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVIII. 23 DECEMBER, 1876.
Meetings.] 304 [May 10,
committee of three be appointed to prepare a plan of organ-
ization and work. Messrs. Goodale, Farlow and Dimmock
were accordingly appointed.
The meeting then adjourned to the following Wednesday.
Section of Botany. May 10, 1876.
Dr. J. C. White in the chair. Thirty-four persons present.
The Committee appointed at the last meeting to present a
plan of organization for the Section reported, through Dr.
Goodale, the following recommendations : —
That the meetings be conducted as informally as possible, the or-
der of business being:
1. Communications, including the exhibition of specimens.
2. Informal discussion of the topics thus brought up.
3. Reports on the latest botanical researches.
The Committee further recommend that the members should join
in the preparation of a complete catalogue of the plants of the
vicinity.
The report was accepted and adopted.
Dr. G. L. Goodale exhibited some drawings prepared by
Mr. W. P. Wilson, of an interesting monstrosity observed in
some apple blossoms from New Jersey. In these flowers the
stamens had been replaced by pistils, and a singular two-
storied ovary was formed; the flowers then being wholly
female, could only be fertilized from blossoms on adjoining
trees. Dr. Goodale had not been informed whether the
fruit showed any peculiarities.
Dr. W. G. Farlow described the nature of the so-called
“ cedar-apple,” which is produced by a fungus.
Mr, R. W. Greenleaf exhibited some flowers of Posoque-
ria longifiora, a Brazilian plant, and,.by .a set of drawings,
1876.] S55 [Meetings.
showed the peculiar contrivances to insure cross-fertiliza-
tion.
The anthers cohere by the interlacing of their marginal fibres,
thus forming a sac which contains the pollen.
One of the five stamens has a stout filament, which is in a state of
tension, and which, when the anther sac is touched, flies forward
and over the mouth of the corolla tube; the pollen at the same
time being hurled from the flower. After some hours this filament
relaxes and bends back, thus opening the orifice of the corolla tube.
The style is but one half the length of the slender corolla tube,
hence it is impossible for pollen from one flower to reach the stigma
of the same flower.
Mr. Charles Wright, who had studied the plant in the
vicinity of Rio Janeiro, said that Fritz Miiller had ascribed
the task of fertilizing Posoqueria to small insects. Mr.
Wright could not agree with this conclusion, and believed
the duty was performed by some long-tongued hawk-moth.
He observed that a few flowers were fertilized in the green-
house at Cambridge, but probably by some accident.
Mr. Sereno Watson suggested the possible explanation that
pollen reached the stigmas of flowers from which the corollas
had fallen.
It was voted to meet for the present every Monday after-
noon at 4 o’clock.
Section of Botany. May 15, 1876.
Dr. J. C. White in the chair. Forty-one persons present.
Mr. Charles Wright made some remarks on the position of
the stamens in the Golden Saxifrage (Chrysosplenium) which
has been differently described by different authors. Careful
study had shown him unmistakably that the stamens are in-
serted on the calyx and not on the disk.
Bond.) 306 . [May 17,
Mr. W. P. Wilson exhibited a number of drawings of May-
Flowers from Old Orchard, Me., showing the differences in
development and relative lengths of stamens and pistils.
Some flowers wanted the former entirely, and in these the
stigmas always developed five prominent rays.
Dr. Asa Gray read a paper on the same subject, showing
that these flowers may be arranged in two groups, one with
small stigmas and good stamens, and one with large five-
rayed stigmas and poor or no stamens. These groups may
be subdivided into two sub-groups each, according as the
styles are long or short; the long-styled flowers, however,
predominate in each group. Epigeea thus shows a tendency
to become dicecious.
Dr. W.G. Farlow said that he had just found the two
species of Podisoma, whose occurrence on the White Cedar
he had predicted at the last meeting. Specimens of both
species were exhibited. Dr. Farlow also exhibited a spe-
cies of Morel (Morchella) and recommended its edible qual-
ities.
May 17, 1876.
The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Forty-two
persons present.
Mr. G. W. Bond made some remarks on the result of his
studies made during the preparation of a series of the wools
of commerce for the Centennial Exhibition.
Jn the first place he had found indubitable confirmation of the cur-
rent opinion that the sheep of Spanish America, both North and
South (with possibly some other admixture in Chili), originated from
the churro, or coarse sheep of Spain, and not from the Merino, as
some writers have supposed. The most interesting observation, how-
ever, was the discovery of a similarity of the wool of the Mauchamp
race of France and that of the Arabian stump-tailed, fat-rumped
race or Mecca sheep. Darwin, in the third chapter of his work on
1876.] | 357 [Bond.
the Domestication of Animals and Plants, speaking of sheep, says :—
“Tn some few instances new breeds have suddenly originated; thus
in 1791 aram-lamb was born in Massachusetts having crooked legs
and a long back like a turnspit dog. From this one lamb the Otter
or Ancon breed was raised; as these sheep could not leap over the
fences it was thought that they would be valuable, but they have
been supplanted by Merinos and thus exterminated.”
Huxley, in his lectures on the Origin of Species, also speaks of
this race, and expressed a regret that no skeleton had been pre-
served. Mr. Bond had the good fortune, through the kindness of
Mr. R. G. Hazard, of Rhode Island, to find a small flock of eight
still living there, and obtained two, one, at the request of Prof. H. P.
Bowditch, for the Society. This deformed race has, therefore, been
perpetuated through many generations during eighty-five years.
Darwin also remarks, continued Mr. Bond: — “ A more interesting
case has been recorded in the report of the Juries of the Great Ex-
position (1857), namely, the introduction of a Merino ram-lamb on
the Mauchamp farm in 1828, which was remarkable for its long,
smooth, straight and silky wool. By the year 1833 Mr. Graux had
raised rams enough to serve his whole flock; and after a few more
years he was able to sell stock of his new breed. So peculiar and
valuable is the wool that it sells at twenty-five per cent. above the
best Merino wool; even the fleeces of half-bred animals are valuable,
and are known in France as the Mauchamp Merino.”
This ram was born with hair, and when it dropped its first hair
the fine, straight, silky wool appeared. Mr. Bond having heard of
other lambs being born in pure Merino flocks with hair, long since
believed that some common cause must be found, and that the Mau-
champ was not, like the Otter, a freak of nature, but more likely a
reversion which might help to discover the origin of the Merino
race, a point which has never been settled. A short time ago a spec-
imen of wool, which the speaker showed, was sent to him from New
York to ascertain what it was. It was much longer, but in other
respects like the wool of the Mecea sheep. Mr. Bond concluded
it was what should be found on that race raised under circumstances
favorable to the full development of its covering.
Dr. L. Fitzinger, in an interesting paper on the Domestic sheep,
published in the Sitzungsberichte of the Imperial Academy of Vi-
enna, for 1859-60, says of the Stump-tailed sheep: ‘It is about the
size of the smaller races of Merino sheep, and reminds one in its
Bond.] 358 [May 17,
general form, with the exception of its peculiar shaped tail, of our
common domestic sheep.”
Of the Mecca, or fat-rumped, stump-tailed sheep, he says:—“ The
whole body is thickly covered with short, smooth, close-lying,
straight and stiff shining hairs, which are shorter on the face, ears
and legs, and beneath these there is found a short, peculiarly fine
wavy and elastic wool, which is finer than that of most known races
of sheep.” The speaker had obtained a skin of this last named race,
and found that the covering exactly agrees with this description. A
micro-photograph of the wool, magnified about two hundred times,
shows that the fibre measures only about 37/55 of an inch in diam-
eter, which is as fine as the finest Silesian wool.
On comparing the wool received from New York, before referred
to, and separating the hair from the true wool, Mr. Bond found an
exact correspondence with the last named wool, and also with that of
the Mauchamp sheep. He suggested, therefore, that the Mauchamp
sheep might be simply a case of atavism, or reversion to an ancient
type. One of the legends respecting the origin of the Merino sheep
was that the Arabs, when they went to Spain, found only black and
colored sheep, and as they wanted white wool they imported white
rams from the East to cross with them. Other accounts say that
from time to time rams were imported from Morocco, which amounts
to the same thing, as the sheep of Morocco were undoubtedly brought
from Arabia. ‘There is, however, more resemblance in the wool of
the coarse sheep of Spain (churro) to those with which we are now
familiar from Morocco, than in that of the Merino.
The Merino sheep is undoubtedly an animal that either from mode
of culture, or some accidental cause, has lost the hairy part of its
covering, and the wool has been furnished with a liberal supply of
“yolk” or grease to meet the exigencies resulting from this change.
If descended from the Arabian sheep, may not the fat deposit of
the tail have been diverted to produce the greater amount of “ yolk”
required to make this wool covering adequate for the protection of
the sheep from the external influences to which it was subjected? .
Mr. 8. H. Scudder called the attention of the Society to
the close affiliation of the insects of Europe and America in
the Carboniferous epoch.
Although but thirty or forty species were known on either side of
the Atlantic, they were in many cases referable to identical genera,
1876.] 359 [Meeting.
and every discovery of new forms seemed to make the resemblance
more striking. Doubtless a critical study of the species independ-
ently described would reveal even a closer relationship than was now
known to exist; for instance, the Acridites formosus Gold., of Saar-
brick, is unquestionably a Megathentomum, closely allied to Meg.
pustulatum Seudd., from Illinois. In conclusion, Mr. Scudder ex-
pressed his belief that we are already warranted in saying that the
insect faunas of Europe and America were as intimately related in
Carboniferous times as now.
Section of Botany. June 5, 1876.
Mr. T. T. Bouvé in the chair. Thirty-five persons present.
In relation to the question of the fertilization of the dan-
delion, which was brought up at the previous meeting, Mr.
B. D. Halsted said that he had found the flowers to be visited
by bees, and he explained the provision for cross-fertilization.
Mr. W. P. Wilson made more extended remarks on the
same subject, showing by drawings that the pollen ripens in
each flower before the stigma matures, thus effectually pre-
venting close fertilization. He had found that several species
of wild bees, and also the honey-bees, visit the flowers fre-
quently.
Mr. Halsted showed a number of cluster-cups and other
parasitic fungi; also the sexual plants of Osmunda regalis,
whose prothalli are not hermaphroditic, but unisexual.
Mr. R. W. Greenleaf showed a monstrous stalk of aspara-
gus, produced by the union of two stems, and made some
remarks on this kind of monstrosity.
Dr. G. L. Goodale called attention to the hitherto unsus-
pected parasitic or sapraphytic character of some of our
common plants, and suggested that the members of the Sec-
tion pay special attention to the detection of the habit in
other plants, especially those which turn black in drying.
Hyatt.] 360 [June 7,
In relation to the preparation of a catalogue of local
plants, Dr. J. C. White suggested the desirability of prepar-
ing exhaustive lists of the plants of the richer localities,
before these shall become picked out or otherwise changed.
June 7, 1876.
The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Eighteen
persons present.
Dr. W. K. Brooks gave a general sketch of the anatomy of
the Tunicata, and showed how Salpa, with its separated
sexes and other peculiarities, might be produced on the the-
ory of Natural Selection. Dr. Brooks called especial atten-
tion to the locomotive powers of Botryllus, a hitherto
unknown fact.
A paper on the Geology of Eastern Massachusetts, by Mr.
W. O. Crosby, was presented by title.
The following paper was read : —
GENETIC RELATIONS OF STEPHANOCERAS. By A, Hyatt.
The group which forms the subject of the present paper was first
described by Waagen as part of his genus Stephanoceras, it being
with Dactylioceras commune and its allies, united as the “sub-group a”
under this name.t Celoceras Pettos was left by the same author
under the title of Agoceras, though the similarities of the latter to
Steph. Humphriesianum were fully recognized by Waagen in his sub-
sequent paper.? In this paper, also, he restricted the use of the
name Stephanoceras; and two groups, which had appeared as sub-
genera of Stephanoceras in his first paper, were elevated to the rank
of full genera, under the names of Kosmoceras and Perisphinctes.
The preservation of zoological nomenclature in an available form
demands above all things that names shall not be uselessly multiplied,
1 Die Formenreihe d. Amm. subradiatus. Benecke’s Geog. Pal. Beitrage, Vol. 2 ,
p. 248.
2Ueb. d. Ansatzstelle d. Haftsmuskeln b. Naut. und Amm., Paleontographica,
Vol. 17, 5, p. 215.
1876.] 361 [Hyatt.
and for that reason the law of priority has been universally recog-
nized and mercilessly applied. Waagen, and all other German
Paleontologists who have quoted his names, have disregarded this law
in a wholesale manner. The only reason for this conduct, and the
most charitable one which can be given, is, that they considered the
new names proposed by Prof. Agassiz and myself as untenable, and
unworthy of their adoption. This reason, although perhaps suffi-
cient to themselves and their followers, is no justification for a viola-
tion of the rights of priority. The laws of nomenclature do not
perm:t them to describe the same family groups as new genera with
new names. New views of the relations of well known species can-
not be represented by new generic names because the grouping
happens to include a half dozen or more of the previously descriked
genera. What a fearful maze of difficulties this process would lead
to if generally adopted! Every man, or set of men, would of course
have the same privilege. For example, let us suppose that in my
own recent paper on the “ Genetic Relations of the Angulatide,” in
the Proceed. of the Bost. Soc. Nat. History, Vol. xvi, May, 1874,
I had originated a new name for the genus goceras of Waagen,
because his generic characteristics are of no value for the distinction
of groups of generic significance. The genus Aigoceras, according
to Waagen, contains forms as widely separated as Psiloceras plan-
orbis, belonging to the Arietide, Agoceras angulatus, one of the
Anegulatide, Androgynoceras Henleyi, one of the Liparoceratide, and
Celoceras Pettos of the Dactyioide. According to their development,
mode of occurrence in time, and all their adult characteristics,
except perhaps “the undivided, horny character of the Aptychus,”
these forms are perfectly distinct from each other.
The Psiloceras becomes the parent form of the Arietidz in the
Lias, the Agoceras angulatum of another distinct series differing
wholly in development and form in the same formation. Both of
these are probably traceable to a common ancestor in the Trias,
according to Waagen and Mojsisovics,! and therefore it may perhaps
be considered that it is legitimate to join them, but what can be said
with regard to the remaining forms? Androgynoceras Henleyi is di-
rectly traceable to Deroceras Dudressieri, the affinities of which can-
not be settled with our present knowledge conclusively; but what
evidence there is, however, in the development of the young shows
1See also my paper on the ‘‘ Genetic Relations of the Angulatide,”’ in these
Proceedings, Vol. xvii, p. 15.
Hyatt.] 362 [June 7,
most decidedly, as might be anticipated from the adult characteris-
tics, that the ancestral forms are to be sought in the Lytoceras and
allied groups, not in Psiloceran forms of the Trias. Caloceras Pettos
is equally of uncertain derivation, though its affinities in every re-
spect show also that it belongs to the Dudressieri series.
All of these forms are included under the name Stephanoceras,
and thus two great groups of Ammonites, the round abdomened and
the keeled groups, with distinct systems of development and uncer-
tain derivation are made to appear as one genetically connected
series. This, however, would not justify the total suppression of the
name Adgoceras and the substitution of another for the more limited
group, to which it can be properly applied. Scientific courtesy, as
well as the strict law of custom, forbids such a course, though here,
as in the Arietide, I must consider the name as used by Waagen
utterly devoid of zoological meaning. ‘The structure of the Aptychus
has, no doubt, some meaning, but it alone certainly cannot unite Psil.
planorbis, Aigoc. angulatus, Celoceras Pettos, Microderoceras Birchii,
etc., into one genus, because as Waagen himself points out, it has the
same structure in two other groups, Arietites and Amaltheus, de-
scribed by him as distinct genera If he had joined all these into one
group and distinguished them by the Aptychus, it would have been
more consistent and less objectionable; this characteristic would have
at any rate applied to them all.
T allude particularly to this fact because the other characteristics
given by Waagen are not applicable to such large groups. ‘Thus in
the lower forms of the Arietidee (that is to say, my genera Psiloceras,
Caloceras and Vermiceras, including the planorbis, raricostatus and
Conybeari series), the length of the living chamber, one of Waagen’s
distinctive characteristics, is generally over one volution. In the
genus Arnioceras, the falcaries series, its lencth is generally less than
one volution, from one half to nearly a full volution. In Coroniceras,
from one-half to one. In Asteroceras obtusum the length is from one-
half to five-eighths of a volution in large specimens, in As/eroceras
Brookii about three-fourths. In Agassiceras levigatus, five-eighths
to three-fourths of a volution, in Agassiceras Scipionianus, about
three-fourths. Thus in all the higher genera of the same family it
is less than one volution, and so variable that it cannot be very use-
fully employed, even as a specific characteristic in some species, such
Aster. obtusum.
The outline of the mouth has been long used to designate sub-
groups among the Ammonites. ‘This characteristic, like all others, is
y
1876.] 363 [Hyatt.
of different values in different groups, and the attempt to use it with
the same meaning in every group results,as in all other cases, in
confusion. Thus in Waagen’s diagnoses of the genera Stephanoce-
ras, Perisphinetes and Kosmoceras, we find that they are all three
described as having “simple (entire) mouth-openings or ears.” In
each genus the characteristics of the Aptychus are the same, as
stated by Waagen, and each has the same variability in the outlines
of the mouth. These surely will not suffice to distinguish them,
since they are precisely the same in each genus, and we have to fall
back on the length of the living chamber or the comparative length
of the animal and shell.
I do not mean to be understood as denying the existence of natu-
ral sub-groups of generic value, for undoubtedly such do exist, and
some of them must bear Waagen’s names in nomenclature, but
merely to point out the inapplicability of such characteristics as he
has arbitrarily employed to distinguish them. In many other groups
the outlines of the mouth are exceedingly constant, as in the Arie-
tide, and are very properly used to designate them in common with
other characteristics.
I allude principally to these three characteristics, the Aptychus,
the length of the living chamber and the mouth outline, because it is
only in the application of these that Waagen differs from other natu-
ralists, especially in the former, since Suess applied the two latter
to the distinction of his genera Lytoceras and Phylloceras.
Such differences in the views of Paleontologists as are above alluded
to, lie deeper, however, than any such contrasts in the translation and
application of facts. ‘They rest upon the different modes of study,
which distinguish two schools of Naturalists. In one school the
effort is being perpetually made to discover some set of characteristics
by which animals may be distinguished one from another. Every new
organ, or indication of such, when discovered, is applied at once to
the definition of groups, as if this was the great object of all classifi-
cation. The distinction of groups from each other doubtless repre-
sents to a certain extent our knowledge of their organization, but
only in proportion to the number of the parts or charactcristics which
may be employed in classification. Consequently arbitrary classifica-
tions based on single characteristics are the most imperfect, since they
necessarily leave out of consideration the numberless affinities of the
groups, and all the minor points of difference which here and there
appear.
Hyatt.] 364 [June 7,
In the other school, a zoologist or paleontologist makes greater
allowance for the variability of organic bodies, becomes distrustful of
all single characteristics, or combination of single characteristics, and
endeavors to combine all possible sources of information in his defi-
nition of groups.
The former naturally tends to the formation of large generic
groups, those which can be approximately distinguished by some
salient structural characteristic, and the latter to the division of
these large groups into many minor ones, in order to show the nat-
ural affinities and derivation of animal forms.
The former leads to the artificial method of classification which has
always, without the slightest reason, been claimed to be the more
useful, and the latter to the approximately natural method. The differ-
ences are most prominently presented in one, and in the other these
are considered of no more importance than any other class of charac-
teristics. The first is certainly the most imperfect and conventional;
and why its defects, which are openly confessed, should be regarded
as recommendations for its adoption, or how it becomes by means
of its confused imperfection more convenient, is equally incompre-
hensible. Is it more convenient to consider under the same head
the genus Antipathes, one of the Alcyonoid corals and the Aplysine
among the Keratose Sponges, because their skeleton is identical
structually? This would be considered absurd; but undoubtedly, if
found fossil no purely Paleontological student could show an essential
difference between them, and according to the demands of conven-
ience, as understood by most of them, this absurdity ought to be
committed. Innumerable instances might be quoted of a similar
description, but it is unnecessary; practically the natural system of
classification is always adopted after a certain lapse of time, and the
different artificial and single character systems become obsolete.
I do not mean to underrate the great service done to the Natural
History of the Ammonoid and Nautiloid Groups by Dr. Waagen.
Waagen’s treatise on the Annular Muscle of the Nautilus and Am-
monites, the characteristic position and probable homology of the
Aptychus with the similarly situated coverings of the heart in
Nautilus Pompilius and observations on the length of the living
chamber, are solid and permanent contributions, which cannot be
too highly appreciated; but the mode of application of these to the
classification of the Ammonoids is, according to my views, entirely
Insert between the words “the” and “heart,” page 364, fifth line
from the bottom, these words — “ nidamental glands above the ”
1876.] 365 [Hyatt.
faulty, and calculated only to mislead any naturalist who is desirous
of understanding the affinities of these fossils.
There is nothing to be dreaded in new names, except by those
who strive to get the animal kingdom by heart, as if the principal
business of life was not to understand things, but to be able to in-
dulge in an unending string of parrot talk. New names, like new
things of all kinds, are not necessarily bad, they become so only when
they violate certain essential restrictions, or are used to represent
affinities which have no real existence. Used in a proper manner
they are clearly a great advantage, since they force the unwilling or
indifferent to pay some attention to the new views announced, and to
represent or criticise them more or less in their collections and writ-
_ings, and in this way they really become one of the most essential
instruments in forwarding the general progress of knowledge.
For example, if Quenstedt had given a new generic name to every
natural series of the Ammonites, which he has so admirably fol-
lowed out in his grand work on the Jura, there would have been no
oceasion for the criticisms made above. Paleontologists would as
long ago as the publication of Die Cephalopoden, in 1846, have
begun to consider them in their natural relations, and now it would
have been an act of scientific heresy to think of the Ammonites as
anything but a large and important group divisible into many families
and genera. Quenstedt’s researches failed in this one technical point
of apparently no essential value, and one which even now he would
probably treat with the contempt born of the habit of contemplating
more important things. I consider this, however, to have been a
very unfortunate mistake, since it is owing to this, and this alone,
that Aug. Quenstedt’s work has not been universally known as the
only one in Paleontology which at that early period adopted the
only true system of classification, and fearlessly recognized the varia-
bility of forms and their passage into each other. He studied them
in their development, adult characteristics, and even their diseases,
and although all his observations were directed towards the defini-
tion of strata, struck the key note of true zoological classification in
his work on the Jura, p. 20, where he writes, ‘‘aber der Fortschritt
der Wissenschaft besteht nicht blos im Trennen, sondern auch im
richtigen Verbinden, und letzteres ist entschieden das Schwieri-
gere.” - His collection and his published works exhibit a knowledge
of this group and their true relations which has never been equalled,
and which must form the basis of all future classifications, and as
KELLOWAY GROUP
BATH FORMATION
LOWER OOLITE
=
566
S. subleve
ATHLETA-BED
ANCEPS-BED :
S. macro- S. dimorphum
cephalum
S. Herveyi S. platysto-
mum
MACROCEPHALUS-
BED
S. subleve
S. micros-
tomum
S.Bombu:
S. planulum
LAGENA-BED S.coronatum
DIGONA-BED
S. plicatissimum & mmisroster
mum var.Ymir
PARKINSONI-BED Secoronatui
S. Deslongchampsii S. contractum :
S. lingu-
iferum
S.Brongn-}
ere iartil
S. coronatum Be
S. Gervilii
S. Brochii
HUMPHRIESIANUS- S. Blagdeni & Sauzei
BED
|
S. Humphriesianum
S. Bayleanum S. subcoronatum
S. nodosum
S. contractum
S. Braikenridgii
ol |
1876.] 367 [Hyatt.
early as 1846 he adopted the mode of work which is fast becoming
universal, that of uniting in the same genetic series all forms, however
dissimilar in aspect, which can be traced into each other, by means
of the young and of the adult characteristics.
STEPHANOCERAS! Waagen (Pars).
The earliest observed form of this genus is the Steph. nodosum =
Humphriesianus nodosus Quenst., which occurs in the Humphriesianus-
bed. ‘This variety or species, whichever the taste of the reader
prefers, has the ribs more prominent and more widely separated than
in Humphriesianum, the umbilicus larger, and the whorls increasing
more slowly in size by growth; this renders the shell altogether more
discoidal in aspect. ‘The varieties, however, show a shading of the
characteristics in three different directions. One way leads to Steph.
Bayleanum, and another to Steph. Humphriesianum, and still another
to subeoronatum. ‘Towards Bayleanum a retrograde series of changes
produces forms more and more discoidal, with whorls increasing more
and more slowly in size by growth, untilin the typical Bayleanum a
very distinct species appears, as floured by D’Orbigny, and discussed
by Oppel. It occurs contemporaneously with nodosum, and also later
in the upper part of the Humphriesianus-bed.
In a similar way, by following the indications of the eradually
changing varieties we are led to the stoutest, most involute and
narrow-umbilicated forms of the typical Steph. Humphriesianum. In
these the abdomen is also more elevated and rounder, the ribs are finer
sand more numerous, and the sutures distinct. Steph. subcoronatum,
as pointed out by Oppel and Quenstedt, is one of the transition forms
of Humphriesianum, but it has a wider significance when carefully
studied in all its varieties. It becomes identical with Amm. Deslong-
champsii when the ribs are curved and prominently tuberculated,
and the abdomen somewhat elevated, though still very broad. The
abdomen becomes in some specimens still more elevated, the umbili-
cus narrower than in the Deslongchampsii, the umbilical shoulder of
the whorl more abrupt, the umbilicus deeper, the abdominal ribs par-
1 This name, as has been pointed out tome by E. B. Tawney, Esq., of Bristol,
has been already occupied by Ehrenberg for a genus of Rotatoria, but the termina-
tion adopted was spelled with an ‘‘o”’ instead of an ‘a,’’ Stephanoceros instead of
Stephanoceras, and this seems to me quite sufficient under the circumstances to
justify its retention.
Hyatt.] 368 [June 7,
ticularly fine and numerous, the lateral ribs like those of Steph. lin-
guiferum or those of Steph. Deslongchampsi. These are apparently
identical with the plicatissimum of Quenstedt. Both of these forms,
Steph. plicatissimum and Steph. Deslongchampsu, are found in the
Parkinsoni-bed. |
Some of the varieties of Steph. subcoronatum are nearly identical
with Steph. nodosum, and some of them resemble closely the smaller
specimens of Steph. coronatum or Blagdeni. The forms from Dundry,
and also those alluded to in Quenstedt’s descriptions of Humphriesi-
anus, as allied to Amm. Brocchu Sow., show a close series of transi-
tions from the finer ribbed specimens with open umbilici and young
like sub-coronatum to those with stouter whorls, no tubercles and
forms and ribs like true Brocchiu. The more open umbilicated forms,
those like true nodosum in aspect, lead by a similar series of grada-
tions apparently into Bratkenridgi, though here, of course, some
doubt must always intervene until the appearance of the ear-like
expansions in the latter is fully understood. The connection with
Steph. Herveyi and Steph. macrocephalum can also be traced quite
satisfactorily through the series described by Quenstedt, and also
studied by myself.
Thus Steph. subcoronatum appears theoretically as the typical form
of the group, a result which was entirely unexpected, since, until this
summary was written, I had always pictured Humphriestanum proper
as the centre of affinities. Some of the specimens are inseparable
from Humphriesianum proper until the young are consulted. ‘These
invariably show the typical Steph. subcoronatum or nodosum form and
characteristics very distinctly, and are also of a smaller size than the
corresponding Humphriesianum varieties. ‘The peculiar broad abdo-
men which characterizes the adults of nodosum and the young of sub-
coronatum and Humphriesianum, I shall have frequent occasion to
speak of, and as its resemblance is general rather than special, I shall
speak of it usually as the Pettos-like form, in allusion to its ancestral |
derivation.
S. Blagdeni may be briefly described as a huge form of a young
sub-coronatum of the broad abdomened variety in some of its forms;
in others, however, the abdomen becomes elevated, and no line can be
drawn between these and the succeeding, or true Steph. coronatum
series. The peculiar broad abdomened forms which began to appear
in varieties of Steph. subcoronatum are in Blagdeni, the predominate
ones, and represent the species. The young changes but slightly by
1876.] 369 (Hyatt.
growth, except in size, and the Pettos-like form is retained through-
out life, except in those varieties which approximate to coronatumy
or more strictly speaking, except in the round abdomened varieties
which approximate to the predominant round abdomened forms of
Steph. coronatum. These last do not alter the peculiar coarse charac-
ter of the lateral ribs and tubercles of Blagdeni, but simply elevate
the ablomen and increase in size faster by growth than the normal
varieties, so that the umbilici become narrower, and the sides of the
whorls more abrupt. These are often called Amm. Banksw Sow., but
may be distinguished by the young which have the flat abdomen of
the true Blaydeni until a late period of growth, while the true
Banksii has young with a more elevated abdomen and larger tuber-
cles. The Pettos-like form of Blagdeni and its peculiar ribs are
more or less represented in all the young forms of the true Steph. coro-
nafum. Sometimes specimens retain this even to an exaggerated
degree, growing up to the adult condition with the sides so sharp,
umbilici so deep, and abdomens so flat, that they appear as new
specific forms, until the connection is traced between them and the
normu forms. These are, as in the case of the similar representative |
forms found in Steph. subcoronatum, generally rather small; such is
the variety known as the anceps-ornati of Quenstedt, and other scat-
tered varieties intermediate between this and the true broad abdo-
mened coronatum forms. Both Steph. subcoronatum and Blagdeni
occur associatel in the Humphriesianus-bed, and Steph. coronatum
later in the Parkinsoni-bed, with the exception, perhaps, of the
Banksii variety, which may possibly occur in the Humphriesianus-bed.
The tendency of some varieties of the preceding species to narrow
the abdomen and depress the sides, is. more strongly expressed in
Steph. coronatum than in any other species of this: group, it having
become characteristic of all the adults of the normal form and of the
young, though in many individuals not perceptible until.a late stage
of growth. ‘Tais stronger expression of an evidently inherited tend-
ency is accompanied by a correllative tendency to the suppression or
absorption of the tubercles and ribs. These changes are retrograde
in so far as they produce a form smaller and less ornate than the
preceding, and because they may be directly compared with some of
the retrograde changes first observed in the old age of ancestral spe-
cies. ‘Toe tendency of the old of Humphriesianum is to decrease the
size of the whorl in every way, and according to D'Orbigny, very
old specimens become smooth, losing tubercles and ribs.
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVIII. 24 DECEMBER, 1876.
Hyatt.] 3710 [June 7,
In Steph. subcoronatum the contraction is also well marked as old
age advances, though here, as in Humphriesianum, the time at. which
old age may begin varies greatly. In Blagdeni Iwas not able to
observe any very marked old age changes, except perhaps a tendency
to narrow the abdomen.
In the Banksi variety of Steph. coronatum the old age changes are
well marked, the tubercles decreasing in size, and the ribs becoming
depressed and finally obsolete. In the planulum variety of coronatum
this retrograde tendency is carried out fully, appearing even in the
adult shell, so that the abdomen becomes very narrow, and the ribs
in some specimens have no tubercles, except in the earlier stages of
growth. ‘The extreme changes in the individual figured by D’Or-
bigny, I have not observed, but his figures are doubtless correct, since
the indications of the obsolescence of the ribs, and the depression of
the angular sides in the normal variety, are very marked in much
smaller shells than those which he describes as having only undula-
tions on the side at the diameter of 230 mm., and that which: he
figures as entirely smooth at the diameter of 486 mm. None of these
-are found in his collection, but probably exist elsewhere, although
he does not allude to them in this connection. Even at this enor-
mous size, 486 mm., the shell of the normal variety, i¢., that which
has the Blagdeni- or Pettos-like fcrm until a late stage of grewth (see
D’Orbigny, Terr. Jurass., pl. 169, fig. 1-2, and pl. 168), retains the
lateral tubercles, though these are so close to the umbilical edge as to
give them an entirely distinct aspect.
It will be observed that these old age metamorphisms of the indi-
vidual are not only correllative with those occurring in the planulum
varieties of Steph. coronatum, but they also resemble, in a measure,
the changes which take place in the evolution of the Steph. Bayleanum
out of the Steph. nodosum forms. ‘This consists simply of a decrease
in size of the whorls. When it takes place in an old specimen of
Steph. nodosum it is an old age degradational change. When it takes
place at an earlier stage it produces forms intermediate between
nodosum and Bayleanum; and when at last it occurs at an early age, it
changes the quick increase in the growth of the whorls to a slower
rate, and produces the narrow whorls and discoidal form of Baylea-
num. It differs from the old age changes in not going to the extreme
extent of destroying the tubercles, ribs, ete.
Quenstedt describes specimens, all of which must, I think, be re-
ferred to Brochai, in which the tubercles are lost at an early age, but
1876.] 371 [Hyatt.
the growth, on the other hand, is not affected, the increase in size
being even ecreater proportionally than in the normal Humphriesia-
num forms leading into the macrocephalum group. Upon the whole,
the old age or degradational changes which précede death in the
individual, are found to be correllative with the products of degrada-
tional changes in every direction, whether they result in producing
a discoidal form, like Bayleanum, a flattened form, like Steph. planu-
lum, or a smooth form, like the last described variety of contractum.!
Above the Bath formation the history of this series is fragmentary;
the few specimens I have seen present, for.the most part, the broad
abdomened coronatum form. The forms sometimes referred to this
series from the White Jura I do not think can be properly designated
as descendants. Quenstedt analyses this question very fully in his
diagnosis of the convolutus group, p. 578 of Der Jura, and it is also
my impression, derived from careful examination of closely allied
forms, that even such apparently coronatum-like forms as the Graves?-
anum, figured by D’Orbigny, pl. 219 of Terr. Jurassique, will be
found to belong to the convolutum or planulatum group, and that the
true coronaii have no representatives in the White Jura.
The extraordinary form, Steph. subleve, to which we now come,
presents in its adult condition so close a resemblance to the Amm.
Goliathus that Quenstedt is evidently in “ Der Jura” doubtful of its”
true affinities, though he had previously, in “ Die Cephaloden,” re-
ferred it to the coronatum group. ‘The development, however, shows
none of the peculiar variations observable in the Amm. Goliathus
group, and the young in some specimens retain the coronatum form
and characteristics until a late stage of growth. During old age the
whorl contracts as it does in Humphriesianum. The form and char-
acteristics of the young appear to indicate a derivation from some
coronatum form, like that found in the Parkinsoni-bed, Museum of
Stuttgart Collection. Another characteristic which seems to separate
it from the G'oliathus series is the general tendency of most of the
forms to become smooth on the abdomen, at a stage when Goliathus
is furnished with prominent ribs. Notwithstanding these facts, how-
ever, whenever the adult forms come under observation, a similarity
becomes apparent which it is at present impossible to explain.
The series which can be followed from Steph. contractum to Brocchit,
and its allied forms, is perhaps the most complete of all others, the
1 With this compare the old coronatum described by D’Orbigny, referred to
above.
Hyatt.] olan [June 7,
lines drawn between the different species being so slight that they
vary with every locality. Contractum can only be separated from
subcoronatum by the fineness of the ribs on the abdomen, and in the
adult by the aspect of the sides. The connection with subcoronatum
is largely made through the young, which are indistinguishable from
the young of that species in some specimens.
The Herveyi-like, or macrocephalum-like forms of contractum occur-
ring in the Parkinsoni-bed, have finer ribs than Herveyi, but it is
probable that they vary greatly in this respect. The young of Steph.
Herveyi are in some varieties tuberculated, but acquire the aspect and
characteristics of the adult of Sieph. contractum, including the fine
abdominal ribs, as soon as they lose their tubercles. Others which
have no tubercles acquire this aspect at still earlier age, and these
lead into Steph. macrocephalum, in which the young are invariably
smooth, or not tuberculated.
In Steph. macrocephalum we find a series of forms, which become
gradually more and more compressed laterally, until they present a
very narrow abdomen and whorls of extraordinary breadth. ‘The
abdomen, however, does not become sharp, even in extreme varieties.
Throughout this series, as a rule, only the oldest specimens become
smooth on the latter part of the living chamber, showing that this is”
an old age characteristic. The growth maintains the same ratio of
increase in the size of the animal throughout life, and the whorl
therefore never becomes contracted even in extreme old age. There
is, however, here, as in the compressed forms of other series, a notic-
able decrease in the size of the species or varieties as a whole. ‘The
laterally compressed forms are usually much smaller than the
broad abdomened forms, a fact in direct accordance with the idea
that they are the senile descendants of the broader forms.
The mouths of this series, like those of all species previously de-
scribed, present no lappets at any stage of growth, and are very uni-
form in outline.
Steph. Brocchit is a species with very peculiar characteristics, and
its affinities lead in two directions; one towards Steph. platystomum,
and the other towards Steph. Gervilii, and other senile forms.
Some of the varieties do not appear to contract the living chamber
at all, or only the very last portion near the mouth. These have the
precise aspect of the young of the finer ribbed varieties of Hervey.
Others show this contraction in such a marked manner that the in-
1876.] 373 [ Hyatt.
ference becomes unavoidable that the living chamber has a tendency
to become like that of Gervilii.
Starting from these Gervilii-like varieties of Brocchii, a series can
be followed which leads imperceptibly into Gervilii proper with its
coarse ribs even in the younger stages, and from thence into the
smooth, globular, and more involute forms of Steph. Brongniartit.
The series from Gervilii to microstomum is not so complete, but I
think no one can examine the forms in Prof. Meesch’s collection, the
Amm. Ymir of Oppel from the Parkinsoni-bed, without coming to
the conclusion that they show characteristics intermediate between
true Gervilii of the Humphriesianus-bed and the Steph. microstomum
of the Macrocephalus-bed. The form, size, ribs, and the fact, that
in many specimens microstomum, like Gervilii, does not become smooth
on the living chamber, except in old specimens, while in others the
form is much more altered and smoother at comparatively early age,
are all intermediate characteristics. Their meaning, however, was
not perceptible to me until I had become assured that true microsto-
mum had no lappets, and was found as the variety, Ymir, geologi-
cally lower than the typical form.
The peculiarities of the larger Gervilii-like varieties of Brocchii are
exaggerated in the succeeding platystomum forms, in which the living
chamber presents the irregular form at a very early age, and is
usually smooth and much compressed laterally near the mouth. The
evidence appears to show that there is a line of forms leading from
the smaller Gervilii and Brongniartii through variety Ymir in the
Parkinsoni-bed to microstomum in the Macrocephalus-bed, and also a
line which connects the larger Brocchii through their Gervilii-like
forms, with the true stout-formed platystomum of the same bed. The
latter is more deficient than the former, since there are no intermediate
forms in the Parkinsoni-bed, but this is largely made up for by the
close resemblances of some of the adult forms, and of the young of
this species to the adults of the normal or untuberculated variety of
Brocchii. This view of the affinities also explains better than any
other the very close similarity of the stout form of the shells through-
out, and the peculiar aspect of the living chamber.
Throughout the whole of these series we find similar phenomena to
those occurring in the series which spring from subcoronatum. Where-
ever growth is continuous throughout life, old age does not act very
distinctly upon the shell in the obsolescence of the ribs or decrease
in size of the whorl as a whorl, either in the individual or in the
Hyatt.] 374 [June 7,
series to which the individual belongs. This was shown particularly
in the macrocephalum series, which continued the direct line of those
varieties which began with the true contracitum forms in which the
mouth showed little or no contraction. Other series, however, which
were followed out from those varieties of Brocchi which did show
this contraction, manifested a distinct tendency. It was found that
in the same variety the living chamber varied not only in different
individuals, but at different stages in the same individual. In the
young it showed far less the tendency to contract and to become
smooth than it did in the old age of individuals of the same varieties.
The contraction and smoothness were also less apparent in the earlier
or ancestral forms than in the more mature or descendant forms,
whether found in the same formation or in distinct formations. Thus
following out from Brocchii to Brongniartii, we find a series steadily
decreasing in size, in the regularity of the growth of the shell, and
jn the size and prominence of the ribs. ‘The contraction and smooth-
ness of the living chamber, at first a variable characteristic, only
found in the senile stages of large specimens, become fixed as adult
characteristics of all forms in the Gervilii-like varieties of Brocchii,
are inherited according to the law of acceleration in the living
chambers of Gervilii at an earlier age, and finally constantly appear
accompanied by all their attendant degradational or senile charac-
teristics at a much earlier period in Steph. Brongniarti.
The series from Brocchii to microstomum, and also to platystomum,
were not worked out in accordance with this theory from “a prio”
conclusions, but were traced out in accordance with the evidence, and
the true relationship not suspected until these remarks were written;
nevertheless the same principles appear to hold in them, but not so
well or distinctly marked.
The microstomum series maintains more determinedly the ancestral
Gervilii type so far as the aspect of the ribs is concerned, but obeys
the same law in the lateral flattening of the living chamber and
increasing smoothness of the species.
Steph. platystomum is, however, a notable example of the action of
the law of acceleration, since here the smoothness and distortion of
the living chamber become constant at a very much earlier age than
they ever appear in the large Gervilii-like varieties of Brocchii,
which, according to Quenstedt’s and my own independent observa-
tions, must be the immediate progenitor.
1876.] 875 [Hyatt.
Steph. dimorphum constitutes a series by itself, or rather it might be
said begins one of which it is the only known member. The evidence
afforded by the earlier stages of growth indicates a close affinity with
Brocchii, since the shell evidently continued to increase the size of
the living chamber until the adult period. At this stage it began to
exhibit very markedly the contraction previously described. The
presence of the furrows also shows that this living chamber was
never absorbed to any great extent; a very remarkable difference
when we consider, that if the furrows were absent many English
specimens would be inseparable from microstomum in Dorsetshire, and
others found in Calvados, undistinguishable from Brongniarti of the
same locality, and that both of these species habitually absorb the
living chamber after every arrest of growth. The mouth outlines
agree with those of the preceding series.
The next and last series with which we have to deal is also the
most extraordinary.
Step by step, in spite of preconceived notions, the evidence has
forced me to refer the whole of these series, which spring from con-
tractum, to Steph. subcoronatum as the parent form, and this is the
case here also.
The connection of Steph. Braikenridgit with this species is equally
plain, although the large lappets are so, distinct that an independ-
ent origin might have been reasonably anticipated. The resem-
blances of the young of Steph. Braikenridgii, to the young and adult
of Steph. subcoronatum are too plain to admit of much doubt, and
it is probable that the blank which still exists will be filled, as it
has been in the genetic history of Amm. fuscus by Quenstedt, by the
discovery of intermediate forms having the mouth lappets as a varia-
ble or simply adult characteristic. The young of Steph. Braikenridgu
resemble the adults of subcoronatum, with the exception of the con-
_traction of the living chamber. This takes place in young speci-
mens, however, much more slightly when an inch or half an inch in
diameter than it does in the full grown, and at no period does it equal
the distortion common in the next member of the series, Steph. Sauzei.
The mouths of both species not only have the lappets, but these are
peculiar in arising from the abdomen and spreading out abdominally
instead of laterally, in correllation with the abdominal flattening of
the outline, which gives the shells a totally distinct aspect from those
of any other series. Steph. Sauzei accelerates the inheritance of the
subcoronatum form so much that it is difficult to recognize the affinity
Hyatt.] 376 [June 7,
with Steph. Braikenridgii in those varieties which grow rapidly in size
and have narrow umbilici. In others the subcoronatum form is more
plainly discernible. This is precisely similar to the relationship
which exists between Brongniartii and Gervilii.
A review of the general relations of the different series exhibits
some peculiarities worthy of our attention. If we start from Steph.
nodosum and compare the different species of each genetic twig or
branch, we are struck with the very distinct characteristics of each
series of forms.
Steph. Bayleanum is decidedly retrogressive, the size and the invo-
lution of the whorls is less than in the type of nodosum. Humphriesi-
anum, on the other hand, acquires in succcessive forms finer ribs,
rounds the whorls of the adult and increases the amount of the in-
volution, and, in the highest forms, the elevation of the abdomen.
Steph. subcoronatum holds more closely to the type of Steph. nodosum,
and forms the centre of affinities for all the remaining groups.
The comparison of these three main groups also reveals the very
interesting fact that Bayleanum and Humphriesianum have no de-
scendants; only the last of the three mentioned, subcoronaium, ap-
pears to have been fruitful in this respect. Bayleanum, in the course
of its growth, contracts the whorls at an early stage, thus replacing
the Pettos-like form by a more flattened, discoidal whorl in the adult
stage. [umphriesianum, on the contrary, increases in the relative size
of the whorls for a considerable time, but sooner or later shows the
effects of the contraction of the mouth parts, which appears at first as
a transitory characteristic near the mouth of each newly formed liv-
ing chamber. This contracted part is completely absorbed in the
younger and adult stages, when growth is resumed after each season
of rest, but not in the old. Therefore after a period more or less
prolonged, according to the size and growth force of the specimen,
the shell begins to diminish in the size of the whorl and the involu-
tion to decrease. This eventually, becomes very marked, especially
when it is accompanied, as it must be in extremely old specimens,
by the loss of the spines and ribs. The Pettos-like form is retained
for a longer period in the young than in Bayleanum.
Steph. subcoronatum, on the other hand, retains the Beastie form
much longer than the other two, shows hardly any signs of decrease
in the rate of increase in the size of the whorl by growth, and there-
fore presents in many specimens no very marked old age changes in
the shells. It is altogether more like the parental nodosum or Peitos
1876.] Si [{Hyatt.
than any other form. This fact is very significant when we observe
how completely it appears to be the genetic source or origin from
which spring all the other forms of the group.
If this were an isolated result I should be slow to attach much im-
portance to it, but I am constantly confronted in these researches by
the fact, not only that the simplest or most embryonic forms, those
standing nearest to the source or roots of a group, are the most pro-
lific; but often that those among their direct descendants which retain
this simple structure are the longest lived, most enduring and least
changeable of all others. Compare for instance, the slight differences
existing between Steph. subleve in the Athleta-bed, and Steph. subcor-
onatum or Blagdeni in the Humphriesianus-bed, with those between
the same species and macrocephalum or platystomum or Sauzei; also
the longer existence of this series with that of the other and more
changeable series.
Not only are the changes ob-ervable in the whole series from sub-
coronatum to subleve less marked, but this necessarily correllates with
the changes in the course of individual development and growth
which are also less marked; there is less force used up in the produc
tion of new characteristics in the ancestral forms, and therefore a
greater capacity for propagation and resistance to the modifying
effects of changing conditions of climate and habitat. The forms of
subcoronatum, which exhibit no marks of senility even when very
large, lead directly into the true Blagdeni forms. On the other hand,
those which change much in old age exhibit intermediate stages, in
which the abdomen becomes rounded and more elevated, and the
ribs similar to those of Deslongchampsii. Though not able to trace
this connection so fully as the others, there seems to be reasonable
ground for joining plicatissimum with Deslongchampsii, since both of
these exhibit similar characteristics.
In following the coronatum series from Blagdeni, we are struck by
the gradations which gradually lead the observer from the immature
form of Blagdeni to the flat-sided, untuberculated form of planulum,
with its elevated abdomen. This, as I have previously pointed out, is
a direct repetition of the retrogressive old age characteristics of the
individual, as shown in Humphriesianum, and in some specimens of
subcoronatum.
The individuals of one series, the macrocephalum series, show old
age only in the elevation and narrowing of the abdomen. ‘There is
here but a slight retrogression, so far as the individual is concerned.
Hyatt.] 378 [June 7,
The size of the individual continues to increase during life, there is
no distortion, and only a normal tendency to the suppression of the
ribs. So far as the series, however, is concerned, the size of the later
occurring species or normal senile forms is smaller than that of the
average of the ancestral forms.
The senile forms of this series and of the coronatum series express
in the continuous increase of the individual by growth throughout
life, and in the absence of all decrease in the amount of involution, a
certain power to resist the retrogressive changes which are so marked
in other series. The suppression of the tubercles, however, and the
narrowing of the abdomen and decrease in absolute size of the term-
inal species of the series are decisively senile. There is evidently a
mingling of opposing tendencies in these forms not found in the senile
forms of series, which are more completely changed. Thus in the
series from Brocchii to Brongniartii, there is not only a retrogression
in absolute size, but also in the increasing distortion of the living
chamber. The period at which the living chamber begins to show
a distorted form and smooth exterior, becomes earlier in each spe-
cies. This is also true of the series leading into microstomum and
platystonum, which present similar characteristics.
In dimorphum, however, which appears to be one of this group, a
remarkable difference makes its appearance. The living chamber is
no longer fully absorbed after each period of arrest in the growth,
and an abdominal channel, which was only occasionally visible in
some of the planulum forms, becomes quite constant. Nothwithstand-
ing these new characteristics, the form is evidently retrograde and
senile, suffering in some individuals from a very rapid series of senile
degradations. This is probably due to the declining force, which
prevents the animal from resorbing the walls of the living chamber.
A similar state of affairs occurs in the Sauzei series, where a new
characteristic is added in the shape of mouth lappets, but the inher-
itance of the distorted form of the living chamber takes place, as in
the Brongniartiian series.
Every one of these series presents three principal stages of
growth and development, the young or Pettos-like, the adult, or that
in which Humphriesianum-like ribs and tubercles and a rounded ab-
domen appear, and an old age or senile period, in which these orna-
ments tend to disappear, the shell to decrease in size, and so on.
These three stages are present in different proportions in different
series. Thus the manifestations of a retrogressive tendency in Bay-
b )
"
1876.] 379 (Hyatt.
&
leanum are much more prominent than in Humphriesianum and ma-
crocephalum; and the changes introduced are very distinct in these
from what they are in the distorted forms of Brongniartii and others;
again, the Pettos-like form is retained in the full grown and even old
specimens of the lower forms of the coronatum and subleve series,
whereas it is only a characteristic of the development of the young
in other series.
In fact, the manifestations are exceedingly complicated, and pre-
vent the application of the three stages to the solution of the affini-
ties and to the classification of the genus as a whole, except in a very
general way. Thus it may be said that all the lower members of the
genus, Steph. nodosum and subcoronaium and contractum are similar
to Petios, and that the higher, such as planulum, macrocephalum,
Brongniartu, ete., exhibit during the adult period senile charac-
teristics corresponding to the senile characteristics of the individual..
But this can only be asserted as we have seen with considerable
qualification until each genetic series is considered by itself, then in-
deed an exact correspondence comes to light between the senility
of an ancestor and the senility of the descendant or congeneric
species.
This statement exhibits completely the difference between geratol-
ogyt and embryology. With the former it is possible to indicate only
what must have been the dying forms of the particular genetic series
to which the individual belonged, whereas with the assistance of em-
bryology and the history of the younger stages we can with equal
probability point out an unknown ancestral form for all the series of
a group. ‘The right use of both the correspondences of embryol-
ogy and of geratology gives the means of mapping out with considera-
ble probability both the past. and future of groups from the study of
even a limited number of individuals.
The laws of heredity secure the constant inheritance of the adult
characteristics of the parents at earlier and earlier periods in succes-
sive descendants, until the permanent characteristics of an adult an-
cestor, or what remains of them, becomes embryological. This tend-
ency to constantly reproduce similar characteristics in successive
1 From y7jpas -atos, old age, and Adyos. I have adopted this new term with con-
siderable hesitation and doubt, and have only done so under the pressure of neces-
sity. In no other way can I better convey my conviction that there is a traceable
correspondence between all manifestations of decline in the individual and in the
group to which the individual belongs, which may, like embryology, be used induct-
ively in reasoning upon the probable affinities of animals.
Hyatt.] 380 [June 7,
generations of individuals, has been heretofore supposed to be con-
fined to the inheritance of adult characteristics, or to those character-
istics which make their appearance in the parents previous to the
period of reproduction.
Heretofore it has also been generally assumed that only the active
elements of the growth of the parts and their tendency to the more or
less powerful performance of certain functions were necessarily inher-
ited. It has not, so far as I know, been even hinted at that animals
could also inherit a tendency to change in a way that was unfavora-
ble to the continued existence of a race or group as a whole. This is,
however, not an isolated but a very general fact among the Am-
monites. ‘The successive species in almost all large groups sooner or
later inherit the old age tendencies of their ancestors so completely,
that they manifest these even in their early stages. In other words,
they never attain a stage which can be closely compared with the
adult stages of the most common or characteristic of the ancestral
forms. ‘This is left out. The embryo passes into the young, and the
young proceeds by growth to develop parts and organs entirely want-
ing in those characteristics which distinguished the similar parts and
organs of the adults of the ancestral forms. When we compare these
accelerated forms, or forms which have thus skipped some of the
previously existing stages of their ancestors, with the senile stages of
those same ancestral forms, they present a correspondence of greater
or less exactness, according to their affinities, sometimes very per-
fect, sometimes very remote. Thus the old age stages of one of the
Arietide do not at all closely resemble those of Humphriesianum;
the complete correspondences are limited to genetically connected
series or groups, and sometimes only to organs or certain sets of
organs which alone show the effects of senility in the individuals and
in the group. The fact of the inheritance of old age characteristics,
and of the extinction of types as shown in this way, is, however, of
general application, and will probably be found in all departments of
the animal kingdom.
Of course it will be readily understood that these statements apply
only to the most perfect groups, or those which complete their cycles
of forms. It is not intended to assert that every group has an old
age, or even that every individual has; on the contrary, there are
some forms in nearly every large group among the earliest ancestors
which manifest senility very slightly, though attaining,a very large
size, and there are some groups which show only a partial decline, or
1876.] 381 [Hyatt.
none at all. All of these exceptions, however, can be accounted for
by natural causes, and the comparison between the life of the group
and the life of the individual is rendered even closer and more dis-
tinct thereby. I have frequently, in former publications, referred
to these facts, and am interested in them now only in their applica-
tion to the present group.
We find in looking at the table (p. 366) that all the series sprang
from one ancestral form, and that as in many other cases among Am-
monoids, the genesis of the forms must have proceeded with compara-
tive rapidity. This of course means with reference not to the number
of years, but to the portion of geological time occupied by a series.
Thus the whole of the time during which the Oolites were being
deposited, was not needed in order to produce the extreme forms of
the Sauzei group by evolution out of nodosum; on the contrary, one
single bed contains the entire record of their existence, one minor
period alone was amply sufficient for the evolution of the most
aberrant form of the whole genus.
If we assume that certain characteristics which show themselves
for the first time in the organization of Sieph. Humphriesianum,
subcoronatum, contractum, etc., were favorable to these forms, and
particularly fitted them to sustain existence in these different local-
ities and with distinct physical surroundings; and that these different
characteristics were directly due to the necessity of: the plastic
organization to flow into and fill up certain vacancies, and fit itself
to fill these vacancies more and more completely, we can under-
stand how the differences which distinguish the forms have arisen.
Thus the peculiar lappets of the rim of the mouth in Steph. Sauzet,
and the numerous local peculiarities of appearing here and there in
the history of every fauna, which are merely varietal and not char-
acteristic of the series or even of the species, could be accounted
for. They are characteristics which suddenly appear without having
had existence previously in ancestral forms.
Besides these, however, there are numerous other characteristics,
those which are derived from ancestral forms and are mostly con-
fined to the young, such as the Pettos-form and characteristics.
These are permanent and hereditary, and apparently independent
of the surroundings in proportion to the antiquity of their source.
Thus the extreme bag-like embryo is invariably present, and there is
every intermediate grade from this to the full Pettos-like form and
tubercles, etc., which last, on account of their recent origin, are, ac-
Hyatt.] 882 [June 7,
cording to the law of acceleration, entirely omitted in the develop-
ment of the individuals of some of the completely senile or later
occurring species. The form of the embryo and the Nautiloid and
Goniatitic stages which were variable characteristics during the Silu-
rian and Devonian, have become more or less fixed and perma-
nent by constant inheritance, and are at this period in the existence
of the Ammonoids, either partially or entirely independent of the
action of the physical surroundings, occurring in the embryonic or
early stages of the development of the individual. however different
its habitat. I do not mean, of course, to assert that even the most
invariable of these hereditary characteristics did not arise primarily
as the direct product of physical causes, but simply to point out their
existing independence, after having become through continued he-
redity a permanent part of the growth tendencies of the group. The
proofs of this have been given in my paper on the “ Embryology of
the Cephalopods,” in which the gradual manner in which the char-
acteristics become less and less subject to variability in the embryo
is given in detail.
The differences, then, or those characteristics distinguishing the
different series from each other when they first appear, must be
larecly confined to the adult period in the existence of the individual
or to the later stages of the growth of the young, and this is a cor-
ollary of the proposition that the differences between the forms are
due to the direct action of different physical surroundings upon sim-
ilar organisms. For if the differences were thus produced we should
necessarily anticipate that they would make their first appearance, in
most cases at least, after the permanent and hereditary character-
istics had been fully developed. In common with Prof. Cope I have
repeatedly explained these and other related phenomena, by what
we have called the law of acceleration. {It is a universal law of
heredity, that previously elaborated, ancestral characteristics tend
to be inherited, if inherited at all, at earlier and earlier stages in
successive descendants, until they either finally disappear like the
Pettos-form in the young Sauzei, or become fixed and more or less
permanent in the embryo.
Laying aside all of these, we can now turn our attention again to
strictly senile characteristics. ‘These are the representative forms
which are produced in every series. That is to say, there is a certain
parallelism produced by the perpetual reappearance or genesis of sim-
ilar forms in distinct structural series, and as might be anticipated,
SS
1876..] 383 [Hyatt.
these are due to similar causes, disease, either normal or abnormal,
produced by the continued action of unfavorable surroundings on the
individual. That old age is a normal disease, or that it at least should
be classed with pathological phenomena, can hardly be questioned. If
it were questioned, however, the similarities between distorted forms
occurring in unfavorable situations and the normal retrogressive
changes of old age in a well formed individual of the same series,
would settle the dispute; the products of the direct action of disease
produced by unfavorable surroundings, and often even by wounds and
those due to senility have a wonderful similarity. These senile char-
acteristics may appear, as in Steph. Bayleanum, as probably the result
of the direct action of certain unknown, but unfavorable causes, upon
the organization of nodosum, or only slightly, as in Sleph. Humphrie-
sianum or not at all, as in Steph. Blagdeni, which as a descendant of
Steph. subcoronatum ought, unless sustained by some exceptionally
favorable surroundings, to show decisive marks of senility. This case,
and that of Steph. macrocephalum previously cited, show that the nor-
mal retrogressive tendency of old age may occasionally be to some ex-
tent counteracted by the process of growth, as shown by the increase
in growth of the shell, even in old age, of these two species. This, of
course, can only be attributable to some exceptionally favorable cir-
cumstances, which for a time give extraordinary power to the organ-
ization. But this is only for a time, since in all series having a pro-
longed existence, old age forms eventually make their appearance
just as senile characteristics do in the individual.
Wherever the old age or diseased tendencies make their appear-
ance they tend to the production of similar forms. If mitigated by
the very favorable circumstances under which the race is living, and
the shell, in consequence of the unimpaired powers of assimilation of
the animal, continues to increase proportionally in size and in the
involution of the whorls throughout life, we find that a narrow-
abdomened, convergent-sided and very involute whorl is evolved in
the last or highest members of the series, whether it comes from the
round abdomened, or the keeled or channelled groups. If, however,
the surroundings are not especially favorable, and the assimilative
powers become impaired, as shown at first by the decrease in size of
the whorl in the old age of the individual, then all degrees of irregu-
larity in the whorl become manifest in the last or highest members
of the series, tending to the production of Scaphitoid forms.
This, in many series, is probably due tothe direct inheritance of the
Hyatt.) 384 [June 7,
tendency to reproduce the old age characteristics of ancestors, ac-
cording to the law of acceleration at earlier and earlier periods in
successive descendants, and is the normal form of the decline of
genetic series; but besides this there are in some species corres-
ponding series of forms, evidently due to the unfavorable nature
of their surroundings, which are so quickly produced as to have the
effect of simultaneity, as if they sprang at once from one brood. The
former may be compared to the normal disease or senile period of a
healthy individual, and the latter to the premature old age of an un-
healthy or prematurely developed individual.
In the embryo, therefore, we find permanency and exact heredi-
tary similarity; in the later stages of the young and the adult, the
novelties of adaptation to new or varied surroundings; and in the old
or senile periods, a diseased condition, in which these adaptations or
novelties tend to be absorbed or lost, and consequently greater uni-
formity is noticeable between the old than between adults.
This precisely corresponds to the relations of a group composed of
several series derived from a common ancestor. At first, near the
point of origin, the series are similar organically, then great strue-
tural and morphological divergence takes place, and finally, though
they remain structually just as remote, similar forms begin to make
their appearance in the different series.
I might go on endlessly with these comparisons, but it suffices to
say that the conclusions which I published in 1866, in the Memoirs
of this Society,— asserting that the life of an individual, and the life
of the genetically connected series to which the individual belonged,
could be directly correllated, that a series, like an individual, had
only a limited force available for growth, development and propaga-
tion, that the three stages of existence in the individual corresponded
respectively, the young to the past, the adult to the present, and the
senile to the future of the group, whatever it might be to which the
individual belonged,— have been confirmed by the minute analysis of
the groups of Jurassic Ammonites, and the more minute the analysis
the more complete the correspondence.
Nore. — Having used the word force in this essay with a very distinct
meaning from that with which I first used it in 1866, it becomes necessary to
define it. Orzanic force or vital force is, in my view, simply an expression for
the force resulting from the combination of chemical elements in an organic
form.
1876.] 380 [Hyatt-
FIRST SERIES.
Stephanoceras Bayleanum.
Amm. Bayleanus Oppel, Die Juraf., p. 497.
Amm. Humphriesianus D’ Orb. (pars), Terr. Jurass., pl. 133.
Oppel did not find the intermediate forms between this species
and Humphriesianum, and therefore considered it distinct. Although
this view is untenable, I retain the specific name in accordance with
previous custom, otherwise I should be obliged to use a trinomial
designation for this form, and others of the same group. ‘The tran-
sition forms from this to the next described, are numerous, and can
be observed in any large collection. The young were not observed.
According to Oppel, it is found lower than Humphriesianum in
Germany.
Stephanoceras nodosum.
Var. Humphriesianus nodosus Quenst., Der Jura, pl. 54, fi 4.
Amm. Humphriesianus Sow., Min. Conch., pl. 500, fig. 3 (not 1-2).
The typical form of this variety has more prominent tubercles and
fewer lateral ribs than the typical variety of Humphriesianum. The
young also resemble the adults of Blagdeni until a later period of
growth than in the last mentioned. All these characteristics are
subject to great variation, and both by the adult characteristics and
development these forms fade into the next described. It occurs in
the Mus. Stuttgart Coll., associated with Sauzec in the Middle Brown
Jura y. The originals in Sowerby’s collection show that the large
specimen figured on pl. 500, fig. 3, of his Min. Conch., must be in-
cluded in this variety, while figs. 1 and 2 must be referred, as they
have been, to subcoronatum.
Stephanoceras Humphriesianum.
Amm. Humphriesianus Auct.
Var. Humphriesianus plicatus Quenst., Der Jura, p. 398.
Amm. Humphriesianus D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 134-135.
The typical forms are found in the Middle Brown Jura and in the
Mus. Stutt. Coll., with the first of the true coronatum forms. The
varieties appear to have two principal tendencies, one which leads
into forms similar to Humphriesianus plicatissimus Quenst., and occurs
in the upper part of the same formation (oberer Delta), and one which
approximates to the Amm. subcoronatus Oppel. One fine specimen of
this form showed an incomplete living chamber at the diameter of
156 mm., about half a volution in length. This was smaller in
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVIII. 25 DECEMBER, 1876.
Hyatt.] 386 [June 7,
every way than the adjoining whorls, but no signs of old age were
visible. The finest suites. of this species occur at the Bristol Mu-
seum and in D’Orbigny’s collection.
One specimen in the latter shows an extremely long abil complete
living chamber, occupying one and one quarter volutions. The
entire diameter of the specimen was 210 mm. The involution of
the whorls was noticeably decreasing at about 30 mm., and continued
steadily to decrease, accompanied by a corresponding diminution in
the size of the whorl until the difference in size and form at the
mouth became very marked. This specimen exhibited an extreme
variation, and should be more exactly, perhaps, associated with
nodosum. In other stouter and more normal forms the involution
decreases at a slower rate, and begins later in the life of the individ-
ual, and in some individuals it is not perceptible at all. It is evident
that either no absorption of the living chamber takes place, or only
a partial one took place during the growth, since the diminution in
the size of the living chamber simply continues that which occurs in
the body of the shells, where the sutures are well marked. This
may be noticed in any large collection of this species. A fragment
of the mouth of a specimen which must have attained a diameter of
at least 300 mm., still possessed the tubercles and shewed no signs of
old age beyond this decrease in diameter. In Dr. Wright’s collection
a fine specimen (size not noted) exhibited the living chamber and
mouth complete; the last whorl was smooth for almost the entire
length, the tubercles and ribs small in the adult.
SECOND SERIES.
Stephanoceras subcoronatum.
Amm. subcoronatus Oppel, Jahressch. Nat. Wurtt., Vol. 12, p. 496.
Amin. coronatus-oolithicus Quenst., Die Ceph., pl. 14, f. 4.
Amm. Humphriesianus Sow., Min. Conch., pl. 500, fig. 1-2 (not 3).
This species is distinguished from nodosum only by the greater
‘proportionate breadth and flatness of the abdomen, and the abrupt-
ness of the umbilical sides, continuous increase in the size of the
whor!s by growth, finer ribs, and so on. These characteristics may
be summed up in a few words as precisely intermediate between
nodosum and Blagdeni. ‘The adults are smaller, but quite similar to
the latter, and though larger than the young of Humphriesianum,
almost identical with them in aspect externally, though probably
1876.] 387 (Hyatt,
differing in the characteristics of the sutures. The similarity of this
species to Braikenridgii is delusive; its true affinities place it nearer
to nodosum. ‘The resemblance is due to the retention of the common
ancestral Pettos-like form until a late stage of growth, or during the
entire life of the individual.
The various changes taking place by growth and development may
be studied in any large collection. The contraction of the whorls in
size, and the consequent assumption of rotundity, take place in
some specimens very markedly, and make them look very like nodo-
sum. This change is so great in some very old specimens that they
resemble the adult of Bayleanum, though their own adult stage, or
younger periods, have the normal form of the true subcoronatum.
In many other specimens, however, though of equal size and appar-
ently the same age, there are no perceptible marks of such changes
either in the size, form of the whorls, or ornaments.
Stephanoceras Deslongchampsii.
Amm. Deslongchampsu D’ Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 138.
This is evidently a form of the broad abdomened variety of sub-
coronatum with prominent spines, described by Quenstedt as a variety
of Humphriesianum, and as a transition to the Amm. subcoronatus of
Oppel. A remarkably fine specimen in Quenstedt’s collection, from
St. Vigor, enabled me to make this comparison. I did not find the
original in D’Orbigny’s Collection. Quenstedt places it in the
Braikenridgii series, to which it appears to be allied by the curvature
and general aspect of the ribs, but this resemblance it shares in com-
mon with forms of the subcoronatum series, especially plicatissimum.
The abdomen becomes considerably elevated, and the sides converg-
ent in the adults.
Stephanoceras plicatissimum.
Amm. Humph. plicatissimus Quenst., Der Jura, pl. 54, f. 3.
This variety has so close a resemblance to S. linguiferum in some
forms that broken specimens are frequently confounded under the
same name. ‘There is a very close resemblance in the sparseness of
the lateral ribs, and comparative closeness and fineness of the ab-
dominal ribs, the prominent tubercles and the form of the whorl.
The mouth lappets, however, the intermediate forms and the young
of linguiferum show its affinity with Sieph. Sauzei to be unquestion-
ble, and separate it widely from this species. Further compari-
sons show that the real affinities of plicatissimum lie with the stouter
forms of subcoronatum, which have been described as closely approx-
Hyatt.] 388 [June 7,
imating to Humphriesianum, from which it is sometimes difficult to
separate it. It is really a variety of Deslongchampsii, with more
elevated abdomen and narrower umbilicus.
THIRD SERIES.
Stephanoceras Blagdeni.
Amm. Blagdeni Sow., Min. Conch., pl. 201.
Amm. coronatus Zieten, Verst. Wurtt., pl. 1, fig. 1.
Amm. Blagdeni D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 182.
Amm. coronatus Quenst., Die Ceph., pl. 14, f. 1.
This species, though attaining a large size with fewer whorls, has —
a most remarkably close resemblance to the ancestral form, Celoceras
Pettos, so close indeed that they are very similar, not only in the
form and characteristics of the adults, but in the sutures, and in the
general history of the development of the yonng. This greater sim-
ilarity is directly traceable to the very obvious fact that in this vari-
ety of the species the immature Pettos-like form, characteristics and
sutures, which are common also to the younger stages of all other
forms of this genus, are here more strictly retained throughout the
entire growth of the animal. ‘This is so strictly carried out, that the
shell in most specimens manifests none of the old age characteristics
or retrograde metamorphoses previously described in other species,
i. ¢., in the decrease of the amount of involution and size of the
whorls. In other specimens great changes take place, but they are
very distinct from those of the purely Humphriesianum forms. ‘They
are first manifested in the elevation of the abdomen, which becomes
rounder and more elevated during growth, and the adults become
similar to some forms of the next described species. The amount of
the involution does not decrease, nor the relative size of the whorl,
but the abdomen becomes more elevated and the sides rounder.
These forms are similar to nodosum in general appearance, but their
real affinity with coronatum alone stands the test of close analysis.
Stephanoceras coronatum.
Amm. coronatus Brug., Ency. Meth., p. 43.
This species always has in the young, for periods of variable
length, according to the variety, whorls which closely resemble in
form and characteristics those of the adult of Blagdeni.
1876.] 389 [Hyatt.
Variety Banksit.
Amm. coronatus D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 168 (not 169).
Amm. Banksii Sow., Min. Conch., pl. 200.
Amm. anceps-ornati Quenst., Die Ceph., pl. 14, fig. 5.
This variety retains the Pettos-like form in some specimens until a
very late period of growth, and in others a close approximation to
the next described variety occurs by the elevation of the abdomen
in course of growth, and the gradual rounding of the sides and loss
of the tubercles. In Sowerby’s collection the original specimen
exhibits these characteristics only on the last whorl for a limited
space, although the specimen attains the large size of 250 mm. in
diameter. In the Mus. C. Z. collection one specimen attains the diam-
eter of 220 mm., but exhibits old age only in a slight rounding off of
the tubercular projections; in this the sutures are plainly visible
throughout. In other specimens, also, the sutures are exhibited in
similar relations to the metamorphosed tubercles and form, showing
that complete absorption of the living chamber does not occur during
growth, and that these changes are truly permanent and retrograde.
A form intermediate between these broader and more Blagdeni-like
forms and those of the Ornathenthon, or Brown Jura, £, occurs in
the collection of the Museum of Stuttgart in the Parkinsoni-bed.
The anceps-ornati of Quenstedt is in no sense a true anceps. It is
very similar to “anceps,” but a close inspection indicates, first, that
there are no intermediate forms between the two, and second, that
the form in the Museum of Stuttgart, as above quoted, seems to show
that it is genetically linked with the Banksii- and Blagdeni-like varie-
ties of the earlier coronatum forms. It is found in the upper part of
the Athleta-bed, in the Museum of Stuttgart collection, associated
with Bel. hastatus.
Stephanoceras planulum.
Amm. planula D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 144.
This name is quoted by Oppel, as that of a new species, Amm.
Wagneri; but Oppel’s comparison shows that he supposed D’ Orbig-
ny’s figure to represent a species closely allied to “ arbustige-
rus,” whereas it very accurately shows the characteristics of a well
known French form which passes insensibly into “ coronatus,” and is
found associated with the latter at Chatillon sur Saone in the Bath-
formation of Oppel. The originals do not exist in D’Orbigny’s col-
lection, but young specimens show that their relations are probably
correctly stated, as above.
Hyatt.] 390 [J une 7,
FOURTH SERIES.
Stephanoceras subleve.
Amm. sublevis Sow., Min. Conch., pl. 54.
Amm. modiolaris D’Orb., Terr. Juras., pl. 170.
Amm. sublevis Quenst., Die Ceph., pl. 14, f. 6.
Amm. sublevis Zieten, Verst. Wurtt., pl. 28, fig. 5.
The originals in Sowerby’s collection prove the accuracy of
Quenstedt’s conclusions with regard to the identity of the English,
French and German forms. D’Orbigny’s collection possesses only a
cast, but his figures are quite sufficient.
Amm. sublevis Zieten, which Quenstedt identifies with modiolaris,
is represented by several specimens in the Upper Brown Jura, Ma-
chrochilus-bed, Museum of Stuttgart. One of these is much thinner
than the others, and shows a more discoidal young. The rest have
very abrupt sides from an early period, and deep umbilicus, but not
so deep as in D’Orbigny’s figure. These show that the form is not
developed as in Quenstedioceras Leachii, and others of the Goliathus
group, to which the adult of the modiolare variety seems to be
closely allied, but according to the method commonly observed in
the coronatum group.
A very fine suite of this species exists in Quenstedt’s collection,
from which I obtained the following observations. One variety retains
until a late stage of growth a very close resemblance in form and
characteristics to the coronatum as figured by D’Orbigny, and which
has been cited from the Parkinsoni-bed in the collection of the Mu-
seum of Stuttgart. Whether the whorl ever becomes entirely smooth
in this variety I cannot say; they attain a considerable size without
any marks of such aretrograde metamorphosis. The umbilicus is quite
open, and the young in form and characteristics approximate to the
adult of coronatum. A second variety may be distinguished, which is
a true subleve form, but still has quite an open umbilicus. This
loses its ribs and becomes smooth at a late period of growth on the
abdomen, but retains heavy lateral ribs. A third variety has an
open umbilicus, but is comparatively smooth at an early age, losing
the lateral as well as the abdominal pile, and finally the whorl begins
to show aretrograde metamorphosis, the size being affected by con-
traction, as in large specimens of Steph. Gervilii or Steph. Humphrie-
sianum. A fourth variety has the narrow funnel-shaped umbilici, and
the individuals appear to continue to increase in size throughout life
1876.] 391 (Hyatt.
without any contraction in the magnitude of the whorls. These are
also smooth in the adult.
The resemblance of the young of the first varieties to coronatum,
and the mode of growth and subsequent retrograde metamorphosis
by a decrease in size, shows that we are dealing with forms derived
from the coronatum series, and which, notwithstanding the close resem-
blance of the fourth, or modiolare variety, to Amm. Lalandeanus, do
not seem to lead into this group.
FIFTH SERIES.
Stephanoceras contractum.
Amm. contractus Sow. (pars.), Min. Conch., pl. 500.
Under this name I have, for convenience sake, assembled those
forms which are intermediate between subcoronatum and the ma-
crocephalum, Brocchu and Sauzei series. They are usually recog-
nized in collections, either as varieties of subcoronatum, as Brocchii,
as linguiferum, as Humphriesianum, etc., and also as true contractum.
From this they vary, however, in the fineness of the abdominal
ribs and the immature aspect of the lateral ribs. This last char-
acteristic is so marked that the umbilicus resembles that of Pettos
very closely in the smooth, abrupt aspect of the sides, and the
prominence of the tubercles. ‘The varieties lead from a very open
discoidal whorl in one direction into the true Brocchii form, and in
another into the Braikenridgii.
Stephanoceras Herveyi.
Amm. Herveyi Sow., Min. Conch., pl. 195.
as « Ziet., Verst. Wurtt., pl. 14, f. 3.
The young of this species varies considerably in aspect. Some
specimens have a row of prominent tubercles on the side, closely
appressed so as to form an almost continuous ridge. Others have
them more scattered, and finally there are many without any, and
wholly indistinguishable from the untuberculated young of Brocchii,
if found in the same formation. They are invariably stouter, rounder,
and less Pettos-like than the young, or even adults of the subcoro-
natum-like varieties of the contractum from Dundry, Eng. The pecu-
liar abdominal ribs are in the young no coarser than in Brocchii, and
it is evidently a lineal descendant of the tuberculated Brocchii-like
forms of Steph. contractum.
Hyatt.] 392 [June 7,
Stephanoceras macrocephalum.
Amm. macrocephalus Schlot., Die Pet., p. 70.
% ce Ziet,, Verst. Warts, pl. 5, tic. 1.
No line can be drawn between this species and Herveyi, which
has not many exceptions, but as a rule the forms of Steph. macro-
cephalum may be distinguished by the flatness of the sides and the
more elevated abdomen. The young also take on this peculiar form
at an early age. Their earlier stages are precisely similar to those
of the untuberculated young of certain varieties of Herveyi.
The smoothness of the latter part of the living chamber is very
perceptible in large specimens of Herveyi and of this form, but not
in small specimens, though I have seen many small specimens with
nearly complete living chambers. This shows that it is an old age
characteristic.
SIXTH SERIES.
Stephanoceras Brocchii.
Amm. Brocchii Sow., Min. Conch., pl. 202.
This is a convenient designation for a number of forms which in the
young are undistinguishable from the Brocchii-like forms of contrac-
tum, or rather fade into them. They lose the tubercles of con-
tractum at an early period in their growth, and the form grows
stouter and more involute, disguising in the adult the resemblance
of the young to contractum. Series, however, exist, exhibiting all
the stages between them, in the British and Bristol Museums, and
a partial one in this Museum. The adults differ from Brongniartu
so slightly that it is equally difficult to decide on that side, but
some forms have a peculiarity of the growth which shows considera-
ble distinctness. They continue to grow or increase in size regularly
throughout the entire length of the living chamber during the adult
period. A specimen in the Museum of Stuttgart, having the coarse
ribs and open umbilicus of the forms which approximate most closely
to the true contracitum, has a nearly complete living chamber, but
shows no signs of becoming smooth or contracting the aperture.
Either it must have had a much longer living chamber than is usual
in Brongniartii, or possessed these distinguishing characteristics.
The true Brocchii forms are therefore simply larger and more invo-
lute varieties of contractum, and in extremely large old specimens
when the whorl permanently contracts the shell, they become in-
1876.] 393 (Hyatt.
distinguishable from the typical Gervilii, except by the coarseness
of the ribs and the size. ‘There are several fine specimens in Quen-
stedt’s collection, also, which show this very plainly.
There is a very remarkable seriesof specimens, undoubtedly be-
longing to this species, which are described by Quenstedt’ as a fine
ribbed variety of Humphriesianum. ‘They have no tubercles except
at an early age in Brown Jura “y.” The forms in “0” directly con-
nected with these, show the tubercles even less prominently, while
those in “¢ ’ are smooth, like the young of macrocephalum. All
have the rapid increase by growth in the size of the shell, which is
so characteristic of Brocchii, as well as the fine ribs and narrower
umbilicus. They appear to show a direct connection with Steph.
Herveyi, but are, in reality, only representative forms, which are
direct descendants of Brocchii, and resemble macrocephalum in the
young because of their accelerated development of the ancestral
characteristics, leading to the gradual suppression of the Pettos-like
form and characteristics which they inherited in a modified form
from contractum.
Some specimens in the British Museum have very coarse lateral
ribs, and others the finer ribs of the specimens which resemble con-
tractum in the young. The specimens in the Bristol Museum attain
a very large size, and in the largest the last whorl or two becomes so
contracted and flattened laterally, that it resembles the forms of the
Perisphinctes group.
Another magnificent suite of this species, labelled Gervilit, is to
be found in the Museum of Stuttgart. They show the same con-
traction of the mouth in large specimens, in some to such an extent
that the actual opening is triangular. The only partially constant
distinction which I can find between this species and the true Ger-
vilii, consists in the smoothness of the young of the latter, their
usually smaller size, and the slower increase in magnitude of the
whorls by growth.
Stephanoceras Gervilii.
Amm. Gervilii Sow., Min. Conch., pl. 184a, fig. 3.
Amm. Brongniartu D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 137.
The forms of this species are precisely intermediate in point of
size, development, and so on, between Srochi and Brongniartii
Some of the specimens in the British Museum have finer ribs than
the coarser ribbed Brochu of that collection, but the umbilicus is
Hyatt.] 394 [June 7,
quite as open, and it is possible that the young have the same
resemblance to the young and adults of contractum, but this could
not be ascertained. The young of the typical English and German
forms are precisely similar to the full grown Brocchii of the more
contractum-like varieties, aud appear never to have tubercles at any
age, being remarkably gibbous even at the earliest stages.
I do not pretend to draw a distinct and definite line on either side
of this species, since the indications are numerous that it fades in
one direction into true Brocchu, and in the other into Brongniartit.
The latter takes place through the smaller and more involute vari-
eties with globular young and finer ribs. In the Paleontological
Collection at Munich there are several species described by Waagen
as belonging to Stephanoceras which belong to Gervilii, or some of
the forms intermediate between this and the true Brocchii forms,
such as Amm. polyschides and Amm. polymerus. Amm. evolvescens
appears to be a form of Brongniarti. The species which occur in
the Macrocephalus-bed have been named Amm. Bombur Oppel, and
it may perhaps be convenient to retain this name, since they seem
to be constantly smaller than typical Gervili, but retain the coarser
ribs and more open umbilicus of that species in the young.
Stephanoceras Brongniartii.
Amm. Brongniartii Sow., Min. Conch., pl. 184a, fig. 2.
Amm. Gervilii D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 140.
The irregular growth of the living chamber, which resembles so
closely that of Scaphites, becomes in this species a fixed character,
and is found at an early age, though less marked than in the adults.
The young are smooth until a late stage of growth, when compared
with those of the preceding species, very globular in form, and the
ribs when they begin to appear are very fine and untuberculated.
I find no mention of this species in my notes on D’Orbigny’s col-
lection, and doubt if it existed there, since he does not allude to any
originals as belonging to his own collection. The lateral expansions
fizured by him in the early stages are very distinct in position and
form from those of the Sauzei group. From the study of several
specimens of about the same age, I should think they were very
much exaggerated in D’Orbigny’s drawing. ‘The edge of the mouth
is generally bent inwards, but in some specimens it may be thrown
outwards, forming a salient angle, but no wings or lappets were
observed in the young.
.
1876.] 395 (Hyatt.
SEVENTH SERIES.
Stephanoceras microstomum.
Amm. microstomus D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 142, fig. 3-4.
This is a constant and well marked variety, which differs in the
young from Steph. platystomum. Many specimens at an advanced age
do not become smooth on the living chamber, but others do at a
comparatively early stage. It never attains the large size or stout
whorls of platystomum, and the living chamber becomes remarkably
flattened laterally. The living chamber is almost entirely absorbed
at each renewal of the shell growth.
I find in my notes no mention of any specimen exhibiting the
abdominal lappets figured by D’Orbigny, and a strict examination,
including the cleaning of several fine specimens, of D’Orbigny’s col-
lection, was equally fruitless. Quenstedt also could not find them on
the German specimens, and I am therefore forced to the conclusion
that D’Orbigny’s figure is erroneous in this respect. Several of
these specimens had perfect mouth outlines. An examination of the
young led me first to suspect that these lappets did not exist, and
that the species must belong to the entire mouth series, and I could
not understand their appearance in a form so evidently closely re-
lated to platystomum. A very remarkable series exists in Prof.
Meesch’s collection at Ziirich. It is the Amm. Ymir Oppel, Amm.
bullatus Kudernatsch, a variety intermediate between Gervilii and
this species, and found in the Parkinsoni-bed. The living chamber
in one specimen is more than one volution in length, smooth for a
half of its length, and not yet complete.
EIGHTH SERIES.
Stephanoceras platystomum.
Naut. platystomus Rein., Naut. et Argo., fig. 3.
Amm. platystomus Quenst., Die Ceph., pl. 15, f. 3.
Amm. bullatus D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 142, f. 1-2.
This species is most admirably described by Quenstedt, and the
affinities traced to the coarse ribbed varieties of his Brongniartit,
which are identical here with Gervilii. I have only to add that I
have verified his conclusions in several collections, but notably in
the Stuttgart and British Museum collections. The resemblance
which he describes between the form at certain stages and the Amm.
Goliathus D’Orb., is certainly quite remarkable, but a close examina-
Hyatt.] 396 [June 7,
tion shows that it is after all not such as to indicate a genetic con-
nection between them. The angularity of the abdomen of Amm.
Goliathus is wanting, and the flat abdomen of the earlier stages in
that group. The whole development is similar to that of Brocchii,
and it is only a stouter form of Gervilii, with a tendency to form a
smooth living chamber.
The living chamber is evidently almost entirely absorbed during
the growth of the shell, as may be seen in all large collections. In
some specimens of considerable size the living chamber is smooth
only for a very short space near the mouth; in others of the same or
even smaller dimensions, nearly the whole is smooth. In very large
specimens, however, the living chamber appears to be invariably
smooth. The irregularity of the growth begins invariably in all
specimens near the base of this chamber by the contraction of the
whorl, and continues throughout. The increase in size, however, is
recular at all preceding periods, whatever the size of the shell. The
conclusion is therefore unavvidable, that the living chamber must be
almost wholly absorbed in the course of growth. The young are
precisely similar to the adults of Brocchit.
NINTH SERIES.
Stephanoceras dimorphum,
Amm. dimorphus D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 141.
The young of this remarkable species at first sight appear to be
identical with those of Brongniartii or Gervilii, but the permanent
mouth furrows marking the shell even at an early period, show it to
be distinct in its mode of growth. These appear to indicate that
the growth of the shell is constant, and that the walls of the living
chamber are never absorbed. If so, we have a very remarkable
change in the mode of growth. The young evidently retain the
Brocchiian living chamber until a late period of growth. That is,
the living chamber did not exhibit contraction in the young, but like
that of Brocchii, continued to increase in size towards the mouth
except in old specimens. As the specimen reached the adult condi-
tion, however, in this species the chamber assumed the usual propor-
tion of that part in Brongniartii, and continued to decrease until the
death of the animal. This appears to be the only way in which to
account for the presence of the permanent mouth furrows.
Comparisons of the young with those of Gervilit and Brongniartit,
seem to indicate a very close aflinity; but this evidence, and the
as
Ps a eo ee eed
Peete Se
NR a Si c=
|
|
|
1876.] 397 [Hyatt.
adult characteristics appear to indicate a close relationship also to
microstomum. find also in my notes that one specimen in D’ Orbig-
ny’s collection had young resembling Humphriesianum. ‘The only
safe conclusion, therefore, is to provisionally trace it back to Brocchit
as a direct derivative.
There is one significant fact not mentioned by D’Orbigny, which
his specimens show. The abdomen is furrowed in many specimens.
The mouths, also, of the originals are more compressed than in his
figures 2, 4,8, pl. 141. There is one specimen of this species in
the collection at Munich having a most remarkable resemblance to
Amm. globosus in the form and also in the outlines of the mouth.
TENTH SERIES.
Stephanoceras Braikenridgii.
Amm. Braikenridgii Sow., Min. Conch., pl. 184.
Amm. contractus Sow (pars), Min. Conch., pl. 500.
Amm. Braikenridgii D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 135.
This species has given great trouble to all who have undertaken to
study the question of its affinity. Quenstedt long since pointed our
its close relationship to Zumphriesianus nodosus. ‘The large ear-like
expansions, however, which it possesses at an early age, cast more or
less doubt upon this apparently unavoidable conclusion. The large
and guite complete suite of specimens in this Museum and at Bristol
leave, however, but slight room for doubt that Quenstedt was right.
The young in nearly all cases are strictly similar to the young of
subcoronatum, however much the adults may vary in form and char-
acteristics; a small number of them, however, especially from Dun-
dry, England, are very similar to contractum from the same locality
though they upon close examination exhibit differences in the thinner
forms and slower increase of the shell by growth and in the coarser
Tibs.
Oppel identifies Brocchii with contractum, and this appears to be
true in most collections, but an examination of the young of such speci-
mens from Dundry shows at once that they in part are true Brocchit,
and part belong to this species. The contractum described and fig-
ured by Sowerby I have seen, but my notes thereupon are not sat-
isfactory. Whether any species is really intermediate between this
and the subcoronatum in all its characteristics I cannot say, but any
one who will consult the descriptions of Amm. fuscus by Quenstedt,
Der Jura, p. 475, which may or may not have the peculiar broad
Hyatt.] 398 [June 7,
lateral ear-like expansion of the mouth edge, according to the variety
to which the shell belongs, will see that this is a probable inference.
These observations can be readily confirmed in any good collection
of Amm. fuscus, and show that the presence and absence of the ear-
like expansions may take place in forms as closely allied as the two
alluded to above. Intermediate forms with the lappets as a variable
characteristic, or as a characteristic of the adult stage of growth
alone, ought to be eventually found in those varieties which approxi-
mate closely to subcoronatum, if this is a correct view.
Quenstedt alludes to large forms which have no lappets, and these
may have some bearing on the question, but I refrain from express-
ing an opinion since, unfortunately, I have not seen such examples.
J] would, however, mention that there are certain forms which about
evenly divide the characteristics of the two species, but the absence
of the mouth makes the reference of these to either Braikenridgi or
subcoronatum doubtful. Some of the latter have the young until a
late period, precisely similar to the flat abdomened form of subcorona-
tum with the similar ribs and tubercles; and this is the general char-
acter of the development in the larger specimens, but in smaller
specimens, especially the English forms, a more contractum-like form
becomes apparent at an early stage, and the development approxi-
mates to what it eventually becomes in Sauzei.t
Stephanoceras linguiferum.
Amm. linguiferus D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 136.
The varieties of this form fade into those of Braikenridgi by in-
sensible degrees, though the extreme forms differ in the larger com-
parative size of the whorls, the amount of envelopment, which is
greater than in Braikenridgii, the peculiar bent aspect of the lateral
ribs and the more ornate aspect of the shell, due to this arrangement
of the ribs, the fine abdominal ribs and the prominent tubercles.
The increase in the size of the shell is constant in this, and also in
Braikenridgii, there being no regular contractions in the size of the
whorls due to growth, as in Sauzei. Amm. Torricelli (sp. Oppel)
is a form of this species, as it appears in Meesch’s collection at
Ziirich and in the Paleontological collection at the Munich Museum.
Amm. Keppleri Oppel ought also, according to my views, to be in-
cluded under this name.
1 Subcoronatum is merely an intermediate form between this species and the true
nodosum, and therefore I quote from Quenstedt’s views as directly confirmatory of
the above.
1876.] 399 [Hyatt.
Stephanoceras Sauzei.
Amm. Sauzei D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 139.
The thick tumid aspect of the young of this shell has caused me
repeatedly to place it in the same series with Gervilii, but a renewed
inspection has just as often brought me back to the same conclusion
that this was due entirely to the purely coronatum-like form of the
young, which at a very early stage is not round and smooth as in
Gervilii, but more like subcoronatum or Blagdeni. This remarkable
difference in the development confirms the contrast of structure
between the mouth of the shell with its ear-like lappets, and the plain
Humpbriesianus-like outline of that of Gervilii. The form also differs
somewhat. The living chamber near the mouth becomes depressed
from above, as in Braikenridgii, instead of contracting laterally, as in
Gervilii, and all allied forms. There are several varieties, but the
principal are those with open umbilici, in which the young retain the
true coronatum form until a late stage of growth. These always seem
to have prominent tubercles at an early age, and are altogether more
similar to Braikenridgit than those with narrower umbilici. The last
are more involute, have the tubercles later developed, the ribs finer,
and the young in form and markings so similar to the young and
adults of Gervilit or Brongniartii that they are often confounded.
This is one of the few instances in which the history of the devel-
opment and adult characteristics appears to be at variance with the
geological record. Sraikenridgii has only been found in the Hum-
phriesianus-bed, whereas Sauzez is habitually found in the lower
part of the Humphriesianus-bed, the “ Sowerbyii-bed.” This, how-
ever, is only a slight discrepancy which may arise from false identifi-
cations, and I have therefore ventured to disregard it in the genea-
logical table.
DOUBTFUL SERIES.
Stephanoceras refractum.
Naut. refractus Rein., Naut. et Argo, figs. 27-30.
Amm. refractus D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., pl. 173.
“ ce Quenst., Der Jura., p. 524, pl. 69.
This bent and distorted form has young which can be compared
only with the young of this series, and it is possible that a suffi-
cient number of specimens would enable an observer to trace it
directly to some one form. ‘There is, perhaps, more resemblance to
Hyatt.] 400 [June 12,
microstomum in the young of the specimens which I have exam-
ined, but the large ear-like lappets are very dissimilar character-
istics. The abdominal channels are present in some specimens of
microstomum, and in some of the other species of the group as a rare
variation, so that their prominence in this species can not be consid-
ered as absolutely conclusive against this view of the affinities.
I have failed entirely in finding any species of the Parkinsoni
group to which the young might be compared. The development
of the ears seem to decide in favor of its association with the
Sauzet group, but the large rostrum between them is an entirely
new organ, not shown in either Braikenridgii, Sauzet or linguiferum.
In fact it has the most curious and unaccountable mingling of the
characteristics of several groups, with certain prominent character-
istics entirely peculiar to itself. Quenstedt quotes one form as found
in the Parkinsoni-bed, and speaks of this in ‘‘ Die Cephalopoden ” as
an undoubted “ crippled” Parkinsoni. I have failed to recognize this
fact in his collection. My notes give me no hints on the subject, and
I may have omitted seeing the specimens he refers to.
Whether to connect this species with the Microstoma impressa
Quenst. of the White Jura or not, I cannot say. There appears to
be a close affinity between the development of the young, and the
abdominal furrow is well developed; but on the other hand such re-
semblances might occur in simply representative species of distinct
genetic series. The Amm. Schaphitoides Coynarti of the Oxford,
fine specimens of which exist in the Prof. Meesch’s colféction at
Zurich, has an irregular form and the same furrow in the abdomen
of the living chamber, but the mouth was not shown. Amm. Chap-
uist and Collinii Oppel of the White Jura of the same collection, are
evidently closely allied to Amm. scaphitoides, but like that species
resemble refractum only very remotely, and I think will be traced
eventually to some form in the White Jura.
Section of Botany. June 12, 1876.
Mr. W. P. Wilson in the chair. Twenty-seven persons
present.
Mr. Charles Wright made some remarks on the characters
of Rubus villosus and canadensis, calling attention to an in-
|
|
|
1876.] 401 (Farlow.
termediate variety from a locality in the Connecticut Valley,
which is often submerged for long periods. He suggested
that the seeds might furnish good specific characters in these
eases. Mr. Wright also showed a specimen of Carex, prob-
ably C. granularis, which had remarkably long flower stalks
of last years’ growth.
Mr. G. Dimmock showed specimens of Syritia. pipiens,
and a butterfly, Chrysophanus americana, which he had
found engaged in the cross fertilization of the dandelion.
He had also noticed thé common yellow and the cabbage
butterflies on these flowers.
Mr. E. H. Hitchings exhibited a specimen of Liparis lilli-
folia in flower, a plant he thought as yet unrecorded from
our vicinity.
Mr. Wilson remarked that Mr. B. P. Mann had found that
Khodora exhibits a tendency to the separation of the sexes,
and hoped that the members of the Section would turn their
attention to the discovery of new cases of this kind.
Section of Botany. June 19, 1876.
Dr. J. C. White in the chair. Twenty-one persons present.
Dr. W. G. Farlow showed specimens of Wild Cherry
(Prunus serotina), with the stamens, petals, and ovary ab-
normally swollen.
- This disease is the same as is known in Germany as plum pockets.
It is a fungus Ascomycetes in its simplest form, named Exzoascus *
pruni. Specimens of May Apple, similarly distorted, were shown.
These swellings have only recently been shown to be due to fungi,
having been supposed to be caused by insects.
In answer to a question concerning division of sexes, -AJ-
lium. trococcwum was shown by Mr. G. IF. Waters, who also
stated that the female plants disappear in an asparagus bed.
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL.. XVIIL 26 JANUARY, 1877.
Garman.] 402 {June 21,
A seedling grape (the Iona variety) was shown, where the
plant had only pistillate flowers. In all these the sexes
were on different plants.
Mr. W. P. Wilson read a letter addressed to Dr. Gray,
from Prof. De Caisne of Paris, concerning Hpigea repens L,
From specimens sent him he had determined a new species
based on the comparatively large spreading lobes of the
stigma. Flowers with such a stigma are fertile, but contain
imperfectly formed pollen, or often none. Dr. Gray thinks
this plant may possibly be progressing towards a diccious
condition.
Mr. Charles Wright spoke of the unfitness of the name of
Diervilla trifida, which almost never has a trifid peduncle.
June 21, 1876.
Vice-President, Mr. S. H. Scudder, in the chair. Eleven
persons present. |
The following paper was read : —
REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS COLLECTED BY ALLEN LESLEY,
Esq., ON THE IsrHmus or PANAMA. By S. W. GARMAN.
The collection which serves as the basis for the following notes
was made at a point about midway from Aspinwall te Panama, on
the Chagres River. Though small it was well selected, and, what
was especially satisfactory, it was unusually well preserved. Whien-
ever practicable these specimens have been compared with others
from the north or south, with the view of determining as much as
possible of the extent of territory occupied by cach species, and of
the amount of variation obtaining among its representatives in differ-
ent parts of the habitat. Consequently such remarks as are placed
under several names of the list are results of a somewhat general
study of the species. The material for such study, in the Mus-
scum of Comparative Zoology, at Cambridge, is provided by the col-
lections of Messrs. Agassiz, Albuquerque, Bourget, Linden, Maack,
1876.] 403 (Garman.
Sarkady, Sceva, Steindachner, the Thayer and Hassler Expeditions,
and others, which contain representatives of local faune from many
points between Mexico and Patagonia inclusive.
In the greater portion of tropical America the diversity of surface
is not excessive, and since in the torrid zone the conditions of light
and heat are least variable, we are naturally led to expect to find the
species, compared with those of other latitudes, more widely dis-
tributed and at the same time less affected by variations in color or
covering. The specimens before me accord well with this idea. In
a comprehensive view of the South American Reptilia and Batrachia
the species seem to fall naturally into four groups, representing 2s
many more or less distinct faunal areas. As indicated by these
groups we have a northern section, comprising all of northern South
America, including Ecuador and Brazil—except the southeastern
part —and extending over the Isthmus to the table land of Mexico;
an eastern, containing that portion of Brazil included in Pernambuco
and the provinces to the scuthward; a southern, made up of the
pampas of the Argentine Confederation and Patagonia; and a west-
ern, which includes the plateaus and western slopes of the Andes in
Chili, Bolivia and Peru. For convenience they may be designated
as the forrid, eastern, pampan and andean sections.
Physical features that are hardly noticed in the movements of the
species of one class of animals, assume very imposing proportions in
connection with those of species of another. An elevation or an
arid region over which the majority of species of the first passes
freely offers an insurmountable obstacle to those of the second.
In a general way, speaking of Reptiles and Batrachians, the geo-
graphical conformations present little or no hindrance to the spread
of a species between the Amazon-Orinoco basin and the Isthmus or
western Ecuador, while the existence of a tclerably effective separa-
tion between the Amazon basin and the eastern section, needs no
plainer demonstration than that afforded by the difference of their
respective faune. As for the Surinam region, I know of no really
distinct form belonging there. Pipa, or as it is commonly called, the
Surinam Toad, is represented in the Museum from the Madeira, and
Spix is authority for the statement that it occurs in the waters near
Bahia. Southward from the Isthmus, on the west coast, a limit is
reached in the sterility of northwest Peru. The separation of the
North American species from those of the south is effected by the
table land of Mexico; it is not absolute, however, a few species
being common to both sides. ,
Garman.] 404 [June 21,
A consequence of the similarity of climatic conditions in all its
parts and of the absence of obstructions is, that species have been
able to spread themselves over enormous extents of territory in the
torrid region, affected little by variation.
Some idea of the condition of these orders in this and the eastern
districts may be obtained from the following instances, in which each
is represented by one of its most widely distributed and also by one
of its more restricted species.
One of the most common reptiles in the torrid and eastern sections
is Iguana tuberculata Laur. Its range extends from Mexico to south-
ern Brazil, and —if we accept as valid the closely allied species
I. rhinolopha Wiegm., which occurs with it in Central: America — it
nowhere, according to collections from upwards of twenty localities,
acquires differences enough to characterize a variety or to enable
the student, even approximately, to determine the locality from the
specimen.
We are able to indicate from the specimens a range for Teius ni-
gropunctatus Spix over the torrid section from Cape St. Roque and
Villa Bella to the Darien extremity of the Isthmus, not including
Ecuador. The variations shown by the most distant localities are
comparatively slight. In squamation they are similar throughout.
Specimens from the Gulf of Darien have the colors less mixed, the
yellow brighter and the brown darker; from Ceara have less yellow,
more olive, and greater confusion of markings; and from Villa Bella
have lighter colors generally, and a reddish tint — as figured by Spix.
In passing from one locality to another the changes are so gradual
that the separation of the species into groups of any value to the
student is next to impossible. In the eastern section this species is
displaced by Teius tegwaxin Linné.
Among batrachians, Cystignathus ocellatus (L.) Tsch. has a range
which covers and exceeds that of Iguana. Its representatives in the
eastern section form a variety marked by colors and a somewhat
larger size.
Bufo agua Latr. inhabits the entire torrid section; on the head
waters of the Tocantins a variety is characterized by smaller size
and colors; in the eastern section it is displaced by another species,
B. ictericus Spix. |
Other instances illustrating the community of species between the
Isthmus and the Amazon basin are enumerated below. It is not only
the larger and stronger that are common; the natural barriers seem
to have proved equally ineffectual against some of the species most
1876.] 405 | (Garman.
poorly furnished with means of locomotion. As it is, the respects in
which the fauna of the Isthmus differs are so few, comparatively, as to
render very questionable any attempt to treat it as if it were distinct
from that of the Amazon-Orinoco region. The study of its Reptiles
and Batrachians can only be successfully pursued with continual refer-
ence to, and comparison with, those from the south and east.
Of nineteen species in Mr. Lesley’s collection, fourteen are known
to be common to the eastern portion of the torrid section, and subse-
quent investigations will undoubtedly increase this number.
REPTILIA.
Emys venusta Gray.
Common. Represented in the collection by very young only.
Ameiva presignis B. et G.
Three specimens. Longitudinal bands very distinct. Preanal
plates unlike. Several cephalic plates subdivided in one example.
Femoral pores 15, 16,17. Compared with specimens of 4. surina-
mensis from Tabatinga, on the upper Amazon, these are stouter and
darker in color —more olive and brown. The median dorsal band
is not present on the southern specimens, and the upper bands of
the sides disappear about the middle of the length of the body; the
spots are much smaller and more separated. Mr. Lesley’s specimens,
however, do not agree among themselves in regard to the length and
distinctness of the dorsal band, and in younger examples it is proba-
bly indistinct or absent.
From the close correspondence in details of squamation and color-
ation, it is not at all unlikely that intermediate forms will be found
to connect the two as varieties under one species.
Euprepes bistriatus (Spix) Wagler.
Spots of brown in the bronze of the posterior half of the back are
plentiful. The upper white band on the flank becomes indistinct in
the larger examples; that below the brown retains its brightness.
Belly bluish white. A tinge of blue in the bronze on the back.
Young specimens have fewer spots, less blue on belly and back, and
the upper line on the flank is more distinct.
Iguana tuberculata Laur.
The green on the backs of the young is so dark that the bands are
invisible, those on the tail are indistinct. Half-grown specimens show
all the marks distinctly. All have from five to seven bands of black on
the throat pouch; these are broken up or lost in the old. On small
Garman.] 406 [June 21,
specimens the occiput is rounded; a few scales on each side enlarge
and thicken so as to form angles as the animal approaches maturity.
Adults have more of yellow or gamboge; frequently they are freckled
with scales of yellow. The scales of the crest are very small in the
young. This species retains its integrity from Acapulco to Rio
Janeiro; the variations to be noted in the whole range are slight
compared with those of individuals from a single locality. A collec-
tion of twenty specimens from Santarem includes some mottled
with yellow, as are very large ones from Panama and Turbo, others
of the colors of Spix’s figure of squamosa, others of those of his
viridis, others having the greyish blue of cewrulea, and yet others
fairly represented by his figures of emarginata and lophyroides.
Individuals vary in respect to the number of tubercles on the neck,
the amount of convexity and number of prefrontal seales, and the
number and arrangement of the -row of large scales on the side of
the head below the ear.
Basiliscus mitratus Daud.
Specimens from various places between Mexico and the east side
of the Gulf of Darien. Males from the northern localities have the
brown markings and the longitudinal lines more distinct; the females
are more indistinctly marked, and usually more of a dingy rusty
brown. Southern specimens are less bright, and the transverse bands
are hardly to be observed. In the same locality there is much differ-
ence noticeable in specimens of various ages in respect to shape and
size of helmet and the scales covering it, also in regard to the height,
number of rays, and the sealing in the crests. The rays of the dor-
sal and caudal crests increase in length and number with age; a
young adult male possesses from one to several less in number than
anold one. The helmets and the scales on their sides increase in
size with age; with little or no increase in number the scales expand
as the crest enlarges, so that the old male has more large scales on
the helmet than the young. Females do not develop the helmet.
When broken the tail is reproduced. ‘The animal which served as
the type of Corytheolus viltatus Kaup. was no doubt a young male of
this species, taken at the time the helmet began to enlarge, before
much change had occurred in the crests. Corythophanes cristatus
(Merr.) Boie differs from the species of Basiliscus in the skull,
in acrest along the back of the entire neck, a small circular nasal
plate which does not rest upon the first labial, and a flat head cov-
ered with flat scales, which are similar over the entire surface. C. cris-
MESO TB. 9 re
cing tae > ies y= oo
ewes).
ily eo ar oe
1876.} AQT [Garman.
tatus was well placed by Dumeril and Bibron with C. chamelcopsis
D. and B. (if named more in accordance with priority,-C. Hernan-
deziit Gray). It is possible the author of Art. IV, in Jour. Ac. Nat.
Se. Phil., 1875, p. 125, intended to refer Corytheolus instead of Cory-
thophanes to Basiliscus.
Anolis Schiedii Wiegm.
An adult female with dorsal and lateral bands distinct; a brown
spot on each side of the back of the neck; the upper surface of the
head anterior to and above the eyes dark. A male with the goitre
well developed has distinct lateral bands, a light band along the dor-
sum, and darker brown on the occiput. A second female is much
darker, and has but a faint indication of the dorsal line.
Stenorhina Degenhardtii (Berth.) Jan.
a. Light brownish olive. Subabdominals 173 ++ 1 pairs; sub-
caudals 40 pairs.
6. Olive brown, much darker than the preceding. In the former
the frontal is in contact with the second labial; in this the postnasal
and anteorbital meet between labial and frontal. Anterior edges of
dorsals and abdominals in each specimen darker colored. Abdomi-
nals 166 + 1 pairs; subeaudals 35 pairs.
Liophis regine (L.) Wagl.
In different specimens there is considerable variation in the num-
ber of white edged scales; on some they are so numerous as to
form transverse bands. Those in this collection are probably to be
placed in the variety a/biventris Jan. As the smaller number of
scuta seems quite constant, it is likely that this will prove a more
stable foundation for a variety than the coloration, which varies so
much in individuals. Of the five examples from this locality, the
abdominals and subcaudals number as follows:
1. Abdominals 135, subcaudals 61 pairs.
2. «6 138, «“ 62 «
3. $ 141, $ Gilpesss
A, rT 140, ‘ 60 «
5. « Ten gee 63
Xenodon Bertholdi Jan. ¥
Three specimens with three postorbitals on each side, one with
two. Dorsal rows 19.
a. Bands on head very distinct; belly with nebulous blotches of
brown. Ventral scuta 149 + 1-+ 44 pairs.
b. Interiors of the crossbands on the body darker than on the
Garman.] 408 [J une 28,
preceding. Bands of forehead obsolete. Belly with small, ill-defined,
scattered dots. Markings darker. Ventrals 148 -+ 1 + 46 pairs.
c. Back lighter colored; marks of head and body distinet; band
on forehead; abdomen much flecked and spotted with brown. Ven-
trals 149 +- 1 + 42 pairs.
d. Smallest specimen. Bands on head and body most distinct.
The bands from the flanks, becoming more faint, extend across the
abdomen. Ventrals 150 + 1 + 42 pairs.
The smaller of these have more of dark on the lower surface, and
the markings in general more distinct. Though the marks do not
become indistinct, there is a fading out of the central portions of the
bands which eventually gives the appearance of twice the number.
Herpetodryas carinatus (L.) Schleg.
Differing very little, if at all, from specimens from the Ucayale
River. The two keels and the light colored dorsal band are present.
Ventral scuta 158 + 2; subeaudals 126 pairs.
Oxyrhopus petolarius (L.) D.and B.
Var. Scbe D. and B.
One example is of medium size, the other very small. The first is
marked by twenty-four half rings of black between the head and the
vent; and the hinder abdominal scuta are sprinkled with brown.
Subabdominals 205 +1. ‘Twenty-six half-rings occupy the body of
the smaller specimen ; among these there is rather more irregularity
than in those of the first. Two upper labials are united on one side
of the head. Subabdominals 223 -++ 1; subcandals 85 pairs. On
the tails the black rings are complete. The half-rings are wider
than the red spaces.. Both specimens are irregular in the markings
of the middle of the body.
Eteirodipsas annulata (L.) Jan.
a. A single anteorbital on one side. Ground color a reddish
brown; lateral series of spots reduced in size. Subabdominals 173
+ 1 pairs; subcaudals 74 pairs.
6. Ground color greyish brown; spots similar to those of precéed-
ing. Subabdominals 170 + 1 pairs; subcaudals 78 pairs.
Elaps semipartitus D. and B.
This specimen agrees well with the figure and description given by
Prof. Jan of E. multifasciatus. There are fifty-seven black rings —
two of them on the tail; on the upper side of the tail, behind the
last ring, there is a rounded spot and the tip is black; the muzzle is
black ; the throat spotted. A single irregular ring is seen on the
1876.) 409 [Garman.
middle of the body. Between the inframaxillaries and the anterior
abdominals there are five series of small scales. Abdominals 287;
subcaudals 25 pairs.
Elaps corallinus (L.) Neuw.
Large and small, of the variety circinalis D. and B. Tips of
tails and muzzles black -—color not extending on the inframaxillaries.
Ends of the seales black in the red rings, not in the yellow. Adult
with sixteen black rings on the body, three on the tail; young with
eichteen on body, and three on tail. Between inframaxillaries and
anterior ventrals there are two small scales on the throat of the
larger, three on that of the smaller. Abdominals and subcaudals of
the former 221 + 39 pairs; of the latter 223 -+- 39 pairs.
The transition from corallinus through circinalis and Fitzingeri to
E. fulvius is so gradual as to make it necessary to consider them as
varieties of a single species. If so considered, the range of this
species from Virginia to Brazil gives it a greater distribution than
that of any other American reptile.
BATRACHIA.
Cystignathus ocellatus (L.) Tsch.
In addition to the specimens belonging to this collection there are
at hand others from various points between Central America and Uru-
guay. ‘Those from the Isthmus are more olive, those from the lower
Amazon more brown, and those from the southern localities and
Villa Bella more grey. The disposition of the spots is the same
throughout, but the amount of variation in shapes is infinite in the
same vicinage. Young examples are light in color and slender in
form; the head is narrow, the snout pointed, and there are four or
more longitudinal folds in the skin of the body; later in life the
ground color darkens, some of the folds disappear, the head widens
and thickens at the shoulders, the vomerine teeth approach more
closely and the figure becomes stout and heavy. Just above and
behind the upper arm in large specimens traces of the glandular
growth may be discovered; from this it gradually extends over. the
side. On dissecting, the structure is found to be made up of numer-
ous round-ended piles or cylinders set up on end close together upon
the skin immediately within the epiderm. It does not appear until
the adult stage is reached, and in all probability is superinduced by
the excitement attendant upon coupling. In the season males are
Garman.] 410 [June 21,
common in which the anterior half of the body has undergone the
transformation, the posterior remaining as in the young until included
in the changed condition more gradually. Only the very large dis-
cover the flank entirely covered by the gland. The differences be-
tween the lighter colored from farther south and those of C. laby-
rynthicus (Spix) D. and B. from Ceard are scarcely specific. The
presence of the glandular structure on the flank in the older speei-
mens of C. ocellaius necessitates the return to this genus of the spe-
cies withdrawn to form the genus Pleurodema of Tschudi.
Bufo agua Latr.
Adult females and young of both sexes similarly marked with
spots and having the warts smooth to the touch. Adult males —
differing in this regard from what obtains amongst the birds, where
the females are least marked — are more modestly colored, uniform
olive or brown; they are smaller, and the warts are usually rough
with small spines. The numerous specimens in the Museum have
been gathered from upwards of twenty widely separated localities,
and represent an area including the entire Amazon basin, extending
eastward to Ceard, southward to Goyaz and Villa Bella, and north-
ward and westward to Acapulco, Mexico. The rhomboidal shape
and the size of the paratoids serve to distinguish the species wher-
ever found. Occasional large specimens have these glands somewhat
rounded or blunt posteriorly, but as this is not common to the young
it is to be regarded simply as the result of an unusual amount of
development. Considering the extensive distribution of this animal
and its means of locomotion, the amount of variation to be noticed
in the most distant localities is surprisingly small. The plan of col-
oration is quite the same throughout the entire region. A pair of
dark spots between the hinder halves of the paratoids, and one or
more pairs of smaller ones farther back, are to be discovered in all
young examples. Acapulco and isthmus specimens are more olive;-
those from Cearé are more brown and the spots more spreading.
On those from a small pond on one of the Pearl Islands, in the Gulf
of Panama, the tendency toward uniform olive is so great as to ren-
der the spots almost obsolete. On the uplands of Minas Geraes
and the head waters of the Tocantins the species attains but little
more than half the usual size, and is lighter colored. ‘The spots on
the back are ringed with white, and the creature is much more warty.
When the epiderm is removed, the whole upper surface is black
spotted, or reticulated with white, a narrow white line extends along
1876.] 411 [Garman.
the back, and the lower surface is punctate with black. Our speci-
mens possess rudimentary cutaneous expansions; this is the only
respect in which they differ from the description of B. ocellatus Gthr.
Since the habits, shapes of paratoids and positions of spots and
warts are similar, and the transition from the large to the small so
gradual, it is not possible to consider them as representing more than
a variety.
The species B. ictericus Spix cannot be retained as synonymous.
A difference by which it can be distinguished most readily is that of
the shane of the paratoids. In this the glands are regular elongate
oval, and twice as long as wide; in B. agua Latr. they are rhomboi-
dal, nearly as broad as long, and usually pointed at the hinder
angle. Specimens of less than an inch in length show these differ-
ences distinctly.
Other species found in various collections examined are distributed
as follows:
B. granulosus Spix. Valley of the Amazon.
. ornatus Spix. Bahia to Rio Janeiro.
. ictericus Spix. Espiritu Santo and Rio Janeiro.
. globulosus Spix. (description appended). Rio Grande do Sul.
.D’Orbignyi D. and B. Argentine Confederation. |
. chilensis D. and B. Peru, Bolivia and Chili.
. valliceps Wiegm. Mexico and Texas.
. lentiginosus Holbr. Mexico and United States. Several varieties.
Hyla Baudinii D. and B.
a. A specimen on which the color of the back is a clouded dark
brown. On the legs the brown is broken with white, and behind the
thighs there are two large white spots. The brown becomes darker
on the flanks near the borders which are quite irregular. Spots of
brown are scattered in the white of the lower portions of the sides
and the under surfaces of the legs.
b. A half-grown specimen of a light brownish red, with reddish
brown in a band from the nostril through the eye to the middle of
the flank, in bands on the arms and legs, and in a few spots on the
dorsum and sides of the legs. The pair of spots on the thigh is indi-
cated by the border of dark, which is all that appears.
Hyla maxima (Laur.) Giinth.
The medium sized are more uniform in coloration than the larger
and the small; the latter have the markings in most distinct outline.
All possess the black line on the dorsum and bands across the flanks.
bobbed
Garman.] 412 [June 21.
The younger ones bear an X-shaped mark across the shoulders.
Seven specimens in Mr. Lesley’s collection.
Coecilia gracilis Shaw.
On four perfect specimens the rings from head to anus number re-
spectively 178, 184,190 and 186. The crowded rings of the tail
vary from fourteen to thirty, larger examples having more than small.
Under the lens the skin appears reticulated by narrow brown lines
forming small hexagons. Small specimens are light chestnut olive;
the large become dark olive or brown.
APPENDIX.
Description of Bufo globulosus Spix.
Body medium. Head triangular, with sides nearly perpendicular.
Bony ridges on the crown strong, but not high, and not diverging
widely on the occiput; branches extend to the paratoids, in front of
each eye, and in front of the tympanum. Snout blunt, not protrud-
ing. Tongue widening a little backward. Tympanum medium, dis-
tinct, higher than long, height equal to half the length of the orbit.
Paratoids moderate, narrow, as long as the head, supplemented by a
row of warts on the flanks. When viewed from above they appear
exceedingly narrow and taper gradually. Warts flattened, smooth
on females, rougher on males. Fingers free, first and third about
equal, second longer, equaling the fourth. Tubercle at base of fin-
ger half as large as that in centre of palm. Tubercles on the foot
equal, inner shovel-shaped. Leg to extremities of toes as long as the
body. Toes half webbed. Tarsus with a cutaneous fold. Back
brown — light to dark —with broad rounded spots or bands of white;
on the hinder two-thirds of the body the white spots — more or less
irrecular and confluent into bands —are disposed on each side of a
broad band of brown along the dorsum ; in front of this a white band
reaches the head. Some are more white than brown, others are of a
light reddish brown, nearly uniform. ‘Thighs, legs and flanks handed
or spotted with brown and white. Below yellowish white, smooth
as if glazed anteriorly, granulated and more yellow under the thighs.
The brown spot covering the anus is surrounded by white. Small
specimens are whiter. Length of body of largest four inches. Five
specimens from Rio Grande do Sul. Differs from B. ornatus Spix in
shape of head, low orbital ridges, coloration and shape of glands;
1876.] 413 (Wright.
from agua and ictericus in size, shape and size of head and glands,
and coloration; and from D’Orbignyi in color, glands and orbital
ridges.
From near Goyaz, on the highlands of east Brazil, we have two
specimens of a toad agreeing with this in size and outline which has
been named B. rufus on account of the red color on the hinder half
of the body. It differs principally in the small points or granula-
tions which cover the ventral surface, in the paratoids which taper
less and are more widened posteriorly, and in the coloration, which is
a light rusty brown with indistinct spots of darker on the back, nar-
row bands and spots of brown on the thighs, and narrow transverse
bands of the same on the legs, from the knee to the toes, and with
the hinder parts, in life, tinted with red. The differences are cer-
tainly sufficient to mark these specimens as belonging to a distinct
variety, and most probably other collections from this region will
establish them as of specific value.
Section of Botany. June 26, 1876.
Dr. W. G. Farlow in the chair. Nineteen persons present.
Mr. Chas. Wright said that he had paid some attention re-
cently to Amelanchier canadensis, but had been unable to
find any satisfactory distinction between the varieties, oblon-
gifolia and botryapium; the former, however, seems to
bloom later and ripen earlier than the latter.
July 5, 1876.
The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Fifteen
members present.
Prof. E. Ray Lankester, of London, Lt. G. M. Wheeler,
U. 8. A. and Maj. J. W. Powell, of Washington, were
elected Corresponding Members. :
Messrs. Woodbridge H. Birchmore, W. O. Crosby, Thos.
J. Emery, J. W. Fewkes, Bernard Whitman Flagg, Edw. G.
Grote.] 414 [July 5,
Gardiner, D. S. Greenough, Jr., Byron D. Halsted, Edward
M. Hartwell, Wm. J. Knowlton, Prof. R. Pumpelly, Rev.
Edw. Stone, William Powell Wilson, were elected Resident
Members.
The following paper was presented : —
Notes oN NocTu& FrRoM Ftoripa. By Ave. R. Grote.
The following species are mentioned as being of interest among a
number of Noctue collected by Mr. Roland Thaxter of Newtonville,
Mass., during a short residence in Florida the past winter.
Bryophila percara Morr., Proc. Bost. Soc. N. Hist. ) RVIb, 2tee
A single fresh male Asoantitnd 20 mill. The specimen agrees with
the description above cited, in the shallow indentation below the
apices on external margin of fore wings, and, generally, in ornament-
ation. The color is, however, not “ochreous,” but pale olive green,
a little brighter than that of Aficrocelia vinnula Grote. ‘There is a
“Jarge, triangular, blackish spot resting on the (?) margin”; this
spot is situate beyond the t. p. line, and rests with its base on the
internal margin. Tallahasee, F'la., April 10, No. 3174.
Perigea Icole sp. nov.
g. The color is that of xanthioides, but more intense, while it is
one-fourth larger than that common species. The specimen is in fine
condition, showing the tuft behind the collar. The color of the
primaries is intense brownish red, with the median lines paler, some-
what orange, and with the veins marked with black. The median
lines are geminate, with included paler shading, the component lines
separate, indistinct, not black nor jagged as in xanthioides, but nearly
even, especially the t. p. line, which has a slightly rounded sweep
opposite the cell. Orbicular concolorous; the constricted reniform spot
is marked by a large pure white spot on the median vein, and there
are a few white scales on its indistinct blackish marginal ring. Sub-
terminal line indistinct; fringes darker than the wing. Hind wings
pale, silky, with smoky marginal shades deepening outwardly, and
pale fringes. Beneath both wings whitish inferiorly, powdered with
red superiorly ; fore wings shaded with black on the disc, and with
two indistinct sinuate external shaded lines, Thorax and head like
fore wings. Expanse 33 mill. Appalachicola, No. 2709.
This species is of the size of Perigea luxa Grote, a specimen of
which was taken by Mr. ‘Thaxter in the same locality.
1876.] 415 [Grote
Eriopus granitosa Guen., Noct. 1, 295.
Appalachicola, Dr. Chapman. This is the first specimen I have
ever seen of this beautiful species, which has not been previously al-
luded to by American writers.
Scolecocampa liburna Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., 1, 20.
Appalachicola, Mr. Thaxter. Southern specimens of this species
show a red-brown shading along internal margin of primaries, and
on the reniform spot, exaggeratedly given in Geyer’s figure.
Heliophila pilipalpis sp. nov.
A male specimen having the facies and ornamentation of pseudar-
* gyria Guen., but without the exaggerated tufting of abdomen and
tibie. Stout, with hairy eyes and smooth front, and with a curious
fan-shaped tuft of spreading hair arising from-the upper surface of
the second joint of the unusually prominent palpi. Mead, thorax
and anterior wings concolorous, fawn gray, like pale specimens of its
ally. Fore wings sparsely speckled with black. Median lines frag-
mentary, composed of black marks; t. a. line outwardly oblique,
subobsolete. Cell shaded with black. Orbicular spot wanting. Reni-
form narrow, pale, S-shaped, intersecting inferiorly the black discal
shade. ‘IT. p. line formed of double dots, connected as in pseudar-
gyria, but the line is more oblique and inwardly removed. Fringes
pinkish, as is the internal margin, the latter showing an accumulation
of the black irrorations. Saal wings whitish, witli a smoky cloud-
ing outwardly above vein 2. Beneath whitish, without markings,
with the fringes on fore wings pink, and the black transverse line
visible on costa. Expanse 43 mill. Appalachicola, Mr. Thaxter,
No. 3160.
Lygrantheecia scissa sp. nov.
A moderately sized species between lynx and arcifera, remarkable
for the angulation of the exterior black band of primaries opposite
the cell. Fore wings triangulate, without defined lines, brownish
black, median space more rusty and paler, showing the large black
renifurm spot; median lines obscure, indicated by ditfsnence of shad-
ing. Hind wings with the central portion clear dark yellow, showing
a large black discal spot. Marginal black band broad, sharply de-
fined, angulated opposite the cell; base and internal margin black.
Beneath the median fields of both wings yellow, secondaries darkest,
defined by black discal spots; basal and terminal fields blackish ;
costal region of secondaries red, as are more slightly the apices of
primaries. Thorax red-brown; abdomen black, with narrow yellow
Grote J 416 [July 5,
segmental fringes and yellow anal hairs. Expanse 18 mill. Appala-
chicola, Mr. Thaxter, No. 2782.
The colors of this species are vivid, and the insect presents a cas-
ual resemblance to the yellow winged species of Annaphila.
Mr. Thaxter has collected also of the present group the species
L. tuberculum, Prothymia rosalba, Spragueia fasciatella and apicella,
Thalpochares patruelis (Tarache patruelis Grote).
Ophideres materna (Linn.).
A single specimen taken by Mr. Thaxter at Appalachicola, March
24. The specimen agrees with Drury’s figure (11, Plate x111, fig. 4),
as with Guenée’s description (111, 113). The discovery of this
species in Florida is attended with unusual interest. The species is
common in Java and the [ast Indies, according to authors. M.
Guenée records an individual reared by Bescke at New Freiburg,
Brazil, without mention of the food-plant of the larva. Recent in-
vestigations by Kinckel (re-published in the “ Popular Science
Monthly for June, 1876) have brought to light the peculiar structure
of the terebrant trunk in this genus, so rigid and peculiarly formed
at the extremity as to be able to pierce the rinds of oranges and suck
the juice. In the present specimen, so far as I can perceive under
the microscope without detaching the trunk, the end of the maxille
exhibits a conformation like that figured by Kiinckel of Ophideres ful-
lonica. M. Guenée conj sturcs that the species has been accidentally
introduced into Brazil by commerce, and adds of the specimen ex-
amined by him received from Bescke: C’est la premiere qui, 4 ma
connaissance, ait été trouvée en Amérique. The orange, upon which
the moth of Ophideres is stated to feed, is Asiatic in origin, and it
would be of interest to ascertain that it has been followed to Amer-
ica by its parasitic insects. The attention of orange planters in
Florida is drawn to these statements in the hope that the complete
history of the species be discovered. It is probable that the appear-
ance of the fruit would be injured by the attacks of Ophideres, and
if the insect multiplies in Florida it will not long escape more general
notice.
Phurys glans sp. nov.
At first sight recalling Celiptera frustulum, but differing by the
shorter third palpal article, and agreeing with vineulum and Jima in
this respect. Of the same uniform gray, with all the markings illeg-
ible except a rather narrow deep brown stripe, which runs obliquely
and nearly evenly from apices to internal margin at outer third.
1876.) 417 (Grote.
Inwardly this stripe is lined with ochreous. Faint terminal dots
obsoletely connected by a festooned thread-line. Hind wings gray-
ish fuscous, without lines. Beneath only the terminal dots are
noticeable. Expanse 35 mil. Appalachicola, Mr. Thaxter, No. 3129.
The present collection is rich in species of Poaphila. I have
identified erasa, herbicola, and obsoleta Grote, the latter described by
Guenée as a variety of quadri-filaris, from which it seems to be dis-
tinct. With some hesitation I have affixed the names dele‘a Guen.,
and sylvarum Guen., to two species which do not quite agree with the
descriptions in the Species Géneral under these names.
For our existing knowledge of the Noctuz we are largely indebted
to the patient observations of Mr. Roland Thaxter; and owing to his
care in preparing material for the cabinet the work of determination
is made easy.
ERRATA.
Page 162, last line but one, for Tinunculus read Tinnunculus.
Page 163, ninth line, for clilophus read dilophus.
Page 331, fifth line from the bottom, insert between the words ‘‘the’’ ang
heart” these words —“ nidamental glands above the’”’
Page 401, last line but one, for trococeum read tricoccum.
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVIII. 27 FEBRUARY, 1877.
INDEX TO VOL. XVIII.
Acridites formosus, 359.
Acridium vagum, 269.
fEgialitis vociferus, 164, 174.
fEziothus linaria, 156.
4&schnosoma, S. A. species of, 63.
Agassiz, Louis, portrait of, 188.
Agelaius gubernator, 158.
pheeniceus, 158, 172.
Agriogomphus, American species of, 52..
Agrotis Chardinyi, 117.
claviformis, 115.
comosda, 238.
digna, 118.
Fauna, 237.
Hero, 238.
infracta, 115.
manifesta, 116.
oblata, 116.
Olivia, 238.
orthogonia, 239.
perpolita, 237.
personata, 238:
prefixa, 117.
Allium tricoccum, 401.
Alteration of Rocks, 108.
Ameiva presignis, 405.
Amelanchier botryapium, 413.
canadensis, 413.
oblongifolia, 413.
Amphipteryx, American species of, 29.
Anas boschas, 175.
Anax, American species of, 82, 38.
Ancistrogaster, 288, 300.
carthritica, 253.
gilosa, 259.
Ancon Sheep, 356.
Anechura, 289, 301.
Anisolabis, 289, 302.
Anisopteryx pometaria, 201.
vernata, 201.
ANNUAL MEETING, 1875, 1; 1876, 382.
REvoRTS, 1, 14, 382, 347.
Anolis sp., 204.
Schiedii, 407.
Anser hyperboreus, 175.
Antheecia arcifera, 123.
Anthus ludovicianus, 170.
Apachys, 239, 305.
Aphylla, American species of, 49, 53.
Apple, monstrosity in blossoms of, 354.
Apterygida, 289.
Aquila canadensis, 163.
chrysaétos, 174.
Archibuteo ferruginosus, 174.
lagopus, 163,
Ardea herodias, 164, 175.
Argynnis Cvbele, 188.
Asparagus, 389, 401.
Astur atricapillus, 163.
Athene cunicularia, 162.
Atherinichthys microlepidota, 202.
Basiliscus mitratus, 406.
Batrachus pacifici, 202.
BENDIRE, Capt. CHAs. List of Birds
at Camp Harney, Oregon, 153.
Berea, O., rock movements at, 273.
Bernicla canadensis, 165.
Black-knot, 236.
Bonasa Sabini, 164.
Bonn, G. W. On the origin of the Do-
mestic Sheep, 356.
BoTAny, formation of a SECTION of,
353.
Meetings of the Section of,
338, 354, 355, 359, 400, 401,
413.
Botaurus lentiginosus, 165.
Bothrops pictus, 205.
Botryllus, locomotive power of, 360.
Bouve, T. T. On the Origin of Por-
phyry, 113, 217, 236; Reminiscences
of the early days of the Society, 242.
Brachylabis, 290.
Brachyotus Cassini, 161.
palustris, 173.
Brachyryton clelia, 205.
Branta canadensis, 175.
Brooks, Dr. W. Kk. Embryology of
Salpa, 193; affinity of the Mollusca
and Molluscoida, 225; on the Tuni-
cata and Botryllus, 360.
Bryophila percara, 414.
Bubo virginianus, 173.
Buccinum undatum, diminutive form
of, 284,
Bucephala albeola, 175.
Bufo agua, 204, 410.
globulosus, 412.
The names of genera and species described as new afe italicized.
(419)
420
BURBANK, L. S. On certain Jand-
locked Ponds as natural Meteorolog-
ical Registers, 212; on some native
Forest Trees, 214; on the Conglomer-
ate at Harvard, Mass., 224.
Buteo borealis, 173.
ecalurus. 163.
Swainsoni, 163, 173.
By-LAws, amendments to, 216, 350.
Calopteryx. American species of, 21.
Cambarus Bartonii and pellucidus, hab-
its of, 16.
Canace fuliginosus, 163.
Richardsoni, 163.
Cape Breton, fossil insects of, 115.
Cape Breton Island, butterflies of, 188.
Caiadrina derosa, 121.
tarda, 121.
Carboniferous insects at C. Breton, 113.
Carboniferous insects, 358.
Carcinophora, 291, 305.
Carex granularis. 401.
Carpodacus Cassini, 155.
Cathartes aura, 174.
Celithemis, American species of, 66.
Celtis crassifolia, 215.
occidentalis, 214.
Centrocercus urophasianus, 164, 174.
Cervle aleyon, 173.
Chalcopteryx, American sp. of, 29:
Chariclea pretiosa, 122.
Chelidura, 292, 305.
Chelisoches, 292, 307.
comprimens, 252.
Chondestes grammaca, 172.
Chroicocephalus Philadelphia, 168.
Chrysomitris pinus, 146.
tristis, 171.
Chrysophanus Epixanthe, 189.
Chrysoeplendums position of stamens in,
5).
Cinclus mexicanus, 153.
Circus hudsonius, 163.
Cistothorus palustris, 154.
Cecilia gracilis, 412.
Colaptes auratus, 173.
mexicanus, 160.
Collurio excubitoroides, 155.
sp., 171.
Condylopalama, 292, 309.
Conglomerate, 217, 224.
Conglomerates of Newport, 97.
COR SEENE ELON, amendments to, 225,
9,
Copiscelis, 292.
Cora, American species of, 25, 31.
Cordulegaster, American species of, 50,
5
55.
Cordulia, American species of, 60.
Corvus americanus, 172.
; carnivorus, 189.
eaurinus. 159.
corax, 172.
Corythrophanes cristatus, 406.
Crawfish, habits of, blind, etc., 16.
Cueullia Jana, 122.
Cupidonia eupido, 174.
CuSTODIAN’S Reports, 1, 332.
Cyanogomphus, American species of, 51.
Cyanura Stelleri, 160.
Cyclophylla, American species of, 49, 54.
Cygnus ameiicanus, 165, 175.
buccinator, 175.
Cylindrogaster, 298, 309.
nigra, 251.
Cystignathus ocellatus, 409.
Dakotah, birds of. 169.
Dana. Prof. J. D. Pseudomorphism
and Metamorphism, 200.
Dandelion, fertilization of, 359, 401.
Dendreca eestiva, 171.
DENTON, WILLIAM. On an Asphalt
bed near Los Angeles, and its con-
tained Fossils, 185.
Diastalops, S. A. species of, 95.
Dicopis clectilis, 114.
Dicterias, American species of, 29.
Diervilla trifida, 402.
Diplatys,. 293, 309.
Diplax, American species of, 79, 90.
Dromogomphus, American species of,
44 :
Dwicnt, Dr. THos. Report on the
Wyman Anatomical Collection, 187.
Dythemis, American species of, 74, 86.
Echinosoma, 293, 309.
Ectopistes migratoria, 174.
Elaps corallinus, 409.
Dumerili, 205.
semipartitus, 408.
Emys venusta, 405.
Epigza repens, tendency of to become
dicecious, 3&6, 402.
Epigomphus, American species of, 52.
Epitheca, Ameriean species of, 57.
Eremophila alpestris, 158.
Eriopus granitosa, 415.
Erythemis, American species of, 76.
Erythrodiplax, American species of, 67,
89.
Eteirodipsas annulata, 205, 408.
Euprepes bistriatus, 405.
Kurymus Philodice, 189.
Exvascus pruni, 401.
Falco anatum, 162.
sparverinus, 173.
Farbow, Dr. W. G. On the Black-
knot, 236; on Podisoma, 356; on Ex-
oascus pruni, 401.
Forcinella, 293.
Forficesila, 294.
Forficula, 294, 310.
aculcata, 262.
exilis, 262.
hirsuta, 256.
luteipes, 255.
Tolteca, 261.
vara, 260.
variana, 2538.
variicornis, 255.
vellicans, 254.
Forficularia, 318, 332.
Forfieulariz, 251, 257, 265, 287.
Fossil insects of Cape Breton, 113.
Fulica americana, 175.
=
Galeoscoptes carolinensis, 170.
Gallinago Wil-oni, 164, 174.
GARMAN,S. W. Notes on Fishes and
Reptiles from the Western Coast of
South America, 202; Reptiles and Ba-
trachians from the Isthmus of Pana-
ma, 402.
Geothlypis trichas, 171.
Glaucidium californicum, 162.
Glaciers, motion of continental, 126.
Gneiss, of Hoosac Mt., 106.
Gobius transandeanus, 202.
Gompheschna, American species of, 33.
Homploides, American species of, 49,
53.
Gomphomacromia, S. A. species of, 62.
Gomphus, American species of, 44.
GOODALE, Dr. G. L. Ona monstrosity
in apple blossoms, 354; on vegetable
parasitism, 359.
Graculus dilophus, 168.
GRAY, Prof. ASA. On Epigza repens,
306. :
GREENLEAF, R. W. On the fertiliza-
tion of Posoqueria longiflora, 354; on
a monstrous asparagus stem, 309.
Grus canadensis, 164, 175.
Gryllus znsularis, 268.
Guadalupe Island, Diptera of, 133.
Goaacanthe, American species of, 37,
41.
HAGEN, Dr. H. A. Synopsis of the
Odonata of America, 20.
Hagenius, American species of, 49, 55.
Hale, C. S., bequest ot, 188.
Haliztus leucocephalus, 163, 174.
Haplophebium, 118.
Harporhynchus rufus, 170.
Hearths, ancient Indian, in the Mis-
souri Valley, 209.
Heliocharis, American species of, 29.
Heliophila pertracta, 120.
pilipalpis, 415.
Helminthophaga ruficapilla, 171.
Herodias californica, 165.
Herpetodryas carinatus, 408.
Herpetogemphus, American species of,
Hetzrina, American species of, 23, 26.
HitcuHcock, Prof. C.H. On the Cam-
brian and Cambro-silurian Rocks of
Western Vermont, 191.
HorrMan, Dr. W. J. List of birds
observed at Grand River Agency,
Dakotah Ter., 169; Ancient Hearths
and modern Jndian Remains in the
Missouri Valley, 209.
Homoglea, 240.
hircina, 240.
Homophoberia cristata, 125.
Homoptera penna, 241.
Hoosac, Mt., gneiss of, 106.
Hunt, Dr.'l. STERRY. On the decayed
Gneiss of Hcosac Mt., 106; Prof. Dana
on the Alteration of Rvucks, 108, 200.
Hyatt, Prof. A. Custodian‘’s Reports,
1, 332: on the Origin of Porphyry,
220; Genetic Relations of Stephanoce-
ras, J60.
1
Hyla Baudinii, 411.
maxiina, 412.
Hylotomus pileatus, 169.
Icterus Baltimore, 172.
Bullockii, 172.
spurius, 172.
Ictinus, American species of, 55.
Iguana tuberculata, 40d.
Ilyanassa obsoleta, 191.
Infusorial deposit of Richmond, Va.,
206
Junco Aikeni, 171.
caniceps, 171.
cinereus, 171.
hyemalis, 171.
oregonus, 157.
Labia, 294, 319.
arcuata, 257.
brunnea, 264.
Burgessii, 266.
gutiata, 265.
melancholica, 267.
rotundata, 263.
Labidophora, 295, 321.
Labidura, 295, 322.
auditor, 252.
Larus occidentalis, 168.
Lais, American species of, 25.
Lemont, Il1., rock movements at, 277.
Lepthemis, American species of, 73, 83.
Leptognathus nebulatus, 205.
Leucorhinia, American species of, 78.
Leucosticte littoralis, 156.
tephrocotis, 1&6. ;
Libellula, American species of, 68, 84.
Limochores Taumas, 190.
Liophis bicinctus, 204.
regine, 407.
Liparis lillifolia, 401.
Labophora, 295.
Los Angeles, Cal.. on an asphalt bed
near, and its fossils, 185.
Loxia americana, 156.
Lygrautheecia scissa, 415.
Machairodus, tooth of, from Los An-
geles, Cal., 186. ;
Macromia, American species of, 66.
_ Macrothenus, American species of, 16,
88.
Mamestra ectypa, 118.
Iubens, 119.
repentina, 118.
rugcsa, 119. ,
MANN, B.P. Moustrosities in Anisop-
teryx vernata and pometaria, 201.
May-Apple, 401.
May-k lowers, 356, 402.
Mecomera, 296, 326.
Megathentomum, 359.
Melanerpes erythrocephalus, 178.
torquatus. 160.
Melospiza guttata, 158.
MEMBERS CORRESPONDING, elected:
Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F. R. S., 418.
Major J. W. Powell, 413.
422
Lieut. G. M. Wheeler, U.S. A., 413.
MEMBERS RisSIDEN’, elected:
Prot. A. Graham Bell, 214.
W.H. Birchmore, 418.
Charies B. Cory, 214.
S. D. Crafts, 214;
W. O. Crosby, 418.
Thomas J. Finery, 413.
J. W. Fewkes, 413.
B.W. Flagg, 413.
D.S. Greenough, Jr., 418.
Edw. G. Gardiner, 413.
Byron D. Halsted, 413.
Kiudw. M. Hartwell, 418.
John A. Jeffries, 214.
Wm. A. Jeffries, 214.
Wm.J. Knowlton, 413.
Prof. Raphael Pumpelly, 4138.
Rey. Edw. S. Stone, 413.
Clifford R Weld, 214.
Win. P. Wilson, 413.
Meetings of the Section of Botany, 353,
354, 355, 359, 400, 401, 413.
Meetings of the Section of Entomol-
ogy, 188, 201, 251.
Meetings of the General Society, 1, 96,
106, 113, 133, 187, 190, 193, 201, 209, 214,
217, 225, 236, 237, 212, 272, 284, 332, 356,
369, 402, 413.
Meeting of the Section of Microscopy,
206.
Mesothemis, American species of, 77,
Metamorphism of rocks, 200.
Meteorology. Certain ponds as meteor-
ological registers, 212.
Micro:ophus peruvianus, 204.
Missouri Valley, archzxology of, 209.
Mniotilta varia, 171.
Mousey and Molluscoida, affinities of,
25.
Molothrus pecoris, 172.
Morchella, 356.
Morrison, H. K. Notes on the Noc-
tuide, 114, 237.
Morsk, Prof. E. S. Differences be-
tween recent and shell-heap Mollusca,
190; on a Diminutive Form of Bucci-
num undatum, a case of Natural Se-
lection, 284.
Mugil Rammelsbergii, 202.
Murena melanotis, 203.
Myiadestes Townsendi, 155,
Myiarchus mexicanus, 160.
Nannodiplax, American species of, $2.
Nannopygia, 296, 326.
Nannothemis, American species of, 83,
93
Nantucket, post-pliocene fossils from,
182.
Neocorys Spraguei, 170.
Neogomphus, American species of, 51.
Neolobuphora, 296.
volsella, 257.
Neureschna, American species of, 37,
40.
Newport conglomerates, 97.
NILeEs, Prof. W. H. On whiteness. of
Snow at different sensos, 96; Geo-
logical agency of Lateral Pressure
exhibited by certain Rock Move-
ments, 272.
Noctuidz, new American, 114, 237, 414,
Nonagria leta, 120.
Numeuius longirostris, 175.
Nyctale acadica. 161.
Nyctea nivea, 162.
scandiaca, 173.
Nyctiardea grisea, 175.
nhevia, 175.
Octogomphus, American species of, 44.
Odonata, Synopsis of American, 20.
OFFICERS for 1875-6, 15; for 1876-7, 348.
Ophiogomphus, American species of, 48.
Opisthocosmia, 296, £26.
Oregon, Birds of, 143.
Oreoscoptes moutanus, 155.
Orthemis, American species of, 73, 85.
Oxyrhopus petolarius, 408.
Ophideres muaterna, 416.
OSTEN SACKEN,C.R. Notes on Dip-
tera from Guadalupe Is:and, 133; on
the North American species of Syr-
plus, 135; on N. A. Tabanide, 200.
Palpopleura, S. A. species of, 95.
Panama, Reptiles and Batrachians of,
402.
Pandion haliztus, 174.
Pantala, American species of, 63, 83.
Parus atricapillus, 170.
montanus, 154.
occidentalis, 154.
septentrionalis, 170.
Pelicanus erythrorhynechus, 165.
trachyrhynehus, 173.
Perigea Jcole, 414.
' Perithemis, American species of, 82, 93.
VPetalia, American species of, 55.
Petrochelidon lunifrons, 171.
Vhenes, American species of, 56.
Phurys glans, 416.
Phyliodactylus tuberculosus, 204.
Vica hudsonica, 173.
mnelanoleuca, 173.
Picicorvus columbianus, 159.
Picus albolarvatus, 169.
Gairdneri, 173.
pubescens, 173.
Pipilo arcticus, 158.
Vlathemis, American species of, 67.
Piaty labia, 296.
Plectrophanes lapponicus, 157.
Maccowni, 171.
ornatus, 171.
Poaphila, 417.
Podisoma, 356.
Polenta, 124.
Tepperi, 124.
Polioptila cerulea, 170.
Poccetes gramineus, 158.
Voospiza nevadensis, 158.
Porphyry, congiomerate character of,
113
Porphyry, origin of, 217, 236.
4
Porzana jamaicensis, 165.
Beso der lougiflora, fertilization of,
a4,
Progomphus, American species of, 48,
Prunus serotina, 401.
Psalidophora, 2J7.
Psalis, 297, 327.
Psaltriparus plumbeus, 154.
Pseudomorphism, 108, 209.
PurnAm, F. W. Habits of the Blind
Crawfish, and the Reproduction of
Lost Parts, 16.
Pygidicrana, 298, 327.
Pyragra, 298, 329.
Quiscalus purpureus, 172.
Rainfall, causes and geological value of
variations in, 176.
Recurvirostra americana, 164, 174.
Regulus calendula, 154.
Rhodora, tendency to separation of
sexes. in, 401.
Bigiuond, Va., infusorial deposit of,
Bock Movemeuts, some phenomena of,
(a,
RoGEnRs, Prof. WM. B. On the New-
port Conglomerates, 97; Gravel and
Cobblestone deposits of Virginia, 101.
Rubus canadensis, 400,
villosus, 400.
Rusticus Scudderii, 188.
Salpa, embryol-gy of, 193.
Salpinctes obsoletus, 154.
Sassafras, measurements of a remark-
able tree in R. I., 216.
Saxitrage, position of stamens in Gold-
en, 355.
Sayoruis fuscus, 160,
sayus, 173.
Schinia media, 123.
Scolecocampa liburna, 415,
Scolecophagus cyanocephalus, 159.
ScuDDER,5.H. Fossil Insects of Cape
Breton, 113; on Post Pliocene Fossils
from Sankoty Head, Nantucket, 182;
on butterflies from C. Breton Island,
188; Fossil Myriapods from Nova
Scotia, 187; geographical distribution
of Vanessa cardui aid Atalanta, 201;
century of Orthoptera, V, 251; VI,
257; new species of Labia, 265; Or-
thoptera from the Island of Guada-
lupe, 268; Notes on Forticularie,
with List of Species, 287; on the Car-
boniferous Insects of Europe and
America, 348.
Segetia mesa, 120.
Proxima, 240.
SHALER, l’rof. N.S. Motion of Con-
tinental Glaciers, 126; on the Cause
and Geolog cal Value of Variations
in Rainfall, 176.
Sheep. ors of domestic, 356.
Sialia arctica, 154, 170.
InexXicana, 154,
3
Sicyases Pefersii, 203.
Sitta aculeata, 154, 170.
carolinensis, 170.
pygnneea, 154.
Snow, whiteness of at different seasons,
96.
SOCIETY, reminiscences of the early
days Of this, 242.
South America, fishes and reptiles of
the western coast, 202.
Sparatta, 299, 329.
Spatula clypeata, 175.
Speotyto cunicul ria, 173.
hy pogeea, 173.
Spheria morbosa, 226.
Spizella Breweri, 158.
monticola, 158.
pallida, 171.
socialis, 171.
Spongophora, 299, 330.
SJorfexr, 259.
Staurophlebia, American species of, 40.
Stenorhina Degenhardtii, 407.
Stephanoceras, genetic relations of, 360.
Stephanoceras Bayleanum, 385.
Blagdeni, 385.
Rraikenridgii, 397,
Brocchii, 392.
Brongniartii, 394.
contractuim, 391.
coronatuim, 388.
Deslongchamp-:ii, 387.
dimorphin, 396,
Gervilii, 393.
Herveyi, 391.
Humphiriesianum, 385,
: linguiferuin, 398.
macrocephalumn, 392,
Microstomiun, 3Yd.
nodosum, 385.
planulum, 389.
platystomui, 395.
plicatissimum, 387,
refractum, 399,
Sauzei, 399.
subcoronatum, 386,
subleve, 390.
Sterna Forsteri, 168.
Sternopygus carapus, 203.
STODDER, CHARLES. Contribution to
Microgeology. The Infusorial De
posit of Richmond, Va_, 206.
Sturnella ludoviciana, 172.
neglecta, 158, 172.
Syneda graphica, var. media, 125.
Syrnium nebulosum, 173.
sp., 161.
Syrphus, North American species, 135.
abbreviatus, 144.
amalopis, 148.
americanus, 145,
contumax, 147.
diversipes, 149.
eniculatus, 150.
apponicus, 149,
Leseurii, 143.
rectus, 140.
forvus, 139.
mnmbellaturum, 151,
Tachopteryx, American species of, 50.
Teniocampa rericta, 241.
Tagalina, 299, 331.
Tarache obatra, 124.
Thalassophryne reticulatus, 202.
Thermastris, 299, 331.
Chontalia, 258.
Tholymis, American species of, 64, 83.
Thore, Ainerican species of, 30.
Tinnunculus sparverius, 162.
Treasurer’s Reports, 14, 347.
Tramea, Aimerican species of, 64, 83.
Trimerotropis /auta, 271.
vinculata, 270.
Tringa cornutus, 126.
minutilly, 174.
Troglodytes aédon, 170.
Parkimanii, 170.
Turdus fuscescens, 170.
migratorius, 153, 170.
Pallassi, 170.
Typholabia, 300, 332.
Tyrannus carolinensis, 173.
verticalis, 169, 173.
Uracis, 8. A. species of, 94.
Urothemis, S. A. species of, 94.
424
Vanessa, geographical distribution of
V. cardui and Atalanta, 201.
Venus antiqua, 184.
mercenaria, 184.
. Vermont, Cambrian and Cambro-Silu-
rian Rocks of, 191.
Vireo olivacea, 171.
Virginia, gravel and cobblestone depos-
its of, 101.
Wilson, W.P. On Epigza repens, 356;
fertilization of the dandelion, 359.
WRIGHT, CHARLES. On the fertiliza-
tion of Posoqueria, 355; on the posi-
tion of the stamens in Chrysosple-
nium, 355; on Rubus villosus and can-
adensis, 400; on Amelanchier can-
adensis, 413.
Wyman Anatomical Collection, 187.
Xanthocephalus icterocephalus, 172.
Xenodon Bertholdi, 407.
Zenzxdura carolinensis, 174.
Zonuophora, American species of, 54.
‘
ES = Te = how a
LSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS SSI¥YVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU
2 a Z & , 2
Q 7) ra 7)
ate a0 =| me ion
= fod pp aes
ia. ‘ee ~ an
ex te oo = c
= & ee 4 |
O iS a 3 “twos
= 2a : ae ye nn Fe t
TES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJ3IYV
= is z ~ oe Zi)
pee . | UO 4 >
Bae; a E a Da
E = e. _
oe Co eS z
LSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES |
rad ” a OE w” z
< = 2 < Ne = <
= Pa A oe lier 3 Zz
i = = pi 6) Rh oe 5
2 SG = WO 8 :
ye z Gy E Z =
Ss > a 2 Bad = )
6, 1 ee “”) ae eaea hat | oO a
21ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SaluWy
Ae J WW .
LIBRARIES
NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES
Sahavagdit: LIBRARIES
Gi LIBRAR!
INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI
CF Zz
wo 2 oo
8) = w .
> i- > “i p>
ia = a 2
m 2 - m
7 = no eo Oe
pe MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI _ VS 1yVv
= < a ee
: Z 5 Wy? =
g i 8 Ya? g
WY 2 ‘S ea) Dh = S
de : : ; :
ASNI_ _LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTIT
+ WDA = a 2 GG.
= te WW = ra << y Us A
=} SN BRS oe —_ C a aq
BS Ne : S a 5
RIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVWHY
S | | = Ce z |
EB > | fs
:: : ; : 5
ee ie O ee
ILSNI NVINOSHLINS SaluvyalT_ . | INSTITU |
a z < = cae NC | |
Oi 5 es O : ae @ SS Se
2 g i g 2 NA]
= a = S ‘
= > = ee =
Se Ne ee PRO NAIONS U g T OB ON Fr ao
5 SO a a a
de NET yo tahoe BENG wn
_ NVINOSHIIWS SSIYVYUEIT LIBRARIES INSTITUT
ea a Sag he a Z
” ‘ zz ee) nS a
= ww fe ms & ) =
a SAS :
GC WWE G 2 Le
= S ina) ~ mM - a.
O aS _ oO a
ie = ° J 2 ae | S
TRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1NVY
; rae Ss = Bee 5 =
o oO ° w NY o
Sy = =) lig =)
ee y, DO yy i
oD a a z= o
Zz o 2 ms “2
INLILSNI SalYVYd!I] LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
B GY a O S
: 2) i= Z :
. >
lg ae 2 a © 2 “ane
RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWNS SJ31IuYvY
wee 2 m Be |e ”
ae mw ac zu WN a
a = x = WA <
[Oe i 2
isa) 5 = a = YX a
ea Pad i yt vi: Se ar
HNITLSNI_NVINOSHLIWS _ $3 lyvug te LIBRARI ES__ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT
om ~ ° oO pees O Wee sn
10.9) 7 wo = iy 'o6]
a 5 2 = Ze 2
Be = 2 = Me Cy 2
m o 4 ee
Y ca nD <= ap)
RARITIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NWOVIALITSNT NVINOSHLINS Sai May |
“y io)
< a = gt, 5 = @
: z 1 &%? :
O & Ss Wie £ O
z im 2 Le oo =
“SS > PN BIOS >” = >"
f FZ wv peas 2 WY =
ALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3luvyd!y LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI
Fa > v? >
2 Yq 2 z = Vy,®
c yp 5 a =
e db a = aes =
es Z Ay j te = a ra
5 Gp > : - z
Se 7) < wn , £
NLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1yuVvyugIT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI:
a) z Y z NO,
= a = < NS
rie a) al: O Wak
Op Wnrey op) ” Y \\
(@ fe O Bi ey
Z os = ca
> = Mei es: =
Ps te) * > —
| 6h a
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES